diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po index 705e13a8..2ec1625b 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po @@ -5,18 +5,18 @@ # msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: NS8\n" +"Project-Id-Version: NS8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-23 09:00+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-01-17 15:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: LibreTranslate \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-01-30 10:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Fabbri \n" +"Language-Team: Italian \n" "Language: it\n" -"Language-Team: Italian " -"\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.10.3\n" #: ../../backup.rst:5 @@ -25,36 +25,50 @@ msgstr "Backup e ripristino" #: ../../backup.rst:7 msgid "" -"Access the ``Backup`` page to manage the backup and restore of individual" -" applications and global cluster configuration. If you have a single-node" -" cluster and want to restore it on a new NS8 node, see :ref" -":`disaster_recovery-section`." +"Access the ``Backup`` page to manage the backup and restore of individual " +"applications and global cluster configuration. If you have a single-node " +"cluster and want to restore it on a new NS8 node, see :ref:" +"`disaster_recovery-section`." msgstr "" +"Accedi alla pagina ``Backup`` per gestire il backup e il ripristino delle " +"singole applicazioni e la configurazione globale dei cluster. Se hai un " +"cluster a singolo nodo e vuoi ripristinarlo su un nuovo nodo NS8, vedi :ref:" +"`disaster_recovery-section`." #: ../../backup.rst:12 msgid "" "The first time you access the Backup page, you need to create a secret " "password to encrypt the cluster configuration file." msgstr "" +"La prima volta che si accede alla pagina di backup, è necessario creare una " +"password segreta per crittografare il file di configurazione del cluster." #: ../../backup.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once the cluster backup password is set, the full Backup page is " -"displayed. It is divided into two main sections:" +"Once the cluster backup password is set, the full Backup page is displayed. " +"It is divided into two main sections:" msgstr "" +"Una volta impostata la password di backup del cluster, viene visualizzata la " +"pagina di backup completa. È diviso in due sezioni principali:" #: ../../backup.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Cluster configuration**: Download the small cluster backup file and " -"change its encryption password. See :ref:`cluster_backup-section` for " -"more information." +"**Cluster configuration**: Download the small cluster backup file and change " +"its encryption password. See :ref:`cluster_backup-section` for more " +"information." msgstr "" +"** Configurazione cluster**: Scarica il piccolo file di backup cluster e " +"modifica la password di crittografia. Vedere :ref:`cluster_backup-section` " +"per ulteriori informazioni." #: ../../backup.rst:22 msgid "" -"**Applications**: Define backup destinations, set automated backup " -"schedules and retention rules, and restore individual applications." +"**Applications**: Define backup destinations, set automated backup schedules " +"and retention rules, and restore individual applications." msgstr "" +"**Applicazioni**: Definire le destinazioni di backup, impostare i programmi " +"di backup automatizzati e le regole di ritenzione e ripristinare le singole " +"applicazioni." #: ../../backup.rst:28 #, fuzzy @@ -64,31 +78,33 @@ msgstr "Backup e ripristino" #: ../../backup.rst:30 msgid "" "A backup destination is where the backup data of applications is saved. " -"Defining a destination is a prerequisite to schedule a backup or restore " -"an application." +"Defining a destination is a prerequisite to schedule a backup or restore an " +"application." msgstr "" +"Una destinazione di backup è dove vengono salvati i dati di backup delle " +"applicazioni. Definire una destinazione è un prerequisito per pianificare un " +"backup o ripristinare un'applicazione." #: ../../backup.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Access the ``Backup`` page, click on the :guilabel:`Add destination` " -"button, and choose a provider. Supported providers are:" +"Access the ``Backup`` page, click on the :guilabel:`Add destination` button, " +"and choose a provider. Supported providers are:" msgstr "" "Accedi alla pagina ``Backup``, clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:` Add " -"repository` e scegli un provider. Attualmente i fornitori supportati " -"sono:" +"repository` e scegli un provider. Attualmente i fornitori supportati sono:" #: ../../backup.rst:37 msgid "`Backblaze B2`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traduzione:" #: ../../backup.rst:38 msgid "`Amazon S3`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traduzione:" #: ../../backup.rst:39 msgid "`Azure Blob Storage`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Azure Blob Storage`_" #: ../../backup.rst:40 msgid "Generic S3, like :ref:`MinIO `" @@ -110,31 +126,44 @@ msgstr "Compila i campi richiesti a seconda del fornitore scelto." #: ../../backup.rst:50 msgid "" "The backup procedure generates a two-level structure where application " -"instances are grouped by type at the first level, and by a UUID-named " -"folder at the second level. For example: ::" +"instances are grouped by type at the first level, and by a UUID-named folder " +"at the second level. For example: ::" msgstr "" +"La procedura di backup genera una struttura a due livelli in cui le istanze " +"delle applicazioni sono raggruppate per tipo al primo livello, e da una " +"cartella denominata UUID al secondo livello. Per esempio:" #: ../../backup.rst:63 msgid "" -"Each UUID directory contains a Restic_ repository. All Restic " -"repositories under the same backup destination share the same encryption " -"key. This key can be automatically generated when the destination is " -"created." +"Each UUID directory contains a Restic_ repository. All Restic repositories " +"under the same backup destination share the same encryption key. This key " +"can be automatically generated when the destination is created." msgstr "" +"Ogni directory UUID contiene un repository Restic_. Tutti i repository " +"Restic sotto la stessa destinazione di backup condividono la stessa chiave " +"di crittografia. Questa chiave può essere generata automaticamente quando la " +"destinazione viene creata." #: ../../backup.rst:69 msgid "" "If adding a previously used destination (i.e., it has Restic directories " -"inside), you must fill the `Data encryption key` field under the " -"`Advanced` section with the previous key value, otherwise existing " -"backups cannot be opened." +"inside), you must fill the `Data encryption key` field under the `Advanced` " +"section with the previous key value, otherwise existing backups cannot be " +"opened." msgstr "" +"Se si aggiunge una destinazione precedentemente utilizzata (cioè, ha " +"directory Restic all'interno), è necessario riempire il campo di chiave di " +"crittografia `Data' sotto la sezione `Advanced` con il valore chiave " +"precedente, altrimenti i backup esistenti non possono essere aperti." #: ../../backup.rst:74 msgid "" -"Low-level access to Restic repositories can be performed using the " -"restic-wrapper_ command, as documented in the NS8 Developer's Manual." +"Low-level access to Restic repositories can be performed using the restic-" +"wrapper_ command, as documented in the NS8 Developer's Manual." msgstr "" +"L'accesso a basso livello ai repository Restic può essere eseguito " +"utilizzando il comando restic-wrapper_, come documentato nel Manuale NS8 " +"Sviluppatore." #: ../../backup.rst:82 msgid "Local storage" @@ -161,7 +190,8 @@ msgstr "Creare un volume Podman chiamato ``backup00`` per esso: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:99 msgid "Configure the ``rclone-webdav.service`` unit to use that volume: ::" -msgstr "Configura il ``rclone-webdav.service`` unità per l'uso di tale volume: ::" +msgstr "" +"Configura il ``rclone-webdav.service`` unità per l'uso di tale volume: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:103 msgid "Restart the service. The disk is mounted automatically: ::" @@ -171,17 +201,16 @@ msgstr "Riavviare il servizio. Il disco viene montato automaticamente: ::" #, fuzzy msgid "The disk is unmounted when the ``rclone-webdav`` service is stopped." msgstr "" -"Il disco viene smontato quando viene interrotto il servizio ``rclone-" -"webdav``" +"Il disco viene smontato quando viene interrotto il servizio ``rclone-webdav``" #: ../../backup.rst:111 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Remove the default volume used by the service, as it is no longer needed." -" Existing content will be lost: ::" +"Remove the default volume used by the service, as it is no longer needed. " +"Existing content will be lost: ::" msgstr "" -"Rimuovere il volume predefinito utilizzato dal servizio, perché non è più" -" utilizzato. I contenuti esistenti saranno persi: ::" +"Rimuovere il volume predefinito utilizzato dal servizio, perché non è più " +"utilizzato. I contenuti esistenti saranno persi: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:117 #, fuzzy @@ -203,7 +232,8 @@ msgstr "clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:`Schedule backup`" #: ../../backup.rst:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the application instances to be backed up." -msgstr "selezionare quali istanze di applicazione devono essere aggiunte al backup" +msgstr "" +"selezionare quali istanze di applicazione devono essere aggiunte al backup" #: ../../backup.rst:123 #, fuzzy @@ -212,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "scegliere un repository di backup" #: ../../backup.rst:124 msgid "Set the day, time, and retention policy for the backup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impostare la politica giorno, tempo e ritenzione per il backup." #: ../../backup.rst:125 #, fuzzy @@ -221,7 +251,8 @@ msgstr "inserire un nome del backup" #: ../../backup.rst:126 #, fuzzy -msgid "Save the configuration by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule backup` button." +msgid "" +"Save the configuration by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule backup` button." msgstr "salvare la configurazione facendo clic sul pulsante: `Schedule backup`" #: ../../backup.rst:129 @@ -230,25 +261,24 @@ msgid "" "To manually execute a backup, click the ``Run backup now`` item from the " "three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." msgstr "" -"Ogni volta che si desidera eseguire manualmente il backup, fare clic " -"sulla voce ``Avvia backup ora `` dal menu a tre punti del backup " -"programmato." +"Ogni volta che si desidera eseguire manualmente il backup, fare clic sulla " +"voce ``Avvia backup ora `` dal menu a tre punti del backup programmato." #: ../../backup.rst:132 msgid "" -"To add more instances to an existing backup, click the ``Edit`` item from" -" the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." +"To add more instances to an existing backup, click the ``Edit`` item from " +"the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." msgstr "" "Per aggiungere più istanze a un backup esistente, fare clic sulla voce " "``Edit`` dal menu a tre punti del backup pianificato." #: ../../backup.rst:135 msgid "" -"After the first backup run, the backup status is reported under ``Backup " -"> Schedules > See details``." +"After the first backup run, the backup status is reported under ``Backup > " +"Schedules > See details``." msgstr "" -"Dopo la prima esecuzione di un backup, lo stato del backup viene mostrato" -" sotto ``Backup > Piani > Vedi i dettagli ``." +"Dopo la prima esecuzione di un backup, lo stato del backup viene mostrato " +"sotto ``Backup > Piani > Vedi i dettagli ``." #: ../../backup.rst:141 #, fuzzy @@ -257,9 +287,10 @@ msgstr "Applicazioni NethForge" #: ../../backup.rst:143 msgid "" -"To restore an application, at least one backup destination must be " -"available." +"To restore an application, at least one backup destination must be available." msgstr "" +"Per ripristinare un'applicazione, almeno una destinazione di backup deve " +"essere disponibile." #: ../../backup.rst:146 #, fuzzy @@ -269,33 +300,37 @@ msgstr "cliccare sul bottone :guilabel:`Restore an app`." #: ../../backup.rst:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A dialog box will list all applications in the defined backup " -"destinations. Select the application you want to restore." +"A dialog box will list all applications in the defined backup destinations. " +"Select the application you want to restore." msgstr "" -"una finestra di dialogo elenca tutte le applicazioni all'interno del " -"backup esistente, selezionare l'applicazione che si desidera ripristinare" +"una finestra di dialogo elenca tutte le applicazioni all'interno del backup " +"esistente, selezionare l'applicazione che si desidera ripristinare" #: ../../backup.rst:149 msgid "" -"If the selected application is already installed, a ``Replace existing " -"app`` checkbox becomes visible. If enabled, the existing instance will be" -" removed upon restore." +"If the selected application is already installed, a ``Replace existing app`` " +"checkbox becomes visible. If enabled, the existing instance will be removed " +"upon restore." msgstr "" +"Se l'applicazione selezionata è già installata, la casella di controllo " +"``Sostituisci app`` esistente diventa visibile. Se abilitato, l'istanza " +"esistente verrà rimossa al momento del ripristino." #: ../../backup.rst:152 msgid "Select an older backup snapshot if the latest one is not preferable." msgstr "" +"Selezionare una vecchia snapshot di backup se l'ultima non è preferibile." #: ../../backup.rst:153 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the target node. Note that in some cases, restoring to certain " -"cluster nodes may be restricted due to application policies or node " -"resource limitations." +"cluster nodes may be restricted due to application policies or node resource " +"limitations." msgstr "" "To install another instance of an existing application, click on the " -"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on " -":guilabel:`Install new instance`." +"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on :guilabel:" +"`Install new instance`." #: ../../backup.rst:156 #, fuzzy @@ -309,21 +344,27 @@ msgstr "selezionare le applicazioni da ripristinare" #: ../../backup.rst:164 msgid "" -"Some applications allow you to search for and restore specific items from" -" a backup snapshot. For more information, refer to:" +"Some applications allow you to search for and restore specific items from a " +"backup snapshot. For more information, refer to:" msgstr "" +"Alcune applicazioni consentono di cercare e ripristinare elementi specifici " +"da una snapshot di backup. Per ulteriori informazioni, consultare:" #: ../../backup.rst:167 msgid "" "Samba :ref:`share-selective-restore`, for files and directories within a " "Samba share." msgstr "" +"Samba :ref:`share-selective-restore`, per file e directory all'interno di " +"una quota Samba." #: ../../backup.rst:169 msgid "" -"Mail :ref:`mailbox-selective-restore`, for public mailboxes and user " -"mailbox folders." +"Mail :ref:`mailbox-selective-restore`, for public mailboxes and user mailbox " +"folders." msgstr "" +"Mail :ref:`mailbox-selective-restore`, per caselle di posta pubbliche e " +"cartelle della casella di posta utente." #: ../../backup.rst:176 msgid "Cluster backup" @@ -332,56 +373,60 @@ msgstr "Cluster backup" #: ../../backup.rst:178 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The cluster configuration backup contains all required data for :ref" -":`disaster_recovery-section`, including destination configurations and " -"their data encryption keys, which are also necessary for restoring " -"individual application backups. It is a compressed JSON file encrypted " -"with GPG." +"The cluster configuration backup contains all required data for :ref:" +"`disaster_recovery-section`, including destination configurations and their " +"data encryption keys, which are also necessary for restoring individual " +"application backups. It is a compressed JSON file encrypted with GPG." msgstr "" -"Il backup della configurazione del cluster contiene tutti i dati " -"necessari per eseguire un :ref: `disaster_recovery-section`. È un file " -"JSON compresso crittografato con GPG." +"Il backup della configurazione del cluster contiene tutti i dati necessari " +"per eseguire un :ref: `disaster_recovery-section`. È un file JSON compresso " +"crittografato con GPG." #: ../../backup.rst:184 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The first time the ``Backup`` page is accessed, you must set an " -"encryption password and store it in a safe place. A new encryption " -"password is needed after a new leader node is elected (see :ref:`node-" -"promotion-section`)." +"The first time the ``Backup`` page is accessed, you must set an encryption " +"password and store it in a safe place. A new encryption password is needed " +"after a new leader node is elected (see :ref:`node-promotion-section`)." msgstr "" "La prima volta che si accede alla pagina ``Backup``, si deve impostare e " -"salvare in un luogo sicuro una password di crittografia. Una nuova " -"password di crittografia è necessaria anche dopo l'elezione di un nuovo " -"nodo leader (vedere :ref: `node-promotion-section`)." +"salvare in un luogo sicuro una password di crittografia. Una nuova password " +"di crittografia è necessaria anche dopo l'elezione di un nuovo nodo leader " +"(vedere :ref: `node-promotion-section`)." #: ../../backup.rst:188 msgid "" "The cluster configuration backup is automatically copied to backup " -"destinations during scheduled runs, ensuring up-to-date backups of both " -"your data and the cluster setup. If the cluster has an active " -":ref:`subscription ` that includes cloud backup of " -"the cluster configuration, the cluster configuration backup is also " -"available from the subscription portal." -msgstr "" +"destinations during scheduled runs, ensuring up-to-date backups of both your " +"data and the cluster setup. If the cluster has an active :ref:`subscription " +"` that includes cloud backup of the cluster " +"configuration, the cluster configuration backup is also available from the " +"subscription portal." +msgstr "" +"Il backup di configurazione del cluster viene copiato automaticamente sulle " +"destinazioni di backup durante le operazioni pianificate, garantendo backup " +"aggiornati sia dei dati che della configurazione del cluster. Se il cluster " +"ha un attivo :ref:`subscription ` che include il " +"backup cloud della configurazione del cluster, il backup della " +"configurazione del cluster è disponibile anche dal portale di abbonamento." #: ../../backup.rst:195 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Periodically download the cluster configuration backup and keep it in a " -"safe place. Click on the :guilabel:`Download cluster backup` button under" -" the ``Cluster configuration`` section of the ``Backup`` page." +"Periodically download the cluster configuration backup and keep it in a safe " +"place. Click on the :guilabel:`Download cluster backup` button under the " +"``Cluster configuration`` section of the ``Backup`` page." msgstr "" "Per scaricare il backup della configurazione del cluster, fare clic sul " -"tasto :guilabel:`Download cluster backup` sotto la sezione " -"``Configurazione cluster`` della pagina ``Backup``." +"tasto :guilabel:`Download cluster backup` sotto la sezione ``Configurazione " +"cluster`` della pagina ``Backup``." #: ../../backup.rst:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you lose the cluster configuration backup, you can still restore " -"applications to another cluster if you know the data encryption password " -"of the backup destination." +"applications to another cluster if you know the data encryption password of " +"the backup destination." msgstr "" "Nel caso in cui si perde il backup di configurazione, è ancora possibile " "ripristinare le applicazioni in un altro cluster solo se si conosce la " @@ -390,12 +435,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../backup.rst:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To inspect the content of the downloaded file, use the following command," -" replacing \"SECRET\" with your encryption password: ::" +"To inspect the content of the downloaded file, use the following command, " +"replacing \"SECRET\" with your encryption password: ::" msgstr "" -"Per ispezionare il contenuto del backup utilizzare il seguente comando, " -"dove ```` è la password di crittografia inserita prima del " -"download: ::" +"Per ispezionare il contenuto del backup utilizzare il seguente comando, dove " +"```` è la password di crittografia inserita prima del download: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:214 msgid "Disaster recovery" @@ -404,20 +448,19 @@ msgstr "Disaster recovery" #: ../../backup.rst:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can restore a previously configured cluster using the disaster " -"recovery procedure. You will need a :ref:`cluster configuration backup " +"You can restore a previously configured cluster using the disaster recovery " +"procedure. You will need a :ref:`cluster configuration backup " "`:" msgstr "" -"È possibile ripristinare un cluster configurato in precedenza utilizzando" -" la procedura di disaster recovery. Per seguire questa procedura è " -"necessario un:ref: `un backup di configurazione del cluster " -"`:" +"È possibile ripristinare un cluster configurato in precedenza utilizzando la " +"procedura di disaster recovery. Per seguire questa procedura è necessario un:" +"ref: `un backup di configurazione del cluster `:" #: ../../backup.rst:220 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":ref:`Install ` a new cluster and log in using the " -"default credentials." +":ref:`Install ` a new cluster and log in using the default " +"credentials." msgstr "" ":ref:`install ` un nuovo cluster e login utilizzando le " "credenziali di default" @@ -435,15 +478,15 @@ msgstr "cliccare sul tasto: `Restore`" #: ../../backup.rst:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Choose whether to restore a cluster configuration from a remote HTTP " -"server or upload the backup from your browser." +"Choose whether to restore a cluster configuration from a remote HTTP server " +"or upload the backup from your browser." msgstr "" "è ora possibile scegliere se ripristinare una configurazione di cluster " "ospitata su un server HTTP remoto o caricare il backup dal browser" #: ../../backup.rst:226 msgid "Enter the encryption secret in the ``Backup password`` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserisci il segreto di crittografia nel campo ``Backup password```." #: ../../backup.rst:227 #, fuzzy @@ -455,10 +498,12 @@ msgid "" "For more information, refer to the backup and restore notes for each " "application. For example:" msgstr "" +"Per ulteriori informazioni, fare riferimento al backup e ripristinare le " +"note per ogni applicazione. Per esempio:" #: ../../backup.rst:232 msgid ":ref:`file-server-restore`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`file-server-restore`" #: ../../certificates.rst:5 msgid "TLS certificates" @@ -466,18 +511,18 @@ msgstr "Certificati TLS" #: ../../certificates.rst:7 msgid "" -"An SSL/TLS certificate is a digital object issued by a Certificate " -"Authority (CA). The certificate is used to verify the identity of a host " -"and to establish encrypted communication channels. Upon installation, " -"NethServer 8 uses a default self-signed certificate for all TLS services," -" including the Web user interface." +"An SSL/TLS certificate is a digital object issued by a Certificate Authority " +"(CA). The certificate is used to verify the identity of a host and to " +"establish encrypted communication channels. Upon installation, NethServer 8 " +"uses a default self-signed certificate for all TLS services, including the " +"Web user interface." msgstr "" -"Un certificato SSL/TLS è un oggetto digitale rilasciato da un'Autorità di" -" certificazione (CA). Il certificato viene utilizzato per verificare " -"l'identità di un host e per stabilire canali di comunicazione " -"crittografati. Al momento dell'installazione, NethServer 8 utilizza un " -"certificato autofirmato predefinito per tutti i servizi TLS, inclusa " -"l'interfaccia utente Web." +"Un certificato SSL/TLS è un oggetto digitale rilasciato da un'Autorità di " +"certificazione (CA). Il certificato viene utilizzato per verificare " +"l'identità di un host e per stabilire canali di comunicazione crittografati. " +"Al momento dell'installazione, NethServer 8 utilizza un certificato " +"autofirmato predefinito per tutti i servizi TLS, inclusa l'interfaccia " +"utente Web." #: ../../certificates.rst:12 msgid "Let's Encrypt certificates" @@ -485,54 +530,51 @@ msgstr "Certificati Let's Encrypt" #: ../../certificates.rst:14 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 can request valid `Let's Encrypt " -"`_ certificates using `traefik " -"`_." +"NethServer 8 can request valid `Let's Encrypt `_ " +"certificates using `traefik `_." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 può richiedere certificati validi `Let's Encrypt " -"`_ usando `traefik `_." +"NethServer 8 può richiedere certificati validi `Let's Encrypt `_ usando `traefik `_." #: ../../certificates.rst:16 msgid "" -"Requesting Let's Encrypt is possible if the following requirements are " -"met:" +"Requesting Let's Encrypt is possible if the following requirements are met:" msgstr "" -"Richiedi Let's Encrypt è possibile se i seguenti requisiti sono " -"soddisfatti:" +"Richiedi Let's Encrypt è possibile se i seguenti requisiti sono soddisfatti:" #: ../../certificates.rst:18 msgid "" -"the server must be reachable from outside on port 80. Make sure your port" -" 80 is open to the public Internet (you can check with sites like `CSM " -"`_)" +"the server must be reachable from outside on port 80. Make sure your port 80 " +"is open to the public Internet (you can check with sites like `CSM `_)" msgstr "" -"il server deve essere raggiungibile dall'esterno sulla porta 80. " -"Assicurarsi che la vostra porta 80 sia aperto da Internet (puoi " -"controllare con siti come `CSM `_)" +"il server deve essere raggiungibile dall'esterno sulla porta 80. Assicurarsi " +"che la vostra porta 80 sia aperto da Internet (puoi controllare con siti " +"come `CSM `_)" #: ../../certificates.rst:21 msgid "" -"the domains for which you want the certificate must be public domain " -"names associated with the server's own public IP. Make sure you have " -"public DNS names pointing to your server for both IPv4 and IPv6 " -"addresses. There are plenty of sites like `VDNS `_" -" to check if the DNS is correctly configured." +"the domains for which you want the certificate must be public domain names " +"associated with the server's own public IP. Make sure you have public DNS " +"names pointing to your server for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. There are " +"plenty of sites like `VDNS `_ to check if the DNS is " +"correctly configured." msgstr "" "i domini per i quali si desidera il certificato devono essere nomi di " -"dominio pubblici associati all'IP pubblico del proprio server. Assicurati" -" di avere nomi DNS pubblici che puntano al tuo server sia per gli " -"indirizzi IPv4 che IPv6. Ci sono molti siti come `VDNS " -"`_ per verificare se il DNS è configurato " -"correttamente." +"dominio pubblici associati all'IP pubblico del proprio server. Assicurati di " +"avere nomi DNS pubblici che puntano al tuo server sia per gli indirizzi IPv4 " +"che IPv6. Ci sono molti siti come `VDNS `_ per " +"verificare se il DNS è configurato correttamente." #: ../../certificates.rst:29 msgid "Wildcard certificates (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) are not supported." -msgstr "I certificati Wildcard (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) non sono supportati." +msgstr "" +"I certificati Wildcard (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) non sono supportati." #: ../../certificates.rst:31 msgid "" -"If the above requirements are met, you can obtain a valid certificate for" -" a domain by following these steps:" +"If the above requirements are met, you can obtain a valid certificate for a " +"domain by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Se i requisiti di cui sopra sono soddisfatti, è possibile ottenere un " "certificato valido per un dominio seguendo questi passaggi:" @@ -540,8 +582,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:33 msgid "access the ``Settings`` page and click the ``TLS certificates`` card" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda " -"``certificati TLS ``" +"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``certificati " +"TLS ``" #: ../../certificates.rst:34 ../../certificates.rst:36 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Request certificate` button" @@ -554,8 +596,8 @@ msgstr "inserire il nodo FQDN e selezionare il nodo" #: ../../certificates.rst:38 msgid "" "The procedure will take a while, but the system will notify you when the " -"certificate is ready. The Let's Encrypt certificate is automatically " -"renewed 30 days before expiration." +"certificate is ready. The Let's Encrypt certificate is automatically renewed " +"30 days before expiration." msgstr "" "La procedura richiederà un po', ma il sistema vi informerà quando il " "certificato è pronto. Il certificato Let's Encrypt viene rinnovato " @@ -563,22 +605,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:41 msgid "" -"If the procedure fails, the certificate status is set to ``Not obtained``" -" and an error notification is displayed." +"If the procedure fails, the certificate status is set to ``Not obtained`` " +"and an error notification is displayed." msgstr "" -"Se la procedura fallisce, lo stato del certificato viene impostato su " -"``Non ottenuto`` e viene visualizzata una notifica di errore." +"Se la procedura fallisce, lo stato del certificato viene impostato su ``Non " +"ottenuto`` e viene visualizzata una notifica di errore." #: ../../certificates.rst:44 msgid "" "Failures may occur if the DNS record is not correctly configured, or DNS " -"update propagation is slower than expected. In both cases Traefik " -"retries to obtain the certificate at a later time when:" +"update propagation is slower than expected. In both cases Traefik retries " +"to obtain the certificate at a later time when:" msgstr "" "I guasti possono verificarsi se il record DNS non è configurato " "correttamente, o la propagazione dell'aggiornamento DNS è più lenta del " -"previsto. In entrambi i casi Traefik si ritira per ottenere il " -"certificato in un secondo momento quando:" +"previsto. In entrambi i casi Traefik si ritira per ottenere il certificato " +"in un secondo momento quando:" #: ../../certificates.rst:48 msgid "the Traefik service is restarted, or" @@ -587,18 +629,17 @@ msgstr "il servizio Traefik è riavviato, o" #: ../../certificates.rst:49 msgid "an HTTPS request that matches the certificate name is received." msgstr "" -"una richiesta HTTPS che corrisponde al nome del certificato viene " -"ricevuta." +"una richiesta HTTPS che corrisponde al nome del certificato viene ricevuta." #: ../../certificates.rst:53 msgid "" -"Traefik stores the time of the last certificate issue attempt in memory. " -"Do not restart Traefik too often, to avoid incurring in Let's Encrypt " -"rate limits." +"Traefik stores the time of the last certificate issue attempt in memory. Do " +"not restart Traefik too often, to avoid incurring in Let's Encrypt rate " +"limits." msgstr "" -"Traefik memorizza il tempo dell'ultimo tentativo di rilascio di " -"certificato in memoria. Non riavviare Traefik troppo spesso, per evitare " -"di incorrere nei limiti di velocità Let's Encrypt." +"Traefik memorizza il tempo dell'ultimo tentativo di rilascio di certificato " +"in memoria. Non riavviare Traefik troppo spesso, per evitare di incorrere " +"nei limiti di velocità Let's Encrypt." #: ../../certificates.rst:58 msgid "Custom certificates" @@ -606,17 +647,18 @@ msgstr "Certificati personalizzati" #: ../../certificates.rst:60 msgid "" -"If you are already in possession of a certificate and its private key, " -"you can upload them to the cluster. You can follow this procedure to " -"install the certificate:" +"If you are already in possession of a certificate and its private key, you " +"can upload them to the cluster. You can follow this procedure to install the " +"certificate:" msgstr "" -"Se sei già in possesso di un certificato e della sua chiave privata, puoi" -" caricarli sul cluster. È possibile seguire questa procedura per " -"installare il certificato:" +"Se sei già in possesso di un certificato e della sua chiave privata, puoi " +"caricarli sul cluster. È possibile seguire questa procedura per installare " +"il certificato:" #: ../../certificates.rst:63 msgid "access ``Settings`` page and click the ``TLS Certificates`` card" -msgstr "accesso alla ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Certificati TLS``" +msgstr "" +"accesso alla ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Certificati TLS``" #: ../../certificates.rst:64 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Upload certificate`" @@ -624,33 +666,32 @@ msgstr "cliccare su :guilabel:`Upload certificate`" #: ../../certificates.rst:65 msgid "" -"once the modal is open, select the Traefik instance where the certificate" -" will be installed to" +"once the modal is open, select the Traefik instance where the certificate " +"will be installed to" msgstr "" "una volta aperta la modalità, selezionare l'istanza Traefik dove verrà " "installato il certificato" #: ../../certificates.rst:66 msgid "" -"upload the key file and the certificate file. They are checked on upload " -"and if the key does not match the certificate, you receive an error" +"upload the key file and the certificate file. They are checked on upload and " +"if the key does not match the certificate, you receive an error" msgstr "" -"caricare il file chiave e il file di certificato. Sono controllati su " -"upload e se la chiave non corrisponde al certificato, si riceve un errore" +"caricare il file chiave e il file di certificato. Sono controllati su upload " +"e se la chiave non corrisponde al certificato, si riceve un errore" #: ../../certificates.rst:67 msgid "once selected the files for the upload, click on :guilabel:`Upload`" msgstr "" -"una volta selezionato i file per il caricamento, clicca su " -":guilabel:`Upload`" +"una volta selezionato i file per il caricamento, clicca su :guilabel:`Upload`" #: ../../certificates.rst:69 msgid "" -"You receive an error if something with the upload goes wrong, otherwise " -"the modal closes itself and the certificate list is refreshed." +"You receive an error if something with the upload goes wrong, otherwise the " +"modal closes itself and the certificate list is refreshed." msgstr "" -"Si riceve un errore se qualcosa con il caricamento va storto, altrimenti " -"il modal si chiude e l'elenco dei certificati viene aggiornato." +"Si riceve un errore se qualcosa con il caricamento va storto, altrimenti il " +"modal si chiude e l'elenco dei certificati viene aggiornato." #: ../../cluster.rst:5 msgid "Cluster management" @@ -662,23 +703,23 @@ msgid "" "A NethServer 8 cluster_ is composed of one **leader** node and multiple " "**worker** nodes." msgstr "" -"Un `cluster `_ NethServer" -" 8 è composto da un nodo **leader** e da più nodi **worker**." +"Un `cluster `_ NethServer 8 " +"è composto da un nodo **leader** e da più nodi **worker**." #: ../../cluster.rst:12 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"All nodes are managed through the Web user interface, which operates on " -"the leader node." +"All nodes are managed through the Web user interface, which operates on the " +"leader node." msgstr "" -"Tutti i nodi sono gestiti dall'interfaccia utente Web in esecuzione sul " -"nodo leader." +"Tutti i nodi sono gestiti dall'interfaccia utente Web in esecuzione sul nodo " +"leader." #: ../../cluster.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"An NS8 cluster consisting solely of the leader node is a fully functional" -" system. Worker nodes can be added or removed at any time." +"An NS8 cluster consisting solely of the leader node is a fully functional " +"system. Worker nodes can be added or removed at any time." msgstr "" "Un cluster NS8 composto solo dal nodo leader è un sistema completamente " "funzionale. I nodi worker possono essere aggiunti o rimossi in qualsiasi " @@ -686,22 +727,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:18 msgid "" -"The VPN network chosen during the initial leader node setup determines " -"the limit on the number of possible cluster nodes. Note that a node's VPN" -" IP is never released once allocated: removing a node does not free its " -"VPN IP address." +"The VPN network chosen during the initial leader node setup determines the " +"limit on the number of possible cluster nodes. Note that a node's VPN IP is " +"never released once allocated: removing a node does not free its VPN IP " +"address." msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:23 -msgid "The default VPN network ``10.5.4.0/24`` supports up to 254 cluster nodes." +msgid "" +"The default VPN network ``10.5.4.0/24`` supports up to 254 cluster nodes." msgstr "" +"La rete VPN predefinita ``10.5.4.0/24`` supporta fino a 254 nodi di cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:25 msgid "" -"In theory, the maximum number of nodes in an NS8 cluster is limited only " -"by the VPN network size. However, it is advisable to add nodes gradually " -"to avoid degrading the leader's performance due to increasing workload." +"In theory, the maximum number of nodes in an NS8 cluster is limited only by " +"the VPN network size. However, it is advisable to add nodes gradually to " +"avoid degrading the leader's performance due to increasing workload." msgstr "" +"In teoria, il numero massimo di nodi in un cluster NS8 è limitato solo dalla " +"dimensione della rete VPN. Tuttavia, è consigliabile aggiungere nodi " +"gradualmente per evitare di degradare le prestazioni del leader a causa " +"dell'aumento del carico di lavoro." #: ../../cluster.rst:31 msgid "Add a node" @@ -712,8 +759,8 @@ msgid "" "You can add (join) a worker node to an existing cluster. The process " "consists of three steps:" msgstr "" -"È possibile aggiungere un nodo worker a un cluster esistente. Il processo" -" avviene in tre passaggi:" +"È possibile aggiungere un nodo worker a un cluster esistente. Il processo " +"avviene in tre passaggi:" #: ../../cluster.rst:36 msgid "install the new node" @@ -730,13 +777,12 @@ msgstr "inserire il codice di join nel nodo worker" #: ../../cluster.rst:40 msgid "" "First, prepare a machine with the same Linux distribution used for the " -"leader node, then follow the :ref:`install instruction `" -" until the login to the Web user interface." +"leader node, then follow the :ref:`install instruction ` " +"until the login to the Web user interface." msgstr "" "Anzitutto preparare una macchina con la stessa distribuzione Linux " "utilizzata per il nodo leader, quindi seguire le :ref:`istruzioni di " -"installazione ` fino al login all'interfaccia utente " -"Web." +"installazione ` fino al login all'interfaccia utente Web." #: ../../cluster.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -748,41 +794,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:45 msgid "" -"Ensure the node Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct, and " -"respects the :ref:`DNS requirements `." +"Ensure the node Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct, and respects " +"the :ref:`DNS requirements `." msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia " -"corretto e rispetti i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." +"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia corretto " +"e rispetti i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." #: ../../cluster.rst:48 msgid "" -"On the leader node, access the ``Nodes`` page and click on :guilabel:`Add" -" node to cluster` and copy the join code from the dialog box." +"On the leader node, access the ``Nodes`` page and click on :guilabel:`Add " +"node to cluster` and copy the join code from the dialog box." msgstr "" -"Sul nodo leader, accedere alla pagina ``Nodi`` e fare clic su " -":guilabel:`Aggiungi nodo al cluster`. Quindi copiare il codice di join " -"dalla finestra di dialogo." +"Sul nodo leader, accedere alla pagina ``Nodi`` e fare clic su :guilabel:" +"`Aggiungi nodo al cluster`. Quindi copiare il codice di join dalla finestra " +"di dialogo." #: ../../cluster.rst:50 msgid "" -"Return to the worker node and paste the code inside the ``Join code`` " -"field and click the :guilabel:`Join cluster` button. If the leader node " -"does not have a valid TLS certificate, remember to disable the ``TLS " -"certification validation`` option before clicking the join button." +"Return to the worker node and paste the code inside the ``Join code`` field " +"and click the :guilabel:`Join cluster` button. If the leader node does not " +"have a valid TLS certificate, remember to disable the ``TLS certification " +"validation`` option before clicking the join button." msgstr "" "Tornare al nodo worker e incollare il codice dentro il campo `Codice di " -"join`. Premere il pulsante :guilabel:`Join cluster`. Se il nodo leader " -"non ha un certificato TLS valido, ricordarsi di disabilitare l'opzione " +"join`. Premere il pulsante :guilabel:`Join cluster`. Se il nodo leader non " +"ha un certificato TLS valido, ricordarsi di disabilitare l'opzione " "``Verifica del certificato TLS`` prima di premere il pulsante di join." #: ../../cluster.rst:55 msgid "" -"When the node registration is complete, you can return to the leader user" -" interface and install applications running on the new worker node." +"When the node registration is complete, you can return to the leader user " +"interface and install applications running on the new worker node." msgstr "" -"Quando la registrazione del nodo è completa, si può tornare alla " -"interfaccia utente del nodo leader e installare applicazioni sul nuovo " -"nodo worker." +"Quando la registrazione del nodo è completa, si può tornare alla interfaccia " +"utente del nodo leader e installare applicazioni sul nuovo nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:58 msgid "Remove a node" @@ -790,76 +835,79 @@ msgstr "Rimuovere un nodo" #: ../../cluster.rst:60 msgid "" -"Worker nodes can be removed from the cluster. Before removing a given " -"worker node, ensure no account provider replica is running on it. In the " -"``Domains and users`` page, for each domain follow the ``N providers`` " -"link to see the node where a provider replica is installed on, then " -"remove it." +"Worker nodes can be removed from the cluster. Before removing a given worker " +"node, ensure no account provider replica is running on it. In the ``Domains " +"and users`` page, for each domain follow the ``N providers`` link to see the " +"node where a provider replica is installed on, then remove it." msgstr "" -"I nodi worker possono essere rimossi dal cluster. Prima di rimuovere un " -"nodo worker, assicurarsi che nessuna replica di account provider sia su " -"di esso in esecuzione. Nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``, per ogni dominio" -" seguire il link ``N provider`` per vedere in quale nodo è installata la " -"replica, quindi rimuoverla." +"I nodi worker possono essere rimossi dal cluster. Prima di rimuovere un nodo " +"worker, assicurarsi che nessuna replica di account provider sia su di esso " +"in esecuzione. Nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``, per ogni dominio seguire il " +"link ``N provider`` per vedere in quale nodo è installata la replica, quindi " +"rimuoverla." #: ../../cluster.rst:68 msgid "" "If the node is not reachable, or is not responding, the provider replica " "removal must be completed manually after the node removal." msgstr "" -"Se il nodo non è raggiungibile, o non risponde, la rimozione della " -"replica del provider deve essere completata manualmente dopo la rimozione" -" del nodo." +"Se il nodo non è raggiungibile, o non risponde, la rimozione della replica " +"del provider deve essere completata manualmente dopo la rimozione del nodo." #: ../../cluster.rst:71 msgid "" -"Access the ``Nodes`` page, go to the three-dots menu of the node and " -"click on ``Remove from cluster`` to open a confirmation window. " -"Applications installed on the node are listed: review that list carefully" -" because node removal is not recoverable." +"Access the ``Nodes`` page, go to the three-dots menu of the node and click " +"on ``Remove from cluster`` to open a confirmation window. Applications " +"installed on the node are listed: review that list carefully because node " +"removal is not recoverable." msgstr "" "Accedere alla pagina ``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo e " -"cliccare su ``Rimuovi dal cluster`` per aprire una finestra di conferma. " -"Le applicazioni installate sul nodo sono elencate: rivedere quella lista " -"con attenzione perché la rimozione del nodo non è recuperabile." +"cliccare su ``Rimuovi dal cluster`` per aprire una finestra di conferma. Le " +"applicazioni installate sul nodo sono elencate: rivedere quella lista con " +"attenzione perché la rimozione del nodo non è recuperabile." #: ../../cluster.rst:76 msgid "" "If the node removal window is confirmed by pushing the :guilabel:`I " "understand, remove node` button, the node and its applications are " -"disconnected, their authorizations are revoked and they cannot access the" -" cluster any more." +"disconnected, their authorizations are revoked and they cannot access the " +"cluster any more." msgstr "" -"Se la finestra di rimozione del nodo viene confermata premendo il " -"pulsante :guilabel:`Sono consapevole, rimuovi il nodo`, il nodo e le sue " -"applicazioni sono disconnessi, le loro autorizzazioni vengono revocate e " -"non possono accedere più al cluster." +"Se la finestra di rimozione del nodo viene confermata premendo il pulsante :" +"guilabel:`Sono consapevole, rimuovi il nodo`, il nodo e le sue applicazioni " +"sono disconnessi, le loro autorizzazioni vengono revocate e non possono " +"accedere più al cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:81 msgid "" -"When a node is removed from the cluster the applications running on it " -"are not affected and they are left in a running state. Shutdown and " -"switch off the node to finalize the node removal." +"When a node is removed from the cluster the applications running on it are " +"not affected and they are left in a running state. Shutdown and switch off " +"the node to finalize the node removal." msgstr "" -"Quando un nodo viene rimosso dal cluster le applicazioni in esecuzione su" -" di esso non sono influenzate e sono lasciate in esecuzione. Arrestare e " +"Quando un nodo viene rimosso dal cluster le applicazioni in esecuzione su di " +"esso non sono influenzate e sono lasciate in esecuzione. Arrestare e " "spegnere il nodo per completarne la rimozione." #: ../../cluster.rst:88 msgid "Change FQDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambiamento FQDN" #: ../../cluster.rst:90 msgid "" "A node's FQDN is typically set during the post-installation steps. If it " "becomes necessary to change the FQDN later, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"FQDN di un nodo è tipicamente impostato durante le fasi di post-" +"installazione. Se diventa necessario cambiare la FQDN in seguito, seguire " +"questi passaggi:" #: ../../cluster.rst:93 msgid "" "Access the ``Nodes`` page and navigate to the three-dots menu of the " "corresponding node card." msgstr "" +"Accedere alla pagina ``Nodes`` e passare al menu a tre punti della scheda " +"nodo corrispondente." #: ../../cluster.rst:96 #, fuzzy @@ -872,13 +920,19 @@ msgid "" "procedure will check if the new FQDN is correctly resolved by all worker " "nodes." msgstr "" +"Se si sta cambiando FQDN del nodo leader, una procedura di convalida " +"aggiuntiva controllerà se il nuovo FQDN è correttamente risolto da tutti i " +"nodi del lavoratore." #: ../../cluster.rst:102 msgid "" -"If you are changing a worker node's FQDN, this validation is not " -"enforced. However, it is still necessary to correctly register the new " -"FQDN in the DNS as outlined in :ref:`dns-reqs`." +"If you are changing a worker node's FQDN, this validation is not enforced. " +"However, it is still necessary to correctly register the new FQDN in the DNS " +"as outlined in :ref:`dns-reqs`." msgstr "" +"Se stai cambiando la FQDN di un nodo operaio, questa validazione non viene " +"applicata. Tuttavia, è ancora necessario registrare correttamente il nuovo " +"FQDN nel DNS come descritto in :ref:`dns-reqs`." #: ../../cluster.rst:110 msgid "Promote a node to leader" @@ -890,19 +944,20 @@ msgid "" "Adding and removing nodes may necessitate changing the cluster **leader " "node**." msgstr "" -"Aggiungere e rimuovere i nodi potrebbe aumentare la necessità di cambiare" -" il **nodo leader** del cluster." +"Aggiungere e rimuovere i nodi potrebbe aumentare la necessità di cambiare il " +"**nodo leader** del cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "A suitable leader node must be reachable by all other worker nodes." -msgstr "Un buon nodo leader deve essere raggiungibile da ogni altro nodo worker." +msgstr "" +"Un buon nodo leader deve essere raggiungibile da ogni altro nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Every worker node must correctly resolve the leader's FQDN, which must be" -" consistent across all worker nodes." +"Every worker node must correctly resolve the leader's FQDN, which must be " +"consistent across all worker nodes." msgstr "" "il nodo worker deve risolvere correttamente l'FQDN del nodo leader nel " "relativo indirizzo IP" @@ -910,8 +965,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Depending on the state of the current leader node, there are two " -"procedures to promote a node to the leader role:" +"Depending on the state of the current leader node, there are two procedures " +"to promote a node to the leader role:" msgstr "" "A seconda dello stato attuale del nodo leader ci sono due possibili " "procedure per promuovere un nodo al ruolo di leader:" @@ -927,8 +982,7 @@ msgstr "Nodo leader irraggiungibile" #: ../../cluster.rst:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"After promoting a leader, it is necessary to perform these additional " -"tasks:" +"After promoting a leader, it is necessary to perform these additional tasks:" msgstr "" "In ogni caso, dopo la promozione del leader è necessario eseguire questi " "passi aggiuntivi:" @@ -936,8 +990,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:129 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Reset the cluster backup password. For more information, see :ref" -":`cluster_backup-section`." +"Reset the cluster backup password. For more information, see :ref:" +"`cluster_backup-section`." msgstr "" "La password di backup del cluster deve essere impostata di nuovo. Vedere " "anche :ref:`cluster_backup-section`." @@ -945,21 +999,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Additionally, refer to the note in :ref:`audit-trail-section` regarding " -"node promotion." +"Additionally, refer to the note in :ref:`audit-trail-section` regarding node " +"promotion." msgstr "" "Vedere anche la nota in :ref: `audit-trail-section` sulla promozione del " "nodo." #: ../../cluster.rst:137 msgid "" -"Promoting a new leader entails changes to the System logs configuration. " -"For more details, refer to :ref:`logs-persistence-section`." +"Promoting a new leader entails changes to the System logs configuration. For " +"more details, refer to :ref:`logs-persistence-section`." msgstr "" +"Promuovere un nuovo leader comporta modifiche alla configurazione dei " +"registri di sistema. Per ulteriori dettagli, fare riferimento a :ref:`logs-" +"persistence-section`." #: ../../cluster.rst:144 msgid "If the current leader node is functioning properly, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"Se l'attuale nodo leader funziona correttamente, seguire questi passaggi:" #: ../../cluster.rst:146 #, fuzzy @@ -969,41 +1027,40 @@ msgstr "accedere alla pagina ``Domini e utenti`" #: ../../cluster.rst:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Open the three-dots menu of the node to promote and click on ``Promote to" -" leader``." +"Open the three-dots menu of the node to promote and click on ``Promote to " +"leader``." msgstr "" "Se l'attuale nodo leader funziona correttamente, accedere alla pagina " -"``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo da promuovere e fare clic " -"su ``Promuovi a leader``." +"``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo da promuovere e fare clic su " +"``Promuovi a leader``." #: ../../cluster.rst:150 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``Check node connectivity`` checkbox verifies the connection of the " -"old leader with the designated one. Since the VPN connection cannot be " -"probed, only an HTTPS connection is attempted. This may fail due to " -"intervening network devices (e.g., NAT and port-forwarding setups). If " -"you are certain that the configuration is correct, you can disable the " -"check, but proceed at your own risk!" +"The ``Check node connectivity`` checkbox verifies the connection of the old " +"leader with the designated one. Since the VPN connection cannot be probed, " +"only an HTTPS connection is attempted. This may fail due to intervening " +"network devices (e.g., NAT and port-forwarding setups). If you are certain " +"that the configuration is correct, you can disable the check, but proceed at " +"your own risk!" msgstr "" -"La casella di controllo ``Controlla la connettività del nodo`` verifica " -"la connessione di ogni nodo con quello selezionato. Dal momento che la " -"connessione VPN non può essere del tutto verificata, viene controllato " -"solo HTTPS, e può fallire a causa di impostazioni su altri dispositivi di" -" rete, come il port-forwarding. In questo caso, se si è certi che la " -"configurazione inserita è corretta, si ha la possibilità di disabilitare " -"il controllo, ma si procedere a proprio rischio!" +"La casella di controllo ``Controlla la connettività del nodo`` verifica la " +"connessione di ogni nodo con quello selezionato. Dal momento che la " +"connessione VPN non può essere del tutto verificata, viene controllato solo " +"HTTPS, e può fallire a causa di impostazioni su altri dispositivi di rete, " +"come il port-forwarding. In questo caso, se si è certi che la configurazione " +"inserita è corretta, si ha la possibilità di disabilitare il controllo, ma " +"si procedere a proprio rischio!" #: ../../cluster.rst:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When the confirmation string is typed, the :guilabel:`I understand, " -"promote the node` button becomes active, allowing you to complete the " -"node promotion." +"When the confirmation string is typed, the :guilabel:`I understand, promote " +"the node` button becomes active, allowing you to complete the node promotion." msgstr "" -"Quando la stringa di conferma viene digitata, il pulsante :guilabel:`Sono" -" consapevole, promuovi il nodo` diventa attivo ed è possibile completare " -"la promozione nodo." +"Quando la stringa di conferma viene digitata, il pulsante :guilabel:`Sono " +"consapevole, promuovi il nodo` diventa attivo ed è possibile completare la " +"promozione nodo." #: ../../cluster.rst:164 #, fuzzy @@ -1013,31 +1070,36 @@ msgid "" "Cockpit **terminal root access** to the nodes." msgstr "" "Se il nodo leader attuale non è raggiungibile, è necessario eseguire un " -"comando su qualsiasi altro nodo worker. Prepararsi in anticipo per questa" -" situazione consentendo l'accesso ai nodi con un **terminale di root**, " +"comando su qualsiasi altro nodo worker. Prepararsi in anticipo per questa " +"situazione consentendo l'accesso ai nodi con un **terminale di root**, " "mediante SSH, console o Cockpit." #: ../../cluster.rst:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For example, to promote the node with ID ``3``, run the following command" -" on every worker node: ::" +"For example, to promote the node with ID ``3``, run the following command on " +"every worker node: ::" msgstr "" -"Ad esempio, per promuovere il nodo con ID ``3``, VPN endpoint " -"``node3.example.com``, porta UDP ``55820``, eseguire il seguente comando " -"su ogni nodo worker: ::" +"Ad esempio, per promuovere il nodo con ID ``3``, VPN endpoint ``node3." +"example.com``, porta UDP ``55820``, eseguire il seguente comando su ogni " +"nodo worker: ::" #: ../../cluster.rst:173 msgid "" -"If the command fails because the VPN endpoint of node 3 is not defined or" -" is incorrect, use the optional ``--endpoint`` parameter, for example: ::" +"If the command fails because the VPN endpoint of node 3 is not defined or is " +"incorrect, use the optional ``--endpoint`` parameter, for example: ::" msgstr "" +"Se il comando fallisce perché il endpoint VPN del nodo 3 non è definito o " +"non è corretto, utilizzare il parametro opzionale ``--endpoint``, per " +"esempio:" #: ../../cluster.rst:178 msgid "" -"The VPN endpoint parameter consists of an address (name or IP) prefix and" -" a UDP port number suffix, separated by a colon ``:``." +"The VPN endpoint parameter consists of an address (name or IP) prefix and a " +"UDP port number suffix, separated by a colon ``:``." msgstr "" +"Il parametro endpoint VPN consiste in un prefisso indirizzo (nome o IP) e un " +"suffisso del numero di porta UDP, separato da un colon ``:``." #: ../../cluster.rst:185 ../../ejabberd.rst:85 msgid "Administrators" @@ -1046,9 +1108,9 @@ msgstr "Amministratori" #: ../../cluster.rst:187 msgid "" "Cluster administrators can fully manage the cluster. It's recommended to " -"create a personal user for each cluster administrator. All actions " -"executed by a cluster administrator are collected inside a security :ref" -":`audit-trail-section`." +"create a personal user for each cluster administrator. All actions executed " +"by a cluster administrator are collected inside a security :ref:`audit-trail-" +"section`." msgstr "" "Gli amministratori del cluster hanno il totale controllo del cluster. Si " "raccomanda di creare un utente personale per ogni amministratore del " @@ -1057,19 +1119,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:191 msgid "" -"To add a new cluster administrator go to the ``Settings`` page and select" -" the ``Cluster administrators`` card. Then click on :guilabel:`Create " -"admin` button and fill the required fields." +"To add a new cluster administrator go to the ``Settings`` page and select " +"the ``Cluster administrators`` card. Then click on :guilabel:`Create admin` " +"button and fill the required fields." msgstr "" "Per aggiungere un nuovo amministratore del cluster vai alla pagina " -"``Impostazioni`` e selezionare la scheda ``Amministratori cluster``. " -"Quindi fare clic su :guilabel:`Crea amministratore` e compilare i campi " -"richiesti." +"``Impostazioni`` e selezionare la scheda ``Amministratori cluster``. Quindi " +"fare clic su :guilabel:`Crea amministratore` e compilare i campi richiesti." #: ../../cluster.rst:194 msgid "" -"An administrator can't delete its own user. To delete an administrator, " -"you must log in with another existing cluster administrator." +"An administrator can't delete its own user. To delete an administrator, you " +"must log in with another existing cluster administrator." msgstr "" "Un amministratore non può eliminare il proprio utente. Per eliminare un " "amministratore, è necessario accedere come un altro amministratore del " @@ -1092,9 +1153,9 @@ msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (2FA) can be used to add an extra layer of " "security required to access the cluster management user interface." msgstr "" -"L'autenticazione a due fattori (2FA) può essere utilizzata per aggiungere" -" un ulteriore livello di sicurezza necessario per accedere " -"all'interfaccia utente di gestione del cluster." +"L'autenticazione a due fattori (2FA) può essere utilizzata per aggiungere un " +"ulteriore livello di sicurezza necessario per accedere all'interfaccia " +"utente di gestione del cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -1102,8 +1163,8 @@ msgid "" "``Settings`` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Enable 2FA` button." msgstr "" "L'amministratore può abilitare 2FA dalla scheda ``Account`` all'interno " -"della pagina ``Impostazioni`` facendo clic sul pulsante " -":guilabel:`Abilita 2FA` ." +"della pagina ``Impostazioni`` facendo clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Abilita " +"2FA` ." #: ../../cluster.rst:210 msgid "The user will have to:" @@ -1119,8 +1180,8 @@ msgstr "eseguire la scansione del codice QR con l'applicazione 2FA" #: ../../cluster.rst:214 msgid "" -"generate a new code and copy it inside the verification field, then click" -" :guilabel:`Verify code`" +"generate a new code and copy it inside the verification field, then click :" +"guilabel:`Verify code`" msgstr "" "generare un nuovo codice e copiarlo all'interno del campo di verifica, " "quindi fare clic su :guilabel:`Verifica codice`" @@ -1139,19 +1200,17 @@ msgstr "Disponibile sia per Android che per iOS:" #: ../../cluster.rst:223 msgid "" -"`FreeOTP `_: available for both Android and " -"iOS" +"`FreeOTP `_: available for both Android and iOS" msgstr "" -"`FreeOTP `_: disponibile sia per Android che " -"per iOS" +"`FreeOTP `_: disponibile sia per Android che per " +"iOS" #: ../../cluster.rst:224 msgid "" -"`Authenticator `_: available on iOS " -"only" +"`Authenticator `_: available on iOS only" msgstr "" -"`Authenticator `_: disponibile solo " -"su iOS" +"`Authenticator `_: disponibile solo su " +"iOS" #: ../../cluster.rst:225 msgid "`2FAS `_: available for both Android and iOS" @@ -1163,21 +1222,21 @@ msgstr "Reimpostare la password dell'amministratore del cluster" #: ../../cluster.rst:230 msgid "" -"If you are locked out of the web user interface and you can still access " -"a system command-line shell as ``root`` (e.g. by the system recovery " -"console or SSH), run the following command to disable 2FA and reset the " -"password:" +"If you are locked out of the web user interface and you can still access a " +"system command-line shell as ``root`` (e.g. by the system recovery console " +"or SSH), run the following command to disable 2FA and reset the password:" msgstr "" -"Se sei bloccato fuori dall'interfaccia utente web e puoi ancora accedere " -"ad un terminale come ``root`` (ad esempio dalla console di ripristino del" -" sistema o SSH), eseguire il seguente comando per disabilitare 2FA e " +"Se sei bloccato fuori dall'interfaccia utente web e puoi ancora accedere ad " +"un terminale come ``root`` (ad esempio dalla console di ripristino del " +"sistema o SSH), eseguire il seguente comando per disabilitare 2FA e " "ripristinare la password:" #: ../../cluster.rst:238 -msgid "Replace the ``admin`` and ``Nethesis,1234`` default credentials as needed." +msgid "" +"Replace the ``admin`` and ``Nethesis,1234`` default credentials as needed." msgstr "" -"Sostituisci le credenziali ``admin`` e ``Nethesis,1234`` predefinite come" -" necessario." +"Sostituisci le credenziali ``admin`` e ``Nethesis,1234`` predefinite come " +"necessario." #: ../../cluster.rst:244 msgid "Audit trail" @@ -1185,9 +1244,9 @@ msgstr "Audit log" #: ../../cluster.rst:246 msgid "" -"Inside the audit trail page, cluster administrators can inspect all " -"actions executed by any other administrator. Each event of the audit " -"trail contains at least:" +"Inside the audit trail page, cluster administrators can inspect all actions " +"executed by any other administrator. Each event of the audit trail contains " +"at least:" msgstr "" "All'interno della pagina del percorso di audit, gli amministratori di " "cluster possono ispezionare tutte le azioni eseguite da qualsiasi altro " @@ -1207,22 +1266,21 @@ msgstr "nome dell'azione" #: ../../cluster.rst:253 msgid "" -"Audit trail events can be filtered by user, date, action type, and custom" -" text match." +"Audit trail events can be filtered by user, date, action type, and custom " +"text match." msgstr "" -"Gli eventi del log di audit possono essere filtrati per utente, data, " -"tipo di azione e corrispondenza di testo personalizzata." +"Gli eventi del log di audit possono essere filtrati per utente, data, tipo " +"di azione e corrispondenza di testo personalizzata." #: ../../cluster.rst:257 msgid "" -"Audit trail information is stored in the leader node disk. In case of " -":ref:`new leader promotion ` the audit trail " -"information in the old leader is no longer accessible." +"Audit trail information is stored in the leader node disk. In case of :ref:" +"`new leader promotion ` the audit trail information " +"in the old leader is no longer accessible." msgstr "" "Le informazioni del log di audit vengono memorizzate nel disco del nodo " -"leader. In caso di :ref:`new leader promotion ` " -"le informazioni del log di audit nel vecchio leader non sono più " -"accessibili." +"leader. In caso di :ref:`new leader promotion ` le " +"informazioni del log di audit nel vecchio leader non sono più accessibili." #: ../../collabora.rst:5 ../../nextcloud.rst:60 msgid "Collabora Online" @@ -1230,24 +1288,24 @@ msgstr "Collaborare online" #: ../../collabora.rst:7 msgid "" -"Collabora Online is a powerful LibreOffice-based online office that " -"supports all major document, spreadsheet and presentation file formats, " -"which you can integrate in your own infrastructure. Please see the " -"`official website `_." +"Collabora Online is a powerful LibreOffice-based online office that supports " +"all major document, spreadsheet and presentation file formats, which you can " +"integrate in your own infrastructure. Please see the `official website " +"`_." msgstr "" "Collabora Online è un potente basato su LibreOffice online che supporta " "tutti i principali formati di file di documento, foglio di calcolo e " -"presentazione, che è possibile integrare nella propria infrastruttura. Si" -" prega di consultare il sito ufficiale `_." +"presentazione, che è possibile integrare nella propria infrastruttura. Si " +"prega di consultare il sito ufficiale `_." #: ../../collabora.rst:12 msgid "" -"You can install multiple Collabora Online instances on the same node from" -" the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Collabora Online instances on the same node from " +"the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare più istanze Collabora Online sullo stesso nodo dal" -" :ref:`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare più istanze Collabora Online sullo stesso nodo dal :" +"ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../collabora.rst:15 ../../crowdsec.rst:13 ../../dnsmasq.rst:20 #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:10 ../../ejabberd.rst:22 ../../imapsync.rst:31 @@ -1261,25 +1319,25 @@ msgstr "Configurazione" #: ../../collabora.rst:17 msgid "" -"Collabora needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``collabora.nethserver.org``." +"Collabora needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``collabora.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" -"Collabora ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come " -"``collabora.nethserver.org``." +"Collabora ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come ``collabora." +"nethserver.org``." #: ../../collabora.rst:19 ../../dokuwiki.rst:14 ../../mattermost.rst:17 #: ../../nextcloud.rst:25 ../../roundcube.rst:23 ../../sogo.rst:43 #: ../../webtop.rst:16 msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name record inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " -"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have a " +"corresponding name record inside your DNS server. If you are planning to use " +"a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have a " "corresponding public DNS record." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il " -"relativo record all'interno del server DNS. Se hai intenzione di " -"utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come predefinito, assicurati " -"anche di avere un record DNS pubblico corrispondente." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il relativo " +"record all'interno del server DNS. Se hai intenzione di utilizzare un " +"certificato Let's Encrypt come predefinito, assicurati anche di avere un " +"record DNS pubblico corrispondente." #: ../../collabora.rst:22 ../../dokuwiki.rst:17 ../../ejabberd.rst:35 #: ../../mariadb.rst:13 ../../mattermost.rst:24 ../../minio.rst:19 @@ -1298,16 +1356,16 @@ msgstr "inserire un FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Collabora FQDN``" #: ../../collabora.rst:26 msgid "" -"enter a strong password for the ``admin`` user which can be used to " -"access the admin console" +"enter a strong password for the ``admin`` user which can be used to access " +"the admin console" msgstr "" -"inserire una password forte per l'utente ``admin`` che può essere " -"utilizzato per accedere alla console di amministrazione" +"inserire una password forte per l'utente ``admin`` che può essere utilizzato " +"per accedere alla console di amministrazione" #: ../../collabora.rst:27 ../../dokuwiki.rst:20 ../../mattermost.rst:27 msgid "" -"enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly to " -"your needs" +"enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly to your " +"needs" msgstr "" "abilitare ``Let's Encrypt`` e le opzioni ``HTTP a HTTPS`` di conseguenza " "alle vostre esigenze" @@ -1323,16 +1381,16 @@ msgid "" "You can access the admin console by accessing the ``Status`` page and " "clicking the ``Open console`` link." msgstr "" -"È possibile accedere alla console di amministrazione accedendo alla " -"pagina ``Status`` e cliccando sul link ``Apri console``." +"È possibile accedere alla console di amministrazione accedendo alla pagina " +"``Status`` e cliccando sul link ``Apri console``." #: ../../collabora.rst:32 msgid "" "To integrate Collabora with Nextcloud, see :ref:`collabora-integration-" "section`." msgstr "" -"Per integrare Collabora con Nextcloud, vedere :ref:`collabora-" -"integration-section`." +"Per integrare Collabora con Nextcloud, vedere :ref:`collabora-integration-" +"section`." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:3 msgid "CrowdSec" @@ -1340,13 +1398,13 @@ msgstr "CrowdSec" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:5 msgid "" -"`CrowdSec `_ is a malicious activity detection" -" tool. It looks for known patterns, like malicious login attempts, inside" -" the applications logs and blocks the attacker IP address." +"`CrowdSec `_ is a malicious activity detection " +"tool. It looks for known patterns, like malicious login attempts, inside the " +"applications logs and blocks the attacker IP address." msgstr "" -"`CrowdSec `_ è un tool di rilevamento attività" -" sospette. Cerca pattern conosciuti, come tentativi di login malevoli, " -"nei log delle applicazioni e blocca l'indirizzo IP dell'attaccante." +"`CrowdSec `_ è un tool di rilevamento attività " +"sospette. Cerca pattern conosciuti, come tentativi di login malevoli, nei " +"log delle applicazioni e blocca l'indirizzo IP dell'attaccante." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:9 msgid "You can install only one CrowdSec instance for each node." @@ -1354,8 +1412,8 @@ msgstr "È possibile installare solo un'istanza CrowdSec per ogni nodo." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once installed, CrowdSec is already fully functional and protect many NS8" -" applications." +"Once installed, CrowdSec is already fully functional and protect many NS8 " +"applications." msgstr "" "Una volta installato, CrowdSec è già completamente funzionale e protegge " "molte applicazioni NS8." @@ -1387,27 +1445,25 @@ msgstr "tempo di divieto dinamico e statico" #, fuzzy msgid "" "As default, CrowdSec will send some telemetry to remote CrowdSec-owned " -"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which" -" is sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data" -" and disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the " -"``Enable central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." +"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which is " +"sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data and " +"disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the ``Enable " +"central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." msgstr "" "As default, CrowdSec will send some telemetry to remote CrowdSec-owned " -"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which" -" is sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data" -" and disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the " -"``Enable central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." +"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which is " +"sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data and " +"disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the ``Enable " +"central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console " -"`_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec " -"instance`` field." +"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console `_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec instance`` field." msgstr "" -"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console " -"`_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec " -"instance`` field." +"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console `_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec instance`` field." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:35 msgid "Community blocklist vs Community blocklist (Lite)" @@ -1415,9 +1471,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:36 msgid "" -"CrowdSec provides a `community blocklist " -"`_ " -"that is shared among all users. To activate this feature, you need to:" +"CrowdSec provides a `community blocklist `_ that is shared among all users. To " +"activate this feature, you need to:" msgstr "" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:38 @@ -1430,29 +1486,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:41 msgid "" -"To access the full community blocklist (beyond the Lite version), you " -"must share at least some ban decisions with the Central API every 24 " -"hours. If your server has few or no bans, it will be considered as a " -"blocking state, preventing access to the complete blocklist." +"To access the full community blocklist (beyond the Lite version), you must " +"share at least some ban decisions with the Central API every 24 hours. If " +"your server has few or no bans, it will be considered as a blocking state, " +"preventing access to the complete blocklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../crowdsec.rst:45 +#: ../../crowdsec.rst:45 ../../crowdsec.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "Command-line interface" msgstr "Command line" -#: ../../crowdsec.rst:47 +#: ../../crowdsec.rst:47 ../../crowdsec.rst:38 msgid "" "The ``cscli`` command is a powerful command-line interface to access " "advanced Crowdsec functions. To run ``cscli``, you have to enter the " "application environment first. Type in a root shell the following command" msgstr "" -#: ../../crowdsec.rst:55 +#: ../../crowdsec.rst:46 msgid "" -"Then the ``cscli`` command becomes available. For instance, print the " -"help message with" +"Then the ``cscli`` command becomes available. For instance, print the help " +"message with" msgstr "" +"Poi il comando ``cscli``` diventa disponibile. Per esempio, stampa il " +"messaggio di aiuto con" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:3 msgid "Disk usage" @@ -1460,46 +1518,45 @@ msgstr "Utilizzo del disco" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:5 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 uses `podman `_ to manage OCI " -"containers. When running multiple containers the disk usage will grow " -"quite fast and you could quickly run out of space." +"NethServer 8 uses `podman `_ to manage OCI containers. " +"When running multiple containers the disk usage will grow quite fast and you " +"could quickly run out of space." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 utilizza `podman `_ per gestire i " -"container OCI. Quando si eseguono più container, l'utilizzo del disco " -"crescerà abbastanza velocemente e si potrebbe rapidamente esaurire lo " -"spazio." +"NethServer 8 utilizza `podman `_ per gestire i container " +"OCI. Quando si eseguono più container, l'utilizzo del disco crescerà " +"abbastanza velocemente e si potrebbe rapidamente esaurire lo spazio." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Rootless containers put their data inside the user home directory " -"``/home``. So if you plan to run many services on the same host, consider" -" mounting an extra disk or partition at the ``/home`` path." +"Rootless containers put their data inside the user home directory ``/home``. " +"So if you plan to run many services on the same host, consider mounting an " +"extra disk or partition at the ``/home`` path." msgstr "" -"I container rootless inseriscono i dati all'interno della directory " -"``/home`` dell'utente. Quindi, se si prevede di eseguire molti servizi " -"sullo stesso host, prendere in considerazione montare un disco o una " -"partizione supplementare sul percorso ``/home``." +"I container rootless inseriscono i dati all'interno della directory ``/" +"home`` dell'utente. Quindi, se si prevede di eseguire molti servizi sullo " +"stesso host, prendere in considerazione montare un disco o una partizione " +"supplementare sul percorso ``/home``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:11 msgid "" -"Rootful containers usually save images and volumes inside the " -"``/var/lib/containers/storage`` directory." +"Rootful containers usually save images and volumes inside the ``/var/lib/" +"containers/storage`` directory." msgstr "" -"I container rootful solitamente salvano immagini e volumi all'interno " -"della directory ``/var/lib/containers/storage``." +"I container rootful solitamente salvano immagini e volumi all'interno della " +"directory ``/var/lib/containers/storage``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:13 msgid "" -"To inspect podman storage configuration of your distribution, you can use" -" the following command: ::" +"To inspect podman storage configuration of your distribution, you can use " +"the following command: ::" msgstr "" -"Per ispezionare la configurazione di storage di podman della " -"distribuzione, è possibile utilizzare il seguente comando: ::" +"Per ispezionare la configurazione di storage di podman della distribuzione, " +"è possibile utilizzare il seguente comando: ::" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:17 msgid "" -"There is another growing directory ``/var/lib/nethserver``: it contains " -"the user interface and actions of rootful modules." +"There is another growing directory ``/var/lib/nethserver``: it contains the " +"user interface and actions of rootful modules." msgstr "" "C'è un'altra directory che tende a crescere ``/var/lib/nethserver``: " "contiene l'interfaccia utente e le azioni dei moduli rootful." @@ -1513,24 +1570,23 @@ msgid "" "If you’re running out of disk space, consider expanding the ``/home`` " "filesystem." msgstr "" -"Se stai esaurendo lo spazio su disco, considera di espandere il " -"filesystem ``/home``." +"Se stai esaurendo lo spazio su disco, considera di espandere il filesystem " +"``/home``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:24 msgid "" "On a physical machine, the best option is to setup LVM during the " -"distribution installation. On the other hand, on a virtual machine you " -"could easily expand the whole root filesystem." +"distribution installation. On the other hand, on a virtual machine you could " +"easily expand the whole root filesystem." msgstr "" -"Su una macchina fisica, l'opzione migliore è quella di impostare LVM " -"durante l'installazione della distribuzione. D'altra parte, su una " -"macchina virtuale si potrebbe facilmente espandere l'intero filesystem " -"root." +"Su una macchina fisica, l'opzione migliore è quella di impostare LVM durante " +"l'installazione della distribuzione. D'altra parte, su una macchina virtuale " +"si potrebbe facilmente espandere l'intero filesystem root." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:27 msgid "" -"If you can't do any of the above, consider adding a new disk and " -"migrating existing data using the script below. The script will:" +"If you can't do any of the above, consider adding a new disk and migrating " +"existing data using the script below. The script will:" msgstr "" "Se non è possibile nessuna delle suddette azioni, si può prendere in " "considerazione l'aggiunta di un nuovo disco e la migrazione dei dati " @@ -1563,9 +1619,9 @@ msgid "" "launch the script by passing the mount location as parameter, like: ::" msgstr "" "Prima di eseguire lo script, assicurarsi di collegare il disco alla " -"macchina, formattarlo e montarlo in un percorso personalizzato come " -"``/mnt/temp_disk``. Quindi lanciare lo script inserendo il percorso di " -"mount come parametro, così: ::" +"macchina, formattarlo e montarlo in un percorso personalizzato come ``/mnt/" +"temp_disk``. Quindi lanciare lo script inserendo il percorso di mount come " +"parametro, così: ::" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:42 msgid "The ``migrate`` script:." @@ -1573,82 +1629,103 @@ msgstr "Lo script ``migrate```:." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:5 msgid "DNSMasq" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNSMasq" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:7 msgid "" -"The DNSMasq module is a lightweight DNS and DHCP server designed to " -"provide its services within a private network. It is not recommended for " -"use as a public DNS server." +"The DNSMasq module is a lightweight DNS and DHCP server designed to provide " +"its services within a private network. It is not recommended for use as a " +"public DNS server." msgstr "" +"Il modulo DNSMasq è un server DNS e DHCP leggero progettato per fornire i " +"propri servizi all'interno di una rete privata. Non è raccomandato per l'uso " +"come server DNS pubblico." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "It can be installed through the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:13 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prerequisiti" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The only prerequisite is a network interface configured. This means that " -"the network should have a valid IPv4 address and a valid subnet mask. " -"Please refer to your distro documentation on how to properly configure a " -"network interface." +"The only prerequisite is a network interface configured. This means that the " +"network should have a valid IPv4 address and a valid subnet mask. Please " +"refer to your distro documentation on how to properly configure a network " +"interface." msgstr "" +"L'unico prerequisito è una interfaccia di rete configurata. Ciò significa " +"che la rete dovrebbe avere un indirizzo IPv4 valido e una maschera subnet " +"valida. Si prega di fare riferimento alla documentazione distro su come " +"configurare correttamente un'interfaccia di rete." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:22 msgid "" -"After installing the module, you can configure both the DNS and DHCP " -"server through the web interface." +"After installing the module, you can configure both the DNS and DHCP server " +"through the web interface." msgstr "" +"Dopo aver installato il modulo, è possibile configurare sia il server DNS " +"che il server DHCP attraverso l'interfaccia web." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:24 msgid "" -"Select in the ``Interface`` field the interface that you want to use for " -"DNS and DHCP server, then press :guilabel:`Save`." +"Select in the ``Interface`` field the interface that you want to use for DNS " +"and DHCP server, then press :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Selezionare nel campo ``Interface``` l'interfaccia che si desidera " +"utilizzare per il server DNS e DHCP, quindi premere :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the configuration is saved, there will be available two toggle " -"switches to enable/disable DNS and DHCP server." +"Once the configuration is saved, there will be available two toggle switches " +"to enable/disable DNS and DHCP server." msgstr "" +"Una volta salvata la configurazione, ci saranno due switch per attivare/" +"disattivare il server DNS e DHCP." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:30 ../../nethvoice.rst:628 ../../nethvoice.rst:633 #: ../../nethvoice.rst:638 ../../nethvoice.rst:643 msgid "DHCP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DHCP" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:32 msgid "The DHCP server can be configured with the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il server DHCP può essere configurato con le seguenti opzioni:" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:34 -msgid "``IP range start``: The first IP address that will be assigned to clients." +msgid "" +"``IP range start``: The first IP address that will be assigned to clients." msgstr "" +"``IP range start```: Il primo indirizzo IP che verrà assegnato ai client." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:35 msgid "``IP range end``: The last IP address that will be assigned to clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "``IP range end``: L'ultimo indirizzo IP che verrà assegnato ai client." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:36 msgid "" -"``Lease time``: The time that the IP address will be assigned to the " -"client, expressed in hours." +"``Lease time``: The time that the IP address will be assigned to the client, " +"expressed in hours." msgstr "" +"`` Tempo di rilascio`: Il tempo che l'indirizzo IP verrà assegnato al " +"client, espresso in ore." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:38 msgid "" "The fields are automatically filled with default values at the first " -"configuration, but you can change them according to your needs. " -"Additional options can be configured manually, please refer to `Advanced " +"configuration, but you can change them according to your needs. Additional " +"options can be configured manually, please refer to `Advanced " "Configuration`_ section." msgstr "" +"I campi vengono automaticamente riempiti con valori predefiniti alla prima " +"configurazione, ma puoi cambiarli in base alle tue esigenze. Ulteriori " +"opzioni possono essere configurate manualmente, fare riferimento alla " +"sezione `Advanced Configuration`_ ." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:41 #, fuzzy @@ -1664,28 +1741,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:45 msgid "" -"``Primary forwarding server``: The primary DNS server that will be used " -"to resolve the queries." +"``Primary forwarding server``: The primary DNS server that will be used to " +"resolve the queries." msgstr "" +"``Primary forwarding server``: Il server DNS primario che verrà utilizzato " +"per risolvere le query." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:46 msgid "" -"``Secondary forwarding server``: The secondary DNS server that will be " -"used to resolve the queries." +"``Secondary forwarding server``: The secondary DNS server that will be used " +"to resolve the queries." msgstr "" +"``Secondary forwarding server``: Il server DNS secondario che verrà " +"utilizzato per risolvere le query." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:48 msgid "" "When the DNS server is enabled, all Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDNs) " -"configured within the node will be resolved using a 'CNAME' record " -"pointing to the node's hostname." +"configured within the node will be resolved using a 'CNAME' record pointing " +"to the node's hostname." msgstr "" +"Quando il server DNS è abilitato, tutti i nomi di dominio pienamente " +"qualificati (FQDN) configurati all'interno del nodo saranno risolti " +"utilizzando un record 'CNAME' che indica il nome host del nodo." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:51 msgid "" -"The DNS server will not automatically resolve the entries in the " -"``/etc/hosts`` file. To resolve the entries in the ``/etc/hosts`` file, " -"you need to add them manually in the `DNS Records`_ section." +"The DNS server will not automatically resolve the entries in the ``/etc/" +"hosts`` file. To resolve the entries in the ``/etc/hosts`` file, you need to " +"add them manually in the `DNS Records`_ section." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:55 @@ -1695,10 +1779,13 @@ msgstr "Record" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:57 msgid "" -"Additional DNS entries can be added in the ``DNS Records`` section. " -"Simply press the :guilabel:`Add DNS Record` button and fill the fields " -"with the desired values:" +"Additional DNS entries can be added in the ``DNS Records`` section. Simply " +"press the :guilabel:`Add DNS Record` button and fill the fields with the " +"desired values:" msgstr "" +"Ulteriori voci DNS possono essere aggiunte nella sezione ``DNS Records```. " +"Basta premere il tasto :guilabel:`Add DNS Record` e riempire i campi con i " +"valori desiderati:" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:59 #, fuzzy @@ -1707,11 +1794,11 @@ msgstr "``Name``: the name of the shared folder" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:60 msgid "``IP Address``: The IP address that will be resolved to the hostname." -msgstr "" +msgstr "``IP Indirizzo``: L'indirizzo IP che verrà risolto al nome host." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:62 msgid "IP addresses can be either IPv4 or IPv6." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gli indirizzi IP possono essere IPv4 o IPv6." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:66 #, fuzzy @@ -1720,55 +1807,72 @@ msgstr "DNS configuration" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:68 msgid "" -"The module provides additional configuration options that can be accessed" -" manually through the configuration files." +"The module provides additional configuration options that can be accessed " +"manually through the configuration files." msgstr "" +"Il modulo fornisce ulteriori opzioni di configurazione che possono essere " +"accessibili manualmente tramite i file di configurazione." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:70 msgid "" -"The directories that accept custom files are located in the root " -"directory of the module, under the `state` directory." +"The directories that accept custom files are located in the root directory " +"of the module, under the `state` directory." msgstr "" +"Le directory che accettano i file personalizzati si trovano nella directory " +"root del modulo, sotto la directory `state`." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:72 -msgid "The following directories can be used to add custom configuration files:" +msgid "" +"The following directories can be used to add custom configuration files:" msgstr "" +"Le seguenti directory possono essere utilizzate per aggiungere file di " +"configurazione personalizzati:" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:74 msgid "" -"``dnsmasq.d``: This directory is used to add custom configuration files " -"for the DNSMasq service. The files must have the `.conf` extension. " -"Please refer to the `DNSMasq documentation `_ for more information on how to configure the " -"service." +"``dnsmasq.d``: This directory is used to add custom configuration files for " +"the DNSMasq service. The files must have the `.conf` extension. Please refer " +"to the `DNSMasq documentation `_ " +"for more information on how to configure the service." msgstr "" +"`dnsmasq.d``: Questa directory viene utilizzata per aggiungere file di " +"configurazione personalizzati per il servizio DNSMasq. I file devono avere " +"l'estensione `.conf`. Per ulteriori informazioni su come configurare il " +"servizio, fare riferimento alla documentazione `DNSMasq `_." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:77 msgid "" -"``dnsmasq_hosts.d``: This directory is used to add custom hosts files " -"that will be used by the DNSMasq service. The format of the file is the " -"same as the `/etc/hosts` file. Refer to the `manual " -"`_ for more " -"information on how to write the file." +"``dnsmasq_hosts.d``: This directory is used to add custom hosts files that " +"will be used by the DNSMasq service. The format of the file is the same as " +"the `/etc/hosts` file. Refer to the `manual `_ for more information on how to write the file." msgstr "" +"`dnsmasq_hosts.d`: Questa directory viene utilizzata per aggiungere file " +"host personalizzati che verranno utilizzati dal servizio DNSMasq. Il formato " +"del file è lo stesso del file `/etc/hosts`. Fare riferimento al `manual " +"`_ per ulteriori " +"informazioni su come scrivere il file." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:81 msgid "" -"After adding the custom files, you need to restart the service to apply " -"the changes." +"After adding the custom files, you need to restart the service to apply the " +"changes." msgstr "" +"Dopo aver aggiunto i file personalizzati, è necessario riavviare il servizio " +"per applicare le modifiche." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:83 msgid "" -"The custom files enrich the existing configuration. You can customize the" -" provided DHCP instance without creating a custom one using the tag " -"`default`, more info can be found in the `DNSMasq documentation " -"`_." +"The custom files enrich the existing configuration. You can customize the " +"provided DHCP instance without creating a custom one using the tag " +"`default`, more info can be found in the `DNSMasq documentation `_." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:85 msgid "The custom files are included in the module backup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I file personalizzati sono inclusi nel backup del modulo." #: ../../dockerhub.rst:3 #, fuzzy @@ -1778,17 +1882,17 @@ msgstr "Docker Hub pull limit" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container " -"image pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a " -"specific time period. This limit is in place to manage server load and " -"ensure fair usage of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the" -" type of account you have:" +"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container image " +"pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a specific time " +"period. This limit is in place to manage server load and ensure fair usage " +"of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the type of account you " +"have:" msgstr "" -"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container " -"image pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a " -"specific time period. This limit is in place to manage server load and " -"ensure fair usage of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the" -" type of account you have:" +"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container image " +"pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a specific time " +"period. This limit is in place to manage server load and ensure fair usage " +"of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the type of account you " +"have:" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:8 #, fuzzy @@ -1804,8 +1908,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:10 msgid "" "Authenticated users: registered users with free accounts have a certain " -"number of free image pulls allowed in a given time window. After reaching" -" this limit, you might need to wait or for more pulls." +"number of free image pulls allowed in a given time window. After reaching " +"this limit, you might need to wait or for more pulls." msgstr "" "Utenti autenticati: gli utenti registrati con account gratuiti hanno un " "certo numero di estrazioni gratuite consentite in una data finestra " @@ -1814,8 +1918,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:12 msgid "" -"If NethServer shares its public IP with other systems, it might encounter" -" such rate limit." +"If NethServer shares its public IP with other systems, it might encounter " +"such rate limit." msgstr "" "Se NethServer condivide il suo IP pubblico con altri sistemi, potrebbe " "incontrare tale limite di velocità." @@ -1824,12 +1928,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "To increase your pull limit and avoid errors, log in to your Docker Hub " -"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to " -"a higher pull rate limit based on your account type." +"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to a " +"higher pull rate limit based on your account type." msgstr "" "To increase your pull limit and avoid errors, log in to your Docker Hub " -"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to " -"a higher pull rate limit based on your account type." +"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to a " +"higher pull rate limit based on your account type." #: ../../dockerhub.rst:17 #, fuzzy @@ -1839,24 +1943,24 @@ msgstr "In a root shell prompt, execute the following command:" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to " -"generate a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer " -"to the Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." +"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to generate " +"a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer to the " +"Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." msgstr "" -"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to " -"generate a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer " -"to the Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." +"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to generate " +"a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer to the " +"Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." #: ../../dockerhub.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the " -"``/etc/nethserver/registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-" -"readable, as it's required by NS8 modules." +"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the ``/etc/nethserver/" +"registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-readable, as it's " +"required by NS8 modules." msgstr "" -"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the " -"``/etc/nethserver/registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-" -"readable, as it's required by NS8 modules." +"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the ``/etc/nethserver/" +"registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-readable, as it's " +"required by NS8 modules." #: ../../dockerhub.rst:30 #, fuzzy @@ -1876,29 +1980,29 @@ msgstr "For more information, consult the following references:" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" +"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" msgstr "" -"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" +"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`podman-login — Podman documentation " -"`_" +"`podman-login — Podman documentation `_" msgstr "" -"`podman-login — Podman documentation " -"`_" +"`podman-login — Podman documentation `_" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation " -"`_" +"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation `_" msgstr "" -"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation " -"`_" +"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation `_" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:3 #, fuzzy @@ -1908,43 +2012,44 @@ msgstr "DokuWiki" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile " -"open source Wiki." +"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile open " +"source Wiki." msgstr "" -"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile " -"open source Wiki." +"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile open " +"source Wiki." #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:12 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``wiki.nethserver.org``." +"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``wiki.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" -"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``wiki.nethserver.org``." +"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``wiki.nethserver." +"org``." #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" -msgstr "access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" +msgstr "" +"access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: " -"``https://wiki.nethserver.org``." +"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: ``https://wiki.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" -"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: " -"``https://wiki.nethserver.org``." +"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: ``https://wiki.nethserver." +"org``." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -1955,12 +2060,12 @@ msgstr "Ejabberd" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Ejabberd module installs the ejabberd Community Server Docker Image " -"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 " -"or 5223)." +"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 or " +"5223)." msgstr "" "The Ejabberd module installs the ejabberd Community Server Docker Image " -"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 " -"or 5223)." +"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 or " +"5223)." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:9 #, fuzzy @@ -1983,50 +2088,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server " -"`_ Docker Image." +"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server `_ Docker Image." msgstr "" -"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server " -"`_ Docker Image." +"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server `_ Docker Image." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and " -"for networks client. Check out the `official documentation " -"`_ for further details." +"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and for " +"networks client. Check out the `official documentation `_ for further details." msgstr "" -"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and " -"for networks client. Check out the `official documentation " -"`_ for further details." +"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and for " +"networks client. Check out the `official documentation `_ for further details." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like " -"``nethserver.org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " -"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but" -" a trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." +"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like ``nethserver." +"org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " +"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but a " +"trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." msgstr "" -"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like " -"``nethserver.org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " -"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but" -" a trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." +"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like ``nethserver." +"org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " +"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but a " +"trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:26 ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:23 msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " "corresponding name record inside your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il " -"relativo record di nome all'interno del server DNS." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il relativo " +"record di nome all'interno del server DNS." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you want to use the Ejabberd instance as :ref:`Webtop chat engine " -"`, ensure you enter the same domain name used by Webtop in " -"the ``Mail domain`` field on its Settings page." +"If you want to use the Ejabberd instance as :ref:`Webtop chat engine `, ensure you enter the same domain name used by Webtop in the ``Mail " +"domain`` field on its Settings page." msgstr "" +"Se si desidera utilizzare l'istanza Ejabberd come :ref:`Webtop chat engine " +"`, assicurarsi di inserire lo stesso nome di dominio utilizzato " +"da Webtop nel campo ``Mail domain``` nella sua pagina Impostazioni." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:33 #, fuzzy @@ -2065,11 +2173,11 @@ msgstr "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host" -" name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." +"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host " +"name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host" -" name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." +"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host " +"name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:44 #, fuzzy @@ -2083,25 +2191,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port" -" 5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd" -" using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " +"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port " +"5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd " +"using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " "database, create and restore backups, view server statistics, …" msgstr "" -"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port" -" 5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd" -" using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " +"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port " +"5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd " +"using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " "database, create and restore backups, view server statistics, …" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." -msgstr "The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." +msgid "" +"The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." +msgstr "" +"The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:51 #, fuzzy -msgid "Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" -msgstr "Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" +msgid "" +"Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" +msgstr "" +"Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:53 #, fuzzy @@ -2136,26 +2248,26 @@ msgstr "Server to server (S2S)" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:62 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users" -" with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote " -"servers. S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other," -" forming a global 'federated' IM network." +"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users " +"with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote servers. " +"S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other, forming a " +"global 'federated' IM network." msgstr "" -"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users" -" with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote " -"servers. S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other," -" forming a global 'federated' IM network." +"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users " +"with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote servers. " +"S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other, forming a " +"global 'federated' IM network." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For this purpose, the SRV DNS record must be configured for your domain " -"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server " -"must have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." +"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server must " +"have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." msgstr "" "For this purpose, the SRV DNS record must be configured for your domain " -"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server " -"must have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." +"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server must " +"have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:70 #, fuzzy @@ -2165,46 +2277,44 @@ msgstr "Message Archive Management" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive " -"Management as described in `XEP-0313 " -"`_. When enabled, all messages " -"will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP clients can use it " -"to store their chat history on the server." +"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive Management " +"as described in `XEP-0313 `_. When " +"enabled, all messages will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP " +"clients can use it to store their chat history on the server." msgstr "" -"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive " -"Management as described in `XEP-0313 " -"`_. When enabled, all messages " -"will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP clients can use it " -"to store their chat history on the server." +"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive Management " +"as described in `XEP-0313 `_. When " +"enabled, all messages will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP " +"clients can use it to store their chat history on the server." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages " -"can be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set " -":guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." +"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages can " +"be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set :" +"guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." msgstr "" -"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages " -"can be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set " -":guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." +"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages can " +"be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set :" +"guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This" -" behavior will affect the privacy of your users." +"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This " +"behavior will affect the privacy of your users." msgstr "" -"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This" -" behavior will affect the privacy of your users." +"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This " +"behavior will affect the privacy of your users." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:87 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the " -"chat server." +"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the chat " +"server." msgstr "" -"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the " -"chat server." +"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the chat " +"server." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:89 #, fuzzy @@ -2254,26 +2364,26 @@ msgstr "BeejibelIM for Android and iOS, Xabber only for Android" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter " -"the user name and the domain of the machine." +"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter the " +"user name and the domain of the machine." msgstr "" -"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter " -"the user name and the domain of the machine." +"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter the " +"user name and the domain of the machine." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could " -"reject connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate " -"doesn't match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two " -"sub-domains ``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be " -"obtained for free with Let's Encrypt." +"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could reject " +"connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate doesn't " +"match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two sub-domains " +"``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be obtained for free " +"with Let's Encrypt." msgstr "" -"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could " -"reject connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate " -"doesn't match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two " -"sub-domains ``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be " -"obtained for free with Let's Encrypt." +"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could reject " +"connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate doesn't " +"match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two sub-domains " +"``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be obtained for free " +"with Let's Encrypt." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:7 #, fuzzy @@ -2286,6 +2396,9 @@ msgid "" "configuration to send notification messages to users and service " "administrators." msgstr "" +"Molte applicazioni, come Nextcloud e Mattermost, richiedono la " +"configurazione del server SMTP per inviare messaggi di notifica agli utenti " +"e agli amministratori di servizio." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:13 #, fuzzy @@ -2299,24 +2412,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_notifications.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To enable the feature, click on ``Send notifications with an SMTP " -"server`` and fill the required details." +"To enable the feature, click on ``Send notifications with an SMTP server`` " +"and fill the required details." msgstr "" -"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP" -" server`` and fill the required details." +"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP " +"server`` and fill the required details." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:19 msgid "" -"If a Mail application instance is already installed in the cluster, " -"choose the ``Use Mail app instance`` option. Then refer to the section " -":ref:`relay-rules-section` for further information about the " -"configuration of Mail." +"If a Mail application instance is already installed in the cluster, choose " +"the ``Use Mail app instance`` option. Then refer to the section :ref:`relay-" +"rules-section` for further information about the configuration of Mail." msgstr "" +"Se un'istanza di applicazione Mail è già installato nel cluster, scegliere " +"l'opzione ``Usa istanza dell'app Mail``. Quindi fare riferimento alla " +"sezione :ref:`relay-rules-section` per ulteriori informazioni sulla " +"configurazione di Mail." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:24 msgid "" -"Instead, choose ``Manual configuration`` to specify SMTP server " -"parameters in this form. Available fields are:" +"Instead, choose ``Manual configuration`` to specify SMTP server parameters " +"in this form. Available fields are:" msgstr "" #: ../../email_notifications.rst:27 @@ -2328,41 +2444,59 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_notifications.rst:29 msgid "" -"**SMTP port number**: TCP port number of the server. Common values are " -"587, 25, 465, 2525." +"**SMTP port number**: TCP port number of the server. Common values are 587, " +"25, 465, 2525." msgstr "" +"** Numero porta SMTP**: Numero di porta TCP del server. I valori comuni sono " +"587, 25, 465, 2525." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:32 msgid "" "**SMTP encryption**: Encryption used by the server. TLS is a widely used " "encryption protocol that encrypts a connection from the moment it is " -"established. STARTTLS is the standard encryption method for SMTP. If both" -" the client and server support it, the connection is encrypted after both" -" sides agree to use it." +"established. STARTTLS is the standard encryption method for SMTP. If both " +"the client and server support it, the connection is encrypted after both " +"sides agree to use it." msgstr "" +"**Codifica SMTP** Crittografia utilizzata dal server. TLS è un protocollo di " +"crittografia ampiamente usato che crittografa una connessione dal momento in " +"cui è stabilito. STARTTLS è il metodo di crittografia standard per SMTP. Se " +"sia il client che il server lo supportano, la connessione viene " +"crittografata dopo che entrambi i lati accettano di utilizzarla." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:38 msgid "" -"**Verify the TLS certificate**: If encryption is used, this switch " -"controls if the certificate used to encrypt the connection must be signed" -" by a trusted authority or not. If the server presents a self-signed " -"certificate, turn off this switch to accept it." +"**Verify the TLS certificate**: If encryption is used, this switch controls " +"if the certificate used to encrypt the connection must be signed by a " +"trusted authority or not. If the server presents a self-signed certificate, " +"turn off this switch to accept it." msgstr "" +"**Verificare il certificato TLS**: Se viene utilizzata la crittografia, " +"questo switch controlla se il certificato utilizzato per crittografare la " +"connessione deve essere firmato da un'autorità attendibile o meno. Se il " +"server presenta un certificato autofirmato, spegnere questo interruttore per " +"accettarlo." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:43 msgid "" -"**Username** and **Password**: If the server requires SMTP " -"authentication, fill the credential fields; otherwise leave them blank." +"**Username** and **Password**: If the server requires SMTP authentication, " +"fill the credential fields; otherwise leave them blank." msgstr "" +"# Username # # and**Password # Se il server richiede l'autenticazione SMTP, " +"riempire i campi delle credenziali; altrimenti lasciarli vuoti." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:46 msgid "" -"After saving the settings, a SMTP connection to validate the form " -"parameters is immediately started. In some cases, validation is " -"successful, but messages may still fail to be delivered. It is " -"recommended to check that individual applications can successfully send " -"messages with the new settings." +"After saving the settings, a SMTP connection to validate the form parameters " +"is immediately started. In some cases, validation is successful, but " +"messages may still fail to be delivered. It is recommended to check that " +"individual applications can successfully send messages with the new settings." msgstr "" +"Dopo aver salvato le impostazioni, viene avviata immediatamente una " +"connessione SMTP per convalidare i parametri del modulo. In alcuni casi, la " +"convalida ha successo, ma i messaggi possono ancora non essere consegnati. " +"Si raccomanda di verificare che le singole applicazioni possano inviare con " +"successo messaggi con le nuove impostazioni." #: ../../faq.rst:3 #, fuzzy @@ -2377,13 +2511,13 @@ msgstr "What is NethServer 8 (NS8)?" #: ../../faq.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's " -"aimed for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do " -"not want to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." +"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's aimed " +"for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do not want " +"to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's " -"aimed for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do " -"not want to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." +"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's aimed " +"for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do not want " +"to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." #: ../../faq.rst:13 #, fuzzy @@ -2411,11 +2545,11 @@ msgstr "What is the status of NS8?" #: ../../faq.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: " -"read the :ref:`release notes `." +"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: read " +"the :ref:`release notes `." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: " -"read the :ref:`release notes `." +"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: read " +"the :ref:`release notes `." #: ../../faq.rst:26 #, fuzzy @@ -2425,31 +2559,31 @@ msgstr "What is the difference between NethServer 7 (NS7) and NethServer 8?" #: ../../faq.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is " -"heavily-coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using " -"RPMs package and configure them with a configuration management system " -"called e-smith." +"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is heavily-" +"coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using RPMs package " +"and configure them with a configuration management system called e-smith." msgstr "" -"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is " -"heavily-coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using " -"RPMs package and configure them with a configuration management system " -"called e-smith." +"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is heavily-" +"coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using RPMs package " +"and configure them with a configuration management system called e-smith." #: ../../faq.rst:33 #, fuzzy msgid "" "NethServer 8 can run on different :ref:`Linux distributions `. It installs applications using containers and " -"configures them using a multi-node architecture." +"distros-section>`. It installs applications using containers and configures " +"them using a multi-node architecture." msgstr "" "NethServer 8 can run on different :ref:`Linux distributions `. It installs applications using containers and " -"configures them using a multi-node architecture." +"distros-section>`. It installs applications using containers and configures " +"them using a multi-node architecture." #: ../../faq.rst:37 #, fuzzy -msgid "As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." -msgstr "As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." +msgid "" +"As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." +msgstr "" +"As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." #: ../../faq.rst:40 #, fuzzy @@ -2471,16 +2605,16 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you need a new user domain, just create a new node and join it to the " -"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. " -"Of course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main " -"node. No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely " -"connected with an encrypted VPN." +"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. Of " +"course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main node. " +"No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely connected with an " +"encrypted VPN." msgstr "" "If you need a new user domain, just create a new node and join it to the " -"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. " -"Of course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main " -"node. No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely " -"connected with an encrypted VPN." +"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. Of " +"course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main node. " +"No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely connected with an " +"encrypted VPN." #: ../../faq.rst:51 #, fuzzy @@ -2495,13 +2629,13 @@ msgstr "Can I migrate from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8?" #: ../../faq.rst:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has " -"been. The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." +"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has been. " +"The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We " +"are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." msgstr "" -"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has " -"been. The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." +"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has been. " +"The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We " +"are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." #: ../../faq.rst:61 #, fuzzy @@ -2521,11 +2655,11 @@ msgstr "Where can I download it?" #: ../../faq.rst:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just" -" :ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." +"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just :" +"ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." msgstr "" -"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just" -" :ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." +"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just :" +"ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." #: ../../faq.rst:72 #, fuzzy @@ -2535,13 +2669,13 @@ msgstr "Can I install NethServer on a virtual machine?" #: ../../faq.rst:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting " -":ref:`these distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built" -" images `." +"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting :ref:`these " +"distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built images " +"`." msgstr "" -"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting " -":ref:`these distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built" -" images `." +"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting :ref:`these " +"distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built images " +"`." #: ../../faq.rst:79 #, fuzzy @@ -2561,11 +2695,11 @@ msgstr "What hardware is supported?" #: ../../faq.rst:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look " -"to the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." +"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look to " +"the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." msgstr "" -"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look " -"to the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." +"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look to " +"the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." #: ../../faq.rst:90 #, fuzzy @@ -2591,11 +2725,11 @@ msgstr "Can I use NethServer 8 as UTM firewall?" #: ../../faq.rst:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only " -"local running services." +"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only local " +"running services." msgstr "" -"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only " -"local running services." +"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only local " +"running services." #: ../../faq.rst:102 #, fuzzy @@ -2614,37 +2748,37 @@ msgstr "File server" #: ../../file_server.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba " -"`_. It provides shared folders and home directories" -" to users and groups of an Active Directory domain." +"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba `_. It provides shared folders and home directories to users and groups " +"of an Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba " -"`_. It provides shared folders and home directories" -" to users and groups of an Active Directory domain." +"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba `_. It provides shared folders and home directories to users and groups " +"of an Active Directory domain." #: ../../file_server.rst:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see" -" :ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " +"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see :" +"ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " "authentication to Windows clients`` switch enabled." msgstr "" -"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see" -" :ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " +"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see :" +"ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " "authentication to Windows clients`` switch enabled." #: ../../file_server.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN " -"IP address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. " -"Other DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to" -" cluster applications." +"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN IP " +"address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. Other " +"DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to cluster " +"applications." msgstr "" -"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN " -"IP address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. " -"Other DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to" -" cluster applications." +"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN IP " +"address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. Other " +"DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to cluster " +"applications." #: ../../file_server.rst:23 #, fuzzy @@ -2654,11 +2788,11 @@ msgstr "Shared folders" #: ../../file_server.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` " -"from the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." +"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` from " +"the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." msgstr "" -"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` " -"from the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." +"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` from " +"the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." #: ../../file_server.rst:28 #, fuzzy @@ -2673,31 +2807,27 @@ msgstr "``Name``: the name of the shared folder" #: ../../file_server.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share " -"comment\"" +"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share comment\"" msgstr "" -"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share " -"comment\"" +"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share comment\"" #: ../../file_server.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to " -"the share" +"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to the " +"share" msgstr "" -"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to " -"the share" +"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to the " +"share" #: ../../file_server.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note " -"that in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full " -"privileges." +"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note that " +"in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full privileges." msgstr "" -"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note " -"that in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full " -"privileges." +"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note that " +"in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full privileges." #: ../../file_server.rst:40 #, fuzzy @@ -2718,21 +2848,21 @@ msgstr "Everyone can read and write, main group included" #, fuzzy msgid "" "To access the shared folder it is necessary to provide valid domain " -"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security " -"reasons [#anon]_\\ ." +"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security reasons " +"[#anon]_\\ ." msgstr "" "To access the shared folder it is necessary to provide valid domain " -"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security " -"reasons [#anon]_\\ ." +"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security reasons " +"[#anon]_\\ ." #: ../../file_server.rst:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are " -"available on the shared folder:" +"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are available " +"on the shared folder:" msgstr "" -"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are " -"available on the shared folder:" +"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are available " +"on the shared folder:" #: ../../file_server.rst:55 #, fuzzy @@ -2753,6 +2883,8 @@ msgid "" "``Restore file or folder``: search files and folders of a past backup " "snapshot and restore them. See :ref:`share-selective-restore`." msgstr "" +"``Ripristina file o cartella``: file di ricerca e cartelle di un'istantanea " +"di backup passato e ripristinali. Vedi :ref:`share-selective-restore`." #: ../../file_server.rst:63 #, fuzzy @@ -2762,15 +2894,15 @@ msgstr "``Delete``: remove the shared folder and its contents" #: ../../file_server.rst:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to " -"the shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB " -"client, like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro " -"flavours, or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." +"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to the " +"shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB client, " +"like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro flavours, " +"or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to " -"the shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB " -"client, like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro " -"flavours, or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." +"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to the " +"shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB client, " +"like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro flavours, " +"or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." #: ../../file_server.rst:73 #, fuzzy @@ -2780,42 +2912,62 @@ msgstr "Restore file server from backup" #: ../../file_server.rst:75 msgid "" "If the application has one or more backup destinations configured and a " -"backup has already been executed, you can search for and restore a file " -"or folder from a past backup snapshot of a specific shared folder." +"backup has already been executed, you can search for and restore a file or " +"folder from a past backup snapshot of a specific shared folder." msgstr "" +"Se l'applicazione ha una o più destinazioni di backup configurate e un " +"backup è già stato eseguito, è possibile cercare e ripristinare un file o " +"una cartella da un'istantanea di backup precedente di una specifica cartella " +"condivisa." #: ../../file_server.rst:81 ../../mail.rst:182 msgid "" "The procedure does not calculate the disk space usage required for the " "restore. Ensure sufficient disk space is available before proceeding." msgstr "" +"La procedura non calcola l'utilizzo dello spazio su disco necessario per il " +"ripristino. Assicurare sufficiente spazio su disco è disponibile prima di " +"procedere." #: ../../file_server.rst:84 msgid "" -"Navigate to the Samba application instance and open the Shared Folders " -"page. Each shared folder is displayed as a card. From the three-dots menu" -" of the desired shared folder, select ``Restore file or folder``." +"Navigate to the Samba application instance and open the Shared Folders page. " +"Each shared folder is displayed as a card. From the three-dots menu of the " +"desired shared folder, select ``Restore file or folder``." msgstr "" +"Navigare all'istanza di applicazione Samba e aprire la pagina cartelle " +"condivise. Ogni cartella condivisa viene visualizzata come scheda. Dal menu " +"a tre punti della cartella condivisa desiderata, selezionare ``Ripristina " +"file o cartella``." #: ../../file_server.rst:88 msgid "" -"Choose the backup destination from which to restore the contents. Loading" -" remote destinations may take some time." +"Choose the backup destination from which to restore the contents. Loading " +"remote destinations may take some time." msgstr "" +"Scegliere la destinazione di backup da cui ripristinare il contenuto. " +"Caricamento di destinazioni remote può richiedere un po 'di tempo." #: ../../file_server.rst:91 msgid "" -"Select the date of the backup snapshot to restore. Snapshots are listed " -"from newest to oldest." +"Select the date of the backup snapshot to restore. Snapshots are listed from " +"newest to oldest." msgstr "" +"Selezionare la data dell'istantanea di backup da ripristinare. Le istanze " +"sono elencate da più nuovo a più vecchio." #: ../../file_server.rst:94 msgid "" -"Start typing the name of the file or folder to restore. The search " -"matches both the name and the relative path, starting from the root of " -"the shared folder. Results are ordered with name matches appearing before" -" path matches. Select an item from the results." +"Start typing the name of the file or folder to restore. The search matches " +"both the name and the relative path, starting from the root of the shared " +"folder. Results are ordered with name matches appearing before path matches. " +"Select an item from the results." msgstr "" +"Inizia a digitare il nome del file o della cartella da ripristinare. La " +"ricerca corrisponde sia al nome che al percorso relativo, partendo dalla " +"radice della cartella condivisa. I risultati sono ordinati con le partite di " +"nome che appaiono prima delle partite del percorso. Selezionare un elemento " +"dai risultati." #: ../../file_server.rst:99 #, fuzzy @@ -2824,9 +2976,9 @@ msgstr "cliccare sul tasto: `Restore`" #: ../../file_server.rst:101 msgid "" -"The selected item will be restored into a subfolder of the shared folder," -" named \"Restored folder\". This folder is readable by everyone, while " -"its contents retain the ACLs from the backup." +"The selected item will be restored into a subfolder of the shared folder, " +"named \"Restored folder\". This folder is readable by everyone, while its " +"contents retain the ACLs from the backup." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:109 @@ -2837,11 +2989,11 @@ msgstr "Restore file server from backup" #: ../../file_server.rst:113 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To avoid reconfiguring network clients, the system should provide the " -"same IP address that was used in the Samba File server backup." +"To avoid reconfiguring network clients, the system should provide the same " +"IP address that was used in the Samba File server backup." msgstr "" -"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same" -" IP address used in the file server backup." +"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same IP " +"address used in the file server backup." #: ../../file_server.rst:116 #, fuzzy @@ -2864,31 +3016,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:123 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services " -"are started automatically and no further actions are required." +"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services are " +"started automatically and no further actions are required." msgstr "" -"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services " -"are started automatically and no further actions are required." +"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services are " +"started automatically and no further actions are required." #: ../../file_server.rst:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using " -"the system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to " -"select another IP address in a second time: ::" +"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using the " +"system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to select " +"another IP address in a second time: ::" msgstr "" -"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using " -"the system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to " -"select another IP address in a second time: ::" +"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using the " +"system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to select " +"another IP address in a second time: ::" #: ../../file_server.rst:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the " -"`ipaddress` value with the correct IP address." +"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the `ipaddress` " +"value with the correct IP address." msgstr "" -"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the " -"`ipaddress` value with the correct IP address." +"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the `ipaddress` " +"value with the correct IP address." #: ../../file_server.rst:135 #, fuzzy @@ -2919,12 +3071,12 @@ msgstr "Footnotes" #, fuzzy msgid "" "*Guest access in SMB2 and SMB3 disabled by default in Windows* `link to " -"learn.microsoft.com `_" +"learn.microsoft.com `_" msgstr "" "*Guest access in SMB2 and SMB3 disabled by default in Windows* `link to " -"learn.microsoft.com `_" +"learn.microsoft.com `_" #: ../../firewall.rst:5 msgid "Firewall" @@ -2937,19 +3089,23 @@ msgstr "NethServer 8 comes with a simple built-in firewall." #: ../../firewall.rst:9 msgid "" -"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where" -" all traffic is permitted." +"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where " +"all traffic is permitted." msgstr "" +"L'interfaccia di rete VPN cluster ``wg0`` è parte di una zona di fiducia in " +"cui tutto il traffico è consentito." #: ../../firewall.rst:12 msgid "" -"All other network interfaces are part of a public zone where only " -"specific ports are open." +"All other network interfaces are part of a public zone where only specific " +"ports are open." msgstr "" +"Tutte le altre interfacce di rete fanno parte di una zona pubblica dove solo " +"porte specifiche sono aperte." #: ../../firewall.rst:15 msgid "By default, an NS8 node has the following open ports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per impostazione predefinita, un nodo NS8 ha le seguenti porte aperte:" #: ../../firewall.rst:17 #, fuzzy @@ -2974,8 +3130,8 @@ msgstr "Cockpit (not installed by default), 9090 TCP" #: ../../firewall.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Applications that require publicly open ports, such as the Mail server, " -"will automatically configure the firewall." +"Applications that require publicly open ports, such as the Mail server, will " +"automatically configure the firewall." msgstr "" "Modules which requires publicly open ports, like the mail server, will " "automatically configure the firewall." @@ -2987,22 +3143,29 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni generali" #: ../../firewall.rst:28 msgid "" -"Under the Settings page, click on the :guilabel:`Firewall` card and " -"select a node of the cluster." +"Under the Settings page, click on the :guilabel:`Firewall` card and select a " +"node of the cluster." msgstr "" +"Nella pagina Impostazioni fare clic sulla scheda :guilabel:`Firewall` e " +"selezionare un nodo del cluster." #: ../../firewall.rst:31 msgid "" -"For the selected node, a table summarizes the services running on the " -"node and their open TCP and UDP ports. If a port is not listed here, it " -"is closed for connections from the public zone." +"For the selected node, a table summarizes the services running on the node " +"and their open TCP and UDP ports. If a port is not listed here, it is closed " +"for connections from the public zone." msgstr "" +"Per il nodo selezionato, una tabella riassume i servizi in esecuzione sul " +"nodo e le porte TCP e UDP aperte. Se un porto non è elencato qui, è chiuso " +"per i collegamenti dalla zona pubblica." #: ../../firewall.rst:35 msgid "" -"Below the table of services and open ports, there is a list of the " -"network interfaces of the node." +"Below the table of services and open ports, there is a list of the network " +"interfaces of the node." msgstr "" +"Sotto la tabella dei servizi e delle porte aperte, c'è un elenco delle " +"interfacce di rete del nodo." #: ../../firewall.rst:38 #, fuzzy @@ -3020,12 +3183,10 @@ msgstr "Manage ports manually" #, fuzzy msgid "" "To allow connections to the listening port of a third-party service, use " -"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port " -"9000: ::" +"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port 9000: ::" msgstr "" "To allow connections to the listening port of a third-party service, use " -"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port " -"9000: ::" +"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port 9000: ::" #: ../../firewall.rst:49 #, fuzzy @@ -3035,15 +3196,15 @@ msgstr "To close the same port: ::" #: ../../firewall.rst:53 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart " -"or system reboot unless the same command is invoked a second time with " -"the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` manual page for " -"more information." +"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart or " +"system reboot unless the same command is invoked a second time with the ``--" +"permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` manual page for more " +"information." msgstr "" -"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart " -"or system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, " -"adding also the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` " -"manual page for more information." +"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart or " +"system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, adding also " +"the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` manual page for more " +"information." #: ../../firewall.rst:58 #, fuzzy @@ -3058,127 +3219,127 @@ msgstr "Imapsync" #: ../../imapsync.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This module installs Imapsync, an IMAP transfer tool used for copying and" -" moving emails from external IMAP servers to a :ref:`Mail server ` instance. This module can serve many purposes. For example:" msgstr "" -"This module installs Imapsync, an IMAP transfer tool used for copying and" -" moving emails from external IMAP servers to a :ref:`Mail server ` instance. This module can serve many purposes. For example:" #: ../../imapsync.rst:12 #, fuzzy -msgid "If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." -msgstr "If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." +msgid "" +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." +msgstr "" +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." #: ../../imapsync.rst:13 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several " -"remote ones." +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several remote " +"ones." msgstr "" -"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several " -"remote ones." +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several remote " +"ones." #: ../../imapsync.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local " -"one." +"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local one." msgstr "" -"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local " -"one." +"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local one." #: ../../imapsync.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many " -"times as needed, also you can select the task frequency." +"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many times " +"as needed, also you can select the task frequency." msgstr "" -"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many " -"times as needed, also you can select the task frequency." +"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many times " +"as needed, also you can select the task frequency." #: ../../imapsync.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know " -"the password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user " -"mailbox with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has " -"to know the password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP " -"administrative authentication is implemented also by the remote email " -"server." +"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know the " +"password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user mailbox " +"with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has to know the " +"password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP administrative " +"authentication is implemented also by the remote email server." msgstr "" -"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know " -"the password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user " -"mailbox with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has " -"to know the password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP " -"administrative authentication is implemented also by the remote email " -"server." +"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know the " +"password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user mailbox " +"with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has to know the " +"password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP administrative " +"authentication is implemented also by the remote email server." #: ../../imapsync.rst:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the remote IMAP server is a NethServer 7, the IMAP admin user is " -"``vmail`` and its password can be read from " -"``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` " -"suffix (e.g. ``username@domain.com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to" -" be set in the IMAP synchronization panel." +"``vmail`` and its password can be read from ``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/" +"vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` suffix (e.g. ``username@domain." +"com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to be set in the IMAP " +"synchronization panel." msgstr "" "If the remote IMAP server is a NethServer 7, the IMAP admin user is " -"``vmail`` and its password can be read from " -"``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` " -"suffix (e.g. ``username@domain.com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to" -" be set in the IMAP synchronization panel." +"``vmail`` and its password can be read from ``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/" +"vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` suffix (e.g. ``username@domain." +"com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to be set in the IMAP " +"synchronization panel." #: ../../imapsync.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"List of `IMAP servers " -"`_ with" -" admin authentication in Imapsync documentation" +"List of `IMAP servers `_ with admin authentication in Imapsync " +"documentation" msgstr "" -"List of `IMAP servers " -"`_ with" -" admin authentication in Imapsync documentation" +"List of `IMAP servers `_ with admin authentication in Imapsync " +"documentation" #: ../../imapsync.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official " -"documentation `_ for further details." +"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official documentation " +"`_ for further details." msgstr "" -"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official " -"documentation `_ for further details." +"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official documentation " +"`_ for further details." #: ../../imapsync.rst:33 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in" -" the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks " -"as needed for each user of the domain." +"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in " +"the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks as " +"needed for each user of the domain." msgstr "" -"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in" -" the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks " -"as needed for each user of the domain." +"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in " +"the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks as " +"needed for each user of the domain." #: ../../imapsync.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at " -":ref:`user-domains-section`." +"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at :ref:" +"`user-domains-section`." msgstr "" -"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at " -":ref:`user-domains-section`." +"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at :ref:" +"`user-domains-section`." #: ../../imapsync.rst:40 ../../piler.rst:177 msgid "Known limitations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limitazioni conosciute" #: ../../imapsync.rst:42 msgid "" "Messages copied by Imapsync are not subject to anti-spam and anti-virus " "checks." msgstr "" +"I messaggi copiati da Imapsync non sono soggetti a controlli anti-spam e " +"anti-virus." #: ../../imapsync.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3188,11 +3349,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:48 msgid "" -"Sieve filters do not work with Imapsync, as they are evaluated during " -"LMTP delivery. Instead, Imapsync uses IMAP commands to interact directly " -"with Dovecot, bypassing LMTP and preventing the execution of Sieve " -"scripts." +"Sieve filters do not work with Imapsync, as they are evaluated during LMTP " +"delivery. Instead, Imapsync uses IMAP commands to interact directly with " +"Dovecot, bypassing LMTP and preventing the execution of Sieve scripts." msgstr "" +"I filtri Sieve non funzionano con Imapsync, come vengono valutati durante la " +"consegna LMTP. Invece, Imapsync utilizza i comandi IMAP per interagire " +"direttamente con Dovecot, bypassando LMTP e impedendo l'esecuzione degli " +"script Sieve." #: ../../index.rst:18 msgid "About" @@ -3203,6 +3367,7 @@ msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installazione" #: ../../index.rst:48 ../../modules.rst:7 ../../nethvoice.rst:1065 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1041 msgid "Applications" msgstr "Applicazioni" @@ -3237,14 +3402,13 @@ msgstr "Metodi di installazione" #: ../../install.rst:11 msgid "" "You can install NethServer 8 :ref:`on a supported distribution " -"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images " -"`. Both methods require a working Internet " -"connection." +"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images `. Both methods require a working Internet connection." msgstr "" "È possibile installare NethServer 8 su una delle :ref:`distribuzioni " -"supportate ` o utilizzare una delle :ref:`immagini" -" pre-built` già pronte. Entrambi i metodi " -"richiedono una connessione Internet funzionante." +"supportate ` o utilizzare una delle :ref:`immagini " +"pre-built` già pronte. Entrambi i metodi richiedono " +"una connessione Internet funzionante." #: ../../install.rst:17 msgid "Install on a supported distribution" @@ -3265,8 +3429,8 @@ msgstr "Avviare la procedura di installazione come ``root``: ::" #: ../../install.rst:26 msgid "If the ``curl`` command is not available try to install it with: ::" msgstr "" -"Se il comando ``curl`` non fosse disponibile, sarà possibile installarlo " -"con il comando: ::" +"Se il comando ``curl`` non fosse disponibile, sarà possibile installarlo con " +"il comando: ::" #: ../../install.rst:33 msgid "Pre-built image" @@ -3274,23 +3438,23 @@ msgstr "Immagine pre-built" #: ../../install.rst:38 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky " -"Linux 9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." +"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky Linux " +"9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 fornisce un'immagine costruita su base stabile Rocky Linux " -"9, cosa che lo rende adatto per una vasta gamma di applicazioni server." +"NethServer 8 fornisce un'immagine costruita su base stabile Rocky Linux 9, " +"cosa che lo rende adatto per una vasta gamma di applicazioni server." #: ../../install.rst:41 msgid "" -"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The " -"default method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. " -"Refer to your virtualization platform documentation for more information " -"about Cloud-init support." +"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The default " +"method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. Refer to your " +"virtualization platform documentation for more information about Cloud-init " +"support." msgstr "" "Le immagini pre-bult utilizzano Cloud-init per l'inizializzazione della " "rete. Il metodo predefinito per ottenere la configurazione di rete è il " -"protocollo DHCP. Fare riferimento alla documentazione della piattaforma " -"di virtualizzazione per ulteriori informazioni sul supporto Cloud-init." +"protocollo DHCP. Fare riferimento alla documentazione della piattaforma di " +"virtualizzazione per ulteriori informazioni sul supporto Cloud-init." #: ../../install.rst:46 msgid "NS8 image download links" @@ -3326,7 +3490,7 @@ msgstr "1.7 |nbsp| GB" #: ../../install.rst:1 msgid "https://tinyurl.com/ns8-rocky-qcow2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://tinyurl.com/ns8-rocky-qcow2" #: ../../install.rst:1 msgid "VMWare" @@ -3347,26 +3511,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:52 msgid "" "Choose the ``qcow2`` image format if you are using a KVM-based " -"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or " -"the ``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware " -"`_." +"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or the " +"``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware `_." msgstr "" -"Scegliere il formato di immagine ``qcow2`` se si utilizza una piattaforma" -" di virtualizzazione basata su KVM, come `Proxmox " -"`_, o il formato ``vmdk`` se si utilizza " -"`VMware `_." +"Scegliere il formato di immagine ``qcow2`` se si utilizza una piattaforma di " +"virtualizzazione basata su KVM, come `Proxmox `_, " +"o il formato ``vmdk`` se si utilizza `VMware `_." #: ../../install.rst:56 msgid "" "When the image download has completed verify the file integrity with the " -"`sha256 checksum file " -"`_. Download the " -"checksum then run for example the following command: ::" +"`sha256 checksum file `_. Download the checksum then run for example the following " +"command: ::" msgstr "" "Completato il download dell'immagine, verificare la sua integrità con il " -"file `sha256 checksum " -"`_. Scaricare il " -"checksum ed eseguire, per esempio, il seguente comando: ::" +"file `sha256 checksum `_. Scaricare il checksum ed eseguire, per esempio, il seguente " +"comando: ::" #: ../../install.rst:63 msgid "Virtualization platform-specific notes:" @@ -3374,28 +3537,26 @@ msgstr "Note specifiche per piattaforma di virtualizzazione:" #: ../../install.rst:65 msgid "" -"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the " -"disk." +"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the disk." msgstr "" -"Per VMWare, configurare la macchina virtuale per utilizzare il driver IDE" -" per il disco." +"Per VMWare, configurare la macchina virtuale per utilizzare il driver IDE " +"per il disco." #: ../../install.rst:66 msgid "" -"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than " -"``kvm64``." +"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than ``kvm64``." msgstr "" "Per Proxmox, cambiare la CPU predefinita, evitando l'uso del modello " "``kvm64``." #: ../../install.rst:68 msgid "" -"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or " -"upload it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." +"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or upload " +"it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." msgstr "" "Infine, avviare l'immagine NS8 all'interno della piattaforma di " -"virtualizzazione, o caricarla su un provider cloud per creare una " -"macchina virtuale pubblica." +"virtualizzazione, o caricarla su un provider cloud per creare una macchina " +"virtuale pubblica." #: ../../install.rst:71 msgid "Default OS administrative credentials are" @@ -3411,22 +3572,21 @@ msgstr "Password: ``Nethesis,1234``" #: ../../install.rst:76 msgid "" -"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon " -"the first login, you will be prompted to change the password." +"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon the " +"first login, you will be prompted to change the password." msgstr "" -"Accedere alla console di sistema utilizzando le credenziali di default. " -"Al primo login, verrà richiesto di cambiare la password." +"Accedere alla console di sistema utilizzando le credenziali di default. Al " +"primo login, verrà richiesto di cambiare la password." #: ../../install.rst:79 msgid "" -"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user" -" account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute" -" the following commands and enter the desired password: ::" +"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user " +"account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute the " +"following commands and enter the desired password: ::" msgstr "" "Per ottenere l'accesso SSH amministrativo al sistema, creare un account " "utente personale nel gruppo ``wheel``, impostandogli una password. Per " -"esempio, eseguire i seguenti comandi e inserire la password desiderata: " -"::" +"esempio, eseguire i seguenti comandi e inserire la password desiderata: ::" #: ../../install.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -3443,8 +3603,8 @@ msgid "" "information refer to :ref:`os-network-section`." msgstr "" "Se fosse stato utilizzato il DHCP per ottenere la configurazione di rete " -"iniziale, modificare le impostazioni di rete Rocky Linux e configurare un" -" indirizzo IP statico. Per ulteriori informazioni si rimanda a :ref:`os-" +"iniziale, modificare le impostazioni di rete Rocky Linux e configurare un " +"indirizzo IP statico. Per ulteriori informazioni si rimanda a :ref:`os-" "network-section`." #: ../../install.rst:100 @@ -3454,12 +3614,11 @@ msgstr "Passi post-installazione" #: ../../install.rst:102 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When the installation script completes or the pre-built image has " -"started, access the Web user interface at: ::" +"When the installation script completes or the pre-built image has started, " +"access the Web user interface at: ::" msgstr "" "Quando lo script di installazione termina o l'immagine pre-built è " -"inizializzata, accedere all'interfaccia utente Web tramite il seguente " -"URL::" +"inizializzata, accedere all'interfaccia utente Web tramite il seguente URL::" #: ../../install.rst:109 #, fuzzy @@ -3470,7 +3629,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:111 #, fuzzy -msgid "The default credentials for logging in to the cluster-admin interface are:" +msgid "" +"The default credentials for logging in to the cluster-admin interface are:" msgstr "Le credenziali di default per accedere a cluster-admin sono" #: ../../install.rst:113 ../../odoo.rst:55 @@ -3479,17 +3639,21 @@ msgstr "Nome utente: ``admin``" #: ../../install.rst:116 msgid "" -"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to set up a " -"new single-node cluster. Alternatively, you can join the node to an " -"existing cluster as described in :ref:`cluster-section`, or restore a " -"cluster backup as detailed in :ref:`disaster_recovery-section`." +"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to set up a new " +"single-node cluster. Alternatively, you can join the node to an existing " +"cluster as described in :ref:`cluster-section`, or restore a cluster backup " +"as detailed in :ref:`disaster_recovery-section`." msgstr "" +"Scegliere :guilabel:`Create cluster` e seguire la procedura per impostare un " +"nuovo cluster a singolo nodo. In alternativa, è possibile unire il nodo a un " +"cluster esistente come descritto in :ref:`cluster-section`, o ripristinare " +"un backup di cluster come dettagliato in :ref:`disaster_recovery-section`." #: ../../install.rst:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For security reasons, change the admin password immediately if it is " -"still set to the default value." +"For security reasons, change the admin password immediately if it is still " +"set to the default value." msgstr "" "Per motivi di sicurezza, la password dell'amministratore deve essere " "cambiata al primo accesso, se è ancora al valore predefinito." @@ -3497,51 +3661,49 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Ensure the node's Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct and meets" -" the :ref:`DNS requirements `." +"Ensure the node's Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct and meets " +"the :ref:`DNS requirements `." msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia " -"corretto e rispetti i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." +"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia corretto " +"e rispetti i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." #: ../../install.rst:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Even if running on a single node, the system will set up a Virtual " -"Private Network (VPN) for the cluster. This VPN setup will allow you to " -"add more nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be " -"suitable for most environments, as it theoretically accommodates up to " -"254 cluster nodes. However, ensure that the ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does " -"not conflict with your existing network environment, as it cannot be " -"changed once set." +"Even if running on a single node, the system will set up a Virtual Private " +"Network (VPN) for the cluster. This VPN setup will allow you to add more " +"nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be suitable for most " +"environments, as it theoretically accommodates up to 254 cluster nodes. " +"However, ensure that the ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does not conflict with your " +"existing network environment, as it cannot be changed once set." msgstr "" "Anche se in esecuzione su un solo nodo, il sistema configura una rete " -"privata virtuale (VPN) necessaria al cluster. Con la VPN attiva, si " -"potranno aggiungere nodi aggiuntivi in futuro. I valori predefiniti " -"proposti dovrebbero essere adatti per la maggior parte degli ambienti, " -"assicurarsi in ogni caso che ``Rete VPN (CIDR)`` non sia in conflitto con" -" l'ambiente di rete esistente, perché non potrà essere modificata una " -"volta impostata." +"privata virtuale (VPN) necessaria al cluster. Con la VPN attiva, si potranno " +"aggiungere nodi aggiuntivi in futuro. I valori predefiniti proposti " +"dovrebbero essere adatti per la maggior parte degli ambienti, assicurarsi in " +"ogni caso che ``Rete VPN (CIDR)`` non sia in conflitto con l'ambiente di " +"rete esistente, perché non potrà essere modificata una volta impostata." #: ../../install.rst:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now " -"ready." +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now ready." msgstr "Infine, cliccare sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea cluster`. NS8 è pronto." #: ../../install.rst:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default, the new cluster is named ``NethServer 8``. If you wish to " -"change it:" +"By default, the new cluster is named ``NethServer 8``. If you wish to change " +"it:" msgstr "" -"Un nuovo cluster ha l'etichetta ``NethServer 8`` assegnata di default. Se" -" si desidera cambiarla:" +"Un nuovo cluster ha l'etichetta ``NethServer 8`` assegnata di default. Se si " +"desidera cambiarla:" #: ../../install.rst:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Go to the ``Settings`` page and click on the ``Cluster`` card." -msgstr "recarsi alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e cliccare sulla scheda ``Cluster``" +msgstr "" +"recarsi alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e cliccare sulla scheda ``Cluster``" #: ../../install.rst:141 #, fuzzy @@ -3555,17 +3717,19 @@ msgstr "cliccare sul pulsante :guilabel:`Salva impostazioni`" #: ../../install.rst:144 msgid "Not sure where to go from here? You can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non sei sicuro di dove andare da qui? Potete:" #: ../../install.rst:146 msgid "" "Install an :ref:`LDAP ` or :ref:`Active Directory " "` user domain." msgstr "" +"Installare un dominio utente :ref:`LDAP ` o :ref:`Active " +"Directory `." #: ../../install.rst:148 msgid "Read an introduction about :ref:`NS8 applications `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leggi un'introduzione su :ref:`NS8 applications `." #: ../../install.rst:149 #, fuzzy @@ -3579,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`core updates `" #: ../../install.rst:151 msgid "Set up a :ref:`metric dashboard `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impostare un :ref:`metric dashboard `." #: ../../install.rst:154 msgid "Uninstall" @@ -3587,17 +3751,18 @@ msgstr "Rimozione" #: ../../install.rst:156 msgid "You can uninstall NS8 from your Linux distribution." -msgstr "È possibile disinstallare NS8 dalla distribuzione Linux usata come base." +msgstr "" +"È possibile disinstallare NS8 dalla distribuzione Linux usata come base." #: ../../install.rst:158 msgid "" "The uninstall command attempts to stop and erase core components and " -"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything " -"under ``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." +"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything under " +"``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." msgstr "" "Il comando di rimozione tenta di fermare e cancellare componenti core e " -"moduli aggiuntivi. L'attività va studiata con cura perché rimuove tutto " -"ciò che si trova nelle directory ``/home`` e ``/var/lib/nethserver``." +"moduli aggiuntivi. L'attività va studiata con cura perché rimuove tutto ciò " +"che si trova nelle directory ``/home`` e ``/var/lib/nethserver``." #: ../../install.rst:161 msgid "To uninstall NS8, execute: ::" @@ -3613,41 +3778,41 @@ msgstr "Informazioni su NethServer 8" #: ../../introduction.rst:8 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 (NS8) is an application server specifically designed for " -"small offices and medium enterprises. It facilitates the management of " +"NethServer 8 (NS8) is an application server specifically designed for small " +"offices and medium enterprises. It facilitates the management of " "applications through a user-friendly web interface. NS8 operates as a " "container orchestrator, a system that can manage and coordinate the " "deployment of various applications." msgstr "" "NethServer 8 (NS8) è un application server appositamente progettato per " "piccoli uffici e medie imprese. Facilita la gestione delle applicazioni " -"attraverso un'interfaccia web user-friendly. NS8 opera come orchestratore" -" di container, un sistema in grado di gestire e coordinare " -"l'installazione di varie applicazioni." +"attraverso un'interfaccia web user-friendly. NS8 opera come orchestratore di " +"container, un sistema in grado di gestire e coordinare l'installazione di " +"varie applicazioni." #: ../../introduction.rst:14 msgid "" -"One of its key features is the ability to host different applications on " -"a single machine or distribute the workload across multiple nodes. This " -"flexibility allows for efficient resource utilization and scalability " -"based on the organization's needs." +"One of its key features is the ability to host different applications on a " +"single machine or distribute the workload across multiple nodes. This " +"flexibility allows for efficient resource utilization and scalability based " +"on the organization's needs." msgstr "" "Una delle sue caratteristiche chiave è la capacità di ospitare diverse " -"applicazioni su una singola macchina o distribuire il carico di lavoro su" -" più nodi. Questa flessibilità consente un utilizzo efficiente delle " -"risorse e una scalabilità basate sulle esigenze dell'organizzazione." +"applicazioni su una singola macchina o distribuire il carico di lavoro su " +"più nodi. Questa flessibilità consente un utilizzo efficiente delle risorse " +"e una scalabilità basate sulle esigenze dell'organizzazione." #: ../../introduction.rst:19 msgid "" "NS8 represents the evolution of NethServer 7, which was a complete Linux " -"distribution based on CentOS. However, NS8 departs from this model and " -"can now be installed over different Linux distributions, providing users " -"with more choices and compatibility options." +"distribution based on CentOS. However, NS8 departs from this model and can " +"now be installed over different Linux distributions, providing users with " +"more choices and compatibility options." msgstr "" "NS8 rappresenta l'evoluzione di NethServer 7, una distribuzione Linux " -"completa basata su CentOS. Tuttavia, NS8 si discosta da questo modello e " -"ora può essere installato su diverse distribuzioni Linux, fornendo agli " -"utenti più scelte e opzioni di compatibilità." +"completa basata su CentOS. Tuttavia, NS8 si discosta da questo modello e ora " +"può essere installato su diverse distribuzioni Linux, fornendo agli utenti " +"più scelte e opzioni di compatibilità." #: ../../introduction.rst:25 msgid "Get support" @@ -3655,31 +3820,31 @@ msgstr "Ottieni supporto" #: ../../introduction.rst:27 msgid "" -"You want to know more or look for some help? Check out our great " -"`community `_, or :ref:`subscription " +"You want to know more or look for some help? Check out our great `community " +"`_, or :ref:`subscription " "plans`!" msgstr "" -"Vuoi saperne di più o hai bisogno aiuto? Dai un'occhiata alla nostra " -"grande `community `_ , o ai :ref:`piani" -" di abbonamento`!" +"Vuoi saperne di più o hai bisogno aiuto? Dai un'occhiata alla nostra grande " +"`community `_ , o ai :ref:`piani di " +"abbonamento`!" #: ../../introduction.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you are looking for more technical details, take a look to the " -"`developer manual `_." +"If you are looking for more technical details, take a look to the `developer " +"manual `_." msgstr "" "Se sei alla ricerca di maggiori dettagli tecnici, dai un'occhiata al " "`manuale dello sviluppatore `_." #: ../../introduction.rst:33 msgid "" -"Bugs can be discussed and reported inside the `community forum " -"`_. The public issue tracker is " -"available at `GitHub `_." +"Bugs can be discussed and reported inside the `community forum `_. The public issue tracker is available at " +"`GitHub `_." msgstr "" -"I bug possono essere segnalati e discussi nel `forum community " -"`_. L'issue tracker pubblico è " -"disponibile su `GitHub `_." +"I bug possono essere segnalati e discussi nel `forum community `_. L'issue tracker pubblico è disponibile su " +"`GitHub `_." #: ../../log_server.rst:7 #, fuzzy @@ -3688,27 +3853,29 @@ msgstr "System logs" #: ../../log_server.rst:9 msgid "" -"Log records generated by any cluster node are collected and stored in the" -" leader node. See :ref:`logs-persistence-section` for additional " -"information." +"Log records generated by any cluster node are collected and stored in the " +"leader node. See :ref:`logs-persistence-section` for additional information." msgstr "" +"I record di registro generati da qualsiasi nodo di cluster vengono raccolti " +"e memorizzati nel nodo leader. Vedere :ref:`logs-persistence-section` per " +"ulteriori informazioni." #: ../../log_server.rst:13 msgid "Accessing logs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accesso ai log" #: ../../log_server.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The System Logs page allows users to efficiently search logs based on " -"date, text query, or context. The available contexts include:" +"The System Logs page allows users to efficiently search logs based on date, " +"text query, or context. The available contexts include:" msgstr "" -"Logs are accessible from the ``System logs`` page. You can filter logs by" -" date, a text query or context. Available contexts are:" +"Logs are accessible from the ``System logs`` page. You can filter logs by " +"date, a text query or context. Available contexts are:" #: ../../log_server.rst:18 msgid "**Cluster**: Displays logs from all cluster nodes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Cluster**: Visualizza i log di tutti i nodi di cluster." #: ../../log_server.rst:20 #, fuzzy @@ -3721,30 +3888,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:24 msgid "Users can select between two modes of operation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gli utenti possono scegliere tra due modalità di funzionamento:" #: ../../log_server.rst:26 msgid "" -"**Dump mode** Retrieves a limited number of log records within a " -"specified time period. The maximum number of lines can be adjusted using " -"the ``Max lines`` field." +"**Dump mode** Retrieves a limited number of log records within a specified " +"time period. The maximum number of lines can be adjusted using the ``Max " +"lines`` field." msgstr "" +"** Modalità Dump** Recupera un numero limitato di record di registro entro " +"un determinato periodo di tempo. Il numero massimo di linee può essere " +"regolato utilizzando il campo ``Max righe``." #: ../../log_server.rst:30 msgid "**Follow mode** Displays logs in real-time, providing live updates." msgstr "" +"♪Follow mode ♪ Visualizza i log in tempo reale, fornendo aggiornamenti dal " +"vivo." #: ../../log_server.rst:32 msgid "" -"If the ``Search query`` field is set, only log records matching the given" -" string are returned. Only exact substring matches are allowed." +"If the ``Search query`` field is set, only log records matching the given " +"string are returned. Only exact substring matches are allowed." msgstr "" +"Se il campo ``Search query```` è impostato, vengono restituiti solo i record " +"di registro corrispondenti alla stringa data. Sono consentite solo le " +"partite con la sottostringa." #: ../../log_server.rst:35 msgid "" "For comparative analysis of logs from two nodes or applications, follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" +"Per l'analisi comparativa dei registri da due nodi o applicazioni, seguire " +"questi passaggi:" #: ../../log_server.rst:38 #, fuzzy @@ -3760,17 +3937,24 @@ msgstr "select ``Vertical layout`` from the three-dots menu" #: ../../log_server.rst:43 msgid "" -"For example, comparing logs can be useful to see the Traefik log from one" -" side, to see incoming HTTP requests, and Nextcloud logs on the other " -"side to see that application activity." +"For example, comparing logs can be useful to see the Traefik log from one " +"side, to see incoming HTTP requests, and Nextcloud logs on the other side to " +"see that application activity." msgstr "" +"Ad esempio, confrontare i log può essere utile per vedere il registro " +"Traefik da un lato, per vedere le richieste HTTP in arrivo, e i registri di " +"Nextcloud dall'altro lato per vedere l'attività dell'applicazione." #: ../../log_server.rst:49 msgid "" -"By default, log searches are directed to the active Loki instance. If " -"there are :ref:`inactive Loki instances ` within " -"the cluster, it is possible to select them to search past log entries." +"By default, log searches are directed to the active Loki instance. If there " +"are :ref:`inactive Loki instances ` within the " +"cluster, it is possible to select them to search past log entries." msgstr "" +"Per impostazione predefinita, le ricerche di registro sono indirizzate " +"all'istanza Loki attiva. Se ci sono :ref:`inactive Loki instances ` all'interno del cluster, è possibile selezionarli per cercare " +"le voci di registro passate." #: ../../log_server.rst:55 #, fuzzy @@ -3787,39 +3971,55 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:61 msgid "**Basic invocation:** Enters \"follow mode\" for the entire cluster:" msgstr "" +"**Invocazione fisica: ** Inserire \"modalità successiva\" per l'intero " +"cluster:" #: ../../log_server.rst:68 msgid "" "**Follow mode for application instance:** Enables follow mode for the " -"specified application (module) instance, such as ``traefik1``. The " -"``--entity`` flag selects the context:" +"specified application (module) instance, such as ``traefik1``. The ``--" +"entity`` flag selects the context:" msgstr "" +"**Follow mode per l'istanza di applicazione:** Consente di seguire la " +"modalità per l'istanza di applicazione specificata (modulo), come " +"``traefik1`. Il flag ``--entity`` seleziona il contesto:" #: ../../log_server.rst:77 msgid "" -"**Dump mode for specific instance in a time period:** Initiates dump mode" -" for the same instance within a specific time period. Dates must adhere " -"to the ISO8601 format:" +"**Dump mode for specific instance in a time period:** Initiates dump mode " +"for the same instance within a specific time period. Dates must adhere to " +"the ISO8601 format:" msgstr "" +"** Modalità di dump per caso specifico in un periodo di tempo:** Inizia la " +"modalità di dump per la stessa istanza entro un determinato periodo di " +"tempo. Le date devono rispettare il formato ISO8601:" #: ../../log_server.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Changing output timezone:** Modifies the output timezone while " -"maintaining the same query. Refer to ``timedatectl list-timezones`` for a" -" full list of options:" +"**Changing output timezone:** Modifies the output timezone while maintaining " +"the same query. Refer to ``timedatectl list-timezones`` for a full list of " +"options:" msgstr "" +"**Changing output timezone:** Modifica il fuso orario di uscita mantenendo " +"la stessa query. Fare riferimento a ``timedatectl list-timezones` per un " +"elenco completo delle opzioni:" #: ../../log_server.rst:98 msgid "Logs persistence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Log di persistenza" #: ../../log_server.rst:100 msgid "" -"Upon cluster creation, a Loki [#loki]_ core module instance is installed " -"on the leader node and designated as the active instance. The leader " -"node, like any other worker node, continuously streams its log data to " -"this active Loki instance [#promtail]_." +"Upon cluster creation, a Loki [#loki]_ core module instance is installed on " +"the leader node and designated as the active instance. The leader node, like " +"any other worker node, continuously streams its log data to this active Loki " +"instance [#promtail]_." msgstr "" +"Al momento della creazione di cluster, un'istanza di modulo di base Loki " +"[#loki]_ viene installato sul nodo leader e designato come l'istanza attiva. " +"Il nodo leader, come qualsiasi altro nodo lavoratore, trasmette " +"continuamente i suoi dati di registro a questa istanza attiva Loki " +"[#promtail]_." #: ../../log_server.rst:107 #, fuzzy @@ -3828,57 +4028,76 @@ msgstr "Advanced settings" #: ../../log_server.rst:109 msgid "" -"Navigate to the ``Settings`` page, click on the System logs card and then" -" on the three-dots menu to modify log retention (select ``Edit " -"retention``) or assign a user-friendly name to the active Loki instance " -"(select ``Edit label``)." +"Navigate to the ``Settings`` page, click on the System logs card and then on " +"the three-dots menu to modify log retention (select ``Edit retention``) or " +"assign a user-friendly name to the active Loki instance (select ``Edit " +"label``)." msgstr "" +"Navigare alla pagina ``Impostazioni```, fare clic sulla scheda di registro " +"di sistema e quindi sul menu a tre punti per modificare la ritenzione di " +"registro (selezionare ``Ritenzione di edit``````) o assegnare un nome user-" +"friendly all'istanza Loki attiva (seleziona ``Edit label``)." #: ../../log_server.rst:116 msgid "Understanding log retention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comprendere la ritenzione del registro" #: ../../log_server.rst:118 msgid "" -"Log retention refers to the maximum age of stored log records. Records " -"older than the retention period are automatically purged. By default, " -"System logs have a retention period of 365 days, but this can be " -"customized to any desired duration. For compliance with common " -"regulations and best practices, a recommended retention period is 200 " -"days or longer." +"Log retention refers to the maximum age of stored log records. Records older " +"than the retention period are automatically purged. By default, System logs " +"have a retention period of 365 days, but this can be customized to any " +"desired duration. For compliance with common regulations and best practices, " +"a recommended retention period is 200 days or longer." msgstr "" +"La ritenzione di registro si riferisce all'età massima dei registri di " +"registro memorizzati. I record più vecchi del periodo di conservazione " +"vengono automaticamente eliminati. Per impostazione predefinita, i registri " +"di sistema hanno un periodo di conservazione di 365 giorni, ma questo può " +"essere personalizzato a qualsiasi durata desiderata. Per rispettare le " +"normative e le best practice comuni, un periodo di conservazione " +"raccomandato è di 200 giorni o più." #: ../../log_server.rst:128 msgid "Inactive Loki instances" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esempi di Loki inattivi" #: ../../log_server.rst:130 msgid "" -"When a worker node is promoted to leader, a new Loki instance is " -"installed on it and becomes the active instance, while the old instance " -"is marked as *inactive*." +"When a worker node is promoted to leader, a new Loki instance is installed " +"on it and becomes the active instance, while the old instance is marked as " +"*inactive*." msgstr "" +"Quando un nodo operaio è promosso a leader, una nuova istanza Loki è " +"installato su di esso e diventa l'istanza attiva, mentre la vecchia istanza " +"è contrassegnata come *inactive*." #: ../../log_server.rst:134 -msgid "The new active instance inherits the retention setting from the old one." +msgid "" +"The new active instance inherits the retention setting from the old one." msgstr "" +"La nuova istanza attiva eredita l'impostazione di ritenzione dal vecchio." #: ../../log_server.rst:136 msgid "An inactive instance retains logs based on its last retention setting." msgstr "" +"Un'istanza inattiva mantiene i registri in base alla sua ultima impostazione " +"di conservazione." #: ../../log_server.rst:138 msgid "Log searches can still be performed within an inactive instance." msgstr "" +"Le ricerche di log possono ancora essere eseguite all'interno di un'istanza " +"inattiva." #: ../../log_server.rst:140 msgid "Restoring a Loki instance from backup renders it inactive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ripristinare un'istanza Loki dal backup lo rende inattivo." #: ../../log_server.rst:142 msgid "" -"To remove an inactive instance, select the three-dots menu and choose the" -" ``Uninstall`` action." +"To remove an inactive instance, select the three-dots menu and choose the " +"``Uninstall`` action." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:148 @@ -3888,36 +4107,46 @@ msgstr "Forward" #: ../../log_server.rst:150 msgid "" -"On the leader node, you have the capability to forward log streams " -"managed by the active Loki instance to either an external syslog server " -"or to the Cloud Log Manager. This enables centralized log aggregation, " -"making it easier to monitor, analyze, and troubleshoot your NethServer " -"environment." +"On the leader node, you have the capability to forward log streams managed " +"by the active Loki instance to either an external syslog server or to the " +"Cloud Log Manager. This enables centralized log aggregation, making it " +"easier to monitor, analyze, and troubleshoot your NethServer environment." msgstr "" +"Sul nodo leader, hai la capacità di inoltrare i flussi di registro gestiti " +"dall'istanza attiva Loki a un server syslog esterno o al Cloud Log Manager. " +"Questo consente l'aggregazione centralizzata dei log, facilitando il " +"monitoraggio, l'analisi e la risoluzione dei problemi dell'ambiente " +"NethServer." #: ../../log_server.rst:154 msgid "" "To enable forwarders, navigate to ``Settings`` -> ``System Logs`` page, " -"where all Loki instances, including the active one, are listed. Here, you" -" can configure services by opening the Loki card menu." +"where all Loki instances, including the active one, are listed. Here, you " +"can configure services by opening the Loki card menu." msgstr "" +"Per abilitare i inoltratori, passare a ``Impostazioni`` -> ``System Logs`` " +"pagina, dove tutte le istanze Loki, inclusa quella attiva, sono elencate. " +"Qui è possibile configurare i servizi aprendo il menu della carta Loki." #: ../../log_server.rst:157 msgid "If the forwarder is enabled, its status can be viewed in two places:" msgstr "" +"Se il inoltratore è abilitato, il suo stato può essere visto in due luoghi:" #: ../../log_server.rst:159 #, fuzzy msgid "On the ``Cluster Status`` page under the ``System Logs`` card." msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda " -"``certificati TLS ``" +"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``certificati " +"TLS ``" #: ../../log_server.rst:160 msgid "" -"On the ``Settings`` -> ``System Logs`` page under the active Loki " -"instance card." +"On the ``Settings`` -> ``System Logs`` page under the active Loki instance " +"card." msgstr "" +"Sul ``Settings`` -> ``System Logs`` pagina sotto la scheda di istanza Loki " +"attiva." #: ../../log_server.rst:162 #, fuzzy @@ -3926,15 +4155,19 @@ msgstr "Gestione delle impostazioni utente" #: ../../log_server.rst:164 msgid "" -"**Enabled**: A green circle with a description indicates the forwarder is" -" active." +"**Enabled**: A green circle with a description indicates the forwarder is " +"active." msgstr "" +"**Enabled**: Un cerchio verde con una descrizione indica che il forwarder è " +"attivo." #: ../../log_server.rst:165 msgid "" "**Failed**: A red circle with a description indicates the forwarder has " "encountered an issue." msgstr "" +"**Failed**: Un cerchio rosso con una descrizione indica che il forwarder ha " +"incontrato un problema." #: ../../log_server.rst:170 #, fuzzy @@ -3947,13 +4180,19 @@ msgid "" "devices and applications, facilitating centralized log monitoring and " "analysis." msgstr "" +"Un server syslog riceve, memorizza e gestisce i messaggi di registro da " +"dispositivi e applicazioni di rete, facilitando il monitoraggio e l'analisi " +"centralizzati del registro." #: ../../log_server.rst:174 msgid "" -"Before setting up the forwarder, ensure your syslog server is functioning" -" properly. You will need the following information to enable the syslog " +"Before setting up the forwarder, ensure your syslog server is functioning " +"properly. You will need the following information to enable the syslog " "forwarder:" msgstr "" +"Prima di configurare il server forwarder, assicurarsi che il server syslog " +"funzioni correttamente. Avrete bisogno delle seguenti informazioni per " +"attivare il server syslog:" #: ../../log_server.rst:176 #, fuzzy @@ -3970,29 +4209,35 @@ msgstr "``Port Number`` TCP port used by the LDAP server." #: ../../log_server.rst:178 msgid "**Protocol**: The protocol used for server communication (UDP or TCP)." msgstr "" +"**Protocollo ** Il protocollo utilizzato per la comunicazione del server " +"(UDP o TCP)." #: ../../log_server.rst:179 msgid "" -"**Filter**: Choose whether to forward all log records or only those " -"related to security events." +"**Filter**: Choose whether to forward all log records or only those related " +"to security events." msgstr "" +"**Filter**: Scegli se inoltrare tutti i record di registro o solo quelli " +"relativi agli eventi di sicurezza." #: ../../log_server.rst:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Format**: Log format (`RFC 3164 `_ or `RFC 5424 `_)." +"**Format**: Log format (`RFC 3164 `_ " +"or `RFC 5424 `_)." msgstr "" "Attributi Unix `RFC2307 `_ - " "`OpenLDAP `_" #: ../../log_server.rst:181 ../../log_server.rst:206 msgid "" -"**Export start date**: Specify from when logs should be forwarded. You " -"can choose the last timestamp [#last_timestamp]_ or manually enter a date" -" and time." +"**Export start date**: Specify from when logs should be forwarded. You can " +"choose the last timestamp [#last_timestamp]_ or manually enter a date and " +"time." msgstr "" +"** Data di inizio esportazione**: Specificare da quando i registri devono " +"essere inoltrati. È possibile scegliere l'ultimo timestamp " +"[#last_timestamp]_ o inserire manualmente una data e l'ora." #: ../../log_server.rst:184 #, fuzzy @@ -4009,77 +4254,97 @@ msgstr ":ref:`Piani di abbonamento `" #: ../../log_server.rst:188 msgid "" "The Nethesis Cloud Log Manager is a centralized solution for collecting, " -"storing, and managing logs from various devices within an organization. " -"It allows for real-time event collection from systems such as Linux, " -"Windows, firewalls, switches, and hypervisors, centralizing all logs into" -" a single interface." +"storing, and managing logs from various devices within an organization. It " +"allows for real-time event collection from systems such as Linux, Windows, " +"firewalls, switches, and hypervisors, centralizing all logs into a single " +"interface." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:193 msgid "" -"To enable the forwarder for Cloud Log Manager, navigate to the " -"``Settings`` page and select ``System Logs``. Open the three-dots menu of" -" the active Loki instance, then click on ``Configure Cloud Log Manager`` " -"action. Fill the form with the following information:" +"To enable the forwarder for Cloud Log Manager, navigate to the ``Settings`` " +"page and select ``System Logs``. Open the three-dots menu of the active Loki " +"instance, then click on ``Configure Cloud Log Manager`` action. Fill the " +"form with the following information:" msgstr "" +"Per abilitare l'inoltro per Cloud Log Manager, passare alla pagina " +"``Settings`` e selezionare ``System Logs``. Aprire il menu a tre punti " +"dell'istanza attiva Loki, quindi fare clic su ``Configurare Cloud Log " +"Manager` azione. Compila il modulo con le seguenti informazioni:" #: ../../log_server.rst:198 msgid "" "**Cloud Log Manager URL**: The URL of the Cloud Log Manager (usually " "``https://nar.nethesis.it/``)." msgstr "" +"**Cloud Log Manager URL**: L'URL del Cloud Log Manager (solitamente " +"``https://nar.nethesis.it/`)." #: ../../log_server.rst:201 msgid "" "**Company unique key**: This key, also known as 'tenant', identifies and " -"associates the cluster logs within a company in Cloud Log Manager. You " -"can find it in Cloud Log Manager web application, under Users and " -"Companies > Companies." +"associates the cluster logs within a company in Cloud Log Manager. You can " +"find it in Cloud Log Manager web application, under Users and Companies > " +"Companies." msgstr "" +"**Ditta chiave unica**: Questa chiave, nota anche come \"tenant\", " +"identifica e associa i log dei cluster all'interno di una società in Cloud " +"Log Manager. È possibile trovarlo nell'applicazione web Cloud Log Manager, " +"sotto Utenti e Aziende > Aziende." #: ../../log_server.rst:210 msgid "" -"Take note of the *cluster identifier*, displayed in the notice at the top" -" of the form. The cluster identifier value is a string like ``cluster-" -"02834ab3`` and will appear in the Host column of the Cloud Log Manager " -"web application." +"Take note of the *cluster identifier*, displayed in the notice at the top of " +"the form. The cluster identifier value is a string like ``cluster-02834ab3`` " +"and will appear in the Host column of the Cloud Log Manager web application." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:215 msgid "" -"Once the form is saved, the export procedure begins. After a few minutes," -" the cluster security logs will be available at " -"https://naradmin.nethesis.it/." +"Once the form is saved, the export procedure begins. After a few minutes, " +"the cluster security logs will be available at https://naradmin.nethesis.it/." msgstr "" +"Una volta salvato il modulo, inizia la procedura di esportazione. Dopo pochi " +"minuti, i registri di sicurezza del cluster saranno disponibili " +"all'indirizzo https://naradmin.nethesis.it/." #: ../../log_server.rst:218 msgid "" -"Only security logs are forwarded to the Cloud Log Manager. To forward the" -" full log stream, which may generate considerable data, refer to :ref" -":`syslog-section`." +"Only security logs are forwarded to the Cloud Log Manager. To forward the " +"full log stream, which may generate considerable data, refer to :ref:`syslog-" +"section`." msgstr "" +"Solo i registri di sicurezza vengono inoltrati al Cloud Log Manager. Per " +"inoltrare il flusso di registro completo, che può generare dati " +"considerevoli, fare riferimento a :ref:`syslog-section`." #: ../../log_server.rst:226 msgid "" "Grafana Loki is a special database designed to store, index and search " -"system logs. For more information, see " -"https://github.com/nethserver/ns8-loki" +"system logs. For more information, see https://github.com/nethserver/ns8-loki" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:232 msgid "" "The promtail.service core service operates on every node, reading system " -"journals, forwarding new records to the active Loki instance, and " -"preserving the last sent journal cursor position to ensure seamless " -"restarts without log loss." +"journals, forwarding new records to the active Loki instance, and preserving " +"the last sent journal cursor position to ensure seamless restarts without " +"log loss." msgstr "" +"La coda. servizio core funziona su ogni nodo, riviste di sistema di lettura, " +"invio di nuovi record all'istanza attiva Loki, e preservare l'ultima " +"posizione del cursore della rivista inviata per garantire riavviamento senza " +"interruzioni senza perdita di registro." #: ../../log_server.rst:239 msgid "" -"Last timestamp indicates the last time that the forwarder successfully " -"sent logs. This allows the forwarder to resume forwarding from where it " -"was interrupted, ensuring continuity in log management." +"Last timestamp indicates the last time that the forwarder successfully sent " +"logs. This allows the forwarder to resume forwarding from where it was " +"interrupted, ensuring continuity in log management." msgstr "" +"Ultimo timestamp indica l'ultima volta che il forwarder ha inviato i " +"registri. Ciò consente al inoltratore di riprendere da dove è stato " +"interrotto, garantendo continuità nella gestione dei log." #: ../../mail.rst:7 ../../migration.rst:245 #, fuzzy @@ -4094,23 +4359,25 @@ msgstr "Il modulo Email è diviso in tre parti principali:" #: ../../mail.rst:11 msgid "`Postfix`__, an SMTP server for sending and receiving mail messages." msgstr "" +"`Postfix`__, un server SMTP per l'invio e la ricezione di messaggi di posta." #: ../../mail.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Dovecot`__, an IMAP and POP3 server to read email, with Sieve language " -"to organize it." +"`Dovecot`__, an IMAP and POP3 server to read email, with Sieve language to " +"organize it." msgstr "" +"`Dovecot`__, un server IMAP e POP3 per leggere e-mail, con lingua Sieve per " +"organizzarlo." #: ../../mail.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "`Rspamd`__, an antispam filter, antivirus and attachments blocker." msgstr "" -"`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e " -"allegati" +"`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e allegati" #: ../../mail.rst:23 msgid "`ClamAV`__, an antivirus engine." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ClamAV`__, un motore antivirus." #: ../../mail.rst:27 msgid "Benefits are:" @@ -4126,7 +4393,8 @@ msgstr "evitare problemi a causa del Servizio Provider internet" #: ../../mail.rst:31 msgid "ability to track the route of messages in order to detect errors" -msgstr "capacità di tracciare il percorso dei messaggi al fine di rilevare errori" +msgstr "" +"capacità di tracciare il percorso dei messaggi al fine di rilevare errori" #: ../../mail.rst:32 msgid "optimized antivirus and antispam scan" @@ -4134,14 +4402,19 @@ msgstr "antivirus ottimizzato e scansione antispam" #: ../../mail.rst:36 msgid "" -"Even if Software Center allows to install multiple instances of Mail on " -"the same node, you can configure and start only one mail server instance " -"per node, otherwise a TCP port conflict error occurs." +"Even if Software Center allows to install multiple instances of Mail on the " +"same node, you can configure and start only one mail server instance per " +"node, otherwise a TCP port conflict error occurs." msgstr "" +"Anche se Software Center permette di installare più istanze di Mail sullo " +"stesso nodo, è possibile configurare e avviare solo un'istanza di server di " +"posta per nodo, altrimenti si verifica un errore di conflitto della porta " +"TCP." #: ../../mail.rst:40 msgid "A Mail instance can be integrated with other applications. For example:" msgstr "" +"Un'istanza Mail può essere integrata con altre applicazioni. Per esempio:" #: ../../mail.rst:42 #, fuzzy @@ -4160,20 +4433,22 @@ msgid "" "migrates emails from external IMAP servers to local user mailboxes." msgstr "" "Il modulo opzionale :ref:`imapsync-section` può essere collegato a Mail. " -"Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di " -"migrazione da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." +"Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di migrazione " +"da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." #: ../../mail.rst:49 msgid "" -":ref:`Piler ` archives any message sent or received by " -"Mail with the SMTP protocol." +":ref:`Piler ` archives any message sent or received by Mail " +"with the SMTP protocol." msgstr "" +":ref:`Piler ` archivia qualsiasi messaggio inviato o ricevuto " +"da Mail con il protocollo SMTP." #: ../../mail.rst:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mail requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` " -"already configured." +"Mail requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` already " +"configured." msgstr "" "Il modulo di posta richiede almeno uno :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." @@ -4187,8 +4462,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the" -" same name configured inside your `MX DNS record`__." +"``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the " +"same name configured inside your `MX DNS record`__." msgstr "" "``Mail server hostname``: inserire il nome del server di posta, questo " "dovrebbe essere lo stesso nome configurato all'interno del record MX DNS" @@ -4196,19 +4471,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``;" -" you will be able to add more domains later." +"``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``; " +"you will be able to add more domains later." msgstr "" -"``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come " -"``nethserver.org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" +"``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come ``nethserver." +"org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" #: ../../mail.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select the user domain to be connected to the mail server. An email" -" address will be created for every user in the selected domain." +"Then, select the user domain to be connected to the mail server. An email " +"address will be created for every user in the selected domain." msgstr "" -"Quindi, selezionare il dominio utente da collegare al server di posta. Un" -" indirizzo email verrà creato per ogni utente del dominio selezionato." +"Quindi, selezionare il dominio utente da collegare al server di posta. Un " +"indirizzo email verrà creato per ogni utente del dominio selezionato." #: ../../mail.rst:75 msgid "Domains" @@ -4217,11 +4492,11 @@ msgstr "Domini" #: ../../mail.rst:77 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mail can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable from " -"the ``Domains`` page." +"Mail can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable from the " +"``Domains`` page." msgstr "" -"NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, " -"configurabili dalla pagina ``Domains``." +"NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, configurabili " +"dalla pagina ``Domains``." #: ../../mail.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4233,9 +4508,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:83 msgid "" -"You can add a new domain by clicking on the :guilabel:`Create domain` " -"button and fill the ``Name`` field with the mail domain, like " -"``mymail.org``." +"You can add a new domain by clicking on the :guilabel:`Create domain` button " +"and fill the ``Name`` field with the mail domain, like ``mymail.org``." msgstr "" "È possibile aggiungere un nuovo dominio cliccando sul pulsante: `Crea " "dominio` e riempire il campo ``Name``` con il dominio della posta, come " @@ -4243,9 +4517,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:86 msgid "" -"If the ``Add user addresses from user domain`` option is disabled, you " -"can enable the ``Accept unknown recipients`` switch and select a mailbox " -"that will catch all messages sent to non-existing addresses." +"If the ``Add user addresses from user domain`` option is disabled, you can " +"enable the ``Accept unknown recipients`` switch and select a mailbox that " +"will catch all messages sent to non-existing addresses." msgstr "" "Se l'opzione ``Add user address from user domain`` è disabilitata, è " "possibile attivare l'opzione ``Accetta destinatari sconosciuti`` e " @@ -4255,15 +4529,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mail allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " -"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and " -"also* to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the ``Copy" -" inbound messages`` switch." +"Mail allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a particular " +"domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and also* to a custom " +"email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the ``Copy inbound messages`` " +"switch." msgstr "" "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " -"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and " -"also* to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the " -":guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." +"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and also* " +"to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the :guilabel:`Copy " +"inbound messages` switch." #: ../../mail.rst:94 #, fuzzy @@ -4277,21 +4551,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does" -" not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a " -"mail domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently " -"deliver the message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved" -" by enabling the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration" -" is available only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is " -"disabled." +"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does " +"not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a mail " +"domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently deliver the " +"message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved by enabling " +"the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration is available " +"only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is disabled." msgstr "" -"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does" -" not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a " -"mail domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently " -"deliver the message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved" -" by enabling the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration" -" is available only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is " -"disabled." +"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does " +"not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a mail " +"domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently deliver the " +"message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved by enabling " +"the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration is available " +"only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is disabled." #: ../../mail.rst:105 #, fuzzy @@ -4301,8 +4573,8 @@ msgstr "DKIM signature" #: ../../mail.rst:107 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM__) validates the identity of the sending" -" MTA by adding a cryptographic signature to the message's MIME headers." +"DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM__) validates the identity of the sending " +"MTA by adding a cryptographic signature to the message's MIME headers." msgstr "" "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides a way to validate the sending " "MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message MIME " @@ -4310,48 +4582,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:112 msgid "" -"In the ``Domains`` page, click the three-dots menu on the domain card and" -" select ``Configure DKIM`` to enable or disable the DKIM signature for " -"messages. By default, DKIM signing is enabled for every domain, and the " -"key value is displayed in both raw and Bind-compatible \"zone file\" " -"formats." +"In the ``Domains`` page, click the three-dots menu on the domain card and " +"select ``Configure DKIM`` to enable or disable the DKIM signature for " +"messages. By default, DKIM signing is enabled for every domain, and the key " +"value is displayed in both raw and Bind-compatible \"zone file\" formats." msgstr "" +"Nella pagina ``Domains`, fare clic sul menu a tre punti sulla scheda di " +"dominio e selezionare ``Configura DKIM``` per abilitare o disabilitare la " +"firma DKIM per i messaggi. Per impostazione predefinita, la firma DKIM è " +"abilitata per ogni dominio e il valore chiave viene visualizzato in formati " +"\"zone file\" grezzi e compatibili con Bind." #: ../../mail.rst:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP ports " -"587 (submission) and 465 (smtps) when the \"From\" header matches one of " -"the configured domains." +"DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP ports 587 " +"(submission) and 465 (smtps) when the \"From\" header matches one of the " +"configured domains." msgstr "" -"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP " -"ports 587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." +"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP ports " +"587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." #: ../../mail.rst:122 msgid "" "For DKIM to function correctly, ensure your public DNS is configured as " "follows, using the instructions provided by your DNS provider:" msgstr "" +"Per DKIM funzionare correttamente, assicurarsi che il DNS pubblico sia " +"configurato come segue, utilizzando le istruzioni fornite dal provider DNS:" #: ../../mail.rst:125 msgid "" "Add a TXT record with the key ``default._domainKey`` to your public DNS " "service." msgstr "" +"Aggiungi un record TXT con la chiave ``default._domainKey``` al tuo servizio " +"DNS pubblico." #: ../../mail.rst:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Copy the key text provided and paste it into the DNS record data (RDATA) " "field." -msgstr "Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" +msgstr "" +"Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" #: ../../mail.rst:130 msgid "" -"To further protect against mail domain spoofing, consider adding DNS " -"records for DMARC_ (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, and " -"Conformance) and SPF_ (Sender Policy Framework)." +"To further protect against mail domain spoofing, consider adding DNS records " +"for DMARC_ (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance) " +"and SPF_ (Sender Policy Framework)." msgstr "" +"Per proteggere ulteriormente dallo spoofing del dominio della posta, " +"considerare l'aggiunta di record DNS per DMARC_ (Autenticazione dei " +"messaggi, Reporting e Conformance) e SPF_ (Sender Policy Framework)." #: ../../mail.rst:140 ../../mail.rst:532 #, fuzzy @@ -4362,12 +4646,12 @@ msgstr "Mailboxes" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Each user has a personal mailbox and any user name in the form " -"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages " -"into it." +"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages into " +"it." msgstr "" "Each user has a personal mailbox and any user name in the form " -"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages " -"into it." +"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages into " +"it." #: ../../mail.rst:145 #, fuzzy @@ -4409,20 +4693,20 @@ msgstr "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" #: ../../mail.rst:156 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref" -":`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref:" +"`mail_settings-section`" msgstr "" -"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref" -":`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref:" +"`mail_settings-section`" #: ../../mail.rst:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the " -":ref:`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the :ref:" +"`mail_settings-section`" msgstr "" -"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the " -":ref:`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the :ref:" +"`mail_settings-section`" #: ../../mail.rst:160 #, fuzzy @@ -4432,26 +4716,24 @@ msgstr "Public mailboxes" #: ../../mail.rst:162 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The " -":guilabel:`Create public mailbox` button allows creating a new public " -"mailbox and defining one or more owning groups and users. Public " -"mailboxes can also be created by any IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL " -"protocol extension (RFC 4314)." +"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The :guilabel:`Create " +"public mailbox` button allows creating a new public mailbox and defining one " +"or more owning groups and users. Public mailboxes can also be created by any " +"IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL protocol extension (RFC 4314)." msgstr "" -"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The " -":guilabel:`Create public mailbox` button allows creating a new public " -"mailbox and defining one or more owning groups and users. Public " -"mailboxes can also be created by any IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL " -"protocol extension (RFC 4314)." +"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The :guilabel:`Create " +"public mailbox` button allows creating a new public mailbox and defining one " +"or more owning groups and users. Public mailboxes can also be created by any " +"IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL protocol extension (RFC 4314)." #: ../../mail.rst:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically " -"add a new address for all existing mail domains." +"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically add " +"a new address for all existing mail domains." msgstr "" -"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically " -"add a new address for all existing mail domains." +"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically add " +"a new address for all existing mail domains." #: ../../mail.rst:174 #, fuzzy @@ -4461,51 +4743,70 @@ msgstr "Restore file server from backup" #: ../../mail.rst:176 msgid "" "If the application has one or more backup destinations configured and a " -"backup has already been executed, you can search for and restore a " -"mailbox folder from a past backup snapshot of a specific user or public " -"mailbox." +"backup has already been executed, you can search for and restore a mailbox " +"folder from a past backup snapshot of a specific user or public mailbox." msgstr "" +"Se l'applicazione ha una o più destinazioni di backup configurate e un " +"backup è già stato eseguito, è possibile cercare e ripristinare una cartella " +"casella di posta da un'istantanea di backup passata di un utente specifico o " +"una casella di posta pubblica." #: ../../mail.rst:185 msgid "" "Navigate to the Mail application instance and open the Mailboxes page. " -"Choose the ``User mailboxes`` or ``Public mailboxes`` tab to view a list " -"of mailboxes. From the three-dots menu of the desired mailbox, select " -"``Restore folder``." +"Choose the ``User mailboxes`` or ``Public mailboxes`` tab to view a list of " +"mailboxes. From the three-dots menu of the desired mailbox, select ``Restore " +"folder``." msgstr "" +"Navigare all'istanza di applicazione Mail e aprire la pagina Mailboxes. " +"Scegliere il ``User mailboxes `` o ``Public mailboxes`` scheda per " +"visualizzare un elenco di caselle di posta. Dal menu a tre punti della " +"casella di posta desiderata, selezionare ``Restore folder``." #: ../../mail.rst:190 msgid "" "Select the backup destination from which to restore the folder. Loading " "remote destinations may take some time." msgstr "" +"Selezionare la destinazione di backup da cui ripristinare la cartella. " +"Caricamento di destinazioni remote può richiedere un po 'di tempo." #: ../../mail.rst:193 msgid "" -"Choose the date of the backup snapshot to restore. Snapshots are listed " -"from newest to oldest." +"Choose the date of the backup snapshot to restore. Snapshots are listed from " +"newest to oldest." msgstr "" +"Scegliere la data dell'istantanea di backup da ripristinare. Le istanze sono " +"elencate da più nuovo a più vecchio." #: ../../mail.rst:196 -msgid "Select a folder from the list or start typing its name to filter the list." +msgid "" +"Select a folder from the list or start typing its name to filter the list." msgstr "" +"Selezionare una cartella dall'elenco o iniziare a digitare il suo nome per " +"filtrare l'elenco." #: ../../mail.rst:199 msgid "Press :guilabel:`Restore` to begin the restore process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Premere :guilabel:`Restore` per avviare il processo di ripristino." #: ../../mail.rst:201 msgid "" -"The selected folder will be restored into a subfolder of the mailbox " -"named \"Restored folder\". If the subfolder already exists, it will be " -"removed before restoring." +"The selected folder will be restored into a subfolder of the mailbox named " +"\"Restored folder\". If the subfolder already exists, it will be removed " +"before restoring." msgstr "" +"La cartella selezionata verrà ripristinata in una sottocartella della " +"casella di posta denominata \"cartella ripristinata\". Se la sottocartella " +"già esiste, verrà rimossa prima del ripristino." #: ../../mail.rst:205 msgid "" -"If the mailbox quota is exceeded during the restore process, it will be " -"set to unlimited." +"If the mailbox quota is exceeded during the restore process, it will be set " +"to unlimited." msgstr "" +"Se la quota della casella di posta viene superata durante il processo di " +"ripristino, sarà impostata al illimitato." #: ../../mail.rst:212 #, fuzzy @@ -4515,17 +4816,17 @@ msgstr "Addresses" #: ../../mail.rst:214 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, " -"described in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an " -"unlimited number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each " -"mail address is associated with one or more destinations. A destination " -"can be of the following types:" +"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, described " +"in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an unlimited " +"number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each mail address is " +"associated with one or more destinations. A destination can be of the " +"following types:" msgstr "" -"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, " -"described in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an " -"unlimited number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each " -"mail address is associated with one or more destinations. A destination " -"can be of the following types:" +"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, described " +"in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an unlimited " +"number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each mail address is " +"associated with one or more destinations. A destination can be of the " +"following types:" #: ../../mail.rst:220 #, fuzzy @@ -4551,7 +4852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:228 msgid "Two domains are configured, *mydomain.net* and *example.com*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Due domini sono configurati, *mydomain.net* e *example.com*" #: ../../mail.rst:229 #, fuzzy @@ -4563,8 +4864,8 @@ msgstr "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" #: ../../mail.rst:231 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A wildcard email address *info* is bound to all domains: it is equivalent" -" to both *info@mydomain.net* and *info@example.com*." +"A wildcard email address *info* is bound to all domains: it is equivalent to " +"both *info@mydomain.net* and *info@example.com*." msgstr "" "Email address *info* bound to any domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, " "``info@example.com``" @@ -4572,24 +4873,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:234 msgid "" "Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " -"using personal email addresses. To change the *visibility* of an address," -" click on the three-dots menu and select the ``Set as internal`` action " -"shortcut, or select ``Edit`` and enable the ``Internal`` check box under " -"the ``Advanced`` section." +"using personal email addresses. To change the *visibility* of an address, " +"click on the three-dots menu and select the ``Set as internal`` action " +"shortcut, or select ``Edit`` and enable the ``Internal`` check box under the " +"``Advanced`` section." msgstr "" +"A volte una società vieta le comunicazioni dall'esterno dell'organizzazione " +"utilizzando indirizzi email personali. Per modificare la *visibilità* di un " +"indirizzo, fare clic sul menu a tre punti e selezionare il ``Set come " +"scorciatoia di azione interna`, o selezionare ``Edit`` e abilitare la " +"casella di controllo ``Internal` sotto la sezione ``Avanzate`." #: ../../mail.rst:240 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When an address is *internal* it cannot receive messages from the " -"outside. Still an *internal* address can be used to exchange messages " -"with other accounts of the system." +"When an address is *internal* it cannot receive messages from the outside. " +"Still an *internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other " +"accounts of the system." msgstr "" "Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " "using personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` check box blocks the " "possibility of an address to receive messages from the outside. Still an " -"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts " -"of the system." +"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts of " +"the system." #: ../../mail.rst:247 #, fuzzy @@ -4599,8 +4905,8 @@ msgstr "Filter" #: ../../mail.rst:249 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks that fall" -" into two main categories, described in the following sections:" +"All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks that fall " +"into two main categories, described in the following sections:" msgstr "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" #: ../../mail.rst:252 ../../mail.rst:260 @@ -4615,18 +4921,17 @@ msgstr "Antispam" #: ../../mail.rst:255 msgid "Navigate to the ``Filter`` page to adjust their settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navigare alla pagina ``Filter```` per regolare le impostazioni." #: ../../mail.rst:262 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The ClamAV antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. " -"Infected messages are discarded. The virus signature database is checked " -"for updates every hour." +"Infected messages are discarded. The virus signature database is checked for " +"updates every hour." msgstr "" -"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected" -" messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated " -"periodically." +"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected " +"messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated periodically." #: ../../mail.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -4634,37 +4939,43 @@ msgid "" "consumes a large amount of memory. Select the ``Enable ClamAV official " "signatures`` checkbox if desired." msgstr "" +"Il database delle firme ClamAV predefinito è normalmente disabilitato perché " +"consuma una grande quantità di memoria. Selezionare la casella di controllo " +"``Enable ClamAV firma ufficiale `` se desiderato." #: ../../mail.rst:270 msgid "" -"ClamAV unofficial signatures are always active instead. It is possible to" -" choose the desired signature rating level among *Low*, *Medium*, *High*." -" Bear in mind that higher ratings may lead to unwanted false positive " +"ClamAV unofficial signatures are always active instead. It is possible to " +"choose the desired signature rating level among *Low*, *Medium*, *High*. " +"Bear in mind that higher ratings may lead to unwanted false positive " "matches, therefore good messages can be blocked." msgstr "" +"Le firme non ufficiali ClamAV sono sempre attive. È possibile scegliere il " +"livello di punteggio di firma desiderato tra *Low*, *Medium*, *High*. Tenete " +"a mente che le valutazioni superiori possono portare a false partite " +"positive indesiderate, quindi i buoni messaggi possono essere bloccati." #: ../../mail.rst:282 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The antispam component Rspamd analyzes emails by detecting and " -"classifying `spam messages`__ using heuristic criteria, predetermined " -"rules and statistical evaluations of the content of messages." +"The antispam component Rspamd analyzes emails by detecting and classifying " +"`spam messages`__ using heuristic criteria, predetermined rules and " +"statistical evaluations of the content of messages." msgstr "" -"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and " -"classifying `SPAM `_ messages " -"using heuristic criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations" -" of the content of messages." +"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and classifying " +"`SPAM `_ messages using heuristic " +"criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations of the content of " +"messages." #: ../../mail.rst:288 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " -"DNS-based block lists (or `DNSBL`__). A score is associated with each " -"rule." +"The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more DNS-" +"based block lists (or `DNSBL`__). A score is associated with each rule." msgstr "" "The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " -"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score " -"is associated with each rule." +"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score is " +"associated with each rule." #: ../../mail.rst:294 #, fuzzy @@ -4672,60 +4983,79 @@ msgid "" "Statistical (or `Bayesian`__) filters, are special rules that evolve and " "quickly adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." msgstr "" -"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve" -" and quickly adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." +"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve and quickly " +"adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." #: ../../mail.rst:300 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server " -"to decide what to do with a message." +"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server to " +"decide what to do with a message." msgstr "" -"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server " -"to decide what to do with a message." +"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server to " +"decide what to do with a message." #: ../../mail.rst:303 msgid "" -"The spam score thresholds can be configured under the ``Antispam`` " -"section of the ``Filter`` page." +"The spam score thresholds can be configured under the ``Antispam`` section " +"of the ``Filter`` page." msgstr "" +"Le soglie del punteggio spam possono essere configurate nella sezione " +"``Antispam`` della pagina ``Filter``." #: ../../mail.rst:306 msgid "" -"``Spam flag threshold`` determines the score value where a message is " -"marked as spam. When a message has the spam flag set the consequent " -"delivery action depends on the general settings of :ref:`mailboxes `." +"``Spam flag threshold`` determines the score value where a message is marked " +"as spam. When a message has the spam flag set the consequent delivery action " +"depends on the general settings of :ref:`mailboxes `." msgstr "" +"``Spam soglia di bandiera `` determina il valore del punteggio in cui un " +"messaggio è contrassegnato come spam. Quando un messaggio ha la bandiera " +"spam impostare la conseguente azione di consegna dipende dalle impostazioni " +"generali di :ref:`mailboxes `." #: ../../mail.rst:311 msgid "" "``Deny message spam threshold`` instead regulates the score that is " -"considered too high to accept a message. If the score exceeds this value," -" the filter rejects the message completely." +"considered too high to accept a message. If the score exceeds this value, " +"the filter rejects the message completely." msgstr "" +"``Deny messaggio spam soglia` invece regola il punteggio che è considerato " +"troppo alto per accettare un messaggio. Se il punteggio supera questo " +"valore, il filtro rifiuta completamente il messaggio." #: ../../mail.rst:315 msgid "" "Under the ``Advanced`` section it is possible to enable the ``Greylist " -"threshold``. When the message score exceeds this limit the filter asks " -"the sender to try again the message delivery at later time. The " -"*Greylist* spam-fighting method assumes that spammers dislike delivery " -"retries. It is disabled by default because it introduces delivery delays " -"also for legitimate senders." -msgstr "" +"threshold``. When the message score exceeds this limit the filter asks the " +"sender to try again the message delivery at later time. The *Greylist* spam-" +"fighting method assumes that spammers dislike delivery retries. It is " +"disabled by default because it introduces delivery delays also for " +"legitimate senders." +msgstr "" +"Sotto la sezione ``Advanced`` è possibile abilitare la ``Greylist soglia``. " +"Quando il punteggio del messaggio supera questo limite il filtro chiede al " +"mittente di riprovare la consegna del messaggio in un secondo momento. Il " +"metodo di lotta antispam *Greylist* presuppone che gli spammer non " +"gradiscano i retries di consegna. È disabilitato per impostazione " +"predefinita perché introduce ritardi di consegna anche per i mittenti " +"legittimi." #: ../../mail.rst:322 msgid "" -"In some cases an email client, recipient, or sender must bypass the " -"filter checks: the ``Bypass rules`` section allows to define a set of " -"rules based on the follwing criteria:" +"In some cases an email client, recipient, or sender must bypass the filter " +"checks: the ``Bypass rules`` section allows to define a set of rules based " +"on the follwing criteria:" msgstr "" +"In alcuni casi, un client di posta elettronica, un destinatario o un " +"mittente deve bypassare i controlli del filtro: la sezione ``Bypass Rules`` " +"consente di definire un insieme di regole in base ai criteri di follwing:" #: ../../mail.rst:326 msgid "Sender IP address or network (CIDR format)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invia indirizzo IP o rete (formato CIDR)." #: ../../mail.rst:328 #, fuzzy @@ -4744,62 +5074,77 @@ msgstr "external email address" #: ../../mail.rst:334 msgid "Recipient email domain (exact match)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recipiente dominio e-mail (incontro esatto)." #: ../../mail.rst:336 msgid "" -"To access additional settings and review recent Rspamd activity, navigate" -" to the web interface of Rspamd by selecting the :guilabel:`Open Rspamd` " -"button located in the top-right corner of the Filter page. You'll need to" -" provide your cluster-admin credentials for authentication." +"To access additional settings and review recent Rspamd activity, navigate to " +"the web interface of Rspamd by selecting the :guilabel:`Open Rspamd` button " +"located in the top-right corner of the Filter page. You'll need to provide " +"your cluster-admin credentials for authentication." msgstr "" +"Per accedere alle impostazioni aggiuntive e rivedere le recenti attività di " +"Rspamd, passare all'interfaccia web di Rspamd selezionando il pulsante :" +"guilabel:`Open Rspamd` situato nell'angolo in alto a destra della pagina " +"Filtro. Dovrai fornire le credenziali di cluster-admin per l'autenticazione." #: ../../mail.rst:341 msgid "" -"The Bayesian statistical filters can then be trained with any IMAP client" -" by simply moving a message in and out of the Junk folder. As a " -"prerequisite, the Junk folder must be enabled, as explained in :ref" -":`mail-mailboxes-settings`." +"The Bayesian statistical filters can then be trained with any IMAP client by " +"simply moving a message in and out of the Junk folder. As a prerequisite, " +"the Junk folder must be enabled, as explained in :ref:`mail-mailboxes-" +"settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:346 msgid "" -"By *putting a message into the Junk folder*, the filters learn it is spam" -" and will assign an higher score to similar messages." +"By *putting a message into the Junk folder*, the filters learn it is spam " +"and will assign an higher score to similar messages." msgstr "" +"Con *putando un messaggio nella cartella Junk*, i filtri imparano che è spam " +"e assegnerà un punteggio più alto a messaggi simili." #: ../../mail.rst:349 msgid "" -"On the contrary, by *getting a message out of Junk*, the filters learn it" -" is ham: next time a lower score will be assigned." +"On the contrary, by *getting a message out of Junk*, the filters learn it is " +"ham: next time a lower score will be assigned." msgstr "" +"Al contrario, con *getting un messaggio da Junk*, i filtri imparano che è " +"prosciutto: la prossima volta verrà assegnato un punteggio più basso." #: ../../mail.rst:352 msgid "All users can train the filters using this technique." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tutti gli utenti possono formare i filtri utilizzando questa tecnica." #: ../../mail.rst:356 msgid "" -"It is a good habit to frequently check the Junk folder in order not to " -"lose email wrongly recognized as spam." +"It is a good habit to frequently check the Junk folder in order not to lose " +"email wrongly recognized as spam." msgstr "" +"È una buona abitudine controllare frequentemente la cartella Junk al fine di " +"non perdere email erroneamente riconosciuto come spam." #: ../../mail.rst:359 msgid "" -"The bayesian filter training applies to all users on the system, not only" -" the user that marked an email as spam or ham." +"The bayesian filter training applies to all users on the system, not only " +"the user that marked an email as spam or ham." msgstr "" +"La formazione del filtro baiese si applica a tutti gli utenti del sistema, " +"non solo l'utente che ha segnato un'email come spam o prosciutto." #: ../../mail.rst:362 msgid "It is important to understand how the Bayesian tests really work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "È importante capire come funzionano veramente i test Bayesian:" #: ../../mail.rst:364 msgid "" "It does not outright flag messages as spam if they contain a specific " -"subject, or sender address. It is only collecting specific " -"characteristics of the message." +"subject, or sender address. It is only collecting specific characteristics " +"of the message." msgstr "" +"Non contrassegna i messaggi come spam se contengono un soggetto specifico o " +"un indirizzo del mittente. È solo la raccolta di caratteristiche specifiche " +"del messaggio." #: ../../mail.rst:368 msgid "" @@ -4807,6 +5152,9 @@ msgid "" "multiple times, it will not affect anything as the dynamic tests have " "already been trained by that message." msgstr "" +"Un messaggio può essere contrassegnato solo una volta. Se lo stesso " +"messaggio è contrassegnato più volte, non influenzerà nulla come i test " +"dinamici sono già stati addestrati da quel messaggio." #: ../../mail.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -4814,123 +5162,151 @@ msgid "" "information. This includes a minimum of 200 spams AND 200 hams (false " "positives).**" msgstr "" +"Il filtro Bayesian ** non è attivo fino a quando non ha ricevuto abbastanza " +"informazioni. Questo include un minimo di 200 spam e 200 prosciutto (falsi " +"positivi). # #" #: ../../mail.rst:376 msgid "" "As the system receives that information, the progress of bayesian filter " "training can be monitored from the Rspamd web UI." msgstr "" +"Poiché il sistema riceve tali informazioni, il progresso della formazione " +"del filtro bayesian può essere monitorato dall'interfaccia web Rspamd." #: ../../mail.rst:381 msgid "Queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Coda" #: ../../mail.rst:383 msgid "" -"The ``Queue`` page shows the status of the Postifx mail queue. Under " -"normal conditions the queue should be empty because messages are " -"immediately exchanged between mail servers." +"The ``Queue`` page shows the status of the Postifx mail queue. Under normal " +"conditions the queue should be empty because messages are immediately " +"exchanged between mail servers." msgstr "" +"La pagina ``Queue``` mostra lo stato della coda di posta Postifx. In " +"condizioni normali la coda dovrebbe essere vuota perché i messaggi vengono " +"immediatamente scambiati tra i server di posta." #: ../../mail.rst:387 msgid "" -"If the mail queue contains some messages, try to click the " -":guilabel:`Refresh` button to quickly check if the condition is " -"temporary." +"If the mail queue contains some messages, try to click the :guilabel:" +"`Refresh` button to quickly check if the condition is temporary." msgstr "" +"Se la coda di posta contiene alcuni messaggi, cercare di fare clic sul " +"pulsante :guilabel:`Refresh` per controllare rapidamente se la condizione è " +"temporanea." #: ../../mail.rst:390 msgid "" -"As alternative, trigger an immediate new delivery attempt with the button" -" :guilabel:`Resend all`, or remove all messages from the queue with " -":guilabel:`Delete all`." +"As alternative, trigger an immediate new delivery attempt with the button :" +"guilabel:`Resend all`, or remove all messages from the queue with :guilabel:" +"`Delete all`." msgstr "" +"In alternativa, avviare un nuovo tentativo di consegna immediato con il " +"pulsante :guilabel:`Resend all`, o rimuovere tutti i messaggi dalla coda " +"con :guilabel:`Delete all`." #: ../../mail.rst:394 msgid "" -"The same actions can be selectively executed for each message in the " -"queue, from its three-dots menu. The message delay reason, queue ID, " -"arrival time, size, sender, and recipients can be inspected with the " -"``See details`` action." +"The same actions can be selectively executed for each message in the queue, " +"from its three-dots menu. The message delay reason, queue ID, arrival time, " +"size, sender, and recipients can be inspected with the ``See details`` " +"action." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:401 msgid "" -"The ``Message ID`` value can be used to search the message in both " -":ref:`Rspamd web interface ` and :ref:`system-logs-" -"section`." +"The ``Message ID`` value can be used to search the message in both :ref:" +"`Rspamd web interface ` and :ref:`system-logs-section`." msgstr "" +"Il valore ``Message ID````` può essere utilizzato per cercare il messaggio " +"sia :ref:`Rspamd web interface ` che :ref:`system-logs-" +"section`." #: ../../mail.rst:405 msgid "" "If the delay reason is not resolved, and the message is not deleted, the " -"message is returned to the sender after a configurable amount of time. " -"Click the :guilabel:`Settings` button to modify it. See :ref:`queue-" -"settings-section` for details." +"message is returned to the sender after a configurable amount of time. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Settings` button to modify it. See :ref:`queue-settings-" +"section` for details." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:414 msgid "Relay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relay" #: ../../mail.rst:416 msgid "" -"When a message is received from another mail server (MTA), or from a mail" -" user agent (MUA), Postfix determines if and how to relay it towards its " -"final destination. This decision is typically based on relay " -"authorization and the domain suffix of the recipient address." +"When a message is received from another mail server (MTA), or from a mail " +"user agent (MUA), Postfix determines if and how to relay it towards its " +"final destination. This decision is typically based on relay authorization " +"and the domain suffix of the recipient address." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:421 msgid "" -"If the domain is handled by Postfix (i.e. it is listed in " -":ref:`email_domains`) the message is delivered locally." +"If the domain is handled by Postfix (i.e. it is listed in :ref:" +"`email_domains`) the message is delivered locally." msgstr "" +"Se il dominio è gestito da Postfix (cioè è elencato in :ref:`email_domains`) " +"il messaggio viene consegnato localmente." #: ../../mail.rst:424 msgid "" -"Otherwise, if the domain is external and relay authorization is valid, " -"the destination server (also known as the \"next-hop\" server) is " -"resolved using an MX DNS query." +"Otherwise, if the domain is external and relay authorization is valid, the " +"destination server (also known as the \"next-hop\" server) is resolved using " +"an MX DNS query." msgstr "" +"In caso contrario, se il dominio è esterno e l'autorizzazione a relè è " +"valida, il server di destinazione (noto anche come server \"next-hop\") " +"viene risolto utilizzando una query DNS MX." #: ../../mail.rst:428 msgid "" "The ``Relay`` page allows to configure a set of rules that overrides the " "external domain resolution based on DNS." msgstr "" +"La pagina ``Relay`` consente di configurare un insieme di regole che " +"sovrascrive la risoluzione di dominio esterno basata su DNS." #: ../../mail.rst:431 -msgid "To configure IP-based relay authorization, see :ref:`mail-relay-settings`." +msgid "" +"To configure IP-based relay authorization, see :ref:`mail-relay-settings`." msgstr "" +"Per configurare l'autorizzazione a relè basata su IP, vedere :ref:`mail-" +"relay-settings`." #: ../../mail.rst:434 msgid "Rules priority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regole prioritarie" #: ../../mail.rst:436 msgid "Relay rules can be of three types:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le regole di relè possono essere di tre tipi:" #: ../../mail.rst:438 msgid "Recipient rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regola sensibile." #: ../../mail.rst:440 msgid "Sender rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regola del mittente." #: ../../mail.rst:442 msgid "Default rule. Only one default rule is allowed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regola di default. È consentita solo una regola predefinita." #: ../../mail.rst:444 msgid "" -"The rules evaluation order is Recipient, Sender, Default: the first " -"matching rule is applied. A match occurs based on the message sender or " -"recipient, or if a default rule (that one matching any sender and " -"recipient) is defined." +"The rules evaluation order is Recipient, Sender, Default: the first matching " +"rule is applied. A match occurs based on the message sender or recipient, or " +"if a default rule (that one matching any sender and recipient) is defined." msgstr "" +"L'ordine di valutazione delle regole è Recipiente, Sender, Default: viene " +"applicata la prima regola corrispondente. Una corrispondenza si verifica in " +"base al mittente o al destinatario del messaggio, o se viene definita una " +"regola predefinita (che corrisponde a qualsiasi mittente e destinatario)." #: ../../mail.rst:449 msgid "" @@ -4938,23 +5314,33 @@ msgid "" "email address, or match only the domain suffix. In the rules evaluation " "order, exact match is evaluated before the domain suffix match." msgstr "" +"Le corrispondenze del mittente e del destinatario possono essere una " +"corrispondenza esatta dell'indirizzo e-mail completo, o corrispondono solo " +"al suffisso del dominio. Nell'ordine di valutazione delle regole, la " +"corrispondenza esatta viene valutata prima della corrispondenza del suffisso " +"di dominio." #: ../../mail.rst:454 msgid "Managing rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestione delle regole" #: ../../mail.rst:456 msgid "" -"Click on button :guilabel:`Add relay rule` to define a Sender or a " -"Recipient rule. Specify the rule type and subject value (sender or " -"recipient), then fill the remaining fields:" +"Click on button :guilabel:`Add relay rule` to define a Sender or a Recipient " +"rule. Specify the rule type and subject value (sender or recipient), then " +"fill the remaining fields:" msgstr "" +"Fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Add relay rule` per definire un Sender o " +"una regola Recipiente. Specificare il tipo di regola e il valore soggetto " +"(sender o destinatario), quindi riempire i campi rimanenti:" #: ../../mail.rst:460 msgid "" "**Hostname**, the name or IP address of the server where the message is " "relayed if the rule match." msgstr "" +"**Hostname**, il nome o l'indirizzo IP del server in cui il messaggio viene " +"relè se la regola corrisponde." #: ../../mail.rst:462 #, fuzzy @@ -4963,51 +5349,69 @@ msgstr "``Port Number`` TCP port used by the LDAP server." #: ../../mail.rst:464 msgid "" -"**Authentication**. If the server requires SMTP authentication provide " -"the necessary credentials here." +"**Authentication**. If the server requires SMTP authentication provide the " +"necessary credentials here." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:466 msgid "" "**TLS**. Enable this switch if the server expects TLS or STARTTLS " -"encryption. It is recommended to enable it to encrypt both credentials " -"and data during SMTP connections." +"encryption. It is recommended to enable it to encrypt both credentials and " +"data during SMTP connections." msgstr "" +"- Si'. Abilitare questo interruttore se il server si aspetta la crittografia " +"TLS o STARTTLS. Si consiglia di abilitarlo a crittografare sia le " +"credenziali che i dati durante le connessioni SMTP." #: ../../mail.rst:470 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Set default rule` defines a rule that matches if none of " -"the remaining rules do, or if no rule is defined at all. This type of " -"rule is used to configure a `smarthost`__, a mail server where mail " -"messages for external domains is relayed." +"The :guilabel:`Set default rule` defines a rule that matches if none of the " +"remaining rules do, or if no rule is defined at all. This type of rule is " +"used to configure a `smarthost`__, a mail server where mail messages for " +"external domains is relayed." msgstr "" +"Il :guilabel:`Set default rule` definisce una regola che corrisponde se " +"nessuna delle regole rimanenti fa, o se nessuna regola è definita affatto. " +"Questo tipo di regola viene utilizzato per configurare un `smarthost`__, un " +"server di posta in cui vengono trasmessi messaggi di posta per domini " +"esterni." #: ../../mail.rst:477 msgid "" -"When a Default or Recipient rule is created or modified, existing rules " -"of the same type with the same Hostname and Port combination are updated " +"When a Default or Recipient rule is created or modified, existing rules of " +"the same type with the same Hostname and Port combination are updated " "automatically. The new TLS and Authentication settings are applied " -"collectively to these rules. This ensures that messages sent through a " -"given Hostname and Port use consistent credentials and TLS preferences, " -"regardless of the destination address." -msgstr "" +"collectively to these rules. This ensures that messages sent through a given " +"Hostname and Port use consistent credentials and TLS preferences, regardless " +"of the destination address." +msgstr "" +"Quando viene creata o modificata una regola Predefinita o Recipiente, " +"vengono aggiornate automaticamente le regole esistenti dello stesso tipo con " +"la stessa combinazione Hostname e Port. Le nuove impostazioni TLS e " +"Authentication vengono applicate collettivamente a queste regole. Ciò " +"garantisce che i messaggi inviati tramite un dato Hostname e Port utilizzino " +"credenziali coerenti e preferenze TLS, indipendentemente dall'indirizzo di " +"destinazione." #: ../../mail.rst:484 msgid "" -"Once created, a rule can be edited, disabled or deleted from the three-" -"dots menu. When a rule is edited, the rule type and subject cannot be " -"changed: delete it instead." +"Once created, a rule can be edited, disabled or deleted from the three-dots " +"menu. When a rule is edited, the rule type and subject cannot be changed: " +"delete it instead." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:488 msgid "" -"See also :ref:`mail-relay-settings` for other configurations about the " -"relay of messages towards other mail servers. In the ``Relay`` page, the " -":guilabel:`Settings` button leads to them." +"See also :ref:`mail-relay-settings` for other configurations about the relay " +"of messages towards other mail servers. In the ``Relay`` page, the :guilabel:" +"`Settings` button leads to them." msgstr "" +"Vedi anche :ref:`mail-relay-settings` per altre configurazioni sul relè dei " +"messaggi verso altri server di posta. Nella pagina ``Relay``, il pulsante :" +"guilabel:`Settings` porta a loro." #: ../../mail.rst:496 ../../nethvoice.rst:227 ../../nethvoice.rst:370 -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1264 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1264 ../../nethvoice.rst:1240 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings" msgstr "Settings" @@ -5015,11 +5419,11 @@ msgstr "Settings" #: ../../mail.rst:498 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Application settings are split up and accessible under the cards " -"described by the following sections." +"Application settings are split up and accessible under the cards described " +"by the following sections." msgstr "" -"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by " -"the following sections." +"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by the " +"following sections." #: ../../mail.rst:504 msgid "General settings" @@ -5028,43 +5432,46 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni generali" #: ../../mail.rst:506 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The following values are set at application first configuration time. " -"They should not be changed in production:" -msgstr "" -"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They " +"The following values are set at application first configuration time. They " "should not be changed in production:" +msgstr "" +"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They should " +"not be changed in production:" #: ../../mail.rst:509 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with " -"other MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to" -" configure the following DNS records:" +"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with other " +"MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to " +"configure the following DNS records:" msgstr "" -"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with " -"other MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to" -" configure the following DNS records:" +"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with other " +"MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to " +"configure the following DNS records:" #: ../../mail.rst:513 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static " -"IP address of the server." +"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static IP " +"address of the server." msgstr "" -"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static " -"IP address of the server" +"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static IP " +"address of the server" #: ../../mail.rst:516 #, fuzzy -msgid "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostname." -msgstr "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" +msgid "" +"`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostname." +msgstr "" +"`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" #: ../../mail.rst:519 #, fuzzy msgid "" "`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail application " "instance." -msgstr "`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" +msgstr "" +"`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" #: ../../mail.rst:522 #, fuzzy @@ -5074,79 +5481,77 @@ msgstr "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" #: ../../mail.rst:524 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. " -"If the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is " -"still accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the" -" new database." +"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. If " +"the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is still " +"accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the new " +"database." msgstr "" -"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. " -"If the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is " -"still accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the" -" new database." +"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. If " +"the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is still " +"accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the new " +"database." #: ../../mail.rst:534 #, fuzzy -msgid "Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." -msgstr "Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." +msgid "" +"Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." +msgstr "" +"Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." #: ../../mail.rst:536 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page " -"summarizes the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a " -"user logs in or a message is delivered." +"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page summarizes " +"the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a user logs in " +"or a message is delivered." msgstr "" -"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page " -"summarizes the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a " -"user logs in or a message is delivered." +"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page summarizes " +"the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a user logs in " +"or a message is delivered." #: ../../mail.rst:540 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the " -"IMAP *seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the " -"*seen* flag is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a " -"shared mailbox, each user can access the same message." +"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the IMAP " +"*seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the *seen* flag " +"is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a shared mailbox, each " +"user can access the same message." msgstr "" -"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the " -"IMAP *seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the " -"*seen* flag is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a " -"shared mailbox, each user can access the same message." +"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the IMAP " +"*seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the *seen* flag " +"is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a shared mailbox, each " +"user can access the same message." #: ../../mail.rst:545 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has " -"already been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` " -"(default)." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has already " +"been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` (default)." msgstr "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has " -"already been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` " -"(default)." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has already " +"been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` (default)." #: ../../mail.rst:549 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has" -" been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has " +"been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." msgstr "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has" -" been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has " +"been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." #: ../../mail.rst:553 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be " -"automatically moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option " -"``Move spam to junk folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically" -" after a period of time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam " -"retention`` option." +"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be automatically " +"moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option ``Move spam to junk " +"folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically after a period of " +"time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam retention`` option." msgstr "" -"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be " -"automatically moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option " -"``Move spam to junk folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically" -" after a period of time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam " -"retention`` option." +"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be automatically " +"moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option ``Move spam to junk " +"folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically after a period of " +"time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam retention`` option." #: ../../mail.rst:562 #, fuzzy @@ -5156,13 +5561,13 @@ msgstr "Master users" #: ../../mail.rst:564 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can " -"impersonate another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and" -" folder permissions." +"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can impersonate " +"another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and folder " +"permissions." msgstr "" -"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can " -"impersonate another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and" -" folder permissions." +"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can impersonate " +"another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and folder " +"permissions." #: ../../mail.rst:567 #, fuzzy @@ -5182,11 +5587,11 @@ msgstr "master user password" #: ../../mail.rst:572 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use " -"the following credentials:" +"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use the " +"following credentials:" msgstr "" -"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use " -"the following credentials:" +"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use the " +"following credentials:" #: ../../mail.rst:575 #, fuzzy @@ -5205,18 +5610,26 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni generali" #: ../../mail.rst:583 msgid "" -"The ``Maximal queue lifetime`` parameter defines how many hours a message" -" can remain in the mail queue before it is returned to the sender." +"The ``Maximal queue lifetime`` parameter defines how many hours a message " +"can remain in the mail queue before it is returned to the sender." msgstr "" +"Il parametro ``Maximal code life``` definisce quante ore un messaggio può " +"rimanere nella coda della posta prima che venga restituito al mittente." #: ../../mail.rst:586 msgid "" "The default value, 120 hours (5 days), is the retry time suggested by " -"RFC5321. Lower values might be set to warn the sender early if some error" -" occurs. For example, if the remote mail server refuses a message because" -" our IP address is in a public block list, the message sender will be " -"notified after 5 days: it might be considered too late." -msgstr "" +"RFC5321. Lower values might be set to warn the sender early if some error " +"occurs. For example, if the remote mail server refuses a message because our " +"IP address is in a public block list, the message sender will be notified " +"after 5 days: it might be considered too late." +msgstr "" +"Il valore predefinito, 120 ore (5 giorni), è il tempo di riprovazione " +"suggerito da RFC5321. I valori più bassi potrebbero essere impostati per " +"avvertire il mittente prima se si verifica un errore. Ad esempio, se il " +"server di posta remota rifiuta un messaggio perché il nostro indirizzo IP è " +"in un elenco di blocco pubblico, il mittente del messaggio verrà notificato " +"dopo 5 giorni: potrebbe essere considerato troppo tardi." #: ../../mail.rst:595 #, fuzzy @@ -5228,64 +5641,83 @@ msgid "" "This section controls the Mail application configuration for special " "scenarios, described in the following sections." msgstr "" +"Questa sezione controlla la configurazione dell'applicazione Mail per " +"scenari speciali, descritti nelle sezioni seguenti." #: ../../mail.rst:601 msgid "IP-based relay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Relè basato su IP" #: ../../mail.rst:603 msgid "" "Some old mail clients, like scanners, which provide limited software " -"capabilities, might not support SMTP authentication or encryption: in " -"this case it is possible to authorize the relay of messages to external " -"domains by looking at their IP address instead of the usual credentials " -"check." +"capabilities, might not support SMTP authentication or encryption: in this " +"case it is possible to authorize the relay of messages to external domains " +"by looking at their IP address instead of the usual credentials check." msgstr "" +"Alcuni vecchi client di posta, come gli scanner, che forniscono funzionalità " +"software limitate, potrebbero non supportare l'autenticazione o la " +"crittografia SMTP: in questo caso è possibile autorizzare il relè di " +"messaggi a domini esterni guardando il loro indirizzo IP anziché il " +"controllo delle solite credenziali." #: ../../mail.rst:608 msgid "" "List the IP address of such devices in the ``Allow relay from these IP " -"addresses`` field. The address can be in IPv4 or IPv6 format. The IP " -"based policy can be spread to a whole network, specifying it in CIDR " -"format." +"addresses`` field. The address can be in IPv4 or IPv6 format. The IP based " +"policy can be spread to a whole network, specifying it in CIDR format." msgstr "" +"Elenca l'indirizzo IP di tali dispositivi nel ``Allow relay da questi " +"indirizzi IP `` campo. L'indirizzo può essere in formato IPv4 o IPv6. La " +"politica basata su IP può essere diffusa in un'intera rete, specificandola " +"in formato CIDR." #: ../../mail.rst:612 msgid "For example, a value for the field can be" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ad esempio, un valore per il campo può essere" #: ../../mail.rst:619 msgid "" -"The IP address *192.168.12.42* (e.g. a document scanner) and the clients " -"in the network subnet *10.77.4.0/24* can send mail messages without " -"providing SMTP authentication." +"The IP address *192.168.12.42* (e.g. a document scanner) and the clients in " +"the network subnet *10.77.4.0/24* can send mail messages without providing " +"SMTP authentication." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:624 msgid "Sender/login correspondence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sender/login corrispondenza" #: ../../mail.rst:626 msgid "" "To avoid the unauthorized use of email addresses and the sender address " -"spoofing within the organization, enable the ``Enforce sender/login " -"match`` switch." +"spoofing within the organization, enable the ``Enforce sender/login match`` " +"switch." msgstr "" +"Per evitare l'uso non autorizzato degli indirizzi e-mail e lo spoofing " +"dell'indirizzo del mittente all'interno dell'organizzazione, abilitare " +"l'interruttore ``Enforce sender/login match`." #: ../../mail.rst:630 msgid "" -"If the switch is enabled the sender address of a message must correspond " -"to the login name used by the mail client to connect with the mail " -"server. Search the login name in the :ref:`email_addresses` page to see " -"what are the addresses it can use." +"If the switch is enabled the sender address of a message must correspond to " +"the login name used by the mail client to connect with the mail server. " +"Search the login name in the :ref:`email_addresses` page to see what are the " +"addresses it can use." msgstr "" +"Se l'interruttore è abilitato l'indirizzo del mittente di un messaggio deve " +"corrispondere al nome di login utilizzato dal client di posta per " +"connettersi con il server di posta. Cerca il nome di login nella pagina :ref:" +"`email_addresses` per vedere quali sono gli indirizzi che può utilizzare." #: ../../mail.rst:635 msgid "" -"For example, with that switch enabled, if user ``john`` has email address" -" ``john.doe@example.org`` he cannot write an email message with a " -"different sender address, like ``sarah.smith@example.org``." +"For example, with that switch enabled, if user ``john`` has email address " +"``john.doe@example.org`` he cannot write an email message with a different " +"sender address, like ``sarah.smith@example.org``." msgstr "" +"Ad esempio, con tale interruttore abilitato, se l'utente ``john``` ha " +"indirizzo e-mail ``john.doe@example.org` `` non può scrivere un messaggio e-" +"mail con un indirizzo diverso del mittente, come ``sarah.smith@example.org`." #: ../../mail.rst:639 msgid "" @@ -5294,13 +5726,20 @@ msgid "" "address, so back to our example ``john`` could write the message also as " "``sarah.smith@example.org``." msgstr "" +"Se l'interruttore è disabilitato, secondo la configurazione predefinita di " +"Mail, un client di posta autenticato è permesso di inviare messaggi " +"utilizzando qualsiasi indirizzo del mittente, quindi di nuovo al nostro " +"esempio ``john` potrebbe scrivere il messaggio anche come ``sarah." +"smith@example.org`." #: ../../mail.rst:646 msgid "" -"If you decide to enable the switch consider that public mailboxes and " -"LDAP group addresses are not evaluated for the login/address " -"correspondence." +"If you decide to enable the switch consider that public mailboxes and LDAP " +"group addresses are not evaluated for the login/address correspondence." msgstr "" +"Se si decide di abilitare l'interruttore considerare che le caselle di posta " +"pubbliche e gli indirizzi di gruppo LDAP non sono valutati per la " +"corrispondenza login/indirizzo." #: ../../mail.rst:653 #, fuzzy @@ -5315,11 +5754,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:658 msgid "" -"The acronym BCC stands for Blind Carbon Copy. When the switch is enabled," -" enter a value in the ``Always BCC address`` field: this address will " -"receive a hidden copy of any email message sent or received by the Mail " -"server." +"The acronym BCC stands for Blind Carbon Copy. When the switch is enabled, " +"enter a value in the ``Always BCC address`` field: this address will receive " +"a hidden copy of any email message sent or received by the Mail server." msgstr "" +"L'acronimo BCC sta per Blind Carbon Copy. Quando l'interruttore è abilitato, " +"inserire un valore nel campo ``Always BCC address````: questo indirizzo " +"riceverà una copia nascosta di qualsiasi messaggio di posta elettronica " +"inviato o ricevuto dal server Mail." #: ../../mail.rst:665 msgid "" @@ -5327,6 +5769,10 @@ msgid "" "feature. Ensure its use complies with your country's privacy laws, " "regulations, and company policies." msgstr "" +"Fare una copia nascosta di messaggi di posta elettronica privata è una " +"funzione sensibile alla privacy. Assicurarsi che il suo utilizzo sia " +"conforme alle leggi sulla privacy del vostro paese, alle normative e alle " +"politiche aziendali." #: ../../mail.rst:669 msgid "" @@ -5335,6 +5781,10 @@ msgid "" "similar. In this case, changing the address might prevent Piler from " "archiving new messages." msgstr "" +"Il :ref:`Piler application ` può configurare automaticamente " +"questo campo con il valore appropriato, come ``archive@piler1` o simili. In " +"questo caso, cambiare l'indirizzo potrebbe impedire a Piler di archiviare " +"nuovi messaggi." #: ../../mail.rst:678 #, fuzzy @@ -5391,11 +5841,11 @@ msgstr "PLAIN" #: ../../mail.rst:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Also the following TLS-enabled ports are available for legacy software " -"that still does not support STARTTLS:" +"Also the following TLS-enabled ports are available for legacy software that " +"still does not support STARTTLS:" msgstr "" -"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software " -"that still does not support STARTTLS:" +"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software that " +"still does not support STARTTLS:" #: ../../mail.rst:697 #, fuzzy @@ -5429,32 +5879,30 @@ msgstr "MariaDB" #, fuzzy msgid "" "This module installs `MariaDB `_, a popular open " -"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin " -"`_ a tool to manage the database from a web " -"interface." +"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin `_ " +"a tool to manage the database from a web interface." msgstr "" "This module installs `MariaDB `_, a popular open " -"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin " -"`_ a tool to manage the database from a web " -"interface." +"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin `_ " +"a tool to manage the database from a web interface." #: ../../mariadb.rst:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../mariadb.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the path for " -"phpMyAdmin, eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" +"access the application configuration page and enter the path for phpMyAdmin, " +"eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" msgstr "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the path for " -"phpMyAdmin, eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" +"access the application configuration page and enter the path for phpMyAdmin, " +"eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" #: ../../mariadb.rst:16 ../../webserver.rst:20 #, fuzzy @@ -5464,20 +5912,20 @@ msgstr "enable ``HTTP to HTTPS`` option accordingly to your needs" #: ../../mariadb.rst:19 ../../webserver.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public" -" TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." +"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public " +"TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." msgstr "" -"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public" -" TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." +"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public " +"TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." #: ../../mariadb.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the " -"``https:///``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" +"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the ``https:///" +"``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" msgstr "" -"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the " -"``https:///``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" +"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the ``https:///" +"``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" #: ../../mariadb.rst:25 ../../webserver.rst:29 #, fuzzy @@ -5496,21 +5944,20 @@ msgstr "Please change them after the first login." #: ../../mariadb.rst:32 msgid "Access database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Database di accesso" #: ../../mariadb.rst:34 msgid "" -"The database uses a TCP port (> 20000) that is not opened in the firewall" -" of the server for security reason. You can find the TCP port inside the " +"The database uses a TCP port (> 20000) that is not opened in the firewall of " +"the server for security reason. You can find the TCP port inside the " "configuration panel of the module To access the database from a web " -"application with a NS8 node you can use the IP of the VPN wg0 interface " -"with the custom port. The communication is encrypted with the wireguard " -"VPN." +"application with a NS8 node you can use the IP of the VPN wg0 interface with " +"the custom port. The communication is encrypted with the wireguard VPN." msgstr "" #: ../../mariadb.rst:37 msgid "For instance : 10.5.4.1:20001" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per esempio: 10.5.4.1:20001" #: ../../mattermost.rst:3 msgid "Mattermost" @@ -5519,49 +5966,49 @@ msgstr "Mattermost" #: ../../mattermost.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition " -"`_ platform." +"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition `_ platform." msgstr "" -"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition " -"`_ platform." +"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition `_ platform." #: ../../mattermost.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mattermost is an Open Source, private cloud :index:`Slack`-alternative. " -"Check out the `official documentation `_ " -"for further details." +"Check out the `official documentation `_ for " +"further details." msgstr "" "Mattermost is an Open Source, private cloud :index:`Slack`-alternative. " -"Check out the `official documentation `_ " -"for further details." +"Check out the `official documentation `_ for " +"further details." #: ../../mattermost.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../mattermost.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``chat.nethserver.org``." +"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``chat.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" -"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``chat.nethserver.org``." +"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``chat.nethserver." +"org``." #: ../../mattermost.rst:22 ../../roundcube.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-" -"signed certificates**!" +"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-signed " +"certificates**!" msgstr "" -"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-" -"signed certificates**!" +"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-signed " +"certificates**!" #: ../../mattermost.rst:26 #, fuzzy @@ -5575,13 +6022,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: " -"``https://chat.nethserver.org``. At first access, a wizard will create " -"the administrator user" +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://chat.nethserver." +"org``. At first access, a wizard will create the administrator user" msgstr "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: " -"``https://chat.nethserver.org``. At first access, a wizard will create " -"the administrator user" +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://chat.nethserver." +"org``. At first access, a wizard will create the administrator user" #: ../../mattermost.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -5595,11 +6040,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin" -" user, then send team invitation link to each user." +"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin " +"user, then send team invitation link to each user." msgstr "" -"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin" -" user, then send team invitation link to each user." +"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin " +"user, then send team invitation link to each user." #: ../../migration.rst:5 msgid "NethServer 7 migration" @@ -5608,8 +6053,8 @@ msgstr "Migrazione da NethServer 7" #: ../../migration.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Migration is the process to convert a NethServer 7 machine (*source* NS7)" -" into a NethServer 8 (*destination* NS8)." +"Migration is the process to convert a NethServer 7 machine (*source* NS7) " +"into a NethServer 8 (*destination* NS8)." msgstr "" "La migrazione è il processo di conversione di una macchina NethServer 7 " "(*source*) in una NethServer 8 (*destination*)." @@ -5629,8 +6074,8 @@ msgid "" "A new server containing a :ref:`freshly installed NS8 cluster `." msgstr "" -"un nuovo server contenente una:ref:`freshly installed NethServer 8 " -"cluster `" +"un nuovo server contenente una:ref:`freshly installed NethServer 8 cluster " +"`" #: ../../migration.rst:15 #, fuzzy @@ -5640,39 +6085,36 @@ msgstr "Vedi anche i seguenti argomenti correlati:" #: ../../migration.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN" -" port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN " -"address and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default " -"the address is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." +"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN " +"port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN address " +"and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default the address " +"is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." msgstr "" -"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN" -" port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN " -"address and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default " -"the address is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." +"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN " +"port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN address " +"and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default the address " +"is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." #: ../../migration.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If NS7 is connected to an external account provider, you must configure " -"NS8 with the same account provider, as explained in :ref:`migrate-" -"account-provider`." +"If NS7 is connected to an external account provider, you must configure NS8 " +"with the same account provider, as explained in :ref:`migrate-account-" +"provider`." msgstr "" -"se la macchina sorgente è collegata a un account provider esterno, questo" -" account provider deve essere raggiungibile anche dalla macchina " -"destinazione" +"se la macchina sorgente è collegata a un account provider esterno, questo " +"account provider deve essere raggiungibile anche dalla macchina destinazione" #: ../../migration.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications" -" in NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be " -"registered in the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for " -"each of them." +"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications in " +"NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be registered in " +"the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for each of them." msgstr "" -"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications" -" in NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be " -"registered in the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for " -"each of them." +"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications in " +"NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be registered in " +"the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for each of them." #: ../../migration.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -5687,10 +6129,14 @@ msgstr "Connect to NS8" #: ../../migration.rst:37 msgid "" "The migration procedure will add NS7 as special node of the NethServer 8 " -"cluster. If an account provider is configured on your NS7 system, it will" -" be linked to the NS8 cluster as an external account provider before the " +"cluster. If an account provider is configured on your NS7 system, it will be " +"linked to the NS8 cluster as an external account provider before the " "migration process begins." msgstr "" +"La procedura di migrazione aggiungerà NS7 come nodo speciale del cluster " +"NethServer 8. Se un provider di account è configurato sul sistema NS7, sarà " +"collegato al cluster NS8 come provider di account esterno prima dell'inizio " +"del processo di migrazione." #: ../../migration.rst:40 #, fuzzy @@ -5698,31 +6144,37 @@ msgid "" "Install the migration tool on the source machine. Access Cockpit on the " "source server and install \"Migration to NS8\" from the Software Center." msgstr "" -"In primo luogo, occorre installare lo strumento di migrazione sulla " -"macchina sorgente. Accedere a Cockpit sul server sorgente e installare " -"\"Migration to NS8\" dal Software Center." +"In primo luogo, occorre installare lo strumento di migrazione sulla macchina " +"sorgente. Accedere a Cockpit sul server sorgente e installare \"Migration to " +"NS8\" dal Software Center." #: ../../migration.rst:43 #, fuzzy msgid "Open the just installed ``NS8 migration`` application." -msgstr "Ora è possibile aprire l'applicazione ``NS8 migration`` appena installata." +msgstr "" +"Ora è possibile aprire l'applicazione ``NS8 migration`` appena installata." #: ../../migration.rst:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Connect the NethServer 7 server to an existing new NethServer 8 cluster " -"by entering the following fields:" +"Connect the NethServer 7 server to an existing new NethServer 8 cluster by " +"entering the following fields:" msgstr "" "Ora, collegare il server NethServer 7 a un nuovo cluster esistente " "NethServer 8 inserendo i seguenti campi:" #: ../../migration.rst:48 msgid "" -"``LDAP user domain``: This field is available when NS7 uses a local " -"OpenLDAP account provider. Ensure the user domain name is unique within " -"the NS8 cluster. The local LDAP database from NS7 will be renamed to this" -" new domain name during migration to the NS8 cluster." +"``LDAP user domain``: This field is available when NS7 uses a local OpenLDAP " +"account provider. Ensure the user domain name is unique within the NS8 " +"cluster. The local LDAP database from NS7 will be renamed to this new domain " +"name during migration to the NS8 cluster." msgstr "" +"``LDAP user domain``: Questo campo è disponibile quando NS7 utilizza un " +"provider di account OpenLDAP locale. Assicurarsi che il nome del dominio " +"utente sia unico nel cluster NS8. Il database locale LDAP di NS7 verrà " +"rinominato a questo nuovo nome di dominio durante la migrazione al cluster " +"NS8." #: ../../migration.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -5734,12 +6186,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:55 msgid "" -"``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin password``: administrator " -"credentials for the leader node. These credentials are solely used to " -"create a ``ns7admin1`` admin account in NS8 (note that the trailing '1' " -"may actually be any number), reserved for the NS7 migration tool. Ensure " -"that this account is automatically removed at the end of the migration." +"``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin password``: administrator credentials " +"for the leader node. These credentials are solely used to create a " +"``ns7admin1`` admin account in NS8 (note that the trailing '1' may actually " +"be any number), reserved for the NS7 migration tool. Ensure that this " +"account is automatically removed at the end of the migration." msgstr "" +"``NS8 nome utente amministratore` e ``NS8 password di amministratore`: " +"credenziali di amministratore per il nodo leader. Queste credenziali sono " +"utilizzate esclusivamente per creare un account di amministrazione " +"``ns7admin1`` in NS8 (nota che il trailing '1' potrebbe effettivamente " +"essere qualsiasi numero), riservato allo strumento di migrazione NS7. " +"Assicurarsi che questo account venga rimosso automaticamente alla fine della " +"migrazione." #: ../../migration.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5758,8 +6217,8 @@ msgstr "Quindi, fare clic sul pulsante: `Connect` ." #, fuzzy msgid "" "If NS8 has an active subscription plan, automated updates are inhibited " -"until the NS7 node is automatically removed from the cluster at migration" -" completion. See also :ref:`scheduled-updates`." +"until the NS7 node is automatically removed from the cluster at migration " +"completion. See also :ref:`scheduled-updates`." msgstr "" "If you have an active subscription, available updates are applied " "automatically as described in :ref:`scheduled-updates`." @@ -5772,8 +6231,8 @@ msgstr "Applicazioni smartphone" #: ../../migration.rst:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The web interface will display the list of all applications installed " -"inside NethServer 7." +"The web interface will display the list of all applications installed inside " +"NethServer 7." msgstr "disabilita l'applicazione in NethServer 7" #: ../../migration.rst:77 @@ -5788,62 +6247,61 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Choose an application and click on the :guilabel:`Start migration` " -"button. In this phase the migration process will install the application " -"into the NethServer 8 cluster and start the first data synchronization. " -"If the NethServer 8 cluster is composed by 2 or more nodes, you will be " -"asked to select a destination node." +"Choose an application and click on the :guilabel:`Start migration` button. " +"In this phase the migration process will install the application into the " +"NethServer 8 cluster and start the first data synchronization. If the " +"NethServer 8 cluster is composed by 2 or more nodes, you will be asked to " +"select a destination node." msgstr "" -"L'interfaccia web visualizzerà l'elenco di tutte le applicazioni " -"installate all'interno di NethServer 7. Scegliere un'applicazione e " -"cliccare sul pulsante:guilabel: `Start migration`. In questa fase il " -"processo di migrazione installerà l'applicazione nel cluster NethServer 8" -" e inizierà la prima sincronizzazione dei dati. Se il cluster NethServer " -"8 è composto da 2 o più nodi, verrà chiesto di selezionare un nodo di " -"destinazione." +"L'interfaccia web visualizzerà l'elenco di tutte le applicazioni installate " +"all'interno di NethServer 7. Scegliere un'applicazione e cliccare sul " +"pulsante:guilabel: `Start migration`. In questa fase il processo di " +"migrazione installerà l'applicazione nel cluster NethServer 8 e inizierà la " +"prima sincronizzazione dei dati. Se il cluster NethServer 8 è composto da 2 " +"o più nodi, verrà chiesto di selezionare un nodo di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:87 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Sync data` button multiple time to keep in sync the " -"application data between NethServer 7 and NethServer 8. If something goes" -" wrong at this point, click the :guilabel:`Abort migration` button to " -"remove the NS8 application instance and start over with it." +"application data between NethServer 7 and NethServer 8. If something goes " +"wrong at this point, click the :guilabel:`Abort migration` button to remove " +"the NS8 application instance and start over with it." msgstr "" -"Ora è possibile fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel: `Sync data` più volte " -"per mantenere in sincronizzazione i dati dell'applicazione tra NethServer" -" 7 e NethServer 8." +"Ora è possibile fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel: `Sync data` più volte per " +"mantenere in sincronizzazione i dati dell'applicazione tra NethServer 7 e " +"NethServer 8." #: ../../migration.rst:93 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When you are ready for the final migration, click the :guilabel:`Finish " -"migration` button. If the migrated application requires extra parameters," -" the system will display a dialog box before proceeding." +"migration` button. If the migrated application requires extra parameters, " +"the system will display a dialog box before proceeding." msgstr "" "Quando pronto per la migrazione finale, fai clic sul pulsante: `Finish " "migration`. Se l'applicazione migrata richiede parametri aggiuntivi, il " -"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega" -" di notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un" -" FQDN (virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il " -"record DNS punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom" -" HTTP routes ` per le applicazioni migrate." +"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega di " +"notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un FQDN " +"(virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il record DNS " +"punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom HTTP routes " +"` per le applicazioni migrate." #: ../../migration.rst:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please note that most web application will need a dedicated FQDN (virtual" -" host) after finishing the migration. Make sure the DNS record points to " -"the NS8 node. In NS8, you can still configure :ref:`custom HTTP routes " +"Please note that most web application will need a dedicated FQDN (virtual " +"host) after finishing the migration. Make sure the DNS record points to the " +"NS8 node. In NS8, you can still configure :ref:`custom HTTP routes " "` for the migrated applications." msgstr "" "Quando pronto per la migrazione finale, fai clic sul pulsante: `Finish " "migration`. Se l'applicazione migrata richiede parametri aggiuntivi, il " -"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega" -" di notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un" -" FQDN (virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il " -"record DNS punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom" -" HTTP routes ` per le applicazioni migrate." +"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega di " +"notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un FQDN " +"(virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il record DNS " +"punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom HTTP routes " +"` per le applicazioni migrate." #: ../../migration.rst:102 #, fuzzy @@ -5852,8 +6310,10 @@ msgstr "Al termine della migrazione delle applicazioni, il sistema:" #: ../../migration.rst:104 #, fuzzy -msgid "The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." -msgstr "The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." +msgid "" +"The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." +msgstr "" +"The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." #: ../../migration.rst:106 #, fuzzy @@ -5863,36 +6323,33 @@ msgstr "The application in NS7 is stopped and disabled." #: ../../migration.rst:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the " -"new application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that " -"link instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-" -"section`." +"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the new " +"application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that link " +"instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-section`." msgstr "" -"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the " -"new application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that " -"link instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-" -"section`." +"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the new " +"application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that link " +"instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-section`." #: ../../migration.rst:113 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the NS7 application was connected to the local account provider, the " -"NS8 application still uses it, through a temporary external account " -"provider and the cluster VPN. See :ref:`migrate-account-provider` for " -"more information." +"If the NS7 application was connected to the local account provider, the NS8 " +"application still uses it, through a temporary external account provider and " +"the cluster VPN. See :ref:`migrate-account-provider` for more information." msgstr "" -"Se l'applicazione migrata è stata collegata a un account provider locale," -" l'applicazione sarà ancora in grado di accedere al provider in " -"esecuzione su NethServer 7 utilizzando la VPN del cluster." +"Se l'applicazione migrata è stata collegata a un account provider locale, " +"l'applicazione sarà ancora in grado di accedere al provider in esecuzione su " +"NethServer 7 utilizzando la VPN del cluster." #: ../../migration.rst:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the " -":guilabel:`Skip migration` button." +"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the :" +"guilabel:`Skip migration` button." msgstr "" -"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the " -":guilabel:`Skip migration` button." +"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the :" +"guilabel:`Skip migration` button." #: ../../migration.rst:123 #, fuzzy @@ -5903,12 +6360,12 @@ msgstr "Migrazione da NethServer 7" #, fuzzy msgid "" "When the account provider is finally migrated, the migration procedure " -"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page " -"appears again." +"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page appears " +"again." msgstr "" "When the account provider is finally migrated, the migration procedure " -"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page " -"appears again." +"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page appears " +"again." #: ../../migration.rst:129 #, fuzzy @@ -5925,19 +6382,18 @@ msgstr "Log" #: ../../migration.rst:135 msgid "" -"The migration tool UI has a ``Logs`` page for reading " -"``/var/log/ns8-migration.log`` contents. The migration procedure of each " -"application sends a trace of its activity to that file." +"The migration tool UI has a ``Logs`` page for reading ``/var/log/ns8-" +"migration.log`` contents. The migration procedure of each application sends " +"a trace of its activity to that file." msgstr "" -"La UI dello strumento di migrazione ha una pagina ``Logs`` per la lettura" -" del log ``/var/log/ns8-migration.log``. La procedura di migrazione di " -"ogni applicazione invia una traccia della sua attività a quel file." +"La UI dello strumento di migrazione ha una pagina ``Logs`` per la lettura " +"del log ``/var/log/ns8-migration.log``. La procedura di migrazione di ogni " +"applicazione invia una traccia della sua attività a quel file." #: ../../migration.rst:137 msgid "" -"Furthermore, when joining/leaving the NS8 cluster and when NS7 services " -"are modified, some information can be recorded by ``/var/log/messages`` " -"as usual." +"Furthermore, when joining/leaving the NS8 cluster and when NS7 services are " +"modified, some information can be recorded by ``/var/log/messages`` as usual." msgstr "" "Inoltre, quando ci si unisce o si abbandona il cluster NS8 e quando i " "servizi NS7 vengono modificati, alcune informazioni possono essere " @@ -5959,55 +6415,55 @@ msgstr "Account provider" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Your action is required if the NS7 system is configured with a **remote " -"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external" -" user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account " -"provider. For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at " -"the ``Account provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is " -"``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then the NS8 external user domain name must be " -"set to ``directory.nh``. Apart from the matching name, the external user " -"domain of NS8 must point to the same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its" -" implementation). Bear in mind that every node of the NS8 cluster must " -"reach the same LDAP database, now and in the future." +"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external " +"user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account provider. " +"For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at the ``Account " +"provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is ``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then " +"the NS8 external user domain name must be set to ``directory.nh``. Apart " +"from the matching name, the external user domain of NS8 must point to the " +"same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its implementation). Bear in mind that " +"every node of the NS8 cluster must reach the same LDAP database, now and in " +"the future." msgstr "" "Your action is required if the NS7 system is configured with a **remote " -"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external" -" user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account " -"provider. For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at " -"the ``Account provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is " -"``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then the NS8 external user domain name must be " -"set to ``directory.nh``. Apart from the matching name, the external user " -"domain of NS8 must point to the same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its" -" implementation). Bear in mind that every node of the NS8 cluster must " -"reach the same LDAP database, now and in the future." +"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external " +"user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account provider. " +"For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at the ``Account " +"provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is ``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then " +"the NS8 external user domain name must be set to ``directory.nh``. Apart " +"from the matching name, the external user domain of NS8 must point to the " +"same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its implementation). Bear in mind that " +"every node of the NS8 cluster must reach the same LDAP database, now and in " +"the future." #: ../../migration.rst:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the NS7 system uses a **local account provider**, ensure its domain " -"name is unique within the NS8 cluster and does not conflict with any " -"existing user domain name. This is particularly important for AD domains," -" as they cannot be renamed in the migration tool's connection form. When " -"connected to the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user domain is created" -" to allow migrated applications to access the NS7 local account provider " -"until its migration is complete. Once the local account provider is " -"migrated, the temporary external user domain is automatically removed." +"If the NS7 system uses a **local account provider**, ensure its domain name " +"is unique within the NS8 cluster and does not conflict with any existing " +"user domain name. This is particularly important for AD domains, as they " +"cannot be renamed in the migration tool's connection form. When connected to " +"the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user domain is created to allow " +"migrated applications to access the NS7 local account provider until its " +"migration is complete. Once the local account provider is migrated, the " +"temporary external user domain is automatically removed." msgstr "" "On the contrary, if the NS7 system is configured with a **local account " -"provider**, ensure that its ``BaseDN`` does not match any NS8 user domain" -" name. After connecting to the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user " -"domain is created so that migrated applications can access the NS7 local " -"account provider until it is migrated, too. The local account provider is" -" migrated at the end of the procedure: at that point the temporary " -"external user domain is automatically removed." +"provider**, ensure that its ``BaseDN`` does not match any NS8 user domain " +"name. After connecting to the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user domain " +"is created so that migrated applications can access the NS7 local account " +"provider until it is migrated, too. The local account provider is migrated " +"at the end of the procedure: at that point the temporary external user " +"domain is automatically removed." #: ../../migration.rst:166 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local " -"account provider migration." +"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local account " +"provider migration." msgstr "" -"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local " -"account provider migration." +"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local account " +"provider migration." #: ../../migration.rst:170 msgid "Samba DC" @@ -6016,125 +6472,119 @@ msgstr "Samba DC" #: ../../migration.rst:172 msgid "" "Complete the DC migration by clicking the :guilabel:`Finish migration` " -"button. The procedure asks to select an IP address: it will become the IP" -" of the destination DC." +"button. The procedure asks to select an IP address: it will become the IP of " +"the destination DC." msgstr "" -"Completa la migrazione DC facendo clic sul pulsante: `Finish migrazione` " -". La procedura chiede di selezionare un indirizzo IP: diventerà l'IP " -"della destinazione DC." +"Completa la migrazione DC facendo clic sul pulsante: `Finish migrazione` . " +"La procedura chiede di selezionare un indirizzo IP: diventerà l'IP della " +"destinazione DC." #: ../../migration.rst:178 #, fuzzy msgid "Windows clients might not know how to reach the new DC" msgstr "" -"I client di Windows potrebbero non sapere come raggiungere la " -"destinazione DC" +"I client di Windows potrebbero non sapere come raggiungere la destinazione DC" #: ../../migration.rst:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If DNS configuration of Windows clients is controlled by a DHCP server, " -"set the NS8 DC IP address as the new DNS server." +"If DNS configuration of Windows clients is controlled by a DHCP server, set " +"the NS8 DC IP address as the new DNS server." msgstr "" -"Se la configurazione DNS dei client Windows è controllata da un server " -"DHCP, impostare l'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione come nuovo server " -"DNS." +"Se la configurazione DNS dei client Windows è controllata da un server DHCP, " +"impostare l'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione come nuovo server DNS." #: ../../migration.rst:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If Windows clients use an external DNS, it must be configured to forward " -"the requests for the Active Directory DNS zone to the NS8 DC IP address." +"If Windows clients use an external DNS, it must be configured to forward the " +"requests for the Active Directory DNS zone to the NS8 DC IP address." msgstr "" -"Se i client Windows utilizzano un DNS esterno, deve essere configurato " -"per inoltrare le richieste della zona DNS di Active Directory " -"all'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione." +"Se i client Windows utilizzano un DNS esterno, deve essere configurato per " +"inoltrare le richieste della zona DNS di Active Directory all'indirizzo IP " +"del DC di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If Windows clients have a manual DNS configuration and use the NS7 DC IP " -"address as DNS and authentication server, consider to transfer the NS7 DC" -" IP address to the NS8 DC." +"address as DNS and authentication server, consider to transfer the NS7 DC IP " +"address to the NS8 DC." msgstr "" "Se i client Windows hanno una configurazione DNS manuale e utilizzano " "l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente come server DNS e di autenticazione, " -"considerare di trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC " -"destinazione." +"considerare di trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In the last case, transferring the IP avoids the reconfiguration of DNS " -"settings for each Windows client. This can be preferable over an external" -" DNS server, if it blocks dynamic DNS update requests (DDNS)." +"settings for each Windows client. This can be preferable over an external " +"DNS server, if it blocks dynamic DNS update requests (DDNS)." msgstr "" -"Nell'ultimo caso, il trasferimento dell'IP evita la riconfigurazione " -"delle impostazioni DNS per ogni client Windows. Questo è generalmente " -"preferibile su un server DNS esterno, se blocca le richieste di " -"aggiornamento DNS dinamiche (DDNS)." +"Nell'ultimo caso, il trasferimento dell'IP evita la riconfigurazione delle " +"impostazioni DNS per ogni client Windows. Questo è generalmente preferibile " +"su un server DNS esterno, se blocca le richieste di aggiornamento DNS " +"dinamiche (DDNS)." #: ../../migration.rst:195 msgid "" -"To transfer the source DC IP address to the destination DC some steps " -"must be done manually after the migration has completed." +"To transfer the source DC IP address to the destination DC some steps must " +"be done manually after the migration has completed." msgstr "" "Per trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC destinazione, alcuni " -"passaggi devono essere effettuati manualmente dopo il completamento della" -" migrazione." +"passaggi devono essere effettuati manualmente dopo il completamento della " +"migrazione." #: ../../migration.rst:198 msgid "" "Check the migration of accounts was successful. Users and groups must be " "listed correctly under ``Domains and users`` page." msgstr "" -"Controllare che la migrazione degli account abbia avuto successo. Gli " -"utenti e i gruppi devono essere elencati correttamente nella pagina " -"``Domains and users``." +"Controllare che la migrazione degli account abbia avuto successo. Gli utenti " +"e i gruppi devono essere elencati correttamente nella pagina ``Domains and " +"users``." #: ../../migration.rst:201 msgid "" "At the end of the migration the source DC IP address is free and can be " "assigned to the destination node. Refer to the node operating system " -"documentation to assign a secondary (alias) IP address to the destination" -" node." +"documentation to assign a secondary (alias) IP address to the destination " +"node." msgstr "" -"Al termine della migrazione l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente è libero e può" -" essere assegnato al nodo di destinazione. Fare riferimento alla " -"documentazione del sistema operativo del nodo per assegnare un indirizzo " -"IP secondario (alias) al nodo di destinazione." +"Al termine della migrazione l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente è libero e può " +"essere assegnato al nodo di destinazione. Fare riferimento alla " +"documentazione del sistema operativo del nodo per assegnare un indirizzo IP " +"secondario (alias) al nodo di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:205 msgid "" -"Change the IP address of the DC. For example, if DC instance is " -"``samba1`` and the new IP is ``192.168.1.123``, run the following " -"command: ::" +"Change the IP address of the DC. For example, if DC instance is ``samba1`` " +"and the new IP is ``192.168.1.123``, run the following command: ::" msgstr "" -"Modificare l'indirizzo IP della DC. Ad esempio, se l'istanza DC è " -"``samba1`` e il nuovo IP è ``192.168.1.123`, eseguire il seguente " -"comando::" +"Modificare l'indirizzo IP della DC. Ad esempio, se l'istanza DC è ``samba1`` " +"e il nuovo IP è ``192.168.1.123`, eseguire il seguente comando::" #: ../../migration.rst:211 msgid "" "The NS8 Samba DC can be configured as external account provider for NS7. " "Bear in mind that NS7 must be able to access the :ref:`IP address " "` the Samba account provider is bound to. This " -"configuration could be useful if you have modules still running on NS7 " -"that require access to the account provider." +"configuration could be useful if you have modules still running on NS7 that " +"require access to the account provider." msgstr "" -"Il Samba DC di NS8 può essere configurato come account provider esterno " -"per NS7. Tenere presente che NS7 deve essere in grado di accedere " -"all':ref:`IP address ` legato all'account " -"provider Samba cui è destinato. Questa configurazione potrebbe essere " -"utile se si dispone ancora di moduli in esecuzione su NS7 che richiedono " -"l'accesso all'account provider." +"Il Samba DC di NS8 può essere configurato come account provider esterno per " +"NS7. Tenere presente che NS7 deve essere in grado di accedere all':ref:`IP " +"address ` legato all'account provider Samba cui è " +"destinato. Questa configurazione potrebbe essere utile se si dispone ancora " +"di moduli in esecuzione su NS7 che richiedono l'accesso all'account provider." #: ../../migration.rst:216 msgid "" "Password expiration settings are preserved during the migration. The " "password strength policy, if enabled, is converted for compliancy with " -"Windows 2003+ server complexity requirements [#WINP]_ and is enforced for" -" future password changes. See also :ref:`password-policy-section`." +"Windows 2003+ server complexity requirements [#WINP]_ and is enforced for " +"future password changes. See also :ref:`password-policy-section`." msgstr "" "Le impostazioni di scadenza della password sono conservate durante la " "migrazione. La politica di forza della password, se abilitata, viene " @@ -6144,15 +6594,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:221 msgid "" -"`Passwords must meet complexity requirements `_ from *learn.microsoft.com* website." +"`Passwords must meet complexity requirements `_ from *learn." +"microsoft.com* website." msgstr "" -"Le password devono soddisfare i requisiti di complessità " -"`. The NS8 Mail application is then " -"configured as the SMTP server for every application in the cluster: see " -":ref:`email-notifications`." +"configured as the SMTP server for every application in the cluster: see :ref:" +"`email-notifications`." msgstr "" +"La configurazione intelligente host del sistema NS7 viene convertita in un :" +"ref:`default relay rule `. L'applicazione Mail NS8 " +"viene quindi configurata come server SMTP per ogni applicazione del cluster: " +"vedi :ref:`email-notifications`." #: ../../migration.rst:282 msgid "POP3 connector" @@ -6254,24 +6723,25 @@ msgstr "Connettore POP3" #: ../../migration.rst:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The migration involves transferring POP3 Connector settings to NS8 " -":ref:`Imapsync module `, together with Email " -"application. Configurations of accounts using the IMAP protocol are " -"translated to working Imapsync tasks. For accounts using POP3, it is " -"necessary to review the settings and commence synchronization manually." +"The migration involves transferring POP3 Connector settings to NS8 :ref:" +"`Imapsync module `, together with Email application. " +"Configurations of accounts using the IMAP protocol are translated to working " +"Imapsync tasks. For accounts using POP3, it is necessary to review the " +"settings and commence synchronization manually." msgstr "" -"La migrazione comporta il trasferimento delle impostazioni del connettore" -" POP3 al modulo Imapsync di NS8, insieme all'applicazione Email. Le " -"configurazioni di account che utilizzano il protocollo IMAP vengono " -"tradotte in attività Imapsync. Per gli account che utilizzano POP3, è " -"necessario rivedere le impostazioni e inizializzare la sincronizzazione " -"manualmente." +"La migrazione comporta il trasferimento delle impostazioni del connettore " +"POP3 al modulo Imapsync di NS8, insieme all'applicazione Email. Le " +"configurazioni di account che utilizzano il protocollo IMAP vengono tradotte " +"in attività Imapsync. Per gli account che utilizzano POP3, è necessario " +"rivedere le impostazioni e inizializzare la sincronizzazione manualmente." #: ../../migration.rst:290 msgid "" "Emails fetched by Imapsync are not subject to anti-spam, anti-virus, or " "Sieve filtering." msgstr "" +"Le email prese da Imapsync non sono soggette a filtro anti-spam, anti-virus " +"o Sieve." #: ../../migration.rst:296 ../../nethvoice.rst:4 msgid "NethVoice" @@ -6280,83 +6750,87 @@ msgstr "NethVoice" #: ../../migration.rst:300 msgid "" "The migration tool automatically installs the :ref:`NethVoice Proxy " -"` if it is not already present on the " -"destination node. In such cases, it is recommended to configure the " -":ref:`NethVoice Proxy ` prior to completing the " -"NethVoice setup." +"` if it is not already present on the destination " +"node. In such cases, it is recommended to configure the :ref:`NethVoice " +"Proxy ` prior to completing the NethVoice setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../migration.rst:303 +#: ../../migration.rst:302 msgid "The migration procedure requires two FQDNs to be assigned:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La procedura di migrazione richiede due FQDN da assegnare:" -#: ../../migration.rst:305 +#: ../../migration.rst:304 msgid "one for the administration interface of the **NethVoice** application" msgstr "" +"uno per l'interfaccia di amministrazione dell'applicazione **NethVoice**" -#: ../../migration.rst:306 +#: ../../migration.rst:306 ../../migration.rst:305 #, fuzzy msgid "one for **NethVoice CTI**." msgstr "NethVoice" -#: ../../migration.rst:309 +#: ../../migration.rst:308 msgid "" -"NethVoice data (recording files, audio files, CDR database) are copied to" -" NS8 with Rsync. After :guilabel:`Finish migration` is clicked, some " -"time-consuming operations are executed." +"NethVoice data (recording files, audio files, CDR database) are copied to " +"NS8 with Rsync. After :guilabel:`Finish migration` is clicked, some time-" +"consuming operations are executed." msgstr "" +"I dati NethVoice (registrazione di file, file audio, database CDR) vengono " +"copiati a NS8 con Rsync. Dopo che :guilabel:`Finish migration` viene " +"cliccato, alcune operazioni che richiedono tempo vengono eseguite." -#: ../../migration.rst:312 +#: ../../migration.rst:311 msgid "" "Remember to update the DNS records if you plan to use the same FQDN as " "NethVoice on NS7 at the end of the migration." msgstr "" +"Ricorda di aggiornare i record DNS se si prevede di utilizzare lo stesso " +"FQDN di NethVoice su NS7 alla fine della migrazione." -#: ../../migration.rst:319 +#: ../../migration.rst:319 ../../migration.rst:318 msgid "Manual HTTP routes" msgstr "Rotte HTTP manuali" -#: ../../migration.rst:321 +#: ../../migration.rst:321 ../../migration.rst:320 msgid "" "In NethServer 7, most web applications were accessible using path-style " -"routes. As an example, given a server named ``server.nethserver.org`` the" -" WebTop installation was available at " -"``https://server.nethserver.org/webtop``." +"routes. As an example, given a server named ``server.nethserver.org`` the " +"WebTop installation was available at ``https://server.nethserver.org/" +"webtop``." msgstr "" -"In NethServer 7, la maggior parte delle applicazioni web erano " -"accessibili utilizzando rotte in stile percorso. Per esempio, dato un " -"server chiamato ``server.nethserver.org`` l'installazione WebTop era " -"disponibile presso ``https://server.nethserver.org/webtop``." +"In NethServer 7, la maggior parte delle applicazioni web erano accessibili " +"utilizzando rotte in stile percorso. Per esempio, dato un server chiamato " +"``server.nethserver.org`` l'installazione WebTop era disponibile presso " +"``https://server.nethserver.org/webtop``." -#: ../../migration.rst:325 +#: ../../migration.rst:325 ../../migration.rst:324 msgid "" "On the other side, when the application is migrated you will be asked to " -"enter a FQDN so WebTop will be available on a URL like " -"``https://webtop.nethserver.org``." +"enter a FQDN so WebTop will be available on a URL like ``https://webtop." +"nethserver.org``." msgstr "" "Dall'altra parte, quando l'applicazione viene migrata, verrà chiesto di " "inserire un FQDN in modo che WebTop sarà disponibile su un URL del tipo " "``https://webtop.nethserver.org``." -#: ../../migration.rst:328 +#: ../../migration.rst:328 ../../migration.rst:327 msgid "" -"If you have already migrated the FQDN DNS record to the new server, you " -"can also manually recreate the old HTTP routes from the :ref:`proxy page " +"If you have already migrated the FQDN DNS record to the new server, you can " +"also manually recreate the old HTTP routes from the :ref:`proxy page " "`." msgstr "" -"Se hai già migrato il record DNS FQDN al nuovo server, puoi anche " -"ricreare manualmente i vecchi percorsi HTTP da:ref:`proxy page `." +"Se hai già migrato il record DNS FQDN al nuovo server, puoi anche ricreare " +"manualmente i vecchi percorsi HTTP da:ref:`proxy page `." -#: ../../migration.rst:331 +#: ../../migration.rst:331 ../../migration.rst:330 msgid "Example for adding WebTop routes:" msgstr "Esempio per l'aggiunta di percorsi WebTop:" -#: ../../migration.rst:333 +#: ../../migration.rst:333 ../../migration.rst:332 msgid "open the ``HTTP routes`` section from the ``Settings`` page" msgstr "aprire la sezione ``HTTP routes`` dalla pagina ``Impostazioni``" -#: ../../migration.rst:334 +#: ../../migration.rst:334 ../../migration.rst:333 msgid "" "click on the Webtop instance name, like ``webtop1``, a modal dialog will " "show the route details" @@ -6364,23 +6838,23 @@ msgstr "" "cliccare sul nome dell'istanza WebTop, tipo ``webtop1``, una finestra di " "dialogo modale mostrerà i dettagli del percorso" -#: ../../migration.rst:335 +#: ../../migration.rst:335 ../../migration.rst:334 msgid "copy the value from the ``URL`` field, like ``http://127.0.0.1:20033``" msgstr "copiare il valore dal campo ``URL``, tipo ``http://127.0.0.1:20033``" -#: ../../migration.rst:336 +#: ../../migration.rst:336 ../../migration.rst:335 msgid "click on the :guilabel:`Create route` button" msgstr "cliccare sul pulsante :guilabel: `Create route`" -#: ../../migration.rst:337 +#: ../../migration.rst:337 ../../migration.rst:336 msgid "" "choose a ``Name`` for the root and select the ``Node`` where the WebTop " "instance is running" msgstr "" -"scegliere un ``Name`` per la radice e selezionare il ``Node`` dove " -"l'istanza WebTop è in esecuzione" +"scegliere un ``Name`` per la radice e selezionare il ``Node`` dove l'istanza " +"WebTop è in esecuzione" -#: ../../migration.rst:338 +#: ../../migration.rst:338 ../../migration.rst:337 msgid "" "paste the value copied before (``http://127.0.0.1:20033``) inside the " "``URL`` field" @@ -6388,7 +6862,7 @@ msgstr "" "incollare il valore copiato prima (`http://127.0.0.1:20033``) dentro il " "campo ``URL``" -#: ../../migration.rst:339 +#: ../../migration.rst:339 ../../migration.rst:338 msgid "" "leave the ``Host`` field empty and enter ``/webtop`` inside the ``Path`` " "field" @@ -6396,45 +6870,48 @@ msgstr "" "lasciare il campo ``Host`` vuoto e inserire ``/webtop`` all'interno del " "campo ``Path``" -#: ../../migration.rst:340 +#: ../../migration.rst:340 ../../migration.rst:339 msgid "repeat steps from 4 to 7 for all other WebTop routes:" msgstr "ripetere i passaggi da 4 a 7 per tutti gli altri percorsi WebTop:" -#: ../../migration.rst:342 +#: ../../migration.rst:342 ../../migration.rst:341 msgid "``/Microsoft-Server-ActiveSync``" msgstr "``/Microsoft-Server-ActiveSync ``" -#: ../../migration.rst:343 +#: ../../migration.rst:343 ../../migration.rst:342 msgid "``/.well-known``" msgstr "``/.well-known``" -#: ../../migration.rst:344 +#: ../../migration.rst:344 ../../migration.rst:343 msgid "``/webtop-dav``" msgstr "``/webtop-dav``" -#: ../../migration.rst:349 +#: ../../migration.rst:349 ../../migration.rst:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Limitations" msgstr "Applicazioni" -#: ../../migration.rst:351 +#: ../../migration.rst:350 msgid "" -"The migration tool supports a limited set of applications. If an " -"application is installed but not listed on the migration tool page, it " -"will not be covered by the migration process." +"The migration tool supports a limited set of applications. If an application " +"is installed but not listed on the migration tool page, it will not be " +"covered by the migration process." msgstr "" +"Lo strumento di migrazione supporta una serie limitata di applicazioni. Se " +"un'applicazione è installata ma non elencata nella pagina degli strumenti di " +"migrazione, non sarà coperta dal processo di migrazione." -#: ../../migration.rst:355 +#: ../../migration.rst:355 ../../migration.rst:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The following configurations are not migrated:" msgstr "Le seguenti configurazioni non verranno migrate:" -#: ../../migration.rst:357 +#: ../../migration.rst:357 ../../migration.rst:356 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom templates" msgstr "template custom" -#: ../../migration.rst:359 +#: ../../migration.rst:359 ../../migration.rst:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Account provider password policy settings (see :ref:`migrate-account-" @@ -6443,24 +6920,31 @@ msgstr "" "impostazioni della policy delle password dell'account provider (vedere: " "`migrate-account-provider`)" -#: ../../migration.rst:362 +#: ../../migration.rst:361 msgid "" -"System smart host settings, if the NS7 Email app is either not installed " -"or not migrated" +"System smart host settings, if the NS7 Email app is either not installed or " +"not migrated" msgstr "" +"Impostazioni host intelligenti di sistema, se l'applicazione NS7 Email non è " +"installata o non migrata" -#: ../../migration.rst:365 +#: ../../migration.rst:364 msgid "" -"The ``Accept unknown recipients`` setting of the mail server, which " -"catches messages sent to non-existing addresses. See :ref:`email_domains`" -" for details." +"The ``Accept unknown recipients`` setting of the mail server, which catches " +"messages sent to non-existing addresses. See :ref:`email_domains` for " +"details." msgstr "" +"L'impostazione ``Accetta destinatari sconosciuti `` del server di posta, che " +"cattura i messaggi inviati a indirizzi non esistenti. Vedere :ref:" +"`email_domains` per i dettagli." -#: ../../migration.rst:368 +#: ../../migration.rst:367 ../../migration.rst:364 msgid "" "Additionally, shared folders will not be migrated if NS7 uses a remote " "account provider." msgstr "" +"Inoltre, le cartelle condivise non verranno migrate se NS7 utilizza un " +"provider di account remoto." #: ../../minio.rst:5 msgid "MinIO" @@ -6478,42 +6962,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../minio.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-" -"api.nethserver.org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." +"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-api.nethserver." +"org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-" -"api.nethserver.org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." +"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-api.nethserver." +"org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." #: ../../minio.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to" -" use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " +"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " +"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " "corresponding public DNS records." msgstr "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to" -" use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " +"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " +"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " "corresponding public DNS records." #: ../../minio.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host" -" name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" +"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host " +"name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" msgstr "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host" -" name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" +"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host " +"name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" #: ../../minio.rst:23 #, fuzzy @@ -6532,11 +7016,11 @@ msgstr "enable ``Let's Encrypt`` option accordingly to your needs" #: ../../minio.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-" -"ui.nethserver.org``." +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-ui." +"nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-" -"ui.nethserver.org``." +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-ui." +"nethserver.org``." #: ../../minio.rst:30 #, fuzzy @@ -6555,24 +7039,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers," -" this setup allows you to retain control over your information and " -"prevent third-party access" +"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers, " +"this setup allows you to retain control over your information and prevent " +"third-party access" msgstr "" -"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers," -" this setup allows you to retain control over your information and " -"prevent third-party access" +"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers, " +"this setup allows you to retain control over your information and prevent " +"third-party access" #: ../../minio.rst:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete " -"data control within your own environment. This improves security and " -"minimizes dependence on external services" +"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete data " +"control within your own environment. This improves security and minimizes " +"dependence on external services" msgstr "" -"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete " -"data control within your own environment. This improves security and " -"minimizes dependence on external services" +"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete data " +"control within your own environment. This improves security and minimizes " +"dependence on external services" #: ../../minio.rst:39 #, fuzzy @@ -6581,31 +7065,35 @@ msgstr "Instructions" #: ../../minio.rst:41 #, fuzzy -msgid "As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" -msgstr "As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" +msgid "" +"As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" +msgstr "" +"As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" #: ../../minio.rst:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point " -"for the disk: ::" +"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point for " +"the disk: ::" msgstr "" -"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point " -"for the disk: ::" +"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point for " +"the disk: ::" #: ../../minio.rst:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted " -"during boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" +"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted during " +"boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" msgstr "" -"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted " -"during boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" +"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted during " +"boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" #: ../../minio.rst:54 #, fuzzy -msgid "**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" -msgstr "**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" +msgid "" +"**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" +msgstr "" +"**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" #: ../../minio.rst:59 #, fuzzy @@ -6619,30 +7107,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage " -"path`` to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part " -"of the backup." +"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage path`` " +"to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part of the " +"backup." msgstr "" -"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage " -"path`` to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part " -"of the backup." +"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage path`` " +"to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part of the " +"backup." #: ../../modules.rst:9 msgid "" -"A NS8 application is implemented by a unit called *module*. It is usually" -" composed of one or more Linux containers and a user interface for its " +"A NS8 application is implemented by a unit called *module*. It is usually " +"composed of one or more Linux containers and a user interface for its " "configuration." msgstr "" -"Un'applicazione NS8 è implementata attraverso un'unità chiamata *modulo*." -" Di norma un modulo è composto da uno o più contenitori Linux e da " +"Un'applicazione NS8 è implementata attraverso un'unità chiamata *modulo*. Di " +"norma un modulo è composto da uno o più contenitori Linux e da " "un'interfaccia utente utile per la sua configurazione." #: ../../modules.rst:13 msgid "" -"The terms *application* and *module* are almost synonims in the context " -"of NethServer 8, however there can be modules that actually do not " -"implement applications because they are just services for other modules, " -"so they do not provide any user configuration interface at all." +"The terms *application* and *module* are almost synonims in the context of " +"NethServer 8, however there can be modules that actually do not implement " +"applications because they are just services for other modules, so they do " +"not provide any user configuration interface at all." msgstr "" "I termini *applicazione* e *modulo* sono quasi sinonimi nel contesto di " "NethServer 8, tuttavia ci possono essere moduli che in realtà non " @@ -6651,85 +7139,99 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:18 msgid "" -"Every time a module instance is added to the cluster, the new instance is" -" named like the module itself followed by a progressive number starting " -"from 1. Given a module named ``myapp``, instances will be named " -"``myapp1``, ``myapp2`` and so on. It is possible to set a more meaningful" -" name for the instance from the :ref:`software_center-section` page." +"Every time a module instance is added to the cluster, the new instance is " +"named like the module itself followed by a progressive number starting from " +"1. Given a module named ``myapp``, instances will be named ``myapp1``, " +"``myapp2`` and so on. It is possible to set a more meaningful name for the " +"instance from the :ref:`software_center-section` page." msgstr "" "Ogni volta che un'istanza di modulo viene aggiunta al cluster, la nuova " "istanza viene chiamata come il modulo stesso seguito da un numero " -"progressivo a partire da 1. Dato un modulo chiamato ``myapp``, le istanze" -" saranno chiamate ``myapp1``, ``myapp2`` e così via. È possibile " -"impostare un nome più significativo per l'istanza dalla pagina :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"progressivo a partire da 1. Dato un modulo chiamato ``myapp``, le istanze " +"saranno chiamate ``myapp1``, ``myapp2`` e così via. È possibile impostare un " +"nome più significativo per l'istanza dalla pagina :ref:`software_center-" +"section`." #: ../../modules.rst:24 msgid "" "Some applications or modules require specific resources that cannot be " -"shared among instances installed on the same cluster node. As an example," -" the Mail application needs to reserve SMTP and IMAP well-known TCP " -"ports. You can install only one instance per node of this kind of " -"applications." +"shared among instances installed on the same cluster node. As an example, " +"the Mail application needs to reserve SMTP and IMAP well-known TCP ports. " +"You can install only one instance per node of this kind of applications." msgstr "" -"Alcune applicazioni o moduli richiedono risorse specifiche che non " -"possono essere condivise tra le istanze installate sullo stesso nodo di " -"cluster. Ad esempio, l'applicazione Mail deve riservare le ben note porte" -" TCP per SMTP e IMAP. È pertanto possibile installare una sola istanza " -"per nodo di questo tipo di applicazioni." +"Alcune applicazioni o moduli richiedono risorse specifiche che non possono " +"essere condivise tra le istanze installate sullo stesso nodo di cluster. Ad " +"esempio, l'applicazione Mail deve riservare le ben note porte TCP per SMTP e " +"IMAP. È pertanto possibile installare una sola istanza per nodo di questo " +"tipo di applicazioni." #: ../../modules.rst:29 msgid "" "On the contrary, applications that do not require exclusive access to " -"resources can be installed multiple times on the same node. As an " -"example, you can install multiple Nextcloud applications on a single " -"node." +"resources can be installed multiple times on the same node. As an example, " +"you can install multiple Nextcloud applications on a single node." msgstr "" -"Al contrario, le applicazioni che non richiedono l'accesso esclusivo alle" -" risorse possono essere installate più volte sullo stesso nodo. Così, ad " -"esempio, è possibile installare più applicazioni Nextcloud su un unico " -"nodo." +"Al contrario, le applicazioni che non richiedono l'accesso esclusivo alle " +"risorse possono essere installate più volte sullo stesso nodo. Così, ad " +"esempio, è possibile installare più applicazioni Nextcloud su un unico nodo." #: ../../netdata.rst:5 msgid "Netdata" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dati di rete" #: ../../netdata.rst:7 msgid "" -"This application installs and configures a `Netdata Agent`__ instance on " -"the chosen NethServer 8 cluster node." +"This application installs and configures a `Netdata Agent`__ instance on the " +"chosen NethServer 8 cluster node." msgstr "" +"Questa applicazione installa e configura un'istanza `Netdata Agent`____ sul " +"nodo del cluster scelto NethServer 8." #: ../../netdata.rst:12 msgid "" "A Netdata Agent collects and displays local system metrics in a web user " "interface. Although it can be part of broad deployments, the provided " -"configuration is tailored for the local system only, aiming to assist in " -"the analysis of basic resource usage of the node (CPU, RAM, disks, " -"network...) and is not intended for monitoring specific applications or " -"integration with Netdata Cloud." -msgstr "" +"configuration is tailored for the local system only, aiming to assist in the " +"analysis of basic resource usage of the node (CPU, RAM, disks, network...) " +"and is not intended for monitoring specific applications or integration with " +"Netdata Cloud." +msgstr "" +"Un agente Netdata raccoglie e visualizza metriche di sistema locali in " +"un'interfaccia utente web. Anche se può essere parte di ampie " +"implementazioni, la configurazione fornita è adattata solo per il sistema " +"locale, mirando ad assistere nell'analisi dell'utilizzo delle risorse di " +"base del nodo (CPU, RAM, dischi, rete...) e non è destinata a monitorare " +"applicazioni specifiche o integrazione con Netdata Cloud." #: ../../netdata.rst:22 msgid "" "After installation, the application does not require any special " -"configuration. To access the Netdata web interface, navigate to the " -"Status page and follow the ``Application URL`` link." +"configuration. To access the Netdata web interface, navigate to the Status " +"page and follow the ``Application URL`` link." msgstr "" +"Dopo l'installazione, l'applicazione non richiede alcuna configurazione " +"speciale. Per accedere all'interfaccia web Netdata, passare alla pagina " +"Stato e seguire il link ``Application URL``." #: ../../netdata.rst:26 msgid "" -"The random URL path component is generated at installation time and never" -" changes. It can also be obtained from the cluster Settings page, under " -"the \"HTTP routes\" section, by searching for ``netdata``." +"The random URL path component is generated at installation time and never " +"changes. It can also be obtained from the cluster Settings page, under the " +"\"HTTP routes\" section, by searching for ``netdata``." msgstr "" +"Il componente percorso URL casuale viene generato al momento " +"dell'installazione e non cambia mai. Può anche essere ottenuto dalla pagina " +"Impostazioni cluster, sotto la sezione \"percorsi HTTP\", cercando " +"``netdata`." #: ../../netdata.rst:32 msgid "" "The web interface has no authentication. While it does not contain any " -"inherently sensitive information, be sure to keep the random URL path " -"secret." +"inherently sensitive information, be sure to keep the random URL path secret." msgstr "" +"L'interfaccia web non ha autenticazione. Mentre non contiene informazioni " +"intrinsecamente sensibili, assicurarsi di mantenere il percorso URL casuale " +"segreto." #: ../../netdata.rst:37 #, fuzzy @@ -6738,10 +7240,13 @@ msgstr "Local storage" #: ../../netdata.rst:39 msgid "" -"The Netdata Agent configuration is derived from the stock Netdata " -"official Docker image. It has three tiers of storage with different " -"metrics resolution and retention policies: second, minute, hour." +"The Netdata Agent configuration is derived from the stock Netdata official " +"Docker image. It has three tiers of storage with different metrics " +"resolution and retention policies: second, minute, hour." msgstr "" +"La configurazione dell'agente Netdata è derivata dall'immagine ufficiale " +"Docker di azioni Netdata. Ha tre livelli di storage con diverse risoluzioni " +"metriche e politiche di ritenzione: secondo, minuto, ora." #: ../../netdata.rst:43 msgid "Configured retention limits per storage tier" @@ -6769,39 +7274,39 @@ msgstr "Data retention policy" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "Tier 0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiro 0" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "1 second" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 secondo" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "14 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "14 giorni" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "1 GB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 GB" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "Tier 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Livello 1" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "1 minute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 minuto" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "3 months" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 mesi" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 msgid "Tier 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiro 2" -#: ../../netdata.rst:1 ../../nethvoice.rst:1272 +#: ../../netdata.rst:1 ../../nethvoice.rst:1272 ../../nethvoice.rst:1248 msgid "1 hour" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 ora" #: ../../netdata.rst:1 #, fuzzy @@ -6810,61 +7315,72 @@ msgstr "Yes" #: ../../netdata.rst:50 msgid "" -"The stock configuration provides up to 14 days of fine-grained metrics " -"with one-second resolution. The minute-level tier can cover up to 3 " -"months of recordings, while the hour-level tier can cover up to 2 years. " -"Actual retention may vary depending on system activity and the specific " -"metrics collected. The actual disk space used depends on the data's " -"compression efficiency." -msgstr "" +"The stock configuration provides up to 14 days of fine-grained metrics with " +"one-second resolution. The minute-level tier can cover up to 3 months of " +"recordings, while the hour-level tier can cover up to 2 years. Actual " +"retention may vary depending on system activity and the specific metrics " +"collected. The actual disk space used depends on the data's compression " +"efficiency." +msgstr "" +"La configurazione delle scorte fornisce fino a 14 giorni di metriche " +"finissime con una risoluzione di un secondo. Il livello di livello minimo " +"può coprire fino a 3 mesi di registrazioni, mentre il livello di ore può " +"coprire fino a 2 anni. La ritenzione effettiva può variare a seconda " +"dell'attività del sistema e delle metriche specifiche raccolte. Lo spazio " +"effettivo del disco utilizzato dipende dall'efficienza di compressione dei " +"dati." #: ../../netdata.rst:57 msgid "" "Data is deleted once it reaches either the time limit or the disk space " "limit, whichever comes first." msgstr "" +"I dati vengono cancellati una volta che raggiunge il limite di tempo o il " +"limite di spazio del disco, a seconda di ciò che viene prima." #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:5 msgid "NethSecurity Controller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regolatore di sicurezza" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:7 msgid "" "The NethSecurity controller allows for remote management of multiple " -"`NethSecurity `_ installations, referred " -"to as units." +"`NethSecurity `_ installations, referred to " +"as units." msgstr "" +"Il controller NethSecurity consente la gestione remota di più installazioni " +"`NethSecurity `_, denominate unità." #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:9 msgid "" -"The controller establishes a secure connection between the central server" -" and the units. Each firewall registers with the server using the ns-plug" -" client. Once registered, the server generates a VPN configuration that " +"The controller establishes a secure connection between the central server " +"and the units. Each firewall registers with the server using the ns-plug " +"client. Once registered, the server generates a VPN configuration that " "enables secure communication between the controller and the unit." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:13 msgid "Key features of the NethSecurity controller include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le caratteristiche chiave del controller NethSecurity includono:" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:15 msgid "" -"**Centralized Management**: Manage multiple firewalls from a single " -"server." +"**Centralized Management**: Manage multiple firewalls from a single server." msgstr "" -"** Gestione centralizzata ** Gestisci più firewall da un singolo " -"controller." +"** Gestione centralizzata ** Gestisci più firewall da un singolo controller." #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:16 msgid "" -"**Secure Communication**: Establish a secure OpenVPN connection between " -"the server and the firewalls." +"**Secure Communication**: Establish a secure OpenVPN connection between the " +"server and the firewalls." msgstr "" +"**Secure Communication**: Stabilire una connessione OpenVPN sicura tra il " +"server e i firewall." #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:17 msgid "" -"**Easy Configuration**: Configure firewalls directly from the " -"controller's user interface." +"**Easy Configuration**: Configure firewalls directly from the controller's " +"user interface." msgstr "" "** Configurazione semplice ** Configura i firewall direttamente " "dall'interfaccia utente del controller." @@ -6874,18 +7390,20 @@ msgid "" "**Monitoring and Logging**: Collect and analyze logs from the firewalls " "using Loki for troubleshooting and monitoring purposes." msgstr "" +"#Monitoring and Logging # Raccogliere e analizzare i log dei firewall " +"utilizzando Loki per la risoluzione dei problemi e per il monitoraggio." #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:19 msgid "" -"**Metrics Visualization**: Visualize metrics from the firewalls using the" -" built-in Grafana dashboard. Metrics are collected using Prometheus and " +"**Metrics Visualization**: Visualize metrics from the firewalls using the " +"built-in Grafana dashboard. Metrics are collected using Prometheus and " "TimescaleDB." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:20 msgid "" -"**Web-based SSH**: Access the firewalls' command-line interface using a " -"web-based SSH client." +"**Web-based SSH**: Access the firewalls' command-line interface using a web-" +"based SSH client." msgstr "" "**SSH Web-based**: Accesso alla command line dei firewall utilizzando un " "client web SSH." @@ -6895,42 +7413,44 @@ msgid "" "See the `NethSecurity controller documentation`_ to learn more about the " "controller's features and how to set it up." msgstr "" +"Per saperne di più sulle caratteristiche del controller e su come " +"configurarlo, consultare la documentazione del controller `NethSecurity." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:6 msgid "" "NethVoice is a comprehensive communication system that integrates voice, " -"video, and mobile capabilities. The NethVoice module is divided into " -"seven main parts:" +"video, and mobile capabilities. The NethVoice module is divided into seven " +"main parts:" msgstr "" -"NethVoice è un sistema di comunicazione completo che integra funzionalità" -" vocali, video e mobili. Il modulo NethVoice è diviso in sette parti " +"NethVoice è un sistema di comunicazione completo che integra funzionalità " +"vocali, video e mobili. Il modulo NethVoice è diviso in sette parti " "principali:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:9 msgid "" "`FreePBX `_: A web-based open-source graphical " -"user interface (GUI) that manages `Asterisk `_," -" a voice over IP and telephony server." +"user interface (GUI) that manages `Asterisk `_, a " +"voice over IP and telephony server." msgstr "" -"`FreePBX `_: un'interfaccia utente grafica " -"open-source (GUI) che gestisce `Asterisk `_, " -"un server telefonico VOIP." +"`FreePBX `_: un'interfaccia utente grafica open-" +"source (GUI) che gestisce `Asterisk `_, un server " +"telefonico VOIP." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:10 msgid "" "`NethVoice CTI Server `_: A " -"daemon that provides a set of APIs to perform common switchboard " -"operations and a WebSocket streaming channel to listen for events." +"daemon that provides a set of APIs to perform common switchboard operations " +"and a WebSocket streaming channel to listen for events." msgstr "" "`NethVoice CTI Server `_: un " -"demone che fornisce una serie di api per eseguire operazioni telefoniche" -" comuni e un canale di streaming WebSocket per ascoltare gli eventi." +"demone che fornisce una serie di api per eseguire operazioni telefoniche " +"comuni e un canale di streaming WebSocket per ascoltare gli eventi." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:11 msgid "" "`NethVoice CTI Client `_: A web " -"application to manage the telephone switchboard via communication with " -"the NethVoice CTI Server." +"application to manage the telephone switchboard via communication with the " +"NethVoice CTI Server." msgstr "" "`NethVoice CTI Client `_: " "un'applicazione web per gestire il centralino telefonico tramite " @@ -6941,9 +7461,8 @@ msgid "" "`NethVoice Report `_: An " "`Asterisk `_ CDR and queues reporting system." msgstr "" -"`NethVoice Report `_: " -"Sistema di reportistica CDR e code di `Asterisk " -"`_." +"`NethVoice Report `_: Sistema " +"di reportistica CDR e code di `Asterisk `_." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:13 msgid "`Janus `_: A WebRTC server." @@ -6951,8 +7470,7 @@ msgstr "`Janus `_: Un server WebRTC" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:14 msgid "" -"`MariaDB `_: A popular open-source relational " -"database." +"`MariaDB `_: A popular open-source relational database." msgstr "" "`MariaDB `_: Un popolare database relazionale open-" "source." @@ -6962,304 +7480,270 @@ msgid "" "`Tancredi `_: A phone provisioning " "engine ideal for internet deployments." msgstr "" -"`Tancredi `_: Un motore di " -"provisioning dei telefoni ideale per le implementazioni su Internet." +"`Tancredi `_: Un motore di provisioning " +"dei telefoni ideale per le implementazioni su Internet." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can install multiple NethVoice instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`, but the module requires the " -":ref:`NethVoice proxy ` to be already configured" -" and running." +"You can install multiple NethVoice instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`, but the module requires the :ref:`NethVoice proxy " +"` to be already configured and running." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare più istanze NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal :ref" -":`software_center-section`, ma il modulo richiede :ref:`NethVoice proxy " +"È possibile installare più istanze NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal :ref:" +"`software_center-section`, ma il modulo richiede :ref:`NethVoice proxy " "` già configurato ed in esecuzione." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:23 msgid "" -"Before proceeding with the configuration of the NethVoice instance, " -"remember to configure :ref:`NethVoice Proxy ` " -"instance." +"Before proceeding with the configuration of the NethVoice instance, remember " +"to configure :ref:`NethVoice Proxy ` instance." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione dell'istanza NethVoice, " -"ricordatevi di configurare l'istanza di :ref: `NethVoice Proxy " -"`." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione dell'istanza NethVoice, ricordatevi " +"di configurare l'istanza di :ref: `NethVoice Proxy `." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:25 msgid "" -"The NethVoice module requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` to be configured and running." +"The NethVoice module requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` to be configured and running." msgstr "" "Il modulo NethVoice richiede almeno un :ref:`user domain ` sia configurato e in esecuzione." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:27 msgid "" -"To set up NethVoice, you need to have two dedicated virtual hosts: one " -"for the NethVoice administration page and one for the NethVoice CTI web " -"application. These virtual hosts should have fully qualified domain names" -" (FQDNs) like `nethvoice.nethserver.org` and `cti.nethserver.org`." +"To set up NethVoice, you need to have two dedicated virtual hosts: one for " +"the NethVoice administration page and one for the NethVoice CTI web " +"application. These virtual hosts should have fully qualified domain names " +"(FQDNs) like `nethvoice.nethserver.org` and `cti.nethserver.org`." msgstr "" -"Per configurare NethVoice è necessario avere due *virtual host* dedicati," -" uno per la pagina di amministrazione NethVoice e uno per l'applicazione " -"web NethVoice CTI, Questi *virtual host* devono avere nomi di dominio " -"completamente qualificati (FQDN) come ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` e " -"``cti.nethserver.org``." +"Per configurare NethVoice è necessario avere due *virtual host* dedicati, " +"uno per la pagina di amministrazione NethVoice e uno per l'applicazione web " +"NethVoice CTI, Questi *virtual host* devono avere nomi di dominio " +"completamente qualificati (FQDN) come ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` e ``cti." +"nethserver.org``." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:30 msgid "" -"Before proceeding with the configuration, ensure that you have created " -"the corresponding DNS records for these FQDNs in your DNS server." +"Before proceeding with the configuration, ensure that you have created the " +"corresponding DNS records for these FQDNs in your DNS server." msgstr "" "Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di aver creato i " "relativi record DNS per questi FQDN nel vostro server DNS." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you plan to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as the default " -"certificate, make sure you have the necessary public DNS records." +"If you plan to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as the default certificate, " +"make sure you have the necessary public DNS records." msgstr "" "Se si intende utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come predefinito, " "assicurarsi di avere i necessari record DNS pubblici." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:34 msgid "" -"During the first configuration wizard, you will be prompted to provide " -"the following information:" +"During the first configuration wizard, you will be prompted to provide the " +"following information:" msgstr "" -"Durante il primo wizard di configurazione, vi verrà richiesto di fornire " -"le seguenti informazioni:" +"Durante la prima configurazione guidata, vi verrà richiesto di fornire le " +"seguenti informazioni:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:36 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "``NethVoice base host``: Insert a valid FQDN to access the application " "administration page." msgstr "" -"``NethVoice host base``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere alla pagina" -" di amministrazione dell'applicazione" +"``Host base di NethVoice``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere alla pagina " +"di amministrazione dell'applicazione." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:37 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NethVoice CTI base host``: Insert a valid FQDN to access the NethVoice " -"CTI web application." +"``NethVoice CTI base host``: Insert a valid FQDN to access the NethVoice CTI " +"web application." msgstr "" -"``NethVoice CTI base host``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere " -"all'applicazione web NethVoice CTI" +"``Host base di NethVoice CTI``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere " +"all'applicazione web NethVoice CTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:38 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"``User Domain``: Choose one of the :ref:`user domain ` already configured." +"``User Domain``: Choose one of the :ref:`user domain ` " +"already configured." msgstr "" -"``User Domain``: scegliere uno dei seguenti :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "``Request Let's Encrypt certificate``: If enabled, a Let's Encrypt " "certificate will be requested for each of the two hosts." msgstr "" -"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate``: se abilitato, verrà richiesto un " -"certificato Let's Encrypt per ciascuno dei due host" +"``Richiedi certificato Let's Encrypt``: se abilitato, verrà richiesto un " +"certificato Let's Encrypt per ciascuno dei due host." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "``Reports Prefix``: Insert the international telephone prefix to be " "considered local in the reporting system." msgstr "" -"``Reports Prefix``: inserire il prefisso telefonico internazionale da " -"considerare locale nel sistema di segnalazione" +"``Prefisso Report``: inserire il prefisso telefonico internazionale da " +"considerare locale nel sistema di reportistica." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:41 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Reset NethVoice admin password to access user interface``: Insert a " -"valid password for the NethVoice administrator user (optional, the " -"default password is *Nethesis,1234*)." +"``Reset NethVoice admin password to access user interface``: Insert a valid " +"password for the NethVoice administrator user (optional, the default " +"password is *Nethesis,1234*)." msgstr "" -"``Reset password di amministratore di NethVoice per accedere " -"all'interfaccia utente``: inserire una password valida per l'utente " -"amministratore di NethVoice (opzionale, password predefinita è " -"*Nethesis,1234*)" +"``Reset della password di admin di NethVoice per accedere all'interfaccia``: " +"inserire una password valida per l'utente amministratore di NethVoice " +"(opzionale, password predefinita è *Nethesis,1234*)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"After saving the configuration parameters, NethVoice will be accessible " -"on its base host with the administration credentials:" +"After saving the configuration parameters, NethVoice will be accessible on " +"its base host with the administration credentials:" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver salvato i parametri di configurazione NethVoice sarà " -"accessibile sul suo host base con le credenziali di amministrazione:" +"Dopo aver salvato i parametri di configurazione NethVoice sarà accessibile " +"sul suo nome host con le credenziali di amministrazione:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:45 msgid "User: `admin`" msgstr "Utente: `admin`" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:46 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Password: `Nethesis,1234`, the default password if it has not been reset " "during the first configuration wizard." msgstr "" -"Password: `Nethesis, 1234`, password predefinita se non è stato " -"ripristinato durante la prima procedura guidata di configurazione" +"Password: `Nethesis, 1234`, password predefinita se non è stata ripristinata " +"durante la prima procedura guidata di configurazione." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:51 -#, fuzzy msgid "First Configuration Wizard" -msgstr "First configuration wizard" +msgstr "Prima Configurazione Wizard" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:53 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The initial configuration wizard facilitates easy installation and setup " -"of all NethVoice components." +"The initial configuration wizard facilitates easy installation and setup of " +"all NethVoice components." msgstr "" -"The initial configuration wizard facilitates the easy installation and " -"setup of all NethVoice components." +"La procedura guidata di configurazione iniziale facilita l'installazione e " +"la configurazione di tutti i componenti di NethVoice." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:56 -#, fuzzy msgid "Extensions" -msgstr "Extensions" +msgstr "Interni" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:58 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The first step in configuring NethVoice involves associating users with " "their telephone extensions." msgstr "" -"The first step in configuring NethVoice is associating users with their " -"telephone extensions." +"Il primo passo nella configurazione di NethVoice è associare gli utenti ai " +"loro interni telefonici." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:60 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by " -"accessing the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the " -"Portal `." +"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by accessing " +"the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the Portal `." msgstr "" -"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by " -"accessing the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the " -"Portal `." +"Puoi gestire gli utenti (creare, aggiornare, reimpostare password, " +"eliminare) accedendo alla sezione dedicata tramite il pulsante :ref:`Link al " +"Portale `." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:62 -#, fuzzy msgid "Enter the corresponding extensions for each user:" -msgstr "Enter the corresponding extensions for each user:" +msgstr "Inserisci i rispettivi interni per ogni utente:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:64 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text " -"field." +"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text field." msgstr "" -"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text " -"field." +"Inserisci il numero dell'interno (consigliato partire da 200) nel campo di " +"testo." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:65 -#, fuzzy msgid "Click on Insert." -msgstr "Click on Insert." +msgstr "Fai clic su Inserisci." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:66 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The user is highlighted, and a green checkmark appears if everything has " "been successful." msgstr "" -"The user is highlighted, and a green checkmark appears if everything has " -"been successful." +"L'utente viene evidenziato e appare un segno di spunta verde se tutto è " +"andato a buon fine." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:69 ../../nethvoice.rst:1058 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:69 ../../nethvoice.rst:1058 ../../nethvoice.rst:1034 #, fuzzy msgid "Trunks" msgstr "Trunks" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:71 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical " -"lines or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines " -"provided by the provider." +"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical lines " +"or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines provided by " +"the provider." msgstr "" -"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical " -"lines or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines " -"provided by the provider." +"Nella sezione dei trunks, puoi configurare i gateway per gestire le linee " +"fisiche o creare trunks VoIP specificando le credenziali delle linee SIP " +"fornite dal provider." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the " -"PJSIP library." +"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the PJSIP " +"library." msgstr "" -"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the " -"PJSIP library." +"I trunks, utilizzati per connettere gateway o linee VoIP, vengono creati " +"utilizzando la libreria PJSIP." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:78 -#, fuzzy msgid "Physical" -msgstr "Physical" +msgstr "Fisiche" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:80 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported." -" You need to enter:" +"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported. " +"You need to enter:" msgstr "" -"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported." -" You need to enter:" +"Questa sezione permette di configurare un gateway SIP tra quelli supportati. " +"È necessario inserire:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:83 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Vendor``: Gateway manufacturer" -msgstr "``Vendor``: gateway manufacturer" +msgstr "``Produttore``: produttore del gateway" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:84 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Model``: Specify the gateway model" -msgstr "``Model``: specify the gateway model" +msgstr "``Model``: specificare il modello del gateway" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:85 -#, fuzzy msgid "``IP``: IP to be assigned to the device" -msgstr "``IP``: ip to be assigned to the device" +msgstr "``IP dispositivo``: IP da assegnare al dispositivo" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:86 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Mac Address``: Gateway identifier" -msgstr "``Mac Address``: gateway identifier" +msgstr "``Indirizzo Mac``: identificazione del gateway" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:87 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Network Mask``: Network subnet" -msgstr "``Network Mask``: network subnet" +msgstr "``Maschera di rete``: subnet network" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:88 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Network Gateway``: Network gateway" -msgstr "``Network Gateway``: network gateway" +msgstr "``Gateway di rete``: gateway di rete" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:89 -#, fuzzy msgid "``PBX IP``: NethVoice IP" -msgstr "``PBX IP``: NethVoice IP" +msgstr "``IP PBX ``: IP del NethVoice" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:91 -#, fuzzy msgid "Dynamic settings based on the model:" -msgstr "Dynamic settings based on the model:" +msgstr "Impostazioni dinamiche in base al modello:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:93 -#, fuzzy msgid "``ISDN`` (Specify if the line is Point-to-Point or Point-to-Multipoint)" -msgstr "``ISDN`` (Specify if the line is Point-to-Point or Point-to-Multipoint)" +msgstr "``ISDN`` (Specificare se la linea è Punto-Punto o Punto-MultiPunto)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:94 #, fuzzy @@ -7267,27 +7751,24 @@ msgid "``PRI``" msgstr "``PRI``" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:95 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"``FXS`` (Specify for each port the extension to be assigned by choosing a" -" user previously configured)" +"``FXS`` (Specify for each port the extension to be assigned by choosing a " +"user previously configured)" msgstr "" -"``FXS`` (Specify for each port, the extension to be assigned by choosing " -"a user previously configured)" +"``FXS`` (Specificare per ogni porta l'interno da assegnare, scegliendo un " +"utente precedentemente configurato)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:96 -#, fuzzy msgid "``FXO`` (Specify the number directly in the text field)" -msgstr "``FXO`` (Specify the number directly in the text field)" +msgstr "``FXO`` (Specificare il numero direttamente nel campo del testo)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:98 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Once the settings are saved, you can download the configuration file to " "upload to the device through its interface." msgstr "" -"Once the settings are saved, you can download the configuration file to " -"upload to the device through its interface." +"Una volta salvate le impostazioni, si può scaricare il file di " +"configurazione da caricare sul dispositivo tramite la sua interfaccia." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:101 #, fuzzy @@ -7295,182 +7776,157 @@ msgid "VoIP" msgstr "VoIP" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:103 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers " -"and entering the necessary information." +"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers and " +"entering the necessary information." msgstr "" -"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers " -"and entering the necessary information." +"E' possibile creare trunks VoIP selezionando uno dei provider supportati e " +"inserendo le informazioni necessarie." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:105 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Provider``: Choose the provider to use." -msgstr "``Provider``: choose the provider to use" +msgstr "``Provider``: Scegli il fornitore da utilizzare." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:106 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Trunk Name``: Specify the name of the trunk." -msgstr "``Trunk Name``: specify name of the trunk" +msgstr "``Nome linea``: Specificare il nome del trunk." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:107 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Username``: Username given by the provider." -msgstr "``Username``: username given by the provider" +msgstr "``Nome utente``: Nome utente dato dal fornitore." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:108 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Password``: Password given by the provider." -msgstr "``Password``: password given by the provider" +msgstr "``Password``: Password data dal fornitore." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:109 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Phone Number``: Phone number given by the provider." -msgstr "``Phone Number``: phone number given by the provider" +msgstr "``Numero telefono``: Numero di telefono dato dal fornitore." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:110 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Allowed codec``: Permitted codec." -msgstr "``Allowed codec``: permitted codec" +msgstr "``Codec consentiti``: Codec consentiti." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:111 -#, fuzzy msgid "``Force codec``: Allow only the permitted codec." -msgstr "``Force codec``: allow only permitted codec" +msgstr "``Forza codec``: Consenti solo i codec consentiti." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:113 -#, fuzzy msgid "Press :guilabel:`Save` to create the configuration for that VoIP trunk." -msgstr "Press :guilabel:`Save` to create the configuration for that VoIP trunk." +msgstr "" +"Premere :guilabel:`Save` per creare la configurazione per quel trunk VoIP" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:116 -#, fuzzy msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Routes" +msgstr "Rotte" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:118 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the Routes section, you can configure both inbound and outbound routes" -" for your NethVoice system." +"In the Routes section, you can configure both inbound and outbound routes " +"for your NethVoice system." msgstr "" -"In the routes section, you can configure both inbound and outbound routes" -" for your NethVoice system." +"Nella sezione delle rotte, è possibile configurare sia le rotte in entrata " +"che quelle in uscita per il tuo sistema NethVoice." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:121 -#, fuzzy msgid "Inbound" -msgstr "Inbound" +msgstr "In entrata" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:123 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In this section, the list of already configured inbound routes is " -"displayed, with options to edit or delete them." +"In this section, the list of already configured inbound routes is displayed, " +"with options to edit or delete them." msgstr "" -"In this section, the list of already configured inbound routes is " -"displayed, with the option to edit or delete them." +"In questa sezione viene visualizzato l'elenco delle rotte in entrata già " +"configurate, con la possibilità di modificarle o eliminarle." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:125 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"By clicking on the :guilabel:`Create new route`, a new tab will open with" -" the ``Visual Plan`` application, allowing you to create, modify, and " -"connect components of NethVoice that will handle the call flow for the " -"incoming number." +"By clicking on the :guilabel:`Create new route`, a new tab will open with " +"the ``Visual Plan`` application, allowing you to create, modify, and connect " +"components of NethVoice that will handle the call flow for the incoming " +"number." msgstr "" -"By clicking the :guilabel:`Create new route`, a new tab will open with " -"the ``Visual Plan`` application, allowing you to create, modify, and " -"connect the components of the NethVoice that will handle the call flow " -"for the incoming number." +"Cliccando su :guilabel:`Crea nuova rotta`, si aprirà una nuova scheda con " +"l'applicazione ``Visual Plan``, che permetterà di creare, modificare e " +"connettere i componenti di NethVoice che gestiranno il flusso delle chiamate " +"per il numero in entrata." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:127 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "By clicking the checkmark symbol in the Visual Plan application, the " "configuration of your route will be saved. From that moment on, you can " "receive calls following the configured flow." msgstr "" -"By clicking the checkmark symbol in the Visual Plan application, the " -"configuration of your route will be saved, and from that moment on, you " -"can receive calls following the configured flow." +"Cliccando sul simbolo del segno di spunta nell'applicazione Visual Plan, la " +"configurazione della tua rotta verrà salvata e da quel momento in poi potrai " +"ricevere le chiamate seguendo il flusso configurato." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:131 -#, fuzzy msgid "Outbound" -msgstr "Outbound" +msgstr "In uscita" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:133 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In this section, you will find the list of outbound routes. The first " -"time you visit this page, the wizard proposes default outbound routes " -"with specific call patterns for different languages." +"In this section, you will find the list of outbound routes. The first time " +"you visit this page, the wizard proposes default outbound routes with " +"specific call patterns for different languages." msgstr "" -"In this section, you will find the list of outbound routes. The first " -"time you visit this page, the wizard proposes default outbound routes, " -"with specific call patterns for different languages." +"In questa sezione, troverete l'elenco delle rotte in uscita. La prima volta " +"che visiti questa pagina, il wizard propone percorsi in uscita predefiniti " +"con specifici modelli di chiamata per diverse lingue." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:136 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also specify the order in which the previously created trunks " -"will be used, thus having the option to customize the priority of various" -" trunks." +"You can also specify the order in which the previously created trunks will " +"be used, thus having the option to customize the priority of various trunks." msgstr "" -"You can also specify the order in which the previously created trunks " -"will be used, thus having the option to customize the priority of various" -" trunks." +"È inoltre possibile specificare l'ordine in cui verranno utilizzati i trunks " +"precedentemente creati, avendo così la possibilità di personalizzare la " +"priorità dei vari trunks." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:138 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"By pressing :guilabel:`Save`, the configuration is written to NethVoice, " -"and from that moment on, you can make calls to external numbers (having " -"properly configured the trunks in the previous steps)." +"By pressing :guilabel:`Save`, the configuration is written to NethVoice, and " +"from that moment on, you can make calls to external numbers (having properly " +"configured the trunks in the previous steps)." msgstr "" -"By pressing the :guilabel:`Save`, the configuration is written to the " -"NethVoice, and from that moment on, you can make calls to external " -"numbers (having properly configured the trunks in the previous steps)." +"Premendo su :guilabel:`Salva`, la configurazione viene scritta su NethVoice " +"e, da quel momento, è possibile effettuare chiamate verso numeri esterni " +"(avendo configurato correttamente i trunks nei passaggi precedenti)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:143 -#, fuzzy msgid "Devices" -msgstr "NethVoice" +msgstr "Dispositivi" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:145 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "During the initial configuration wizard, in this section there are some " -"fundamental settings (press the :guilabel:`Modify default settings " -"button`)." +"fundamental settings (press the :guilabel:`Modify default settings button`)." msgstr "" -"During the initial configuration wizard, this section requires " -"confirmation of some fundamental settings (press the :guilabel:`Modify " -"default settings button`)." +"Durante la configurazione iniziale guidata, questa sezione richiede la " +"conferma di alcune impostazioni fondamentali. (premere :guilabel:`" +"Impostazioni di default`)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:147 -#, fuzzy msgid "The settings are:" -msgstr "Gestione delle impostazioni utente" +msgstr "Le impostazioni sono:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:149 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "``Admin Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of " "phones configured with the administrator user." msgstr "" -"``Admin Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of " -"phones configured with the administrator user." +"``Password Admin`` la password per accedere all'interfaccia web dei telefoni " +"configurati con l'utente amministratore." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:150 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"``User Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of " -"phones configured with a non-administrative user." +"``User Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of phones " +"configured with a non-administrative user." msgstr "" -"``User Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of " -"phones configured with a non-administrative user." +"``Password Utente`` la password per accedere all'interfaccia web dei " +"telefoni configurati con un utente non amministratore." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -7482,29 +7938,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:154 msgid "" -"The use of encryption in SIP connections for devices is enabled by " -"default." +"The use of encryption in SIP connections for devices is enabled by default." msgstr "" -"L'uso della crittografia nelle connessioni SIP per i dispositivi è " -"abilitato per impostazione predefinita." +"L'uso della crittografia nelle connessioni SIP per i dispositivi è abilitato " +"per impostazione predefinita." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:156 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "In any case, it is possible to choose on each individual phone whether " "encryption is used or not. In this regard, refer to :ref:`wizard-" "configurations`." msgstr "" -"In any case, it is possible to choose on each individual phone whether " -"encryption is used or not, provided that the SSL/TLS certificate of the " -"system is valid. In this regard, refer to :ref:`wizard-configurations`." +"In ogni caso, è possibile scegliere su ciascun telefono se utilizzare la " +"crittografia o meno, a condizione che il certificato SSL/TLS del sistema sia " +"valido. A questo proposito, fare riferimento a :ref:`wizard-configurations`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:158 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Other settings can be changed in :ref:`Preferences ` " "section:" -msgstr ":ref:`Preferences `" +msgstr "" +"Altre impostazioni possono essere modificate nella sezione :ref:`Preferenze " +"`" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone languages`" @@ -7519,108 +7974,98 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Tone zone`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Toni`" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:164 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once the settings are saved, they can be modified again from the " -":guilabel:`Devices > Models page`, :guilabel:`Default Settings`." +"Once the settings are saved, they can be modified again from the :guilabel:" +"`Devices > Models page`, :guilabel:`Default Settings`." msgstr "" -"Once the settings are saved, they can be modified again from the " -":guilabel:Devices > Models page, :guilabel:`Default Settings`." +"Una volta salvate le impostazioni, è possibile modificarle nuovamente da " +":guilabel:`Dispositivi > Modelli`, :guilabel:`Impostazioni di default`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:167 -#, fuzzy msgid "Phones" -msgstr "Phones" +msgstr "Telefoni" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:169 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "The page ``Devices > Phones`` allows the identification of phones by " -"NethVoice by entering the MAC address. You can enter the MAC address " -"using the following methods:" +"NethVoice by entering the MAC address. You can enter the MAC address using " +"the following methods:" msgstr "" -"The page ``Devices > Phones`` allows the identification of phones by " -"NethVoice by entering the MAC address. You can enter the MAC address " -"using the following methods:" +"La pagina ``Dispositivi > Telefoni`` consente l'identificazione dei telefoni " +"da parte di NethVoice inserendo l'indirizzo MAC. È possibile inserire " +"l'indirizzo MAC utilizzando i seguenti metodi:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:172 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Paste from file` of multiple MAC addresses. Syntaxes separated" -" by a hyphen - (e.g., AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), colons : (e.g., " -"AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), or without a separator (e.g., AABBCC112233) are " -"accepted. Letters can be either uppercase or lowercase." +":guilabel:`Paste from file` of multiple MAC addresses. Syntaxes separated by " +"a hyphen - (e.g., AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), colons : (e.g., AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), or " +"without a separator (e.g., AABBCC112233) are accepted. Letters can be either " +"uppercase or lowercase." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Paste from file` of multiple MAC addresses. Syntaxes separated" -" by a hyphen - (e.g., AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), colons : (e.g., " -"AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), or without a separator (e.g., AABBCC112233) are " -"accepted. Letters can be either uppercase or lowercase." +":guilabel:`Incolla da file` di più indirizzi MAC. Le sintassi sono separate " +"da un trattino. - (es. AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), da due punti : (es. " +"AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), o senza un separatore (es. AABBCC112233) sono accettate. " +"Le lettere possono essere sia maiuscole che minuscole." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:174 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manual addition` of one MAC address at a time. Useful if you " -"have a barcode reader." +":guilabel:`Manual addition` of one MAC address at a time. Useful if you have " +"a barcode reader." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Manual addition` of one MAC address at a time. Useful if you " -"have a barcode reader." +":guilabel:`Aggiungi manualmente` di un indirizzo MAC alla volta. Utile se si " +"dispone di uno scanner di codici a barre." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:176 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"In any case, after entering the MAC address, you can select the phone " -"model. Selecting the exact model is required for the correct " -"configuration of the phone." +"In any case, after entering the MAC address, you can select the phone model. " +"Selecting the exact model is required for the correct configuration of the " +"phone." msgstr "" -"In any case, after entering the MAC address, you can select the phone " -"model. Selecting the exact model is required for the correct " -"configuration of the phone." +"In ogni caso, dopo aver inserito l'indirizzo MAC, è possibile selezionare il " +"modello del telefono. Selezionare il modello esatto è necessario per la " +"corretta configurazione del telefono." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the model is not selected or the wrong model is chosen, some phone " -"functions, such as provisioning via RPS or line keys, may not be " -"available." +"functions, such as provisioning via RPS or line keys, may not be available." msgstr "" -"If the model is not selected or the wrong model is chosen, some phone " -"functions, such as provisioning via RPS or line keys, may not be " -"available." +"Se il modello non viene selezionato o viene scelto il modello sbagliato, " +"alcune funzioni del telefono, come il provisioning tramite RPS o i tasti di " +"linea, potrebbero non essere disponibili." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:184 -#, fuzzy msgid "Models" -msgstr "Models" +msgstr "Modelli" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:186 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The page ``Devices > Models`` lists the basic models of the phones " -"selected in ``Devices > Phones`` plus any custom models." +"The page ``Devices > Models`` lists the basic models of the phones selected " +"in ``Devices > Phones`` plus any custom models." msgstr "" -"The page ``Devices > Models`` lists the basic models of the phones " -"selected in ``Devices > Phones`` plus any custom models." +"La pagina ``Dispositivi > Modelli`` elenca i modelli base dei telefoni " +"selezionati in ``Dispositivi > Telefoni``, oltre a eventuali modelli " +"personalizzati." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:188 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can create a custom model based on an existing one through the " -":guilabel:`Create new model`." +"You can create a custom model based on an existing one through the :guilabel:" +"`Create new model`." msgstr "" -"You can create a custom model based on an existing one through the " -":guilabel:`Create new model`." +"È possibile creare un modello personalizzato basato su uno esistente tramite " +"il pulsante :guilabel:`Crea nuovo modello`" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:190 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be " -"modified using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include" -" ``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " +"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be modified " +"using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include " +"``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " "configuration process as explained in :ref:`wizard-devices`." msgstr "" -"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be " -"modified using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include" -" ``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " +"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be modified " +"using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include " +"``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " "configuration process as explained in :ref:`wizard-devices`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:192 @@ -7645,20 +8090,20 @@ msgstr "Groups" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:202 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in " -"applications such as NethVoice CTI." +"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in applications " +"such as NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in " -"applications, such as NethVoiceCTI." +"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in applications, " +"such as NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:204 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Create new group`, specify a name, and :guilabel:`save`." -" The group will appear in the list." +"Click :guilabel:`Create new group`, specify a name, and :guilabel:`save`. " +"The group will appear in the list." msgstr "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create new group`. Specify a name and " -":guilabel:`save`. The group will appear in the list." +"Click the :guilabel:`Create new group`. Specify a name and :guilabel:`save`. " +"The group will appear in the list." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:208 #, fuzzy @@ -7668,17 +8113,17 @@ msgstr "Profiles" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:210 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethVoice allows you to select the features each user can access, which " -"are grouped into profiles." +"NethVoice allows you to select the features each user can access, which are " +"grouped into profiles." msgstr "" -"NethVoice allows you to select the features that each user can access, " -"and these are grouped into profiles." +"NethVoice allows you to select the features that each user can access, and " +"these are grouped into profiles." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:212 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default, three profiles are created, each containing different levels " -"of functionality:" +"By default, three profiles are created, each containing different levels of " +"functionality:" msgstr "" "By default, 3 profiles are created, each containing different levels of " "functionality:" @@ -7696,11 +8141,11 @@ msgstr "``Standard``: Classic management functionalities for the user." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:216 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for " -"advanced users." +"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for advanced " +"users." msgstr "" -"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for " -"advanced users." +"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for advanced " +"users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:218 #, fuzzy @@ -7708,8 +8153,8 @@ msgid "" "You can also create new profiles by duplicating an existing one or by " "creating new ones and specifying the various functionalities." msgstr "" -"You can also create new profiles by duplicating an existing one or " -"creating new ones and specifying the various functionalities." +"You can also create new profiles by duplicating an existing one or creating " +"new ones and specifying the various functionalities." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:221 #, fuzzy @@ -7728,11 +8173,11 @@ msgstr "Permissions" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities " -"of the section and general notification settings." +"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities of " +"the section and general notification settings." msgstr "" -"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities " -"of the section and general notification settings." +"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities of " +"the section and general notification settings." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:230 #, fuzzy @@ -7752,17 +8197,17 @@ msgid "" "``Recording``: Enables the recording of own conversations. It is also " "possible to view, listen to, and delete own recordings." msgstr "" -"``Recording``: Enables recording of own conversations. It is also " -"possible to view/listen/delete own recordings." +"``Recording``: Enables recording of own conversations. It is also possible " +"to view/listen/delete own recordings." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parking spaces and the" -" ability to pick up parked calls." -msgstr "" -"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parkings and the " +"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parking spaces and the " "ability to pick up parked calls." +msgstr "" +"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parkings and the ability " +"to pick up parked calls." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:234 #, fuzzy @@ -7772,11 +8217,11 @@ msgstr "``Listening``: Enables listening to calls of other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to " -"both the caller and called, conversation only with the user)." +"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to both " +"the caller and called, conversation only with the user)." msgstr "" -"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to " -"both caller and called, conversation only with the user)." +"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to both " +"caller and called, conversation only with the user)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:236 #, fuzzy @@ -7786,12 +8231,12 @@ msgstr "``Pickup``: Enables call pickup for calls to other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last three digits (modifiable " -"from the command line) of the called and/or calling number of other users" -" in NethVoice CTI." -msgstr "" -"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last 3 digits (modifiable from " +"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last three digits (modifiable from " "the command line) of the called and/or calling number of other users in " +"NethVoice CTI." +msgstr "" +"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last 3 digits (modifiable from the " +"command line) of the called and/or calling number of other users in " "NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:238 @@ -7802,8 +8247,8 @@ msgid "" "shown on the :ref:`wizard-devices` pages." msgstr "" "``Physical Phone Buttons``: Enables the configuration of physical phone " -"buttons by the user in NethVoiceCTI. These correspond to the Line Keys " -"shown on the :ref:wizard-devices pages." +"buttons by the user in NethVoiceCTI. These correspond to the Line Keys shown " +"on the :ref:wizard-devices pages." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:242 #, fuzzy @@ -7827,11 +8272,11 @@ msgstr "NethVoice" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:249 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating " -"the following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." +"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating the " +"following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating " -"the following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." +"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating the " +"following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:252 #, fuzzy @@ -7841,22 +8286,21 @@ msgstr "Address Book" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:254 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the " -"address book in NethVoice CTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete " -"own contacts." +"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the address " +"book in NethVoice CTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete own " +"contacts." msgstr "" -"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the " -"address book in NethVoiceCTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete " -"own contacts." +"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the address " +"book in NethVoiceCTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete own contacts." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:255 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned" -" contacts in the address book in NethVoice CTI." +"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned " +"contacts in the address book in NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned" -" contacts in the address book in NethVoiceCTI." +"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned " +"contacts in the address book in NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:258 #, fuzzy @@ -7874,19 +8318,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:261 #, fuzzy -msgid "``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." -msgstr "``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." +msgid "" +"``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." +msgstr "" +"``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:262 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's" -" assigned group." +"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's " +"assigned group." msgstr "" -"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's" -" assigned group." +"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's " +"assigned group." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:265 ../../nethvoice.rst:1072 ../../nethvoice.rst:1107 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1048 ../../nethvoice.rst:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "Customer Cards" msgstr "Etichette personalizzate" @@ -7894,16 +8341,18 @@ msgstr "Etichette personalizzate" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:267 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view " -"the customer card on NethVoice CTI." +"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view the " +"customer card on NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view " -"the customer card on NethVoiceCTI." +"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view the " +"customer card on NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:268 #, fuzzy -msgid "For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." -msgstr "For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." +msgid "" +"For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." +msgstr "" +"For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:271 #, fuzzy @@ -7932,11 +8381,11 @@ msgstr "``Call Transfer``: Enables call transfer for calls from other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:276 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users " -"and retrieve them." +"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users and " +"retrieve them." msgstr "" -"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users " -"and retrieve them." +"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users and " +"retrieve them." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:277 #, fuzzy @@ -7946,11 +8395,11 @@ msgstr "``Hang Up``: Enables the ability to hang up calls from other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:278 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer)" -" on conversations that do not belong to the user." +"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer) on " +"conversations that do not belong to the user." msgstr "" -"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer)" -" on conversations that do not belong to the user." +"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer) on " +"conversations that do not belong to the user." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:279 #, fuzzy @@ -7970,12 +8419,12 @@ msgstr "Queue Agent Panel" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The general permission enables the Queue section in NethVoice CTI with " -"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and " -"enter/exit break." +"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and enter/" +"exit break." msgstr "" "The general permission enables the Queue section in NethVoice CTI with " -"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and " -"enter/exit break." +"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and enter/" +"exit break." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:285 #, fuzzy @@ -8000,30 +8449,28 @@ msgstr "Phone lines" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The general permission enables access to the after-hours section of " -"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming " -"calls." +"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming calls." msgstr "" "The general permission enables access to the after hours section of " -"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming " -"calls." +"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming calls." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:292 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming " -"calls for the user and generic incoming routes." +"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming calls " +"for the user and generic incoming routes." msgstr "" -"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming " -"calls for the user and generic incoming routes." +"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming calls " +"for the user and generic incoming routes." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:293 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for " -"incoming calls." +"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for incoming " +"calls." msgstr "" -"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for " -"incoming calls." +"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for incoming " +"calls." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:296 #, fuzzy @@ -8033,11 +8480,11 @@ msgstr "Queue Manager" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:298 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in " -"NethVoice CTI." +"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in NethVoice " +"CTI." msgstr "" -"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in " -"NethVoice CTI." +"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in NethVoice " +"CTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:299 #, fuzzy @@ -8065,24 +8512,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:305 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to serve as " -"the source of calls to manage." +"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to serve as the " +"source of calls to manage." msgstr "" -"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to use it as " -"the source of calls to manage." +"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to use it as the " +"source of calls to manage." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:308 ../../nethvoice.rst:1041 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:308 ../../nethvoice.rst:1041 ../../nethvoice.rst:1017 msgid "Users" msgstr "Utenti" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:310 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal " -"settings and associated devices." +"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal settings " +"and associated devices." msgstr "" -"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal " -"settings, and associated devices." +"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal settings, " +"and associated devices." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:312 #, fuzzy @@ -8092,35 +8539,34 @@ msgid "" "facilitate the distribution of configurations. * ``Mobile``: Enables " "associating a mobile number with the user to display it in the operator " "panel of NethVoice CTI and use it in presence management. * ``Voicemail " -"Box``: Enables activating the voicemail box for the user as a destination" -" for any failed calls. * ``Associate Device``: Allows selecting an " +"Box``: Enables activating the voicemail box for the user as a destination " +"for any failed calls. * ``Associate Device``: Allows selecting an " "unassociated phone and assigning it to the user from those managed with " -"provisioning. It is possible to create credentials for use on a device " -"not supported by provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be " -"used." +"provisioning. It is possible to create credentials for use on a device not " +"supported by provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be used." msgstr "" "The settings that can be modify are: * ``Profile``: Determines the " -"permissions the user has. * ``Group``: Allows grouping users to " -"facilitate the distribution of configurations through :ref:wizard-" -"multiple-phones. * ``Mobile``: Allows associating a mobile number with " -"the user to display it in the operator panel of NethVoice CTI and use it " -"in presence management. * ``Voicemail Box``: Allows activating the " -"voicemail box for the user as a destination for any failed calls within. " -"* ``Associate Device``: Allows selecting an unassociated phone and " -"assigning it to the user among those managed with provisioning. It is " -"possible to create credentials for use on a device not supported by " -"provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be used." +"permissions the user has. * ``Group``: Allows grouping users to facilitate " +"the distribution of configurations through :ref:wizard-multiple-phones. * " +"``Mobile``: Allows associating a mobile number with the user to display it " +"in the operator panel of NethVoice CTI and use it in presence management. * " +"``Voicemail Box``: Allows activating the voicemail box for the user as a " +"destination for any failed calls within. * ``Associate Device``: Allows " +"selecting an unassociated phone and assigning it to the user among those " +"managed with provisioning. It is possible to create credentials for use on a " +"device not supported by provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be " +"used." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:319 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be " -"of two types: software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a " -"phone configured with provisioning or a custom device." +"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be of " +"two types: software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a phone " +"configured with provisioning or a custom device." msgstr "" -"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be " -"of two types, software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a " -"phone configured with provisioning or a custom device." +"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be of " +"two types, software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a phone " +"configured with provisioning or a custom device." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:322 #, fuzzy @@ -8140,8 +8586,8 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone." msgstr "" -"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone " -"(see :ref:nethcti_mobile)." +"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone (see :" +"ref:nethcti_mobile)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:326 #, fuzzy @@ -8149,8 +8595,8 @@ msgid "" "``Phone Link`` enables the configuration of a device on the personal " "computer." msgstr "" -"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone " -"(see :ref:nethcti_mobile)." +"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone (see :" +"ref:nethcti_mobile)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:328 #, fuzzy @@ -8161,47 +8607,47 @@ msgstr "For each physical device, the following is displayed:" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Encryption: Indicates whether encryption is enabled. The initial setting " -"depends on the NethVoice configuration made during the initial " -"configuration process (see :ref:`wizard-devices`). If the PBX is accessed" -" via a public network (WAN), activating encryption is required." +"depends on the NethVoice configuration made during the initial configuration " +"process (see :ref:`wizard-devices`). If the PBX is accessed via a public " +"network (WAN), activating encryption is required." msgstr "" "Encryption: Indicates whether encryption is enabled or not. The initial " "setting depends on the NethVoice configuration made during the initial " -"configuration process (see :ref:wizard-devices). If the PBX is reached " -"via public network (WAN), encryption activation is required." +"configuration process (see :ref:wizard-devices). If the PBX is reached via " +"public network (WAN), encryption activation is required." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:334 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If `Encryption` is enabled, ensure that the SSL/TLS certificate of the " -"system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones " -"cannot establish a TLS connection." +"system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones cannot " +"establish a TLS connection." msgstr "" -"If `Encryption` is enabled, make sure that the SSL/TLS certificate of the" -" system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones " -"cannot establish a TLS connection" +"If `Encryption` is enabled, make sure that the SSL/TLS certificate of the " +"system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones cannot " +"establish a TLS connection" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:336 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"\"Configuration Model\": You can change the configuration model among " -"those offered." +"\"Configuration Model\": You can change the configuration model among those " +"offered." msgstr "" -"``Configuration Model``: you can change the configuration model among " -"those offered." +"``Configuration Model``: you can change the configuration model among those " +"offered." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:337 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"\"Edit Configuration\": You can modify the configuration of the " -"individual phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The " -"individual phone defaults to the configuration of the model and default " -"settings. Refer to :ref:`wizard-model` for more details." +"\"Edit Configuration\": You can modify the configuration of the individual " +"phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The individual phone " +"defaults to the configuration of the model and default settings. Refer to :" +"ref:`wizard-model` for more details." msgstr "" -"``Edit Configuration``: you can modify the configuration of the " -"individual phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The " -"individual phone has the configuration of the model and default settings " -"by default. Refer to :ref:wizard2-models for more details." +"``Edit Configuration``: you can modify the configuration of the individual " +"phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The individual phone " +"has the configuration of the model and default settings by default. Refer " +"to :ref:wizard2-models for more details." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:338 #, fuzzy @@ -8212,12 +8658,12 @@ msgstr "``Mac-Address``: Displays the MAC address of the associated device." #, fuzzy msgid "" "\"Show Password\" for custom devices. The SIP password is shown, which, " -"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually " -"configure the custom device." +"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually configure " +"the custom device." msgstr "" "``Show Password`` for custom devices. The SIP password is shown, which, " -"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually " -"configure the custom device." +"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually configure " +"the custom device." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:340 #, fuzzy @@ -8246,18 +8692,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:350 #, fuzzy msgid "``Default Settings``: These are found on the :ref:`wizard-model` page." -msgstr "``Default Settings``: these are found on the :ref:`wizard-modelli` page." +msgstr "" +"``Default Settings``: these are found on the :ref:`wizard-modelli` page." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:351 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Model Settings``: Parameters are taken from the configuration of the " -"model associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-" -"model` page." +"``Model Settings``: Parameters are taken from the configuration of the model " +"associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-model` page." msgstr "" -"``Model Settings``: parameters are taken from the configuration of the " -"model associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-" -"modelli` page." +"``Model Settings``: parameters are taken from the configuration of the model " +"associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-modelli` page." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:352 #, fuzzy @@ -8271,11 +8716,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:353 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethVoice CTI Settings where it is possible to configure parameters of " -"the physical phone associated with the user." +"NethVoice CTI Settings where it is possible to configure parameters of the " +"physical phone associated with the user." msgstr "" -"NethVoice CTI Settings where it's possible to configure parameters of the" -" physical phone associated with the user." +"NethVoice CTI Settings where it's possible to configure parameters of the " +"physical phone associated with the user." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:355 #, fuzzy @@ -8285,19 +8730,19 @@ msgid "" "priority to be followed:" msgstr "" "In case there is a parameter with non-uniform configuration across the " -"various sections listed above, this is the descending order of priority " -"to be followed:" +"various sections listed above, this is the descending order of priority to " +"be followed:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:357 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Phone Settings`` and NethVoice CTI Settings are the settings with the " -"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a " -"conflict between the two." +"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a conflict " +"between the two." msgstr "" "``Phone Settings`` and NethVoice CTI Settings are the settings with the " -"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a " -"conflict between the two." +"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a conflict " +"between the two." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:358 #, fuzzy @@ -8323,15 +8768,14 @@ msgstr "Languages" #, fuzzy msgid "In the Languages menu, you can set the default language for NethVoice." msgstr "" -"In the Languages menu, it's possible to set the default NethVoice " -"language." +"In the Languages menu, it's possible to set the default NethVoice language." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:372 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Settings page allows you to manage various aspects of the " -"configuration." -msgstr "The Settings page allows managing various aspects of the configuration." +"The Settings page allows you to manage various aspects of the configuration." +msgstr "" +"The Settings page allows managing various aspects of the configuration." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:374 #, fuzzy @@ -8356,7 +8800,7 @@ msgstr "" "The Advanced section allows direct access to the advanced interface of " "NethVoice." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:384 ../../nethvoice.rst:1008 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:384 ../../nethvoice.rst:1008 ../../nethvoice.rst:984 #, fuzzy msgid "Provisioning" msgstr "Permissions" @@ -8366,8 +8810,8 @@ msgid "" "What does Provisioning mean? Provisioning involves configuring phones in " "automatic mode, minimizing the necessary operations." msgstr "" -"Cosa significa Provisioning? Il provisioning comporta la configurazione " -"dei telefoni in modalità automatica, riducendo al minimo le operazioni " +"Cosa significa Provisioning? Il provisioning comporta la configurazione dei " +"telefoni in modalità automatica, riducendo al minimo le operazioni " "necessarie." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:389 @@ -8393,21 +8837,21 @@ msgstr "Email notifications" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:400 msgid "" -"The MAC address is fundamental for the **Provisioning** of NethVoice as " -"it uniquely identifies the phone." +"The MAC address is fundamental for the **Provisioning** of NethVoice as it " +"uniquely identifies the phone." msgstr "" "L'indirizzo MAC è fondamentale per il **Provisioning** di NethVoice, " "identifica univocamente il telefono." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:402 msgid "" -"Entering the MAC address of the phones does not require connecting the " -"phone to the network. Indeed, it is possible to enter the MAC addresses " -"of phones that are still packaged." +"Entering the MAC address of the phones does not require connecting the phone " +"to the network. Indeed, it is possible to enter the MAC addresses of phones " +"that are still packaged." msgstr "" -"Inserire l'indirizzo MAC dei telefoni non richiede di collegare il " -"telefono alla rete. Infatti, è possibile inserire gli indirizzi MAC di " -"telefoni che sono ancora confezionati." +"Inserire l'indirizzo MAC dei telefoni non richiede di collegare il telefono " +"alla rete. Infatti, è possibile inserire gli indirizzi MAC di telefoni che " +"sono ancora confezionati." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:404 msgid "" @@ -8424,20 +8868,19 @@ msgstr "Associazione dei Telefoni agli Utenti" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:409 msgid "" -"The configuration of a phone is complete when it is associated with a " -"user." +"The configuration of a phone is complete when it is associated with a user." msgstr "" -"La configurazione di un telefono è completa quando è associato ad un " -"utente." +"La configurazione di un telefono è completa quando è associato ad un utente." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:411 msgid "Up to eight telephone devices can be associated with each user." -msgstr "È possibile associare fino a otto dispositivi telefonici a ciascun utente." +msgstr "" +"È possibile associare fino a otto dispositivi telefonici a ciascun utente." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:413 msgid "" -"NethVoice assigns a progressive number to each device associated with the" -" user using the following criteria:" +"NethVoice assigns a progressive number to each device associated with the " +"user using the following criteria:" msgstr "" "NethVoice assegna un numero progressivo ad ogni dispositivo associato " "all'utente utilizzando i seguenti criteri:" @@ -8463,8 +8906,8 @@ msgid "" "However, from the users' perspective, the Main Extension is the only " "important number to remember." msgstr "" -"Tuttavia, dal punto di vista degli utenti, l'estensione principale è " -"l'unico numero importante da ricordare." +"Tuttavia, dal punto di vista degli utenti, l'estensione principale è l'unico " +"numero importante da ricordare." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:426 msgid "Actions to Be Performed on the Phones" @@ -8472,21 +8915,21 @@ msgstr "Azioni da eseguire sui telefoni" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:430 msgid "" -"Let's consider the **first boot** for phones that are new, just taken out" -" of the box, or those that have undergone a factory reset and have never " -"been started up." +"Let's consider the **first boot** for phones that are new, just taken out of " +"the box, or those that have undergone a factory reset and have never been " +"started up." msgstr "" -"Consideriamo il **primo avvio** per i telefoni che sono nuovi, appena " -"tolto dalla scatola, o quelli che hanno subito un reset di fabbrica e non" -" sono mai stati avviati." +"Consideriamo il **primo avvio** per i telefoni che sono nuovi, appena tolto " +"dalla scatola, o quelli che hanno subito un reset di fabbrica e non sono mai " +"stati avviati." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:432 msgid "" "Phones at **first boot** are already able to reach NethVoice to retrieve " "their configuration using supported methods." msgstr "" -"I telefoni al **primo avvio** sono già in grado di raggiungere NethVoice " -"per recuperare la loro configurazione utilizzando metodi supportati." +"I telefoni al **primo avvio** sono già in grado di raggiungere NethVoice per " +"recuperare la loro configurazione utilizzando metodi supportati." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:434 msgid "" @@ -8496,28 +8939,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "L'unica azione necessaria in questi casi è quella di collegare il cavo " "Ethernet con PoE (Power over Ethernet) al telefono. Se PoE non è " -"disponibile, sarà necessario collegare anche il cavo di alimentazione " -"del telefono." +"disponibile, sarà necessario collegare anche il cavo di alimentazione del " +"telefono." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:438 msgid "" -"Verify the compatibility of the phones with supported provisioning " -"methods. Please read the following sections carefully." +"Verify the compatibility of the phones with supported provisioning methods. " +"Please read the following sections carefully." msgstr "" "Verificare la compatibilità dei telefoni con i metodi di provisioning " "supportati. Si prega di leggere attentamente le seguenti sezioni." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:440 msgid "" -"If a phone is already in use, it is possible to prepare it for " -"association with NethVoice through **firmware upgrade** and **factory " -"reset** procedures. Both procedures are accessible via the phone's web " +"If a phone is already in use, it is possible to prepare it for association " +"with NethVoice through **firmware upgrade** and **factory reset** " +"procedures. Both procedures are accessible via the phone's web " "administration interface." msgstr "" -"Se un telefono è già in uso, è possibile prepararlo per l'associazione " -"con NethVoice tramite le procedure di **aggiornamento del firmware** e " -"**reset di fabbrica**. Entrambe le procedure sono accessibili tramite " -"l'interfaccia di amministrazione web del telefono." +"Se un telefono è già in uso, è possibile prepararlo per l'associazione con " +"NethVoice tramite le procedure di **aggiornamento del firmware** e **reset " +"di fabbrica**. Entrambe le procedure sono accessibili tramite l'interfaccia " +"di amministrazione web del telefono." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:445 #, fuzzy @@ -8526,19 +8969,19 @@ msgstr "Provisioning Parameters Guide" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:447 msgid "" -"Phones can access their configuration via standard web protocols, HTTP or" -" HTTPS (TCP port 80 or 443)." +"Phones can access their configuration via standard web protocols, HTTP or " +"HTTPS (TCP port 80 or 443)." msgstr "" -"I telefoni possono accedere alla loro configurazione tramite protocolli " -"web standard, HTTP o HTTPS (porta TCP 80 o 443)." +"I telefoni possono accedere alla loro configurazione tramite protocolli web " +"standard, HTTP o HTTPS (porta TCP 80 o 443)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:449 msgid "" -"When the MAC address of the phone is entered into NethVoice, a " -"provisioning URL (address) is generated." +"When the MAC address of the phone is entered into NethVoice, a provisioning " +"URL (address) is generated." msgstr "" -"Quando l'indirizzo MAC del telefono è inserito in NethVoice, viene " -"generato un URL di provisioning (indirizzo)." +"Quando l'indirizzo MAC del telefono è inserito in NethVoice, viene generato " +"un URL di provisioning (indirizzo)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:451 #, fuzzy @@ -8559,43 +9002,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:457 msgid "" -"To obtain the provisioning URL, the phone, at its first boot, can use two" -" methods: **RPS** and **DHCP**." +"To obtain the provisioning URL, the phone, at its first boot, can use two " +"methods: **RPS** and **DHCP**." msgstr "" "Per ottenere l'URL di provisioning, il telefono, al suo primo avvio, può " "utilizzare due metodi: **RPS** e **DHCP**." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:459 msgid "" -"The **RPS** (Redirect & Provisioning Service) method involves entering " -"the provisioning URL on the manufacturer's website for the phone. " -"NethVoice is capable of performing this insertion automatically. As soon " -"as the phone is powered on for the first time, it attempts to contact the" -" manufacturer's website to obtain the provisioning URL." +"The **RPS** (Redirect & Provisioning Service) method involves entering the " +"provisioning URL on the manufacturer's website for the phone. NethVoice is " +"capable of performing this insertion automatically. As soon as the phone is " +"powered on for the first time, it attempts to contact the manufacturer's " +"website to obtain the provisioning URL." msgstr "" "Il metodo **RPS** (Redirect & Provisioning Service) prevede di inserire " -"l'URL di provisioning sul sito web del produttore del telefono. NethVoice" -" è in grado di inserirlo automaticamente . Non appena il telefono viene " -"alimentato per la prima volta, tenta di contattare il sito del produttore" -" per ottenere l'URL di provisioning." +"l'URL di provisioning sul sito web del produttore del telefono. NethVoice è " +"in grado di inserirlo automaticamente . Non appena il telefono viene " +"alimentato per la prima volta, tenta di contattare il sito del produttore " +"per ottenere l'URL di provisioning." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:461 msgid "" -"The **DHCP** method is based on configuring OPTION 66 of the DHCP " -"(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) protocol specifically for each " -"brand of phone. It is necessary to configure the network's DHCP server " -"appropriately." +"The **DHCP** method is based on configuring OPTION 66 of the DHCP (Dynamic " +"Host Configuration Protocol) protocol specifically for each brand of phone. " +"It is necessary to configure the network's DHCP server appropriately." msgstr "" -"Il metodo **DHCP** si basa sulla configurazione del protocollo OPTION 66 " -"del protocollo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) " -"specificatamente per ogni marca di telefono. È necessario configurare il " -"server DHCP della rete in modo appropriato." +"Il metodo **DHCP** si basa sulla configurazione del protocollo OPTION 66 del " +"protocollo DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) specificatamente per " +"ogni marca di telefono. È necessario configurare il server DHCP della rete " +"in modo appropriato." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:463 msgid "" -"If neither RPS nor DHCP works, it is possible to access the web interface" -" of the phone's administration and manually enter the provisioning URL. " -"Remember to disable other provisioning methods, such as DHCP and PNP." +"If neither RPS nor DHCP works, it is possible to access the web interface of " +"the phone's administration and manually enter the provisioning URL. Remember " +"to disable other provisioning methods, such as DHCP and PNP." msgstr "" "Se non funziona né RPS né DHCP, è possibile accedere all'interfaccia web " "dell'amministrazione del telefono e inserire manualmente l'URL di " @@ -8605,29 +9047,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:465 msgid "" "The provisioning URL is displayed in the administration interface of " -"NethVoice for each phone, via the :guilabel:`Info` button on the page " -":guilabel:`Devices > Phones`." +"NethVoice for each phone, via the :guilabel:`Info` button on the page :" +"guilabel:`Devices > Phones`." msgstr "" -"L'URL di provisioning viene visualizzato nell'interfaccia di " -"amministrazione di NethVoice per ogni telefono, tramite il pulsante " -":guilabel:`Info` presente sulla pagina :guilabel:`Devices > Telefoni`." +"L'URL di provisioning viene visualizzato nell'interfaccia di amministrazione " +"di NethVoice per ogni telefono, tramite il pulsante :guilabel:`Info` " +"presente sulla pagina :guilabel:`Devices > Telefoni`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:467 msgid "" -"In any case, once the provisioning URL is obtained, the phone always uses" -" this to access its configuration on NethVoice." +"In any case, once the provisioning URL is obtained, the phone always uses " +"this to access its configuration on NethVoice." msgstr "" -"In ogni caso, una volta ottenuto l'URL di provisioning, il telefono " -"utilizza sempre questo per accedere alla sua configurazione su NethVoice." +"In ogni caso, una volta ottenuto l'URL di provisioning, il telefono utilizza " +"sempre questo per accedere alla sua configurazione su NethVoice." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:471 msgid "" -"Refer to section :ref:`provisioning-support-section` for further " -"information on manufacturers' support for RPS and DHCP." +"Refer to section :ref:`provisioning-support-section` for further information " +"on manufacturers' support for RPS and DHCP." msgstr "" -"Fare riferimento alla sezione :ref:`provisioning-support-sezione :ref" -":`provisioning-support-section` per ulteriori informazioni sul supporto " -"dei produttori per RPS e DHCP." +"Fare riferimento alla sezione :ref:`provisioning-support-sezione :ref:" +"`provisioning-support-section` per ulteriori informazioni sul supporto dei " +"produttori per RPS e DHCP." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:474 #, fuzzy @@ -8726,28 +9168,28 @@ msgstr "enable built-in web administration interface" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:501 msgid "" -"Upon restart, the phone retrieves the configurations from the " -"provisioning URL." +"Upon restart, the phone retrieves the configurations from the provisioning " +"URL." msgstr "" -"Al riavvio, il telefono recupera le configurazioni dall'URL di " -"provisioning." +"Al riavvio, il telefono recupera le configurazioni dall'URL di provisioning." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:503 -msgid "Any changes made from the phone's administration interface will be lost." +msgid "" +"Any changes made from the phone's administration interface will be lost." msgstr "" "Eventuali modifiche effettuate dall'interfaccia di amministrazione del " "telefono saranno perse." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:505 msgid "The following sections describe some settings provided by NethVoice." -msgstr "Le seguenti sezioni descrivono alcune impostazioni fornite da NethVoice." +msgstr "" +"Le seguenti sezioni descrivono alcune impostazioni fornite da NethVoice." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:507 msgid "" -"Provisioned phones will automatically update their configuration even " -"upon a change of state (Available, Do Not Disturb, etc.) in NethVoice CTI" -" of the connected user to maintain uniformity of state across all " -"devices." +"Provisioned phones will automatically update their configuration even upon a " +"change of state (Available, Do Not Disturb, etc.) in NethVoice CTI of the " +"connected user to maintain uniformity of state across all devices." msgstr "" "I telefoni provvisionati aggiorneranno automaticamente la loro " "configurazione anche su un cambiamento di stato (Disponibile, Non " @@ -8756,8 +9198,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:509 msgid "" -"This configuration update does not cause any disruption or restart of the" -" phone." +"This configuration update does not cause any disruption or restart of the " +"phone." msgstr "" "Questo aggiornamento di configurazione non causa alcuna interruzione o " "riavvio del telefono." @@ -8780,12 +9222,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:516 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The password is available in the NethVoice administration interface, on " -"the :guilabel:`Models > Default Settings` page." +"The password is available in the NethVoice administration interface, on the :" +"guilabel:`Models > Default Settings` page." msgstr "" -"If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the " -"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a button ``View more`` to " -"add more." +"If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the Nethvoice " +"administration interface, there is a button ``View more`` to add more." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:521 #, fuzzy @@ -8797,9 +9238,9 @@ msgid "" "The phone automatically contacts NethVoice every night to update its " "configuration. It is possible to completely disable automatic updates." msgstr "" -"Il telefono contatta automaticamente NethVoice ogni notte per aggiornare " -"la sua configurazione. È possibile disattivare completamente gli " -"aggiornamenti automatici." +"Il telefono contatta automaticamente NethVoice ogni notte per aggiornare la " +"sua configurazione. È possibile disattivare completamente gli aggiornamenti " +"automatici." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:525 msgid "" @@ -8818,41 +9259,42 @@ msgid "" "The phone manufacturer periodically publishes firmware updates for the " "various models of their phones on their website." msgstr "" -"Il produttore del telefono pubblica periodicamente aggiornamenti firmware" -" per i vari modelli dei loro telefoni sul loro sito web." +"Il produttore del telefono pubblica periodicamente aggiornamenti firmware " +"per i vari modelli dei loro telefoni sul loro sito web." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:534 msgid "" -"It is possible to distribute the updated firmware to all phones of the " -"same model or to a single phone. The firmware file obtained from the " -"manufacturer's website must be uploaded through the administration " -"interface of NethVoice, respectively in :guilabel:`Models > Preferences >" -" Firmware` or in :guilabel:`Configuration > Associated Devices > Edit > " -"Preferences`." +"It is possible to distribute the updated firmware to all phones of the same " +"model or to a single phone. The firmware file obtained from the " +"manufacturer's website must be uploaded through the administration interface " +"of NethVoice, respectively in :guilabel:`Models > Preferences > Firmware` or " +"in :guilabel:`Configuration > Associated Devices > Edit > Preferences`." msgstr "" "È possibile distribuire il firmware aggiornato a tutti i telefoni dello " -"stesso modello o ad un singolo telefono. Il file firmware ottenuto dal " -"sito web del produttore deve essere caricato attraverso l'interfaccia di " +"stesso modello o ad un singolo telefono. Il file firmware ottenuto dal sito " +"web del produttore deve essere caricato attraverso l'interfaccia di " "amministrazione di NethVoice, rispettivamente in :guilabel:`Models > " "Preferenze > Firmware` o in :guilabel:`Configurazione > Dispositivi " "associati > Modifica > Preferenze`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:537 -msgid "The filename can contain only letters, numbers, and the symbols ``._-()``." -msgstr "Il nome del file può contenere solo lettere, numeri e simboli ``._-()``." +msgid "" +"The filename can contain only letters, numbers, and the symbols ``._-()``." +msgstr "" +"Il nome del file può contenere solo lettere, numeri e simboli ``._-()``." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:539 msgid "" -"The phones receive the update according to the times indicated in :ref" -":`provisioning-automatic-updates`." +"The phones receive the update according to the times indicated in :ref:" +"`provisioning-automatic-updates`." msgstr "" -"I telefoni ricevono l'aggiornamento secondo i tempi indicati in :ref" -":`provisioning-automatic-updates`." +"I telefoni ricevono l'aggiornamento secondo i tempi indicati in :ref:" +"`provisioning-automatic-updates`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:543 msgid "" -"When the phones have received the update, deselect the firmware file in " -"the NethVoice interface to reduce network traffic." +"When the phones have received the update, deselect the firmware file in the " +"NethVoice interface to reduce network traffic." msgstr "" "Quando i telefoni hanno ricevuto l'aggiornamento, deselezionare il file " "firmware nell'interfaccia NethVoice per ridurre il traffico di rete." @@ -8863,11 +9305,11 @@ msgstr "Elenco delle pagine web per il download del firmware:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:547 msgid "" -"`Yealink " -"`_" +"`Yealink `_" msgstr "" -"`Yealink " -"`_" +"`Yealink `_" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:548 msgid "`Snom `_" @@ -8879,11 +9321,11 @@ msgstr "`Fanvil `_" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:550 msgid "" -"`Gigaset " -"`_" +"`Gigaset `_" msgstr "" -"`Gigaset " -"`_" +"`Gigaset `_" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:553 #, fuzzy @@ -9038,8 +9480,8 @@ msgid "" "The following table summarizes the provisioning methods used by each " "manufacturer at the phone's first boot." msgstr "" -"La tabella seguente riassume i metodi di provisioning utilizzati da " -"ciascun produttore al primo avvio del telefono." +"La tabella seguente riassume i metodi di provisioning utilizzati da ciascun " +"produttore al primo avvio del telefono." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:617 msgid "Provisioning methods by manufacturer" @@ -9107,11 +9549,11 @@ msgstr "``http://IP_PHONE_SYSTEM/provisioning/%MACD.xml``" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:652 msgid "" -"For Gigaset phones, make sure that the network DHCP server does not " -"provide OPTION 66." +"For Gigaset phones, make sure that the network DHCP server does not provide " +"OPTION 66." msgstr "" -"Per i telefoni Gigaset, assicurarsi che il server DHCP di rete non " -"fornisce OPTION 66." +"Per i telefoni Gigaset, assicurarsi che il server DHCP di rete non fornisce " +"OPTION 66." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:657 #, fuzzy @@ -9125,34 +9567,33 @@ msgid "" "grouped in the panels of the NethVoice administration interface and are " "described in the sections below." msgstr "" -"The functions of phones configurable through provisioning are collected " -"in the panels of the NethVoice administration interface and described in " -"the following sections." +"The functions of phones configurable through provisioning are collected in " +"the panels of the NethVoice administration interface and described in the " +"following sections." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:661 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Not all phone models offer the same functions, so some parameters or " -"entire panels might not be displayed." +"Not all phone models offer the same functions, so some parameters or entire " +"panels might not be displayed." msgstr "" -"Not all phone models have the same functions, so some parameters or " -"entire panels may not be displayed." +"Not all phone models have the same functions, so some parameters or entire " +"panels may not be displayed." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:663 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Generally, leaving a field empty or selecting the option - (minus sign) " -"indicates that the value inherited from the context with lower priority " -"is used; the highest priority is given to the phone settings, followed in" -" descending order by model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`Phone " -"Configuration Priority ` for more " -"information." +"indicates that the value inherited from the context with lower priority is " +"used; the highest priority is given to the phone settings, followed in " +"descending order by model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`Phone " +"Configuration Priority ` for more information." msgstr "" "In general, leaving a field empty or selecting the option - (minus sign) " "indicates the value inherited from the context with lower priority; the " -"highest priority is for the phone settings, followed in descending order " -"by model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`priority of phone " -"configurations ` for further information." +"highest priority is for the phone settings, followed in descending order by " +"model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`priority of phone configurations " +"` for further information." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:669 #, fuzzy @@ -9162,8 +9603,8 @@ msgstr "Soft key" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:671 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``soft keys`` are programmable phone keys designated for calling " -"phone functions." +"The ``soft keys`` are programmable phone keys designated for calling phone " +"functions." msgstr "" "The ``soft keys`` are programmable phone keys specific for calling phone " "functions." @@ -9176,26 +9617,26 @@ msgid "" "additional keys." msgstr "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " -"add additional keys." +"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " +"additional keys." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:676 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also " -"need to be completed, as indicated in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also need " +"to be completed, as indicated in the table below." msgstr "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also " -"need to be filled in, as indicated in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also need " +"to be filled in, as indicated in the table below." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:678 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the Label column, the term default signifies that if the Label field " -"is left empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." +"In the Label column, the term default signifies that if the Label field is " +"left empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." msgstr "" -"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label " -"field empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." +"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label field " +"empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:681 #, fuzzy @@ -9230,11 +9671,11 @@ msgstr "Forward" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:691 ../../nethvoice.rst:773 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, " -"all incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" +"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, all " +"incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" msgstr "" -"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, " -"all incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" +"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, all " +"incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:692 ../../nethvoice.rst:774 ../../nethvoice.rst:779 #, fuzzy @@ -9259,11 +9700,11 @@ msgstr "DND" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:696 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls " -"are rejected" +"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls are " +"rejected" msgstr "" -"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls " -"are rejected" +"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls are " +"rejected" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:697 ../../nethvoice.rst:698 ../../nethvoice.rst:702 #: ../../nethvoice.rst:718 ../../nethvoice.rst:722 ../../nethvoice.rst:727 @@ -9401,43 +9842,41 @@ msgstr "Line key" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:750 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys that resemble soft keys but" -" are more specifically designed for call management and monitoring the " -"status of extensions." +"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys that resemble soft keys but " +"are more specifically designed for call management and monitoring the status " +"of extensions." msgstr "" -"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys similar to soft keys but " -"more specific for call management and monitoring the status of " -"extensions." +"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys similar to soft keys but more " +"specific for call management and monitoring the status of extensions." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:752 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the phone provides more keys than those displayed in the NethVoice " -"administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " -"additional keys." +"administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add additional " +"keys." msgstr "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " -"add additional keys." +"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " +"additional keys." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:754 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` might need " -"to be filled in, as outlined in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` might need to " +"be filled in, as outlined in the table below." msgstr "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` may need to" -" be filled in, as indicated in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` may need to be " +"filled in, as indicated in the table below." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:756 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the Label column, the term \"default\" signifies that if the Label " -"field is left blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the " -"line key." +"In the Label column, the term \"default\" signifies that if the Label field " +"is left blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the line key." msgstr "" -"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label " -"field blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the line key." +"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label field " +"blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the line key." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:758 #, fuzzy @@ -9452,11 +9891,11 @@ msgstr "Conference" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:768 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can " -"listen and speak with others simultaneously" +"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can listen " +"and speak with others simultaneously" msgstr "" -"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can " -"listen and speak with others simultaneously" +"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can listen " +"and speak with others simultaneously" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:777 #, fuzzy @@ -9466,11 +9905,11 @@ msgstr "Local storage" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:778 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed " -"number at the moment" +"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed number " +"at the moment" msgstr "" -"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed " -"number at the moment" +"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed number " +"at the moment" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:782 #, fuzzy @@ -9485,11 +9924,11 @@ msgstr "Places the current call on hold" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:788 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all " -"incoming calls are rejected" +"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all incoming " +"calls are rejected" msgstr "" -"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all " -"incoming calls are rejected" +"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all incoming " +"calls are rejected" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:793 #, fuzzy @@ -9509,11 +9948,9 @@ msgstr "DTMF" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:803 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a " -"call" +"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a call" msgstr "" -"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a " -"call" +"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a call" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:804 #, fuzzy @@ -9558,11 +9995,11 @@ msgstr "BLF" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:828 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its " -"status, performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" +"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its status, " +"performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" msgstr "" -"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its " -"status, performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" +"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its status, " +"performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:833 #, fuzzy @@ -9617,13 +10054,13 @@ msgstr "Phone lock" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:858 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, " -"restricting access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs " -"to be configured according to the phone's documentation" +"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, restricting " +"access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs to be configured " +"according to the phone's documentation" msgstr "" -"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, " -"restricting access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs " -"to be configured according to the phone's documentation" +"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, restricting " +"access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs to be configured " +"according to the phone's documentation" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:864 #, fuzzy @@ -9650,24 +10087,26 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"NethVoice administration interface, a ``View more`` button is available " -"to add additional keys." +"NethVoice administration interface, a ``View more`` button is available to " +"add additional keys." msgstr "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " -"add additional keys." +"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " +"additional keys." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:877 #, fuzzy msgid "This type of key is configured similarly to the Line key." -msgstr "This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." +msgstr "" +"This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:879 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This type of key is configured similarly to the :ref:`Line key `." -msgstr "This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." +msgstr "" +"This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:884 #, fuzzy @@ -9677,41 +10116,41 @@ msgstr "Screen and Ringtone" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:886 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Ringtone Selection``: Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can" -" be selected based on their progressive number. Where supported, a custom" -" ringtone can also be chosen, which should then be uploaded into the " -"field described below." +"``Ringtone Selection``: Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can be " +"selected based on their progressive number. Where supported, a custom " +"ringtone can also be chosen, which should then be uploaded into the field " +"described below." msgstr "" -"``Ringtone Selection`` Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can " -"be selected based on the progressive number. Where supported, you can " -"also choose a custom ringtone, which should then be loaded into the field" -" described below." +"``Ringtone Selection`` Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can be " +"selected based on the progressive number. Where supported, you can also " +"choose a custom ringtone, which should then be loaded into the field " +"described below." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:888 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Custom Ringtone Management``: Select an audio file for the custom " -"ringtone that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by " -"opening the dedicated management module. The audio format must be " -"compatible with the specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"``Custom Ringtone Management``: Select an audio file for the custom ringtone " +"that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by opening the " +"dedicated management module. The audio format must be compatible with the " +"specifications of the phone manufacturer." msgstr "" -"``Custom Ringtone Management`` Select an audio file for the custom " -"ringtone that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by " -"opening the dedicated management module. The audio format must be " -"compatible with the specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"``Custom Ringtone Management`` Select an audio file for the custom ringtone " +"that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by opening the " +"dedicated management module. The audio format must be compatible with the " +"specifications of the phone manufacturer." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:890 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Background Image\" \"Screensaver Image``: Select an image file for the " -"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening " -"the dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with " -"the specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening the " +"dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with the " +"specifications of the phone manufacturer." msgstr "" "``Background Image`` ``Screensaver Image`` Select an image file for the " -"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening " -"the dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with " -"the specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening the " +"dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with the " +"specifications of the phone manufacturer." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:892 #, fuzzy @@ -9725,11 +10164,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:894 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Backlight Off``: Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness" -" or turns off the screen backlight." +"``Backlight Off``: Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness or " +"turns off the screen backlight." msgstr "" -"``Backlight Off`` Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness " -"or turns off the screen backlight." +"``Backlight Off`` Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness or " +"turns off the screen backlight." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:896 #, fuzzy @@ -9737,8 +10176,8 @@ msgid "" "``Screen Brightness`` \"Screen Contrast\": Select the brightness and " "contrast levels of the screen." msgstr "" -"``Screen Brightness`` ``Screen Contrast`` Select the brightness and " -"contrast levels of the screen." +"``Screen Brightness`` ``Screen Contrast`` Select the brightness and contrast " +"levels of the screen." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:899 #, fuzzy @@ -9757,15 +10196,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:903 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"\"Provisioning Schedule``: By selecting Only at startup, phones renew " -"their configuration after turning on or restarting. Alternatively, by " -"selecting Every day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a " -"random time during the night." +"\"Provisioning Schedule``: By selecting Only at startup, phones renew their " +"configuration after turning on or restarting. Alternatively, by selecting " +"Every day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a random time " +"during the night." msgstr "" -"``Provisioning Schedule`` By selecting Only at startup, phones renew " -"their configuration after turning on or restarting. Instead, by selecting" -" Every day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a random " -"time during the night. See also :ref:provisioning2-automatic-updates." +"``Provisioning Schedule`` By selecting Only at startup, phones renew their " +"configuration after turning on or restarting. Instead, by selecting Every " +"day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a random time during " +"the night. See also :ref:provisioning2-automatic-updates." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:905 #, fuzzy @@ -9773,27 +10212,27 @@ msgid "" "``Transfer Mode for Line Keys``: Specifies how line keys transfer the " "ongoing call to another extension." msgstr "" -"``Transfer Mode for Line Keys`` Specifies how line keys transfer the " -"ongoing call to another extension." +"``Transfer Mode for Line Keys`` Specifies how line keys transfer the ongoing " +"call to another extension." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:907 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line" -" key, placing the current call on hold." +"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line " +"key, placing the current call on hold." msgstr "" -"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line" -" key, placing thecurrent call on hold." +"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line " +"key, placing thecurrent call on hold." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:909 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer" -" completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " +"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer " +"completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " "ringing or even after the answer." msgstr "" -"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer" -" completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " +"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer " +"completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " "ringing or even after the answer." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:911 @@ -9811,44 +10250,41 @@ msgid "" "``Phone Language``: Language used by the phone's screen and its web " "interface." msgstr "" -"``Phone Language`` Language used by the phone's screen and its web " -"interface." +"``Phone Language`` Language used by the phone's screen and its web interface." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:915 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Timezone``: Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving " -"time adjustments." +"``Timezone``: Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving time " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -"``Timezone`` Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving " -"time adjustments." +"``Timezone`` Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving time " +"adjustments." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:917 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Ring Tones``: These are specific to each country and indicate the call " -"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, " -"etc." +"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, etc." msgstr "" "``Ring Tones`` These are specific to each country and indicate the call " -"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, " -"etc." +"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, etc." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:919 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Time Format`` \"Date Format\": Choice of the time/date format displayed" -" on the phone's screen." +"``Time Format`` \"Date Format\": Choice of the time/date format displayed on " +"the phone's screen." msgstr "" -"``Time Format`` ``Date Format`` Choice of the time/date format displayed " -"on the phone's screen." +"``Time Format`` ``Date Format`` Choice of the time/date format displayed on " +"the phone's screen." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:921 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Firmware``: Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the " -"phone." -msgstr "``Firmware`` Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the phone." +"``Firmware``: Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the phone." +msgstr "" +"``Firmware`` Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the phone." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:924 #, fuzzy @@ -9860,15 +10296,15 @@ msgstr "LDAP Phonebook" msgid "" "The first two options in the ``Address Book Type`` do not allow further " "modifications. Phones will use the fixed and unmodifiable centralized " -"phonebook of NethVoice. However, by selecting \"Custom phonebook,\" you " -"can modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a " -"third-party LDAP server." +"phonebook of NethVoice. However, by selecting \"Custom phonebook,\" you can " +"modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a third-party " +"LDAP server." msgstr "" "The first two options in the ``Address Book Type`` do not allow further " "modifications. Phones will use the fixed and unmodifiable centralized " -"phonebook of Nethvoice. However, by selecting ``Custom phonebook`` you " -"can modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a " -"third-party LDAP server." +"phonebook of Nethvoice. However, by selecting ``Custom phonebook`` you can " +"modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a third-party " +"LDAP server." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:928 #, fuzzy @@ -9885,25 +10321,22 @@ msgstr "``Port Number`` TCP port used by the LDAP server." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:932 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Username\" \"Password``: Authentication credentials for the LDAP " -"service. The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) " -"LDAP or in another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP " -"server." +"``Username\" \"Password``: Authentication credentials for the LDAP service. " +"The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) LDAP or in " +"another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"``Username`` ``Password`` Authentication credentials for the LDAP " -"service. The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) " -"LDAP or in another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP " -"server." +"``Username`` ``Password`` Authentication credentials for the LDAP service. " +"The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) LDAP or in " +"another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP server." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:934 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Encryption``: Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! " -"Some phones do not support encryption, and it is necessary to select " -"None." +"``Encryption``: Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! Some " +"phones do not support encryption, and it is necessary to select None." msgstr "" -"``Encryption`` Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! " -"Some phones do not support encryption, and it's necessary to select None." +"``Encryption`` Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! Some " +"phones do not support encryption, and it's necessary to select None." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:936 #, fuzzy @@ -9917,42 +10350,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:938 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number``: " -"LDAP search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by " -"RFC-4515 and later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a " -"placeholder that the phone replaces with the dialed number." +"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number``: LDAP " +"search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by RFC-4515 and " +"later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a placeholder that " +"the phone replaces with the dialed number." msgstr "" -"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number`` " -"LDAP search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by " -"RFC-4515 and later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a " -"placeholder that the phone replaces with the dialed number." +"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number`` LDAP " +"search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by RFC-4515 and " +"later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a placeholder that " +"the phone replaces with the dialed number." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:940 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Attributes for Contact Name``: Separated by space, list the names of " -"LDAP attributes that can contain the contact's name." +"``Attributes for Contact Name``: Separated by space, list the names of LDAP " +"attributes that can contain the contact's name." msgstr "" -"``Attributes for Contact Name`` Separated by space, list the names of " -"LDAP attributes that can contain the contact's name." +"``Attributes for Contact Name`` Separated by space, list the names of LDAP " +"attributes that can contain the contact's name." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Name Display Format``: Attributes' names preceded by the character % " -"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name" -" is displayed on the phone screen." +"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name is " +"displayed on the phone screen." msgstr "" "``Name Display Format`` Attributes' names preceded by the character % " -"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name" -" is displayed on the phone screen." +"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name is " +"displayed on the phone screen." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:944 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Attribute for Main Phone Number`` ``Attribute for Mobile Number`` " -"``Attribute for Other Phone Number``: These three fields contain names of" -" LDAP attributes for the respective phone numbers." +"``Attribute for Other Phone Number``: These three fields contain names of " +"LDAP attributes for the respective phone numbers." msgstr "" "``Attribute for Main Phone Number`` ``Attribute for Mobile Number`` " "``Attribute for Other Phone Number`` These three fields contain names of " @@ -9966,12 +10399,12 @@ msgstr "Network" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:949 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet" -" mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " +"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet " +"mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " "provisioning URL (refer to \"Provisioning methods\")." msgstr "" -"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet" -" mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " +"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet " +"mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " "provisioning URL (refer to :ref:`Provisioning methods `)." @@ -9983,24 +10416,24 @@ msgstr "However, the following parameters can be configured in this panel:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:953 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``VLAN Identifier (VID)``: By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, the" -" phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone " -"itself, according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"``VLAN Identifier (VID)``: By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, the " +"phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone itself, " +"according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." msgstr "" "``VLAN Identifier (VID)`` By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, the " -"phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone itself," -" according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone itself, " +"according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:955 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``VLAN Identifier for PC port``: By specifying a number between 1 and " -"4094, the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port " -"(or data port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"``VLAN Identifier for PC port``: By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, " +"the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port (or data " +"port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." msgstr "" -"``VLAN Identifier for PC port`` By specifying a number between 1 and " -"4094, the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port " -"(or data port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"``VLAN Identifier for PC port`` By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, " +"the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port (or data " +"port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:957 #, fuzzy @@ -10009,14 +10442,15 @@ msgid "" "setting at a lower priority (model or default), while \"0\" (zero) " "corresponds to \"disabled\"." msgstr "" -"In the VLAN fields, the value \"\" (empty string), as usual, considers " -"the setting at a lower priority (model or default), while \"0\" (zero) " +"In the VLAN fields, the value \"\" (empty string), as usual, considers the " +"setting at a lower priority (model or default), while \"0\" (zero) " "corresponds to \"disabled\"." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Entering an incorrect VLAN identifier can render the phone unreachable." -msgstr "Entering an incorrect VLAN identifier can render the phone unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Entering an incorrect VLAN identifier can render the phone unreachable." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:966 msgid "Click to Call" @@ -10025,22 +10459,23 @@ msgstr "Click to Call" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:968 msgid "" "**Click-to-Call** refers to the functionality of initiating calls " -"automatically by clicking on a phone number. The methods available depend" -" on the chosen device:" +"automatically by clicking on a phone number. The methods available depend on " +"the chosen device:" msgstr "" -"**Click-to-Call** si riferisce alla funzionalità di avviare " -"automaticamente le chiamate facendo clic su un numero di telefono. I " -"metodi disponibili dipendono dal dispositivo scelto:" +"**Click-to-Call** si riferisce alla funzionalità di avviare automaticamente " +"le chiamate facendo clic su un numero di telefono. I metodi disponibili " +"dipendono dal dispositivo scelto:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:972 msgid "**Web Phone**:" msgstr "**Web Phone**:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:972 -msgid "Click-to-call is only possible within the **NethVoice CTI** web interface." +msgid "" +"Click-to-call is only possible within the **NethVoice CTI** web interface." msgstr "" -"Click-to-call è possibile solo all'interno dell'interfaccia web " -"**NethVoice CTI**." +"Click-to-call è possibile solo all'interno dell'interfaccia web **NethVoice " +"CTI**." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:985 msgid "**Other Devices**:" @@ -10048,15 +10483,15 @@ msgstr "**Altri dispositivi**:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:975 msgid "" -"To use click-to-call with devices other than the web phone, the `NethLink" -" `_ client must be installed and " -"configured on the user's system. Additionally, **NethLink** must be " -"enabled for the user beforehand." +"To use click-to-call with devices other than the web phone, the `NethLink " +"`_ client must be installed and " +"configured on the user's system. Additionally, **NethLink** must be enabled " +"for the user beforehand." msgstr "" -"Per utilizzare il click-to-call con dispositivi diversi dal telefono web," -" il client `NethLink `_ deve " -"essere installato e configurato sul sistema dell'utente. Inoltre, " -"**NethLink** deve essere abilitato per l'utente in anticipo." +"Per utilizzare il click-to-call con dispositivi diversi dal telefono web, il " +"client `NethLink `_ deve essere " +"installato e configurato sul sistema dell'utente. Inoltre, **NethLink** deve " +"essere abilitato per l'utente in anticipo." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:977 msgid "**Desktop Phone** client provided by **NethLink**:" @@ -10072,13 +10507,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:979 msgid "" -"On a Windows or Mac PC, **NethLink** can be set as the client for the " -"`tel` or `callto` protocol, allowing it to handle phone numbers " -"recognized by the operating system." +"On a Windows or Mac PC, **NethLink** can be set as the client for the `tel` " +"or `callto` protocol, allowing it to handle phone numbers recognized by the " +"operating system." msgstr "" -"Su un PC Windows o Mac, **NethLink** può essere impostato come client per" -" il protocollo `tel` o `callto`, permettendogli di gestire i numeri di " -"telefono riconosciuti dal sistema operativo." +"Su un PC Windows o Mac, **NethLink** può essere impostato come client per il " +"protocollo `tel` o `callto`, permettendogli di gestire i numeri di telefono " +"riconosciuti dal sistema operativo." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:980 msgid "**Physical Phones**:" @@ -10089,83 +10524,82 @@ msgid "" "For physical phones supported and configured through **NethVoice** " "provisioning, click-to-call can only be performed if the client and the " "phone can communicate directly, such as when they are on the same local " -"network or in two interconnected networks. The click-to-call process in " -"this configuration is identical to that of the **Desktop Phone** client: " -"- Click-to-call can be performed directly in the **NethVoice CTI** web " -"interface. - On a Windows or Mac PC, **NethLink** can be set as the " -"client for the `tel` or `callto` protocol, allowing it to handle phone " -"numbers recognized by the operating system." -msgstr "" -"Per i telefoni fisici supportati e configurati tramite il provisioning di" -" **NethVoice** click-to-call può essere eseguito solo se il client e il " -"telefono possono comunicare direttamente, come quando sono sulla stessa " -"rete locale o in due reti interconnesse. Il processo di click-to-call in " -"questa configurazione è identico a quello del client **Desktop Phone**: -" -" Click-to-call può essere eseguito direttamente nell'interfaccia web " -"**NethVoice CTI**. - Su un PC Windows o Mac, **NethLink** può essere " -"impostato come client per il protocollo `tel` o `callto`, permettendogli " -"di gestire i numeri di telefono riconosciuti dal sistema operativo." - -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:988 +"network or in two interconnected networks. The click-to-call process in this " +"configuration is identical to that of the **Desktop Phone** client: - Click-" +"to-call can be performed directly in the **NethVoice CTI** web interface. - " +"On a Windows or Mac PC, **NethLink** can be set as the client for the `tel` " +"or `callto` protocol, allowing it to handle phone numbers recognized by the " +"operating system." +msgstr "" +"Per i telefoni fisici supportati e configurati tramite il provisioning di " +"**NethVoice** click-to-call può essere eseguito solo se il client e il " +"telefono possono comunicare direttamente, come quando sono sulla stessa rete " +"locale o in due reti interconnesse. Il processo di click-to-call in questa " +"configurazione è identico a quello del client **Desktop Phone**: - Click-to-" +"call può essere eseguito direttamente nell'interfaccia web **NethVoice " +"CTI**. - Su un PC Windows o Mac, **NethLink** può essere impostato come " +"client per il protocollo `tel` o `callto`, permettendogli di gestire i " +"numeri di telefono riconosciuti dal sistema operativo." + +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:988 ../../nethvoice.rst:964 msgid "Gateway Provisioning" msgstr "Provisioning dei Gateway" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:991 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:991 ../../nethvoice.rst:967 msgid "Supported Gateways" msgstr "Gateway supportati" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:994 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:994 ../../nethvoice.rst:970 msgid "GRANDSTREAM" msgstr "GRANDSTREAM" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:996 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:996 ../../nethvoice.rst:972 msgid "FXS Models HT801 and HT802" msgstr "Modelli FXS HT801 e HT802" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:997 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:997 ../../nethvoice.rst:973 msgid "FXS Models HT812 and HT814" msgstr "Modelli FXS HT812 e HT814" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:998 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:998 ../../nethvoice.rst:974 msgid "FXS Models GXW4216, GXW4224, GXW4232, and GXW4248" msgstr "Modelli FXS GXW4216, GXW4224, GXW4232 e GXW4248" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1001 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1001 ../../nethvoice.rst:977 msgid "PATTON" msgstr "PATTON" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1003 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1003 ../../nethvoice.rst:979 msgid "BRI Trinity Models" msgstr "Modelli Trinity BRI" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1004 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1004 ../../nethvoice.rst:980 msgid "PRI Trinity Models" msgstr "Modelli Trinity PRI" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1005 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1005 ../../nethvoice.rst:981 msgid "FXO Trinity Models" msgstr "Modelli Trinity FXO" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1010 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1010 ../../nethvoice.rst:986 msgid "Gateway configuration is carried out in the Wizard." msgstr "" -"La configurazione del gateway viene effettuata tramite la procedura " -"guidata." +"La configurazione del gateway viene effettuata tramite la procedura guidata." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1012 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1012 ../../nethvoice.rst:988 msgid "" "Gateway provisioning adheres to the same guidelines as provisioning for " "phones, with one key distinction: unlike phones, NethVoice establishes a " "direct connection to the gateway via telnet to upload the configuration, " "eliminating the need for the gateway to fetch it." msgstr "" -"Il provisioning del gateway segue le stesse linee guida del provisioning " -"per i telefoni, con una differenza principale: a differenza dei telefoni," -" NethVoice stabilisce una connessione diretta al gateway tramite telnet " -"per caricare la configurazione, eliminando la necessità che il gateway la" -" recuperi." +"Il provisioning del gateway segue le stesse linee guida del provisioning per " +"i telefoni, con una differenza principale: a differenza dei telefoni, " +"NethVoice stabilisce una connessione diretta al gateway tramite telnet per " +"caricare la configurazione, eliminando la necessità che il gateway la " +"recuperi." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1014 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1014 ../../nethvoice.rst:990 msgid "" "Gateway configuration is performed with the gateway online; by default, " "gateways initiate in DHCP mode." @@ -10173,23 +10607,22 @@ msgstr "" "La configurazione del gateway viene eseguita con il gateway online; per " "impostazione predefinita, i gateway iniziano in modalità DHCP." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1016 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1016 ../../nethvoice.rst:992 msgid "" -"However, by selecting :guilabel:`Add Gateway`, it is feasible to generate" -" a configuration for a gateway not yet connected and subsequently " -"configure it by uploading the file through the gateway's web interface." +"However, by selecting :guilabel:`Add Gateway`, it is feasible to generate a " +"configuration for a gateway not yet connected and subsequently configure it " +"by uploading the file through the gateway's web interface." msgstr "" -"Tuttavia, selezionando :guilabel: `Add Gateway`, è possibile generare una" -" configurazione per un gateway non ancora collegato e configurarlo " -"successivamente caricando il file attraverso l'interfaccia web del " -"gateway." +"Tuttavia, selezionando :guilabel: `Add Gateway`, è possibile generare una " +"configurazione per un gateway non ancora collegato e configurarlo " +"successivamente caricando il file attraverso l'interfaccia web del gateway." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1019 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1019 ../../nethvoice.rst:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Gateways" msgstr "Configurazione" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1021 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1021 ../../nethvoice.rst:997 msgid "" "To configure the gateway, it is necessary to specify a few required " "configuration parameters:" @@ -10197,205 +10630,208 @@ msgstr "" "Per configurare il gateway, sono richiesti alcuni parametri di " "configurazione che è necessario specificare:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1023 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1023 ../../nethvoice.rst:999 msgid "Device IP address; gateway configuration necessitates a static IP." msgstr "" -"Indirizzo IP del dispositivo; la configurazione del gateway richiede un " -"IP statico." +"Indirizzo IP del dispositivo; la configurazione del gateway richiede un IP " +"statico." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1024 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1024 ../../nethvoice.rst:1000 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet mask." msgstr "Sub-tasks" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1025 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1025 ../../nethvoice.rst:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "Network gateway." msgstr "Network" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1026 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1026 ../../nethvoice.rst:1002 msgid "" "NethVoice IP address; in some installation scenarios, the gateway may " "connect to NethVoice via a non-local IP." msgstr "" -"Indirizzo IP NethVoice; in alcuni scenari di installazione, il gateway " -"può connettersi a NethVoice tramite un IP non locale." +"Indirizzo IP NethVoice; in alcuni scenari di installazione, il gateway può " +"connettersi a NethVoice tramite un IP non locale." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1027 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1027 ../../nethvoice.rst:1003 msgid "" "Any characteristics required for configuring connected lines (for ISDN " -"lines, the ISDN terminal adapter's mode; for analog lines, the dialed " -"number of the line)." +"lines, the ISDN terminal adapter's mode; for analog lines, the dialed number " +"of the line)." msgstr "" "Eventuali caratteristiche necessarie per la configurazione delle linee " -"connesse (per le linee ISDN, la modalità dell'adattatore terminale ISDN; " -"per le linee analogiche, il numero della linea)." +"connesse (per le linee ISDN, la modalità dell'adattatore terminale ISDN; per " +"le linee analogiche, il numero della linea)." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1029 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1029 ../../nethvoice.rst:1005 msgid "" -"For Grandstream models with 2 network interfaces, the LAN interface's MAC" -" address must be provided, but NethVoice's configuration utilizes the WAN" -" interface, which will be the one used." +"For Grandstream models with 2 network interfaces, the LAN interface's MAC " +"address must be provided, but NethVoice's configuration utilizes the WAN " +"interface, which will be the one used." msgstr "" "Per i modelli Grandstream con 2 interfacce di rete, l'indirizzo MAC " -"dell'interfaccia LAN deve essere fornito, ma la configurazione di " -"NethVoice utilizza l'interfaccia WAN, che sarà quella utilizzata." +"dell'interfaccia LAN deve essere fornito, ma la configurazione di NethVoice " +"utilizza l'interfaccia WAN, che sarà quella utilizzata." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1031 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1031 ../../nethvoice.rst:1007 msgid "" -"To download the gateway configuration for uploading via the web " -"interface, click on the management button (symbol with three squares)." +"To download the gateway configuration for uploading via the web interface, " +"click on the management button (symbol with three squares)." msgstr "" "Per scaricare la configurazione del gateway da caricare tramite " "l'interfaccia web, fare clic sul pulsante di gestione (simbolo con tre " "quadrati)." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1034 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1034 ../../nethvoice.rst:1010 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "Dashboard" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1036 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1036 ../../nethvoice.rst:1012 msgid "" -"The dashboard serves as the initial page of NethVoice following the first" -" configuration." +"The dashboard serves as the initial page of NethVoice following the first " +"configuration." msgstr "" "La Dashboard funge da pagina iniziale di NethVoice dopo la prima " "configurazione." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1038 -msgid "It offers an overview of the elements involved in NethVoice's operation." +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1038 ../../nethvoice.rst:1014 +msgid "" +"It offers an overview of the elements involved in NethVoice's operation." msgstr "" -"Offre una panoramica degli elementi coinvolti nell'operazione di " -"NethVoice." +"Offre una panoramica degli elementi coinvolti nell'operazione di NethVoice." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1043 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1043 ../../nethvoice.rst:1019 msgid "" -"The dashboard showcases the users configured in NethVoice along with " -"their presence status and telephone devices." +"The dashboard showcases the users configured in NethVoice along with their " +"presence status and telephone devices." msgstr "" -"La Dashboard mostra gli utenti configurati in NethVoice insieme allo " -"stato di presenza e ai dispositivi telefonici." +"La Dashboard mostra gli utenti configurati in NethVoice insieme allo stato " +"di presenza e ai dispositivi telefonici." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1045 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1045 ../../nethvoice.rst:1021 msgid "" -"If a user's presence configuration deviates from the default (Available)," -" an option exists to reset it to the normal state by clicking on the " -"eraser symbol." +"If a user's presence configuration deviates from the default (Available), an " +"option exists to reset it to the normal state by clicking on the eraser " +"symbol." msgstr "" "Se la configurazione di presenza dell'utente differisce da quella " "predefinita (Disponibile), è possibile reimpostarla allo stato normale " "cliccando sul simbolo del \"reset\"." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1047 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1047 ../../nethvoice.rst:1023 msgid "" -"Clicking to view details about an individual device displays the " -"telephone device's specifics:" +"Clicking to view details about an individual device displays the telephone " +"device's specifics:" msgstr "" -"Cliccando per visualizzare i dettagli di un dispositivo individuale, " -"vengono mostrati i dati specifici del dispositivo telefonico:" +"Cliccando per visualizzare i dettagli di un dispositivo individuale, vengono " +"mostrati i dati specifici del dispositivo telefonico:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1049 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1049 ../../nethvoice.rst:1025 #, fuzzy msgid "Name" msgstr "User name" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1050 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1050 ../../nethvoice.rst:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Model" msgstr "Models" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1051 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1051 ../../nethvoice.rst:1027 msgid "IP Address: Clicking facilitates connection over the local network." -msgstr "Indirizzo IP: Cliccando si facilita la connessione tramite la rete locale." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo IP: Cliccando si facilita la connessione tramite la rete locale." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1052 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1052 ../../nethvoice.rst:1028 msgid "SIP Port" msgstr "Porta SIP" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1053 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1053 ../../nethvoice.rst:1029 msgid "Codecs Used" msgstr "Codecs utilizzati" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1054 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1054 ../../nethvoice.rst:1030 msgid "DND (Do Not Disturb)" msgstr "DND (Non disturbare)" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1055 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1055 ../../nethvoice.rst:1031 #, fuzzy msgid "Call Forward" msgstr "Forward" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1060 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1060 ../../nethvoice.rst:1036 msgid "" "The configured VoIP trunks in NethVoice are displayed along with their " "status, indicating technology, IP, port, status, and codec." msgstr "" -"I trunk VoIP configurati in NethVoice vengono visualizzati insieme al " -"loro stato, indicando tecnologia, IP, porta, stato e codec." +"I trunk VoIP configurati in NethVoice vengono visualizzati insieme al loro " +"stato, indicando tecnologia, IP, porta, stato e codec." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1067 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1067 ../../nethvoice.rst:1043 msgid "" "The *Applications* section allows for the creation, modification, or " -"deletion of certain PBX features, which are initially created and " -"configured in the wizard but subsequently utilized in the NethVoice CTI." +"deletion of certain PBX features, which are initially created and configured " +"in the wizard but subsequently utilized in the NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"La sezione *Applicazioni* consente la creazione, modifica o eliminazione " -"di alcune funzionalità del centralino, che vengono inizialmente create e " +"La sezione *Applicazioni* consente la creazione, modifica o eliminazione di " +"alcune funzionalità del centralino, che vengono inizialmente create e " "configurate nella procedura guidata, ma successivamente utilizzate nel " "NethVoice CTI." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1069 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1069 ../../nethvoice.rst:1045 msgid "" -"For instance, customer cards are set up in the wizard to access the " -"database and to practically display the obtained information, but the " -"actual usage occurs within the NethVoice CTI, during calls or when " -"searching for specific information." +"For instance, customer cards are set up in the wizard to access the database " +"and to practically display the obtained information, but the actual usage " +"occurs within the NethVoice CTI, during calls or when searching for specific " +"information." msgstr "" -"Ad esempio, le schede cliente vengono configurate nella procedura guidata" -" per accedere al database e per visualizzare praticamente le informazioni" -" ottenute, ma l'uso effettivo avviene all'interno del NethVoice CTI, " -"durante le chiamate o quando si cercano informazioni specifiche." +"Ad esempio, le schede cliente vengono configurate nella procedura guidata " +"per accedere al database e per visualizzare praticamente le informazioni " +"ottenute, ma l'uso effettivo avviene all'interno del NethVoice CTI, durante " +"le chiamate o quando si cercano informazioni specifiche." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1074 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1074 ../../nethvoice.rst:1050 msgid "" "The *customer cards* section enables the grouping of information from " "external databases to the PBX and its display during calls. For example, " -"when receiving a call from a specific customer, retrieve information from" -" the database related to their invoices or any outstanding payments and " +"when receiving a call from a specific customer, retrieve information from " +"the database related to their invoices or any outstanding payments and " "evaluate whether to provide assistance or not. To create a new customer " "card, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -"La sezione *schede cliente* consente il raggruppamento di informazioni da" -" database esterni al PBX e la loro visualizzazione durante le chiamate. " -"Ad esempio, quando si riceve una chiamata da un cliente specifico, " -"recupera le informazioni dal database relative alle fatture o ad " -"eventuali pagamenti in sospeso e valutare se fornire assistenza o meno. " -"Per creare una nuova scheda cliente, seguire questi passaggi:" +"La sezione *schede cliente* consente il raggruppamento di informazioni da " +"database esterni al PBX e la loro visualizzazione durante le chiamate. Ad " +"esempio, quando si riceve una chiamata da un cliente specifico, recupera le " +"informazioni dal database relative alle fatture o ad eventuali pagamenti in " +"sospeso e valutare se fornire assistenza o meno. Per creare una nuova scheda " +"cliente, seguire questi passaggi:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1078 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1078 ../../nethvoice.rst:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "Address Book Sources" msgstr "Address Book" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1080 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1080 ../../nethvoice.rst:1056 #, fuzzy -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create New Source` and complete the form that appears:" -msgstr "fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Create New Source` and complete the form that appears:" +msgstr "" +"fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1082 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1082 ../../nethvoice.rst:1058 msgid "" -"``Database Type``: Specify the type of database from which information " -"will be retrieved." +"``Database Type``: Specify the type of database from which information will " +"be retrieved." msgstr "" "``Tipo Database``: Specificare il tipo di database da cui verranno " "recuperate le informazioni." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1083 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1083 ../../nethvoice.rst:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "``Database Name``: Specify the name of the database to connect to." msgstr "``Trunk Name``: specify name of the trunk" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1084 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1084 ../../nethvoice.rst:1060 msgid "" "``Database Address``: Specify the address for connecting to the database " "(localhost, socket, or external IP)." @@ -10403,247 +10839,247 @@ msgstr "" "``Indirizzo Database``: Specificare l'indirizzo per il collegamento al " "database (localhost, socket, o IP esterno)." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1085 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1085 ../../nethvoice.rst:1061 msgid "" "``Database Port``: Specify a port for the database different from the " "default one proposed." msgstr "" -"``Porta Database``: Specificare una porta per il database diverso da " -"quello predefinito proposto." +"``Porta Database``: Specificare una porta per il database diverso da quello " +"predefinito proposto." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1086 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1086 ../../nethvoice.rst:1062 msgid "``Database User``: Specify the user for database connection." -msgstr "``Utente Database``: Specificare l'utente per la connessione del database." +msgstr "" +"``Utente Database``: Specificare l'utente per la connessione del database." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1087 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1087 ../../nethvoice.rst:1063 msgid "``Database Password``: Specify the password for database connection." msgstr "" "``Password Database``: Specificare la password per la connessione del " "database." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1088 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1088 ../../nethvoice.rst:1064 msgid "" "``Connection``: Press the \"Verify\" button to test the accuracy of the " "entered connection information." msgstr "" -"``Connessione``: Premere il pulsante \"Verifica\" per testare " -"l'accuratezza delle informazioni di connessione inserite." +"``Connessione``: Premere il pulsante \"Verifica\" per testare l'accuratezza " +"delle informazioni di connessione inserite." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1090 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1090 ../../nethvoice.rst:1066 msgid "" -"Press :guilabel:`Save` to add the database source. The newly created " -"source will be listed among the available sources." +"Press :guilabel:`Save` to add the database source. The newly created source " +"will be listed among the available sources." msgstr "" -"Premere :guilabel: `Salva` per aggiungere la sorgente del database. La " -"nuova sorgente creata sarà elencata tra le sorgenti disponibili." +"Premere :guilabel: `Salva` per aggiungere la sorgente del database. La nuova " +"sorgente creata sarà elencata tra le sorgenti disponibili." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1093 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1093 ../../nethvoice.rst:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Template" msgstr "template custom" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1095 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1095 ../../nethvoice.rst:1071 msgid "" -"Templates serve as the blueprint for your customer cards. They utilize " -"the `ejs` engine, which boasts a JavaScript-like syntax. This allows for " -"the writing of HTML code using specific directives available on the " -"website https://github.com/tj/ejs." +"Templates serve as the blueprint for your customer cards. They utilize the " +"`ejs` engine, which boasts a JavaScript-like syntax. This allows for the " +"writing of HTML code using specific directives available on the website " +"https://github.com/tj/ejs." msgstr "" "I modelli servono da progetto per le tue schede cliente. Utilizzano il " -"motore `ejs`, che vanta una sintassi simile a JavaScript. Questo consente" -" la scrittura del codice HTML utilizzando specifiche direttive " -"disponibili sul sito web https://github.com/tj/ejs." +"motore `ejs`, che vanta una sintassi simile a JavaScript. Questo consente la " +"scrittura del codice HTML utilizzando specifiche direttive disponibili sul " +"sito web https://github.com/tj/ejs." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1097 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1097 ../../nethvoice.rst:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To begin the creation process, click on the :guilabel:`Create New " -"Template` button:" +"To begin the creation process, click on the :guilabel:`Create New Template` " +"button:" msgstr "cliccare sul pulsante :guilabel: `Create route`" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1099 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1099 ../../nethvoice.rst:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "``Name``: Specify the template's name." msgstr "``Model``: specify the gateway model" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1100 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1100 ../../nethvoice.rst:1076 msgid "" -"``Results``: This field contains the output of your query in JSON format." -" Use the text field to test and see how your HTML template will appear " -"with your data." +"``Results``: This field contains the output of your query in JSON format. " +"Use the text field to test and see how your HTML template will appear with " +"your data." msgstr "" "``Risultati``: Questo campo contiene l'output della tua query in formato " "JSON. Utilizzare il campo di testo per testare e vedere come apparirà il " "modello HTML con i tuoi dati." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1101 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1101 ../../nethvoice.rst:1077 msgid "" -"``Code (ejs)``: Enter your template's code in this text field, adhering " -"to the ejs syntax and using the values mentioned above (which are " -"essentially the result columns of your query)." +"``Code (ejs)``: Enter your template's code in this text field, adhering to " +"the ejs syntax and using the values mentioned above (which are essentially " +"the result columns of your query)." msgstr "" "``Codice (ejs)``: Inserisci il codice del tuo modello in questo campo di " -"testo, aderendo alla sintassi ejs ed utilizzando i valori sopra " -"menzionati (che sono essenzialmente le colonne dei risultati della tua " -"query)." +"testo, aderendo alla sintassi ejs ed utilizzando i valori sopra menzionati " +"(che sono essenzialmente le colonne dei risultati della tua query)." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1102 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1102 ../../nethvoice.rst:1078 msgid "" "``Preview``: By combining the results and the ejs code, you will see the " "corresponding HTML output, which will serve as your customer card." msgstr "" -"``Anteprima``: Combinando i risultati ed il codice ejs, vedrai l'output " -"HTML corrispondente, che servirà come la tua scheda cliente." +"``Anteprima``: Combinando i risultati ed il codice ejs, vedrai l'output HTML " +"corrispondente, che servirà come la tua scheda cliente." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1104 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1104 ../../nethvoice.rst:1080 msgid "" -"The PBX already offers some predefined templates with pre-written HTML " -"code that you can duplicate and modify by altering the color." +"The PBX already offers some predefined templates with pre-written HTML code " +"that you can duplicate and modify by altering the color." msgstr "" -"Il PBX offre già alcuni modelli predefiniti con codice HTML pre-scritto " -"che è possibile duplicare e modificare alterando il colore." +"Il PBX offre già alcuni modelli predefiniti con codice HTML pre-scritto che " +"è possibile duplicare e modificare alterando il colore." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1109 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1109 ../../nethvoice.rst:1085 msgid "" -"After creating the data source and the template for your card, this " -"section requires you to merge the two pieces of information to ensure the" -" card's correct creation. Click on the :guilabel:`Create New Card` button" -" and fill out the form:" +"After creating the data source and the template for your card, this section " +"requires you to merge the two pieces of information to ensure the card's " +"correct creation. Click on the :guilabel:`Create New Card` button and fill " +"out the form:" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver creato la sorgente dati ed il modello per la tua scheda, questa" -" sezione richiede di unire le due informazioni per garantire la corretta " -"creazione della scheda. Clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea Nuova Scheda`" -" e compila il modulo:" +"Dopo aver creato la sorgente dati ed il modello per la tua scheda, questa " +"sezione richiede di unire le due informazioni per garantire la corretta " +"creazione della scheda. Clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea Nuova Scheda` e " +"compila il modulo:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1111 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1111 ../../nethvoice.rst:1087 #, fuzzy msgid "``Name``: Name of the customer card." msgstr "``Name``: the name of the shared folder" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1112 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1112 ../../nethvoice.rst:1088 msgid "``Source``: Specify the previously created database source." -msgstr "``Sorgente``: Specificare la sorgente del database precedentemente creata." +msgstr "" +"``Sorgente``: Specificare la sorgente del database precedentemente creata." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1113 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1113 ../../nethvoice.rst:1089 msgid "``Template``: Choose the template you previously created." msgstr "``Template``: Scegli il modello che hai creato in precedenza." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1114 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1114 ../../nethvoice.rst:1090 msgid "" -"``Profile``: Select the type of user profile to which the customer card " -"you are creating will be displayed." +"``Profile``: Select the type of user profile to which the customer card you " +"are creating will be displayed." msgstr "" "``Profilo``: Selezionare il tipo di profilo utente che visualizzerà la " "scheda cliente che state creando." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1115 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1115 ../../nethvoice.rst:1091 msgid "``Query``: Input the query that will return the relevant information." -msgstr "``Query``: Inserire la query che restituirà le informazioni pertinenti." +msgstr "" +"``Query``: Inserire la query che restituirà le informazioni pertinenti." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1116 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1116 ../../nethvoice.rst:1092 msgid "" -"``Render``: By pressing this button, the query will execute on the " -"specified source, and the data will be inserted into the selected " -"template, producing the desired output." +"``Render``: By pressing this button, the query will execute on the specified " +"source, and the data will be inserted into the selected template, producing " +"the desired output." msgstr "" -"``Render``: Premendo questo pulsante, la query verrà eseguita sulla " -"sorgente specificata e i dati verranno inseriti nel modello selezionato, " -"producendo l'output desiderato." +"``Render``: Premendo questo pulsante, la query verrà eseguita sulla sorgente " +"specificata e i dati verranno inseriti nel modello selezionato, producendo " +"l'output desiderato." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1118 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1118 ../../nethvoice.rst:1094 #, fuzzy msgid "Press the :guilabel:`Save` button to save your customer card." msgstr "Use the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a custom field inside the panel." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1121 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1121 ../../nethvoice.rst:1097 msgid "" -"Once the query and card have been created and it is verified that " -"everything works, use the `$NUMBER` variable to replace numerical " -"parameters in your query." +"Once the query and card have been created and it is verified that everything " +"works, use the `$NUMBER` variable to replace numerical parameters in your " +"query." msgstr "" "Una volta che la query e la scheda sono stati create ed è verificato che " -"tutto funziona, utilizzare la variabile `$NUMBER` per sostituire i " -"parametri numerici nella vostra query." +"tutto funziona, utilizzare la variabile `$NUMBER` per sostituire i parametri " +"numerici nella vostra query." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1123 ../../user_domains.rst:81 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1123 ../../user_domains.rst:81 ../../nethvoice.rst:1099 msgid "Example:" msgstr "Esempio:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1125 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1125 ../../nethvoice.rst:1101 msgid "If your query is as follows: ::" msgstr "Se la domanda è la seguente::" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1129 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1129 ../../nethvoice.rst:1105 msgid "It should be changed to::" msgstr "Deve essere cambiato in:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1133 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1133 ../../nethvoice.rst:1109 msgid "" "The `$NUMBER` variable represents the caller ID of the PBX, referring to " "collect the data to be displayed on the customer card." msgstr "" -"La variabile `$NUMBER` rappresenta l'ID chiamante del PBX, utilizzato per" -" raccogliere i dati da visualizzare sulla scheda cliente." +"La variabile `$NUMBER` rappresenta l'ID chiamante del PBX, utilizzato per " +"raccogliere i dati da visualizzare sulla scheda cliente." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1137 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1137 ../../nethvoice.rst:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "Phonebook Sources" msgstr "Address Book" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1139 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1139 ../../nethvoice.rst:1115 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding External Address Books" msgstr "Google CardDAV remote address book" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1141 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1141 ../../nethvoice.rst:1117 msgid "" "From the menu :guilabel:`Applications -> Address Book Sources`, you can " -"define an external source for the contacts NethVoice should use to " -"resolve incoming and outgoing calls. These contacts will be added to the " -"NethVoice address book and made available for use in NethVoice CTI and " -"NethVoice App." -msgstr "" -"Dal menu :guilabel:`Applicazioni -> Sorgenti Rubrica`, è possibile " -"definire una sorgente esterna per i contatti che NethVoice deve " -"utilizzare per risolvere le chiamate in entrata ed in uscita. Questi " -"contatti saranno aggiunti alla rubrica di NethVoice e resi disponibili " -"per l'uso nel NethVoice CTI e nell'app NethVoice." - -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1144 +"define an external source for the contacts NethVoice should use to resolve " +"incoming and outgoing calls. These contacts will be added to the NethVoice " +"address book and made available for use in NethVoice CTI and NethVoice App." +msgstr "" +"Dal menu :guilabel:`Applicazioni -> Sorgenti Rubrica`, è possibile definire " +"una sorgente esterna per i contatti che NethVoice deve utilizzare per " +"risolvere le chiamate in entrata ed in uscita. Questi contatti saranno " +"aggiunti alla rubrica di NethVoice e resi disponibili per l'uso nel " +"NethVoice CTI e nell'app NethVoice." + +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1144 ../../nethvoice.rst:1120 msgid "To configure a new source, three steps are required:" msgstr "Per configurare una nuova sorgente, sono necessari tre passaggi:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1146 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1146 ../../nethvoice.rst:1122 msgid "**Source**: Configure access to the source database of contacts." msgstr "**Sorgente**: Configurare l'accesso al database sorgente dei contatti." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1148 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1148 ../../nethvoice.rst:1124 msgid "" "**Mapping**: Associate fields from the source database with those of the " "NethVoice address book." msgstr "" -"**Mappa**: Associa i campi del database sorgente con quelli della rubrica" -" di NethVoice." +"**Mappa**: Associa i campi del database sorgente con quelli della rubrica di " +"NethVoice." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1150 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1150 ../../nethvoice.rst:1126 msgid "**Settings**: Choose the synchronization interval." msgstr "** Impostazioni ** Scegliere l'intervallo di sincronizzazione." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1153 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1153 ../../nethvoice.rst:1129 #, fuzzy msgid "Phonebook Source" msgstr "Address Book" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1155 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1155 ../../nethvoice.rst:1131 msgid "" "A unique :guilabel:`Phonebook Name` must be assigned to the source to " -"distinguish the origin of the contacts imported into the NethVoice " -"phonebook." +"distinguish the origin of the contacts imported into the NethVoice phonebook." msgstr "" -"Deve essere assegnato un unico :guilabel:`Nome Rubrica` alla sorgente per" -" distinguere l'origine dei contatti importati nella rubrica NethVoice." +"Deve essere assegnato un unico :guilabel:`Nome Rubrica` alla sorgente per " +"distinguere l'origine dei contatti importati nella rubrica NethVoice." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1157 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1157 ../../nethvoice.rst:1133 msgid "" "Based on the :guilabel:`Source Type`, additional attributes need to be " "specified:" @@ -10651,241 +11087,236 @@ msgstr "" "In base al :guilabel:`Tipo Sorgente`, è necessario specificare ulteriori " "attributi:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1159 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1159 ../../nethvoice.rst:1135 #, fuzzy msgid "**MySQL**" msgstr "**Esempio**" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1161 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1161 ../../nethvoice.rst:1137 msgid "" -"Database name, server address/port, username, and password for the source" -" database are required." +"Database name, server address/port, username, and password for the source " +"database are required." msgstr "" -"Sono necessari il nome del database, l'indirizzo/porta del server, il " -"nome utente e la password per il database sorgente." +"Sono necessari il nome del database, l'indirizzo/porta del server, il nome " +"utente e la password per il database sorgente." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1163 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1163 ../../nethvoice.rst:1139 msgid "" -"Additionally, in the Select query text area, the SQL query used to " -"retrieve data to be imported into the centralized address book must be " -"inserted. If present in the text area, replace the word ``[table]`` with " -"the name of the source table." +"Additionally, in the Select query text area, the SQL query used to retrieve " +"data to be imported into the centralized address book must be inserted. If " +"present in the text area, replace the word ``[table]`` with the name of the " +"source table." msgstr "" -"Inoltre, nell'area di testo Selezione query, deve essere inserita la " -"query SQL utilizzata per recuperare i dati da importare nella rubrica " +"Inoltre, nell'area di testo Selezione query, deve essere inserita la query " +"SQL utilizzata per recuperare i dati da importare nella rubrica " "centralizzata. Se presente nell'area del testo, sostituire la parola " "``[table]`` con il nome della tabella sorgente." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1165 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1165 ../../nethvoice.rst:1141 msgid "**CSV**" msgstr "**CSV**" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1167 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1167 ../../nethvoice.rst:1143 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`URL` field, you can specify the web address of a file " -"in CSV format (Comma-Separated Values, values separated by commas and " -"double quotes \"\" as text qualifiers, mandatory if the field contains a " -"comma or space). Addresses starting with ``http://`` and ``https://`` are" -" accepted." +"In the :guilabel:`URL` field, you can specify the web address of a file in " +"CSV format (Comma-Separated Values, values separated by commas and double " +"quotes \"\" as text qualifiers, mandatory if the field contains a comma or " +"space). Addresses starting with ``http://`` and ``https://`` are accepted." msgstr "" -"Nel campo :guilabel:`URL` è possibile specificare l'indirizzo web di un " -"file in formato CSV (Comma-Separated Values, Valori separati da virgole e" -" doppi apici\"\" come qualificatori di testo, obbligatori se il campo " -"contiene una virgola o uno spazio). Sono accettati gli indirizzi che " -"iniziano con ``http://`` e ``https://``." +"Nel campo :guilabel:`URL` è possibile specificare l'indirizzo web di un file " +"in formato CSV (Comma-Separated Values, Valori separati da virgole e doppi " +"apici\"\" come qualificatori di testo, obbligatori se il campo contiene una " +"virgola o uno spazio). Sono accettati gli indirizzi che iniziano con " +"``http://`` e ``https://``." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1169 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1169 ../../nethvoice.rst:1145 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can upload a CSV file via the button to the right of " -"the same text field. In this case, the :guilabel:`URL` field will be " +"Alternatively, you can upload a CSV file via the button to the right of the " +"same text field. In this case, the :guilabel:`URL` field will be " "automatically populated." msgstr "" "In alternativa, è possibile caricare un file CSV tramite il pulsante a " -"destra dello stesso campo di testo. In questo caso, il campo: " -":guilabel:`URL` sarà automaticamente compilato." +"destra dello stesso campo di testo. In questo caso, il campo: :guilabel:" +"`URL` sarà automaticamente compilato." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1171 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1171 ../../nethvoice.rst:1147 msgid "" -"The CSV file must be encoded in UTF-8 and contain column names on the " -"first row." +"The CSV file must be encoded in UTF-8 and contain column names on the first " +"row." msgstr "" -"Il file CSV deve essere codificato in UTF-8 e contenere i nomi delle " -"colonne nella prima riga." +"Il file CSV deve essere codificato in UTF-8 e contenere i nomi delle colonne " +"nella prima riga." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1173 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1173 ../../nethvoice.rst:1149 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Verify` button allows you to preview the data retrieved " -"from the source." +"The :guilabel:`Verify` button allows you to preview the data retrieved from " +"the source." msgstr "" -"Il pulsante: :guilabel:`Verifica` consente di visualizzare un anteprima " -"dei dati recuperati dalla sorgente." +"Il pulsante: :guilabel:`Verifica` consente di visualizzare un anteprima dei " +"dati recuperati dalla sorgente." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1176 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1176 ../../nethvoice.rst:1152 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Name Resolution" msgstr "Introduzione" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1178 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1178 ../../nethvoice.rst:1154 msgid "" "If you wish to use a source other than the centralized address book to " -"resolve names, you can create a custom resolution script and place it in " -"the *~/.local/share/containers/storage/volumes/lookup.d/_data/* " -"directory." +"resolve names, you can create a custom resolution script and place it in the " +"*~/.local/share/containers/storage/volumes/lookup.d/_data/* directory." msgstr "" -"Se si desidera utilizzare una sorgente diversa dalla rubrica " -"centralizzata per risolvere i nomi, è possibile creare uno script di " -"risoluzione personalizzato e posizionarlo nella directory " -"*~/.local/share/containers/storage/volumes/lookup.d/_data/*." +"Se si desidera utilizzare una sorgente diversa dalla rubrica centralizzata " +"per risolvere i nomi, è possibile creare uno script di risoluzione " +"personalizzato e posizionarlo nella directory *~/.local/share/containers/" +"storage/volumes/lookup.d/_data/*." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1180 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1180 ../../nethvoice.rst:1156 msgid "" -"In the Github repository " -"`https://github.com/nethesis/ns8-nethvoice/tree/main/freepbx/usr/src/nethvoice/samples`," -" there are two example scripts: *lookup_dummy.php* and *lookup_vte.php*, " -"which can serve as a starting point for creating your own custom script." +"In the Github repository `https://github.com/nethesis/ns8-nethvoice/tree/" +"main/freepbx/usr/src/nethvoice/samples`, there are two example scripts: " +"*lookup_dummy.php* and *lookup_vte.php*, which can serve as a starting point " +"for creating your own custom script." msgstr "" -"Nel repository Github " -"`https://github.com/nethesis/ns8-nethvoice/tree/main/freepbx/usr/src/nethvoice/samples`," -" ci sono due script di esempio: *lookup_dummy.php* e *lookup_vte.php*, " -"che possono servire come punto di partenza per creare il proprio script " -"personalizzato." +"Nel repository Github `https://github.com/nethesis/ns8-nethvoice/tree/main/" +"freepbx/usr/src/nethvoice/samples`, ci sono due script di esempio: " +"*lookup_dummy.php* e *lookup_vte.php*, che possono servire come punto di " +"partenza per creare il proprio script personalizzato." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1182 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1182 ../../nethvoice.rst:1158 msgid "" -"The *lookup_dummy.php* script returns a fake result for any number dialed" -" or incoming call, while the lookup_vte.php script utilizes an external " -"API." +"The *lookup_dummy.php* script returns a fake result for any number dialed or " +"incoming call, while the lookup_vte.php script utilizes an external API." msgstr "" -"Lo script *lookup_dummy.php* restituisce un risultato fittizio per " -"qualsiasi numero composto o chiamata in ingresso, mentre lo script " -"*lookup_vte.php* utilizza un'API esterna." +"Lo script *lookup_dummy.php* restituisce un risultato fittizio per qualsiasi " +"numero composto o chiamata in ingresso, mentre lo script *lookup_vte.php* " +"utilizza un'API esterna." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1266 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1266 ../../nethvoice.rst:1242 msgid "You can choose the synchronization interval for contacts between:" -msgstr "È possibile scegliere l'intervallo di sincronizzazione per i contatti tra:" +msgstr "" +"È possibile scegliere l'intervallo di sincronizzazione per i contatti tra:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1268 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1268 ../../nethvoice.rst:1244 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "15 minuti" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1270 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1270 ../../nethvoice.rst:1246 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "30 minuti" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1274 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1274 ../../nethvoice.rst:1250 msgid "6 hours" msgstr "6 ore" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1276 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1276 ../../nethvoice.rst:1252 msgid "24 hours" msgstr "24 ore" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1278 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1278 ../../nethvoice.rst:1254 msgid "Once the source is created, you can:" msgstr "Una volta creata la sorgente, è possibile:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1280 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1280 ../../nethvoice.rst:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Immediately synchronize using the :guilabel:`Sync` button" msgstr "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1282 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1282 ../../nethvoice.rst:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable/disable synchronization" msgstr "Sincronizzazione multipla" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1285 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1285 ../../nethvoice.rst:1261 msgid "Parameterized URLs" msgstr "URLs Parametrizzato" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1287 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1287 ../../nethvoice.rst:1263 msgid "" -"Allows the end user to invoke a parameterized URL upon receiving a call. " -"The URL will be parameterized with caller data and can be \"opened\" in " -"one of the following four scenarios:" +"Allows the end user to invoke a parameterized URL upon receiving a call. The " +"URL will be parameterized with caller data and can be \"opened\" in one of " +"the following four scenarios:" msgstr "" "Permette all'utente finale di invocare un URL parametrizzato al momento " -"della ricezione di una chiamata. L'URL sarà parametrizzato con i dati del" -" chiamante e può essere \"aperto\" in uno dei seguenti quattro scenari:" +"della ricezione di una chiamata. L'URL sarà parametrizzato con i dati del " +"chiamante e può essere \"aperto\" in uno dei seguenti quattro scenari:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1289 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1289 ../../nethvoice.rst:1265 msgid "Never" msgstr "Mai" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1291 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1291 ../../nethvoice.rst:1267 msgid "When the incoming call is ringing" msgstr "Quando la chiamata in ingresso sta suonando" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1293 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1293 ../../nethvoice.rst:1269 msgid "When the incoming call is answered" msgstr "Quando la chiamata in ingresso viene risposta" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1295 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1295 ../../nethvoice.rst:1271 msgid "By clicking the appropriate button in the call management box" msgstr "" -"Cliccando sul pulsante appropriato nella casella di gestione delle " -"chiamate" +"Cliccando sul pulsante appropriato nella casella di gestione delle chiamate" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1297 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1297 ../../nethvoice.rst:1273 msgid "To create a URL, two pieces of information are required:" msgstr "Per creare un URL, sono necessarie due informazioni:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1299 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1299 ../../nethvoice.rst:1275 msgid "The URL itself" msgstr "L'URL stesso" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1301 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1301 ../../nethvoice.rst:1277 msgid "The selection of a user profile" msgstr "La selezione di un profilo utente" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1303 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1303 ../../nethvoice.rst:1279 msgid "" "The composition of the URL can be done using these parameters, which are " "populated for each call:" msgstr "" -"La composizione dell'URL può essere fatta utilizzando questi parametri, " -"che vengono popolati per ogni chiamata:" +"La composizione dell'URL può essere fatta utilizzando questi parametri, che " +"vengono popolati per ogni chiamata:" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1305 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1305 ../../nethvoice.rst:1281 msgid "*$CALLER_NUMBER* (Caller Number)" msgstr "*$CALLER_NUMBER* (Numero del Chiamante)" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1307 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1307 ../../nethvoice.rst:1283 msgid "*$CALLER_NAME* (Name associated by NethVoice to the caller number)" msgstr "*$CALLER_NAME* (Nome associato dal NethVoice al numero del chiamante)" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1309 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1309 ../../nethvoice.rst:1285 msgid "*$CALLED* (Called Number)" msgstr "*$CALLED* (Numero Chiamato)" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1311 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1311 ../../nethvoice.rst:1287 msgid "*$UNIQUEID* (Unique identifier of the call)" msgstr "*$UNIQUEID* (Identificatore unico della chiamata)" -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1313 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1313 ../../nethvoice.rst:1289 msgid "" -"It is possible to enable the option \"Only calls on queues\" to activate " -"the parameterized URL only for calls that ring in a queue." +"It is possible to enable the option \"Only calls on queues\" to activate the " +"parameterized URL only for calls that ring in a queue." msgstr "" -"È possibile abilitare l'opzione \"Solo chiamate in code\" per attivare " -"l'URL parametrizzato solo per le chiamate che squillano in una coda." +"È possibile abilitare l'opzione \"Solo chiamate in code\" per attivare l'URL " +"parametrizzato solo per le chiamate che squillano in una coda." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1315 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1315 ../../nethvoice.rst:1291 msgid "" -"All users who have that profile will be enabled to use the newly created " -"URL." +"All users who have that profile will be enabled to use the newly created URL." msgstr "" "Tutti gli utenti che hanno quel profilo saranno abilitati per utilizzare " "l'URL appena creato." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1318 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1318 ../../nethvoice.rst:1294 msgid "Only one URL can be associated with a profile." msgstr "Solo un URL può essere associato a un profilo." -#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1319 +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:1319 ../../nethvoice.rst:1295 msgid "" -"For the URL to be invoked, it is necessary for the end user to have " -"enabled pop-up display in their browser!" +"For the URL to be invoked, it is necessary for the end user to have enabled " +"pop-up display in their browser!" msgstr "" "Affinché l'URL venga invocato, è necessario che l'utente finale abbia " "abilitato la visualizzazione dei pop-up nel proprio browser!" @@ -10900,28 +11331,27 @@ msgstr "Il modulo NethVoice Proxy è diviso in due parti principali:" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:9 msgid "" -"`Kamalio `_: `SIP " -"`_ proxy " -"server for managing SIP connections" +"`Kamalio `_: `SIP `_ proxy server for managing SIP connections" msgstr "" -"`Kamalio `_: `SIP " -"`_ server " -"proxy per la gestione delle connessioni SIP" +"`Kamalio `_: `SIP `_ server proxy per la gestione delle " +"connessioni SIP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:10 msgid "" -"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP " -"`_ proxy for " -"managing RTP connections" +"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP `_ proxy for managing RTP " +"connections" msgstr "" -"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP " -"`_ proxy per " -"la gestione delle connessioni RTP" +"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP `_ proxy per la gestione " +"delle connessioni RTP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:12 msgid "" -"NethVoice Proxy allows you to manage all incoming and outgoing SIP and " -"RTP connections." +"NethVoice Proxy allows you to manage all incoming and outgoing SIP and RTP " +"connections." msgstr "" "NethVoice Proxy consente di gestire tutte le connessioni SIP e RTP in " "entrata e in uscita." @@ -10931,73 +11361,75 @@ msgid "" "The proxy will be used by :ref:`NethVoice ` instances " "that must be installed after this proxy is up and running." msgstr "" -"Il proxy sarà utilizzato da :ref:`NethVoice ` istanze" -" che devono essere installate dopo che questo proxy è in funzione." +"Il proxy sarà utilizzato da :ref:`NethVoice ` istanze " +"che devono essere installate dopo che questo proxy è in funzione." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can install only one NethVoice Proxy per node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install only one NethVoice Proxy per node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:21 msgid "" -"NethVoice Proxy needs a virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``proxy.nethserver.org``, this virtual host may be dedicated or shared " -"with the one used in a :ref:`NethVoice ` application." +"NethVoice Proxy needs a virtual host, an FQDN like ``proxy.nethserver.org``, " +"this virtual host may be dedicated or shared with the one used in a :ref:" +"`NethVoice ` application." msgstr "" -"NethVoice Proxy ha bisogno di un host virtuale, un FQDN come " -"``proxy.nethserver.org``, questo host virtuale può essere dedicato o " -"condiviso con quello utilizzato in un :ref:`NethVoice ` applicazione." +"NethVoice Proxy ha bisogno di un host virtuale, un FQDN come ``proxy." +"nethserver.org``, questo host virtuale può essere dedicato o condiviso con " +"quello utilizzato in un :ref:`NethVoice ` applicazione." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make " -"also sure to have the corresponding public DNS record." +"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also " +"sure to have the corresponding public DNS record." msgstr "" "Se si sta progettando di utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come " -"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere il corrispondente record pubblico" -" DNS." +"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere il corrispondente record pubblico " +"DNS." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:29 msgid "" "access the application configuration page and enter a valid FQDN inside " "``Proxy Domain`` field" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un " -"FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Proxy Domain``" +"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un FQDN " +"valido all'interno del campo ``Proxy Domain``" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:30 msgid "" -"insert the network's interface of the node choosing it from the drop-down" -" menu" +"insert the network's interface of the node choosing it from the drop-down " +"menu" msgstr "" +"inserire l'interfaccia della rete del nodo scegliendolo dal menu a discesa" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:31 msgid "" -"insert Public IPv4/IPv6 address that will receive VoIP traffic (necessary" -" only if there is no public IP on the network interface)" +"insert Public IPv4/IPv6 address that will receive VoIP traffic (necessary " +"only if there is no public IP on the network interface)" msgstr "" +"inserire l'indirizzo IPv4/IPv6 pubblico che riceverà il traffico VoIP " +"(necessario solo se non esiste un IP pubblico nell'interfaccia di rete)" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:34 msgid "" -"If the machine is not accessible from the internet and its fully " -"qualified domain name (FQDN) cannot be reached externally, and it is used" -" only within a local network, the IP address field should contain the " -"machine's private IP address." +"If the machine is not accessible from the internet and its fully qualified " +"domain name (FQDN) cannot be reached externally, and it is used only within " +"a local network, the IP address field should contain the machine's private " +"IP address." msgstr "" "Se la macchina non è accessibile da internet e il suo nome di dominio " -"completamente qualificato (FQDN) non può essere raggiunto esternamente, e" -" viene utilizzato solo all'interno di una rete locale, il campo indirizzo" -" IP dovrebbe contenere l'indirizzo IP privato della macchina." +"completamente qualificato (FQDN) non può essere raggiunto esternamente, e " +"viene utilizzato solo all'interno di una rete locale, il campo indirizzo IP " +"dovrebbe contenere l'indirizzo IP privato della macchina." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:36 msgid "" -"Now, you can install and configure one ore more :ref:`NethVoice " -"` instances." +"Now, you can install and configure one ore more :ref:`NethVoice ` instances." msgstr "" "Ora, è possibile installare e configurare una o più :ref:`NethVoice " " ` istanze." @@ -11010,17 +11442,17 @@ msgstr "Nextcloud" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your " -"files via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are." -" It also provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your " -"contacts, calendars and bookmarks across all your devices and enables " -"basic editing right on the web." +"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your files " +"via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are. It also " +"provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your contacts, calendars " +"and bookmarks across all your devices and enables basic editing right on the " +"web." msgstr "" -"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your " -"files via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are." -" It also provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your " -"contacts, calendars and bookmarks across all your devices and enables " -"basic editing right on the web." +"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your files " +"via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are. It also " +"provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your contacts, calendars " +"and bookmarks across all your devices and enables basic editing right on the " +"web." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:12 #, fuzzy @@ -11045,20 +11477,20 @@ msgstr "automatic backup" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``nextcloud.nethserver.org``." +"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``nextcloud." +"nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``nextcloud.nethserver.org``." +"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``nextcloud." +"nethserver.org``." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:28 #, fuzzy @@ -11078,28 +11510,28 @@ msgstr "setup a ``Password for user 'admin'``, or leave the default one" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the" -" instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all " -"users from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. " -"The built-in ``admin`` user is always enabled." +"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the " +"instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all users " +"from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. The built-" +"in ``admin`` user is always enabled." msgstr "" -"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the" -" instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all " -"users from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. " -"The built-in ``admin`` user is always enabled." +"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the " +"instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all users " +"from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. The built-" +"in ``admin`` user is always enabled." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to integrate with Collabora (CODE) online see :ref:`below " "`, The option will be available after " -"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less " -"then a minute." +"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less then " +"a minute." msgstr "" "If you want to integrate with Collabora (CODE) online see :ref:`below " "`, The option will be available after " -"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less " -"then a minute." +"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less then " +"a minute." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:45 #, fuzzy @@ -11123,25 +11555,25 @@ msgstr "User list" #, fuzzy msgid "" "All users are listed inside the administrator panel of Nextcloud using a " -"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the " -"system ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as " -"reported in section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud " -"documentation `_." +"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the system " +"ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as reported in " +"section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud documentation `_." msgstr "" "All users are listed inside the administrator panel of Nextcloud using a " -"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the " -"system ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as " -"reported in section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud " -"documentation `_." +"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the system " +"ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as reported in " +"section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud documentation `_." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:62 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` instance." +"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` " +"instance." msgstr "" -"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` instance." +"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` " +"instance." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:64 #, fuzzy @@ -11151,24 +11583,24 @@ msgstr "Then, access the ``Settings`` page of Nextcloud module." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of " -"the existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " +"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of the " +"existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " "installation." msgstr "" -"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of " -"the existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " +"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of the " +"existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " "installation." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember" -" to disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does" -" not have a valid TLS certificate." +"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember to " +"disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does not " +"have a valid TLS certificate." msgstr "" -"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember" -" to disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does" -" not have a valid TLS certificate." +"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember to " +"disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does not " +"have a valid TLS certificate." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:72 #, fuzzy @@ -11187,43 +11619,43 @@ msgstr "Data retention policy" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention" -" policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" +"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention " +"policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" msgstr "" -"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention" -" policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" +"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention " +"policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" "if the account originates from the LDAP account provider, its data isn't " -"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about " -"this policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup " -"`_." +"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about this " +"policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup `_." msgstr "" "if the account originates from the LDAP account provider, its data isn't " -"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about " -"this policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup " -"`_." +"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about this " +"policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup `_." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, " -"their associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon " -"deletion. Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users " -"`_." +"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, their " +"associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon deletion. " +"Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users `_." msgstr "" -"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, " -"their associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon " -"deletion. Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users " -"`_." +"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, their " +"associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon deletion. " +"Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users `_." #: ../../odoo.rst:6 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo" #: ../../odoo.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -11232,66 +11664,80 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, project management, and inventory management (source " "`Wikipedia`_)." msgstr "" +"Odoo è una suite di software di gestione aziendale che comprende gestione " +"delle relazioni con i clienti, e-commerce, fatturazione, contabilità, " +"produzione, magazzino, gestione del progetto e gestione dell'inventario " +"(fonte `Wikipedia`_)." #: ../../odoo.rst:12 msgid "" -"This application integrates Odoo within NS8 and is developed, maintained " -"and supported by `Innovyou`_, an Italian IT company." +"This application integrates Odoo within NS8 and is developed, maintained and " +"supported by `Innovyou`_, an Italian IT company." msgstr "" #: ../../odoo.rst:22 msgid "" -"Under the Settings page, fill the Odoo FQDN field with the DNS name " -"assigned to this Odoo instance. If you want to request a Let's Encrypt " -"TLS certificate, ensure the FQDN is recorded in the public DNS before " -"proceeding." +"Under the Settings page, fill the Odoo FQDN field with the DNS name assigned " +"to this Odoo instance. If you want to request a Let's Encrypt TLS " +"certificate, ensure the FQDN is recorded in the public DNS before proceeding." msgstr "" +"Nella pagina Impostazioni, riempire il campo Odoo FQDN con il nome DNS " +"assegnato a questa istanza Odoo. Se si desidera richiedere un certificato " +"Let's Encrypt TLS, assicurarsi che il FQDN sia registrato nel DNS pubblico " +"prima di procedere." #: ../../odoo.rst:27 msgid "" -"Odoo can be bound to an existing user domain. Users of the domain can log" -" on to this Odoo instance with the same credentials of other applications" -" in the same domain: choose the domain from the LDAP domain selector." +"Odoo can be bound to an existing user domain. Users of the domain can log on " +"to this Odoo instance with the same credentials of other applications in the " +"same domain: choose the domain from the LDAP domain selector." msgstr "" #: ../../odoo.rst:33 msgid "" -"The LDAP domain can be chosen only the first time. Once the " -":guilabel:`Save` button is pressed, the LDAP domain selection is " -"disabled." +"The LDAP domain can be chosen only the first time. Once the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button is pressed, the LDAP domain selection is disabled." msgstr "" +"Il dominio LDAP può essere scelto solo la prima volta. Una volta premuto il " +"tasto :guilabel:`Save`, la selezione del dominio LDAP è disattivata." #: ../../odoo.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once the application is configured for the first time, proceed to the " -"login page." +"Once the application is configured for the first time, proceed to the login " +"page." msgstr "" +"Una volta configurata l'applicazione per la prima volta, procedere alla " +"pagina di login." #: ../../odoo.rst:40 msgid "From the login screen, it will be possible to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dalla schermata di login, sarà possibile:" #: ../../odoo.rst:42 msgid "Access Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accesso a Odoo." #: ../../odoo.rst:43 msgid "Manage databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestisci i database." #: ../../odoo.rst:47 msgid "" -"Change immediately the default passwod of ``admin`` user and the default " -"DB master password, as explained in the next sections." +"Change immediately the default passwod of ``admin`` user and the default DB " +"master password, as explained in the next sections." msgstr "" +"Modificare immediatamente il passwod predefinito dell'utente ``admin```` e " +"la password master DB predefinita, come spiegato nelle sezioni successive." #: ../../odoo.rst:51 msgid "Access to Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accesso a Odoo" #: ../../odoo.rst:53 msgid "To perform the first login, simply use the following credentials:" msgstr "" +"Per eseguire il primo login, è sufficiente utilizzare le seguenti " +"credenziali:" #: ../../odoo.rst:56 #, fuzzy @@ -11303,12 +11749,15 @@ msgid "" "After the first login, it is strongly recommended to change the Odoo " "password by following these steps:" msgstr "" +"Dopo il primo login, si consiglia vivamente di modificare la password di " +"Odoo seguendo questi passaggi:" #: ../../odoo.rst:61 msgid "" -"Click on \"Administrator\" in the top right corner, then on " -"\"Preferences\"." +"Click on \"Administrator\" in the top right corner, then on \"Preferences\"." msgstr "" +"Fare clic su \"Amministratore\" nell'angolo in alto a destra, quindi su " +"\"Preferenze\"." #: ../../odoo.rst:63 #, fuzzy @@ -11317,17 +11766,19 @@ msgstr "external email address" #: ../../odoo.rst:65 msgid "" -"Open the \"Account Security\" tab, click on \"Change password\", enter " -"the current password." +"Open the \"Account Security\" tab, click on \"Change password\", enter the " +"current password." msgstr "" +"Aprire la scheda \"Account Security\", fare clic su \"Change password\", " +"inserire la password corrente." #: ../../odoo.rst:68 msgid "Enter and confirm the new password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserisci e conferma la nuova password." #: ../../odoo.rst:70 msgid "The session will be closed, and you will need to log in again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La sessione sarà chiusa, e sarà necessario accedere di nuovo." #: ../../odoo.rst:74 #, fuzzy @@ -11336,9 +11787,11 @@ msgstr "Gestione cluster" #: ../../odoo.rst:76 msgid "" -"From the login screen, it will be possible to manage databases by " -"clicking on the \"Database Management\" link." +"From the login screen, it will be possible to manage databases by clicking " +"on the \"Database Management\" link." msgstr "" +"Dalla schermata di login, sarà possibile gestire i database cliccando sul " +"link \"Database Management\"." #: ../../odoo.rst:79 #, fuzzy @@ -11347,9 +11800,11 @@ msgstr "L'impostazione predefinita è ``Non attivo``." #: ../../odoo.rst:81 msgid "" -"The first step for the application's security will be to change the " -"master password by following these steps:" +"The first step for the application's security will be to change the master " +"password by following these steps:" msgstr "" +"Il primo passo per la sicurezza dell'applicazione sarà quello di cambiare la " +"password master seguendo questi passaggi:" #: ../../odoo.rst:84 #, fuzzy @@ -11358,7 +11813,7 @@ msgstr "master user password" #: ../../odoo.rst:85 msgid "Write the current password and then the new password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scrivi la password corrente e poi la nuova password." #: ../../odoo.rst:86 #, fuzzy @@ -11367,28 +11822,28 @@ msgstr "Click on Continue." #: ../../odoo.rst:88 msgid "Once the new Master Password is set, it will be possible to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una volta impostata la nuova password master, sarà possibile:" #: ../../odoo.rst:90 msgid "Perform a database backup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eseguire un backup del database." #: ../../odoo.rst:91 msgid "Duplicate the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duplica il database." #: ../../odoo.rst:92 msgid "Create a new database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea un nuovo database." #: ../../odoo.rst:93 msgid "Delete the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elimina il database." #: ../../odoo.rst:95 msgid "" -"**Note**: The master password will always be necessary for the activities" -" listed below." +"**Note**: The master password will always be necessary for the activities " +"listed below." msgstr "" #: ../../odoo.rst:99 @@ -11398,7 +11853,7 @@ msgstr "Cluster backup" #: ../../odoo.rst:101 msgid "To perform a database backup, simply follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per eseguire un backup del database, basta seguire questi passaggi:" #: ../../odoo.rst:103 #, fuzzy @@ -11417,17 +11872,21 @@ msgstr "Click on OK." #: ../../odoo.rst:107 msgid "" -"The database will be downloaded locally and can be used for restoration " -"or as a basis for creating a parallel production database." +"The database will be downloaded locally and can be used for restoration or " +"as a basis for creating a parallel production database." msgstr "" +"Il database sarà scaricato localmente e può essere utilizzato per il " +"restauro o come base per la creazione di un database di produzione parallela." #: ../../odoo.rst:111 msgid "Duplicate the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duplicare il database" #: ../../odoo.rst:113 msgid "To create a copy of the production database, simply follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"Per creare una copia del database di produzione, basta seguire questi " +"passaggi:" #: ../../odoo.rst:115 #, fuzzy @@ -11441,9 +11900,11 @@ msgstr "inserire un nome del backup" #: ../../odoo.rst:118 msgid "" -"Check \"Neutralize,\" which disables cron jobs and prevents the system " -"from sending automatic notifications." +"Check \"Neutralize,\" which disables cron jobs and prevents the system from " +"sending automatic notifications." msgstr "" +"Controllare \"Neutralize\", che disabilita i lavori di cron e impedisce al " +"sistema di inviare notifiche automatiche." #: ../../odoo.rst:120 ../../sogo.rst:157 #, fuzzy @@ -11456,15 +11917,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../odoo.rst:125 msgid "Create a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Creare un nuovo database" #: ../../odoo.rst:127 msgid "To create a new database, simply follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per creare un nuovo database, basta seguire questi passaggi:" #: ../../odoo.rst:129 msgid "Click on \"Create Database\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clicca su \"Create Database\"." #: ../../odoo.rst:132 #, fuzzy @@ -11478,17 +11939,19 @@ msgstr "Select another line" #: ../../odoo.rst:135 msgid "" -"Note: The newly created database will be completely empty and devoid of " -"any configuration, module, or application." +"Note: The newly created database will be completely empty and devoid of any " +"configuration, module, or application." msgstr "" +"Nota: Il database appena creato sarà completamente vuoto e privo di " +"qualsiasi configurazione, modulo o applicazione." #: ../../odoo.rst:139 msgid "Delete the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminare il database" #: ../../odoo.rst:141 msgid "To delete a database, simply follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per eliminare un database, basta seguire questi passaggi:" #: ../../odoo.rst:143 #, fuzzy @@ -11506,27 +11969,32 @@ msgid "Installation image" msgstr "Installazione" #: ../../odoo.rst:151 -msgid "The installation image was created by Innovyou for the following reasons:" +msgid "" +"The installation image was created by Innovyou for the following reasons:" msgstr "" +"L'immagine di installazione è stata creata da Innovyou per i seguenti motivi:" #: ../../odoo.rst:153 msgid "" -"The image contains Odoo core modules, OCA modules, and proprietary " -"modules." -msgstr "" +"The image contains Odoo core modules, OCA modules, and proprietary modules." +msgstr "L'immagine contiene moduli Odoo core, moduli OCA e moduli proprietari." #: ../../odoo.rst:156 msgid "" "The official Odoo image is not versioned beyond V16; its content is " -"overwritten periodically. This would prevent us from knowing for sure " -"which code is being used in that particular installation and consequently" -" would not allow us to provide proper support or debugging." +"overwritten periodically. This would prevent us from knowing for sure which " +"code is being used in that particular installation and consequently would " +"not allow us to provide proper support or debugging." msgstr "" +"L'immagine ufficiale di Odoo non è versioneta oltre V16; il suo contenuto è " +"sovrascritto periodicamente. Questo ci impedisce di sapere per certo quale " +"codice viene utilizzato in quella particolare installazione e di conseguenza " +"non ci permetterebbe di fornire un supporto adeguato o debug." #: ../../odoo.rst:161 msgid "" -"To request the source code and for information or support, you can visit " -"the page https://www.innovyou.co/odoo-nethserver-support/" +"To request the source code and for information or support, you can visit the " +"page https://www.innovyou.co/odoo-nethserver-support/" msgstr "" #: ../../odoo.rst:165 @@ -11536,19 +12004,23 @@ msgstr "VCard support" #: ../../odoo.rst:167 msgid "" -"Application version 1.0.0 corresponds to Odoo Community version 16.0, end" -" of support November 2025." +"Application version 1.0.0 corresponds to Odoo Community version 16.0, end of " +"support November 2025." msgstr "" +"La versione di applicazione 1.0.0 corrisponde alla versione di Odoo " +"Community 16.0, fine del supporto novembre 2025." #: ../../odoo.rst:170 msgid "Updates for Odoo on NethServer 8 are manual." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gli aggiornamenti per Odoo su NethServer 8 sono manuali." #: ../../odoo.rst:172 msgid "" -"For any support request, you can contact us through the page " -"https://www.innovyou.co/odoo-nethserver-support/" +"For any support request, you can contact us through the page https://www." +"innovyou.co/odoo-nethserver-support/" msgstr "" +"Per qualsiasi richiesta di supporto, potete contattarci tramite la pagina " +"https://www.innovyou.co/odoo-nethserver-support/" #: ../../odoo.rst:176 #, fuzzy @@ -11557,15 +12029,19 @@ msgstr "LOGIN" #: ../../odoo.rst:178 msgid "" -"Nethserver 8 application has a GPL-3 license, Odoo Core modules have an " -"LGPL license." +"Nethserver 8 application has a GPL-3 license, Odoo Core modules have an LGPL " +"license." msgstr "" +"Nethserver 8 applicazione ha una licenza GPL-3, i moduli Odoo Core hanno una " +"licenza LGPL." #: ../../odoo.rst:181 msgid "" -"OCA modules may have an AGPL or LGPL license. To view the license of each" -" module, you can do so by following the steps below:" +"OCA modules may have an AGPL or LGPL license. To view the license of each " +"module, you can do so by following the steps below:" msgstr "" +"I moduli OCA possono avere una licenza AGPL o LGPL. Per visualizzare la " +"licenza di ogni modulo, è possibile farlo seguendo i passaggi seguenti:" #: ../../odoo.rst:184 #, fuzzy @@ -11574,13 +12050,15 @@ msgstr "selezionare le applicazioni da ripristinare" #: ../../odoo.rst:185 msgid "" -"Locate the application of interest and click on the three dots in the " -"upper right corner." +"Locate the application of interest and click on the three dots in the upper " +"right corner." msgstr "" +"Individuare l'applicazione di interesse e fare clic sui tre punti " +"nell'angolo in alto a destra." #: ../../odoo.rst:187 msgid "Click on \"module info\" to access the desired information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clicca su \"module info\" per accedere alle informazioni desiderate." #: ../../os_network.rst:5 msgid "Node network setup" @@ -11588,41 +12066,39 @@ msgstr "Configurazione nodi della rete" #: ../../os_network.rst:7 msgid "" -"A workable network configuration could be already provided by an " -"automatic procedure, like ``cloud-init``. If you are running a cloud " -"VPS, do not change the node network settings, and **read the cloud " -"provider documentation** before changing the node host name." +"A workable network configuration could be already provided by an automatic " +"procedure, like ``cloud-init``. If you are running a cloud VPS, do not " +"change the node network settings, and **read the cloud provider " +"documentation** before changing the node host name." msgstr "" -"Una configurazione di rete funzionante potrebbe essere già fornita da una" -" procedura automatica, come ``cloud-init``. Se si esegue un VPS in cloud," -" non modificare le impostazioni di rete dei nodi, e **leggi la " -"documentazione del cloud provider** prima di cambiare il nome dell'host " -"del nodo." +"Una configurazione di rete funzionante potrebbe essere già fornita da una " +"procedura automatica, come ``cloud-init``. Se si esegue un VPS in cloud, non " +"modificare le impostazioni di rete dei nodi, e **leggi la documentazione del " +"cloud provider** prima di cambiare il nome dell'host del nodo." #: ../../os_network.rst:12 msgid "" -"Also the **OS installation procedure** can help to set up a working " -"network setup for your node. In this case refer to the OS documentation." +"Also the **OS installation procedure** can help to set up a working network " +"setup for your node. In this case refer to the OS documentation." msgstr "" -"Anche la **procedura di installazione del Sistema Operativo** può aiutare" -" a configurare una rete funzionante per il nodo. In questo caso fare " +"Anche la **procedura di installazione del Sistema Operativo** può aiutare a " +"configurare una rete funzionante per il nodo. In questo caso fare " "riferimento alla documentazione del sistema operativo." #: ../../os_network.rst:15 msgid "" -"In any other case, if the node cannot be reached from the network, enter " -"the system console and try to fix the network configuration with one of " -"the following methods." +"In any other case, if the node cannot be reached from the network, enter the " +"system console and try to fix the network configuration with one of the " +"following methods." msgstr "" -"In ogni altro caso, se il nodo non può essere raggiunto dalla rete, " -"entrare nella console di sistema e cercare di correggere la " -"configurazione di rete con uno dei seguenti metodi." +"In ogni altro caso, se il nodo non può essere raggiunto dalla rete, entrare " +"nella console di sistema e cercare di correggere la configurazione di rete " +"con uno dei seguenti metodi." #: ../../os_network.rst:19 msgid "The basic parameters to fix the node network configuration are:" msgstr "" -"I parametri di base per correggere la configurazione di rete del nodo " -"sono:" +"I parametri di base per correggere la configurazione di rete del nodo sono:" #: ../../os_network.rst:21 msgid "The public network interface name, for example ``eth0``" @@ -11641,19 +12117,18 @@ msgid "" "The network default gateway IP address. It is an IP address in the same " "network of your node, for instance ``192.168.12.1``" msgstr "" -"L'indirizzo IP del gateway predefinito di rete. Si tratta di un indirizzo" -" IP nella stessa rete del nodo, per esempio ``192.168.12.1``" +"L'indirizzo IP del gateway predefinito di rete. Si tratta di un indirizzo IP " +"nella stessa rete del nodo, per esempio ``192.168.12.1``" #: ../../os_network.rst:25 msgid "" "The DNS server address. It can be a public DNS service, like Google " -"``8.8.8.8`` or ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, or a private DNS " -"server. In small environments it could be the gateway host itself." +"``8.8.8.8`` or ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, or a private DNS server. " +"In small environments it could be the gateway host itself." msgstr "" -"L'indirizzo del server DNS. Può essere un servizio DNS pubblico, come " -"Google ``8.8.8.8`` o ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, o un server DNS" -" privato. In piccoli ambienti potrebbe essere lo stesso host che funge da" -" gateway." +"L'indirizzo del server DNS. Può essere un servizio DNS pubblico, come Google " +"``8.8.8.8`` o ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, o un server DNS privato. " +"In piccoli ambienti potrebbe essere lo stesso host che funge da gateway." #: ../../os_network.rst:30 msgid "``nmtui``" @@ -11665,14 +12140,13 @@ msgid "" "available on EL distributions, like CentOS Stream, Alma and Rocky Linux." msgstr "" "La ``nmtui`` (Interfaccia utente testuale per il controllo di " -"NetworkManager) è disponibile sulle distribuzioni EL, come CentOS Stream," -" Alma e Rocky Linux." +"NetworkManager) è disponibile sulle distribuzioni EL, come CentOS Stream, " +"Alma e Rocky Linux." #: ../../os_network.rst:35 msgid "Launch the text interface to edit network connections with: ::" msgstr "" -"Avviare l'interfaccia di testo per modificare le connessioni di rete con:" -" ::" +"Avviare l'interfaccia di testo per modificare le connessioni di rete con: ::" #: ../../os_network.rst:39 msgid "This is a summary of keyboard functions:" @@ -11680,11 +12154,11 @@ msgstr "Questo è un riassunto delle funzioni della tastiera:" #: ../../os_network.rst:41 msgid "" -"Arrows and tab keys move between interface elements (like buttons and " -"form fields)" +"Arrows and tab keys move between interface elements (like buttons and form " +"fields)" msgstr "" -"Le frecce e il tasto tabulatore muovono tra gli elementi dell' " -"interfaccia (come pulsanti e campi del modulo)" +"Le frecce e il tasto tabulatore muovono tra gli elementi dell' interfaccia " +"(come pulsanti e campi del modulo)" #: ../../os_network.rst:43 msgid "``Enter``, button click" @@ -11710,34 +12184,34 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamenti del sistema operativo" msgid "" "NethServer 8 is installed on top of Linux distributions and strives to " "preserve default configurations as much as possible. The system " -"administrator has the flexibility to choose how operating system updates " -"are applied." +"administrator has the flexibility to choose how operating system updates are " +"applied." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 è installato in cima alle distribuzioni Linux e si sforza il" -" più possibile di preservare le configurazioni di default. " -"L'amministratore di sistema ha la flessibilità di scegliere come vengono " -"applicati gli aggiornamenti del sistema operativo." +"NethServer 8 è installato in cima alle distribuzioni Linux e si sforza il " +"più possibile di preservare le configurazioni di default. L'amministratore " +"di sistema ha la flessibilità di scegliere come vengono applicati gli " +"aggiornamenti del sistema operativo." #: ../../os_updates.rst:12 msgid "" -"It is generally advisable to apply operating system updates promptly. If " -"you have an active subscription, updates are automatically applied as " -"described in the :ref:`scheduled-updates` section. Otherwise, consult " -"your distribution documentation for guidance:" +"It is generally advisable to apply operating system updates promptly. If you " +"have an active subscription, updates are automatically applied as described " +"in the :ref:`scheduled-updates` section. Otherwise, consult your " +"distribution documentation for guidance:" msgstr "" "È generalmente consigliabile applicare prontamente gli aggiornamenti del " -"sistema operativo. Se si dispone di un abbonamento attivo, gli " -"aggiornamenti vengono applicati automaticamente come descritto nella " -"sezione: `scheduled-updates`. In caso contrario, consultare la guida " -"della documentazione della distribuzione:" +"sistema operativo. Se si dispone di un abbonamento attivo, gli aggiornamenti " +"vengono applicati automaticamente come descritto nella sezione: `scheduled-" +"updates`. In caso contrario, consultare la guida della documentazione della " +"distribuzione:" #: ../../os_updates.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux " -"`_" +"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux `_" msgstr "" -"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux " -"`_" +"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux `_" #: ../../os_updates.rst:18 #, fuzzy @@ -11751,17 +12225,17 @@ msgid "" "unexpected issues. To enable automatic updates on CentOS Stream, simply " "follow the same instructions as outlined for Rocky Linux." msgstr "" -"CentOS Stream è considerato come un'anteprima del prossimo rilascio " -"stabile RHEL. Gli aggiornamenti possono introdurre nuove versioni del " -"software che potrebbero potenzialmente causare problemi inaspettati. Per " -"attivare gli aggiornamenti automatici su CentOS Stream, basta seguire le " -"stesse istruzioni indicate per Rocky Linux." +"CentOS Stream è considerato come un'anteprima del prossimo rilascio stabile " +"RHEL. Gli aggiornamenti possono introdurre nuove versioni del software che " +"potrebbero potenzialmente causare problemi inaspettati. Per attivare gli " +"aggiornamenti automatici su CentOS Stream, basta seguire le stesse " +"istruzioni indicate per Rocky Linux." #: ../../os_updates.rst:25 msgid "For updates to core and modules, refer to :ref:`updates-section`." msgstr "" -"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: " -"`updates-section`." +"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: `updates-" +"section`." #: ../../piler.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -11770,74 +12244,105 @@ msgstr "Filter" #: ../../piler.rst:7 msgid "Piler_ is an open-source mail archiving solution." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Piler_ è una soluzione di archiviazione di posta aperta." #: ../../piler.rst:11 msgid "" "This Piler application for NS8 configures a :ref:`Mail server ` instance to act as its archive, recording any message sent or " -"received by the server for a configurable duration. If a message is lost," -" authorized users (known as \"auditors\") can access the Piler UI, search" -" for the message in the archive, and send it back to the original " -"recipient." -msgstr "" +"received by the server for a configurable duration. If a message is lost, " +"authorized users (known as \"auditors\") can access the Piler UI, search for " +"the message in the archive, and send it back to the original recipient." +msgstr "" +"Questa applicazione Piler per NS8 configura un'istanza :ref:`Mail server " +"` che funge da archivio, registrando qualsiasi messaggio " +"inviato o ricevuto dal server per una durata configurabile. Se un messaggio " +"viene perso, gli utenti autorizzati (noti come \"auditor\") possono accedere " +"al Piler UI, cercare il messaggio nell'archivio, e inviarlo al destinatario " +"originale." #: ../../piler.rst:20 msgid "" -"This application allows auditor users to view other users' mail messages." -" Ensure its use complies with your country's privacy laws, regulations, " -"and company policies." +"This application allows auditor users to view other users' mail messages. " +"Ensure its use complies with your country's privacy laws, regulations, and " +"company policies." msgstr "" +"Questa applicazione consente agli utenti revisori di visualizzare i messaggi " +"di posta di altri utenti. Assicurarsi che il suo utilizzo sia conforme alle " +"leggi sulla privacy del vostro paese, alle normative e alle politiche " +"aziendali." #: ../../piler.rst:24 msgid "" -"After the initial configuration, Piler starts with default credentials. " -"For security reasons, refer to section :ref:`default-piler-credentials` " -"to change the default passwords immediately." +"After the initial configuration, Piler starts with default credentials. For " +"security reasons, refer to section :ref:`default-piler-credentials` to " +"change the default passwords immediately." msgstr "" +"Dopo la configurazione iniziale, Piler inizia con le credenziali di default. " +"Per motivi di sicurezza, fare riferimento alla sezione :ref:`default-piler-" +"credentials` per modificare immediatamente le password di default." #: ../../piler.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once installed, navigate to the application Settings page and fill in the" -" required fields:" -msgstr "access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" +"Once installed, navigate to the application Settings page and fill in the " +"required fields:" +msgstr "" +"access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" #: ../../piler.rst:35 msgid "" -"**Piler FQDN**: Enter the fully-qualified domain name where the Piler web" -" UI will be accessible. If the FQDN is already registered in the public " -"DNS, you can enable the **Let's Encrypt certificate** switch to obtain a " -"valid encryption certificate." +"**Piler FQDN**: Enter the fully-qualified domain name where the Piler web UI " +"will be accessible. If the FQDN is already registered in the public DNS, you " +"can enable the **Let's Encrypt certificate** switch to obtain a valid " +"encryption certificate." msgstr "" +"**Piler FQDN**: Inserire il nome di dominio completamente qualificato dove " +"l'interfaccia utente web Piler sarà accessibile. Se la FQDN è già registrata " +"nel DNS pubblico, è possibile abilitare l'interruttore **Let's Encrypt " +"certificate** per ottenere un certificato di crittografia valido." #: ../../piler.rst:40 msgid "" -"**HTTP to HTTPS**: Enable this switch to ensure that all communications " -"with the Piler UI are encrypted. This is recommended if the UI is " -"accessed through a public or untrusted network." +"**HTTP to HTTPS**: Enable this switch to ensure that all communications with " +"the Piler UI are encrypted. This is recommended if the UI is accessed " +"through a public or untrusted network." msgstr "" +"**HTTP a HTTPS**: Abilitare questo interruttore per garantire che tutte le " +"comunicazioni con l'interfaccia utente Piler siano crittografate. Questo è " +"consigliato se l'interfaccia utente è accessibile attraverso una rete " +"pubblica o non attendibile." #: ../../piler.rst:44 msgid "" "**Mail server**: Choose one of the Mail server instances in the cluster. " "They are labeled as follows:" msgstr "" +"** server di posta** Scegli una delle istanze del server Mail nel cluster. " +"Sono etichettate come segue:" #: ../../piler.rst:47 msgid "" -"*Archiving can be configured*: This means the Mail server currently has " -"no archive configured and can be safely selected." +"*Archiving can be configured*: This means the Mail server currently has no " +"archive configured and can be safely selected." msgstr "" +"*L'archiviazione può essere configurata*: Ciò significa che il server Mail " +"attualmente non ha un archivio configurato e può essere selezionato in modo " +"sicuro." #: ../../piler.rst:50 msgid "" -"*The archive destination is…*: This indicates that the Mail server " -"already copies any message sent or received to another archive or " -"external email address. If such an entry is selected and the form is " -"saved, the previous configuration is overwritten, so use it with caution." -" See also the Mail :ref:`Always BCC ` setting." +"*The archive destination is…*: This indicates that the Mail server already " +"copies any message sent or received to another archive or external email " +"address. If such an entry is selected and the form is saved, the previous " +"configuration is overwritten, so use it with caution. See also the Mail :ref:" +"`Always BCC ` setting." msgstr "" +"*La destinazione dell'archivio è...*: Ciò indica che il server Mail copia " +"già qualsiasi messaggio inviato o ricevuto in un altro archivio o indirizzo " +"email esterno. Se tale voce viene selezionata e il modulo viene salvato, la " +"configurazione precedente viene sovrascritta, quindi usala con cautela. Vedi " +"anche l'impostazione Mail :ref:`Always BCC `." #: ../../piler.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -11845,21 +12350,27 @@ msgid "" "message is retained in the archive. After that period, a daily cron job " "purges the message from the archive." msgstr "" +"** Durata della conservazione ** Questo campo contiene il numero di giorni " +"che un messaggio e-mail viene mantenuto nell'archivio. Dopo quel periodo, un " +"lavoro di cron quotidiano purifica il messaggio dall'archivio." #: ../../piler.rst:61 msgid "" -"It is important to understand that the Mail server selection is allowed " -"only once during the configuration of a Piler instance. In other words, " -"you cannot change the Mail server selection once the Piler instance is " -"initially configured." +"It is important to understand that the Mail server selection is allowed only " +"once during the configuration of a Piler instance. In other words, you " +"cannot change the Mail server selection once the Piler instance is initially " +"configured." msgstr "" #: ../../piler.rst:68 msgid "" "If an incorrect Mail server is selected, there is no way to change the " -"selection. The preferred way to recover from this situation is to remove " -"the incorrect Piler instance, then install and configure a new one." +"selection. The preferred way to recover from this situation is to remove the " +"incorrect Piler instance, then install and configure a new one." msgstr "" +"Se viene selezionato un server Mail errato, non è possibile modificare la " +"selezione. Il modo preferito per recuperare da questa situazione è quello di " +"rimuovere l'istanza Piler errata, quindi installare e configurare una nuova." #: ../../piler.rst:73 #, fuzzy @@ -11873,34 +12384,44 @@ msgstr "Le credenziali di default sono:" #: ../../piler.rst:80 msgid "" -"After the initial configuration, Piler starts with default credentials. " -"For security reasons, the default passwords must be immediately changed " -"for the two existing default accounts:" +"After the initial configuration, Piler starts with default credentials. For " +"security reasons, the default passwords must be immediately changed for the " +"two existing default accounts:" msgstr "" +"Dopo la configurazione iniziale, Piler inizia con le credenziali di default. " +"Per motivi di sicurezza, le password predefinite devono essere " +"immediatamente modificate per i due account predefiniti esistenti:" #: ../../piler.rst:84 msgid "" "User ``admin@local``: This user has full administrative rights over the " -"Piler application. They can create new user accounts and grant any kind " -"of rights. However, they cannot read email messages archived in the Piler" -" DB. The default password is ``pilerrocks``." +"Piler application. They can create new user accounts and grant any kind of " +"rights. However, they cannot read email messages archived in the Piler DB. " +"The default password is ``pilerrocks``." msgstr "" #: ../../piler.rst:89 msgid "" -"User ``auditor@local``: This user, as the name suggests, has the " -"*auditor* role. They can search for any email message in the archive and " -"send it back to the original recipient. The default password is " -"``auditor``." +"User ``auditor@local``: This user, as the name suggests, has the *auditor* " +"role. They can search for any email message in the archive and send it back " +"to the original recipient. The default password is ``auditor``." msgstr "" +"Utente ``auditor@local``: Questo utente, come suggerisce il nome, ha il " +"ruolo *auditor*. Possono cercare qualsiasi messaggio di posta elettronica " +"nell'archivio e inviarlo al destinatario originale. La password predefinita " +"è ``auditor``." #: ../../piler.rst:94 msgid "" -"After logging into the Piler website, navigate to Settings under the menu" -" in the upper right corner of the screen. Scroll down to the bottom of " -"the personal Settings page, enter the new password in the two password " -"fields (the second one is for confirmation), and submit the form." +"After logging into the Piler website, navigate to Settings under the menu in " +"the upper right corner of the screen. Scroll down to the bottom of the " +"personal Settings page, enter the new password in the two password fields " +"(the second one is for confirmation), and submit the form." msgstr "" +"Dopo aver effettuato l'accesso al sito web Piler, passare a Impostazioni " +"sotto il menu nell'angolo in alto a destra dello schermo. Scorrere verso il " +"basso della pagina Impostazioni personali, inserire la nuova password nei " +"due campi di password (il secondo è per la conferma), e inviare il modulo." #: ../../piler.rst:99 #, fuzzy @@ -11919,52 +12440,71 @@ msgstr "support for HTML messages" #: ../../piler.rst:105 msgid "Auditor users can search for and recover archived email messages." msgstr "" +"Gli utenti di Auditor possono cercare e recuperare i messaggi di posta " +"elettronica archiviati." #: ../../piler.rst:107 msgid "" -"When a message is handled by the Mail server, a copy is sent to the " -"archive. However, Piler does not index the received messages immediately." -" They are placed in an archive queue, and every half hour, a scheduled " -"task indexes a batch of queued messages. Duplicate messages count as one." +"When a message is handled by the Mail server, a copy is sent to the archive. " +"However, Piler does not index the received messages immediately. They are " +"placed in an archive queue, and every half hour, a scheduled task indexes a " +"batch of queued messages. Duplicate messages count as one." msgstr "" +"Quando un messaggio viene gestito dal server Mail, viene inviata una copia " +"all'archivio. Tuttavia, Piler non indicizza immediatamente i messaggi " +"ricevuti. Sono inseriti in una coda di archivio, e ogni mezz'ora, " +"un'attività pianificata indicizza un lotto di messaggi in coda. I messaggi " +"duplicati contano come uno." #: ../../piler.rst:112 msgid "" -"Once a message is indexed, auditors can search for it. Found messages can" -" be downloaded or forwarded to an arbitrary email address." +"Once a message is indexed, auditors can search for it. Found messages can be " +"downloaded or forwarded to an arbitrary email address." msgstr "" +"Una volta indicizzato un messaggio, gli auditor possono cercarlo. I messaggi " +"trovati possono essere scaricati o inoltrati a un indirizzo e-mail " +"arbitrario." #: ../../piler.rst:115 msgid "" -"If multiple messages are selected, they are compressed into a ZIP archive" -" before download." +"If multiple messages are selected, they are compressed into a ZIP archive " +"before download." msgstr "" +"Se vengono selezionati più messaggi, vengono compressi in un archivio ZIP " +"prima del download." #: ../../piler.rst:118 msgid "" -"When one or more messages are forwarded to an email address, the message " -"and its original headers are preserved. Therefore, when received, the " -"message will be sorted with its original date. Furthermore, Piler adds a " -"MIME header ``X-piler-id`` to forwarded messages." +"When one or more messages are forwarded to an email address, the message and " +"its original headers are preserved. Therefore, when received, the message " +"will be sorted with its original date. Furthermore, Piler adds a MIME header " +"``X-piler-id`` to forwarded messages." msgstr "" +"Quando uno o più messaggi vengono inoltrati a un indirizzo e-mail, il " +"messaggio e le sue intestazioni originali sono conservati. Pertanto, quando " +"ricevuto, il messaggio sarà ordinato con la sua data originale. Inoltre, " +"Piler aggiunge un intestazione MIME ``X-piler-id``` a messaggi inoltrati." #: ../../piler.rst:124 msgid "Import existing email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importa email esistente" #: ../../piler.rst:126 msgid "" -"Existing email messages can be imported from the chosen Mail server " -"instance into the Piler archive." +"Existing email messages can be imported from the chosen Mail server instance " +"into the Piler archive." msgstr "" #: ../../piler.rst:131 msgid "" -"The import process may take hours or even days, depending on the number " -"of users and the size of their mailboxes. Additionally, message indexing " -"is a memory- and CPU-intensive operation that may impact node " -"performance." +"The import process may take hours or even days, depending on the number of " +"users and the size of their mailboxes. Additionally, message indexing is a " +"memory- and CPU-intensive operation that may impact node performance." msgstr "" +"Il processo di importazione può richiedere ore o anche giorni, a seconda del " +"numero di utenti e della dimensione delle loro caselle di posta. Inoltre, " +"l'indicizzazione dei messaggi è un'operazione a memoria e ad alta intensità " +"di CPU che può influenzare le prestazioni dei nodi." #: ../../piler.rst:136 #, fuzzy @@ -11973,18 +12513,26 @@ msgstr "In a root shell prompt, execute the following command:" #: ../../piler.rst:140 msgid "" -"Replace ``piler1`` with the correct Piler application instance " -"identifier, visible on the Status page. The above command just prints the" -" command help text." +"Replace ``piler1`` with the correct Piler application instance identifier, " +"visible on the Status page. The above command just prints the command help " +"text." msgstr "" +"Sostituisci ``piler1`` con l'identificatore corretto dell'istanza " +"dell'applicazione Piler, visibile nella pagina Stato. Il comando sopra " +"stampa solo il testo di aiuto di comando." #: ../../piler.rst:144 msgid "" -"The optional command arguments ``-A`` (after) and ``-B`` (before) can " -"limit the time range for the import. As times must be expressed in Unix " -"timestamp format, the ``date`` command can be invoked to obtain the " -"desired timestamp from a date string, for example: ::" +"The optional command arguments ``-A`` (after) and ``-B`` (before) can limit " +"the time range for the import. As times must be expressed in Unix timestamp " +"format, the ``date`` command can be invoked to obtain the desired timestamp " +"from a date string, for example: ::" msgstr "" +"Gli argomenti di comando opzionali ``-A`` (dopo) e ``-B`` (prima) possono " +"limitare l'intervallo di tempo per l'importazione. Poiché i tempi devono " +"essere espressi in formato Unix timestamp, il comando ``date```` può essere " +"invocato per ottenere il timestamp desiderato da una stringa di data, ad " +"esempio::" #: ../../piler.rst:152 #, fuzzy @@ -11993,22 +12541,28 @@ msgstr "Configurazione" #: ../../piler.rst:154 msgid "" -"After the application has been configured for the first time and secured " -"by changing the default users' credentials, Piler is ready to archive " -"emails." +"After the application has been configured for the first time and secured by " +"changing the default users' credentials, Piler is ready to archive emails." msgstr "" +"Dopo che l'applicazione è stata configurata per la prima volta e protetta " +"modificando le credenziali degli utenti predefiniti, Piler è pronto ad " +"archiviare e-mail." #: ../../piler.rst:158 msgid "" "This is a brief list of common configuration tasks, with links to the " "official documentation:" msgstr "" +"Si tratta di un breve elenco di compiti di configurazione comuni, con link " +"alla documentazione ufficiale:" #: ../../piler.rst:161 msgid "" -"`Administration tasks`_, to manage users, permissions, and check the " -"audit log." +"`Administration tasks`_, to manage users, permissions, and check the audit " +"log." msgstr "" +"`Amministrazione attività `_, per gestire utenti, autorizzazioni e " +"controllare il registro di audit." #: ../../piler.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -12016,24 +12570,32 @@ msgid "" "they will stay. For example, you can define a special policy for spam " "messages." msgstr "" +"`Rules e policy`_, per definire quali messaggi vengono archiviati e per " +"quanto tempo rimarranno. Ad esempio, è possibile definire una politica " +"speciale per i messaggi di spam." #: ../../piler.rst:171 msgid "" "Note that the official administration documentation refers to the " -"\"enterprise edition\" of Piler; therefore, some content is not relevant " -"for the \"community edition\", which is the base of the NS8 application." +"\"enterprise edition\" of Piler; therefore, some content is not relevant for " +"the \"community edition\", which is the base of the NS8 application." msgstr "" +"Si noti che la documentazione ufficiale dell'amministrazione si riferisce " +"alla \"edizione intrapresa\" di Piler; quindi, alcuni contenuti non sono " +"rilevanti per la \"edizione comunitaria\", che è la base dell'applicazione " +"NS8." #: ../../piler.rst:179 msgid "" "Email messages received with :ref:`Imapsync ` are not " "archived." msgstr "" +"I messaggi e-mail ricevuti con :ref:`Imapsync ` non sono " +"archiviati." #: ../../piler.rst:182 msgid "" -"Some features are not active/effective but are still visible in the Piler" -" UI." +"Some features are not active/effective but are still visible in the Piler UI." msgstr "" #: ../../piler.rst:185 @@ -12043,19 +12605,21 @@ msgstr "Amministratori" #: ../../piler.rst:187 msgid "In the Administration menu, the **Import** action." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nel menu Amministrazione, l'azione **Import**." #: ../../piler.rst:189 msgid "In the Monitor menu, the **Archive accounting** action." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nel menu Monitor, l'azione **Archive accounting**." #: ../../piler.rst:191 msgid "For auditors:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per i revisori:" #: ../../piler.rst:193 msgid "In the message preview screen area, the **Restore to mailbox** action." msgstr "" +"Nell'area della schermata di anteprima del messaggio, il ** Ripristina " +"all'azione mailbox**." #: ../../prometheus.rst:7 #, fuzzy @@ -12079,11 +12643,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:12 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Node exporter `_ " -"provides the node metrics endpoint" +"`Node exporter `_ provides " +"the node metrics endpoint" msgstr "" -"`Node exporter `_ " -"provides the node metrics endpoint" +"`Node exporter `_ provides " +"the node metrics endpoint" #: ../../prometheus.rst:13 #, fuzzy @@ -12093,52 +12657,52 @@ msgstr "`Grafana `_ visualizes the collected metrics" #: ../../prometheus.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the " -"leader node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be" -" exposed on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance" -" ``Status`` page. You can access it from the software center or from the " -"application menu in the top-right corner." +"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the leader " +"node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be exposed " +"on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance ``Status`` " +"page. You can access it from the software center or from the application " +"menu in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the " -"leader node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be" -" exposed on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance" -" ``Status`` page. You can access it from the software center or from the " -"application menu in the top-right corner." +"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the leader " +"node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be exposed " +"on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance ``Status`` " +"page. You can access it from the software center or from the application " +"menu in the top-right corner." #: ../../prometheus.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install" -" it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " +"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install " +"it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " "``node_exporter`` application. Each time a new node with the exporter is " "installed, Prometheus will automatically collect the node metrics." msgstr "" -"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install" -" it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " +"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install " +"it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " "``node_exporter`` application. Each time a new node with the exporter is " "installed, Prometheus will automatically collect the node metrics." #: ../../prometheus.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation," -" you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access" -" the Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` " -"options accordingly to your needs." +"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation, " +"you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access the " +"Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " +"accordingly to your needs." msgstr "" -"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation," -" you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access" -" the Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` " -"options accordingly to your needs." +"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation, " +"you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access the " +"Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " +"accordingly to your needs." #: ../../prometheus.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki" -" `." +"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki " +"`." msgstr "" -"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki" -" `." +"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki " +"`." #: ../../proxy.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -12158,21 +12722,21 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Access the ``HTTP routes`` card inside the ``Settings`` page to see all " -"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy " -"during the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." +"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy during " +"the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." msgstr "" "Access the ``HTTP routes`` card inside the ``Settings`` page to see all " -"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy " -"during the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." +"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy during " +"the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." #: ../../proxy.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. " -"Then enter the following details:" +"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. Then " +"enter the following details:" msgstr "" -"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. " -"Then enter the following details:" +"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. Then " +"enter the following details:" #: ../../proxy.rst:17 #, fuzzy @@ -12187,68 +12751,66 @@ msgstr "``Node``: the node where the proxy instance is running" #: ../../proxy.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable " -"backend HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." +"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable backend " +"HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." msgstr "" -"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable " -"backend HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." +"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable backend " +"HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." #: ../../proxy.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, " -"this switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If " -"the backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a " -"valid TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS " -"verification." +"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, this " +"switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If the " +"backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a valid " +"TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS verification." msgstr "" -"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, " -"this switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If " -"the backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a " -"valid TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS " -"verification." +"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, this " +"switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If the " +"backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a valid " +"TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS verification." #: ../../proxy.rst:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based " -"route, sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be " -"available on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" +"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based route, " +"sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be available " +"on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" msgstr "" -"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based " -"route, sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be " -"available on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" +"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based route, " +"sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be available " +"on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" #: ../../proxy.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based " -"route accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available" -" on a URL like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" +"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based route " +"accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available on a URL " +"like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" msgstr "" -"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based " -"route accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available" -" on a URL like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" +"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based route " +"accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available on a URL " +"like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" #: ../../proxy.rst:30 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the " -"path before routing the request to the target URL" +"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the path " +"before routing the request to the target URL" msgstr "" -"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the " -"path before routing the request to the target URL" +"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the path " +"before routing the request to the target URL" #: ../../proxy.rst:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a " -"valid certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements " -"`" +"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a valid " +"certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements `" msgstr "" -"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a " -"valid certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements " -"`" +"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a valid " +"certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements `" #: ../../release_notes.rst:5 msgid "Release notes" @@ -12260,11 +12822,11 @@ msgstr "Rilasci NethServer 8" #: ../../release_notes.rst:9 msgid "List of `known bugs`__ on GitHub" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elenco dei `conosciuti bug`__ su GitHub" #: ../../release_notes.rst:13 msgid "Discussions around `possible bugs`__ on our public forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Discussione su `possibile bug`__ sul nostro forum pubblico" #: ../../release_notes.rst:18 #, fuzzy @@ -12273,64 +12835,95 @@ msgstr "Principali cambiamenti del 2024-02-13" #: ../../release_notes.rst:20 msgid "" -"**Selective restoration from backup** -- In the Mail and Samba File " -"Server applications, it is possible to search and select specific content" -" (IMAP folder, file, or directory) from backup snapshots and restore it " -"under a user-accessible folder. See :ref:`selective-content-restore`." +"**Selective restoration from backup** -- In the Mail and Samba File Server " +"applications, it is possible to search and select specific content (IMAP " +"folder, file, or directory) from backup snapshots and restore it under a " +"user-accessible folder. See :ref:`selective-content-restore`." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:26 msgid "" -"**Application conflict management** -- The Cluster Admin now enforces the" -" instance limit per node during clone, move, and restore operations. This" -" complements the existing enforcement during the install operation and " -"simplifies the management of applications that use specific TCP/UDP " -"ports, such as Mail, Ejabberd, NethVoice Proxy, Samba, and DNSMasq. " -"Additionally, DNSMasq automatically disables its DNS service if it " -"detects a conflict with a Samba instance on the same node." -msgstr "" +"**Application conflict management** -- The Cluster Admin now enforces the " +"instance limit per node during clone, move, and restore operations. This " +"complements the existing enforcement during the install operation and " +"simplifies the management of applications that use specific TCP/UDP ports, " +"such as Mail, Ejabberd, NethVoice Proxy, Samba, and DNSMasq. Additionally, " +"DNSMasq automatically disables its DNS service if it detects a conflict with " +"a Samba instance on the same node." +msgstr "" +"** Gestione dei conflitti di applicazione ** -- Il Cluster Admin ora applica " +"il limite di istanza per nodo durante le operazioni di clone, spostare e " +"ripristinare. Questo integra l'applicazione esistente durante l'operazione " +"di installazione e semplifica la gestione delle applicazioni che utilizzano " +"specifiche porte TCP/UDP, come Mail, Ejabberd, NethVoice Proxy, Samba e " +"DNSMasq. Inoltre, DNSMasq disabilita automaticamente il suo servizio DNS se " +"rileva un conflitto con un'istanza Samba sullo stesso nodo." #: ../../release_notes.rst:34 msgid "" -"**System log forward filtering** -- The Syslog forwarder can be " -"configured to send either the full stream of logs or only security log " -"records. For performance reasons, the full stream export is no longer " -"available in the Cloud Log Manager forwarder, which now supports security" -" logs only." +"**System log forward filtering** -- The Syslog forwarder can be configured " +"to send either the full stream of logs or only security log records. For " +"performance reasons, the full stream export is no longer available in the " +"Cloud Log Manager forwarder, which now supports security logs only." msgstr "" +"**Filtro in avanti del registro di sistema** -- L'inoltro Syslog può essere " +"configurato per inviare sia l'intero flusso di log che solo i record di " +"registro di sicurezza. Per ragioni di performance, l'esportazione a flusso " +"completo non è più disponibile nell'inoltro Cloud Log Manager, che ora " +"supporta solo i log di sicurezza." #: ../../release_notes.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Backup alert** -- Systems with an active :ref:`Subscription " -"` send an alert to the monitoring portal if a " -"backup fails. The last backup status indicator has been fixed to " -"correctly reflect failed backup instances on the Backup page." +"**Backup alert** -- Systems with an active :ref:`Subscription ` send an alert to the monitoring portal if a backup fails. The last " +"backup status indicator has been fixed to correctly reflect failed backup " +"instances on the Backup page." msgstr "" +"# Allarme di emergenza # I sistemi con un attivo :ref:`Subscription " +"` inviano un avviso al portale di monitoraggio se un " +"backup non riesce. L'ultimo indicatore di stato di backup è stato fissato " +"per riflettere correttamente le istanze di backup fallite nella pagina di " +"backup." #: ../../release_notes.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Rename OpenLDAP \"directory.nh\" for NS7 migration** -- The NS7 " -"Migration Tool allows selecting the destination domain name (and the " -"respective LDAP DB suffix), enabling the migration and consolidation of " -"multiple NS7 systems on the same NS8 cluster. The LDAP domain name can " -"only be set with a local OpenLDAP account provider, as Active Directory " -"does not support domain renaming. See :ref:`migrate-account-provider`." -msgstr "" +"**Rename OpenLDAP \"directory.nh\" for NS7 migration** -- The NS7 Migration " +"Tool allows selecting the destination domain name (and the respective LDAP " +"DB suffix), enabling the migration and consolidation of multiple NS7 systems " +"on the same NS8 cluster. The LDAP domain name can only be set with a local " +"OpenLDAP account provider, as Active Directory does not support domain " +"renaming. See :ref:`migrate-account-provider`." +msgstr "" +"**Rinominare OpenLDAP \"directory.nh\" per la migrazione NS7** -- Lo " +"strumento di migrazione NS7 consente di selezionare il nome di dominio di " +"destinazione (e il relativo suffisso LDAP DB), consentendo la migrazione e " +"il consolidamento di più sistemi NS7 sullo stesso cluster NS8. Il nome di " +"dominio LDAP può essere impostato solo con un provider di account OpenLDAP " +"locale, in quanto Active Directory non supporta il rinominazione del " +"dominio. :ref:`migrate-account-provider`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "**Updates are suspended during NS7 migration** -- The Software Center " -"inhibits both manual and automatic updates if an NS7 node is added to the" -" cluster with the Migration Tool. If updates are suspended, a banner is " +"inhibits both manual and automatic updates if an NS7 node is added to the " +"cluster with the Migration Tool. If updates are suspended, a banner is " "displayed in the Software Center." msgstr "" +"**Gli aggiornamenti sono sospesi durante la migrazione NS7** -- Il Software " +"Center inibisce gli aggiornamenti manuali e automatici se un nodo NS7 viene " +"aggiunto al cluster con lo strumento di migrazione. Se gli aggiornamenti " +"sono sospesi, un banner viene visualizzato nel Centro Software." #: ../../release_notes.rst:57 msgid "" -"If your cluster displays this banner incorrectly (e.g., the migration has" -" already finished), run the following manual procedure to clean up the " -"Redis database of possible stale data from past migration attempts." +"If your cluster displays this banner incorrectly (e.g., the migration has " +"already finished), run the following manual procedure to clean up the Redis " +"database of possible stale data from past migration attempts." msgstr "" +"Se il cluster visualizza questo banner in modo errato (ad esempio, la " +"migrazione è già terminata), eseguire la seguente procedura manuale per " +"pulire il database Redis di eventuali dati stanti dai tentativi di " +"migrazione precedenti." #: ../../release_notes.rst:61 msgid "Find the IDs of stale NS7 nodes: ::" @@ -12338,27 +12931,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:65 msgid "Sample output: ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produzione del campione: :" #: ../../release_notes.rst:70 msgid "For example, to remove the bogus node 77: ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per esempio, per rimuovere il nodo fasullo 77::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:74 msgid "" -"**Unlimited user domains** -- Starting with Core 3.2.1 and Ldapproxy " -"1.1.0, the limit of eight simultaneous user domains has been removed. It " -"is now possible to install more user domains, provided that only one " -"Samba DC can run on a node." +"**Unlimited user domains** -- Starting with Core 3.2.1 and Ldapproxy 1.1.0, " +"the limit of eight simultaneous user domains has been removed. It is now " +"possible to install more user domains, provided that only one Samba DC can " +"run on a node." msgstr "" +"** Domini utente unlimitati** -- A partire da Core 3.2.1 e Ldapproxy 1.1.0, " +"il limite di otto domini utente simultanei è stato rimosso. Ora è possibile " +"installare più domini utente, a condizione che solo un Samba DC possa essere " +"eseguito su un nodo." #: ../../release_notes.rst:79 msgid "" -"**Improved user domain event handling in some applications** -- Changes " -"to user domain configurations are now correctly applied to Nextcloud, " -"Ejabberd, Mail, SOGo, and Roundcube applications. Configuration changes " -"are propagated, and services are restarted automatically." +"**Improved user domain event handling in some applications** -- Changes to " +"user domain configurations are now correctly applied to Nextcloud, Ejabberd, " +"Mail, SOGo, and Roundcube applications. Configuration changes are " +"propagated, and services are restarted automatically." msgstr "" +"** Gestione degli eventi di dominio utente migliorata in alcune " +"applicazioni** -- Le modifiche alle configurazioni di dominio utente vengono " +"applicate correttamente alle applicazioni Nextcloud, Ejabberd, Mail, SOGo e " +"Roundcube. Le modifiche di configurazione vengono propagate e i servizi " +"vengono riavviati automaticamente." #: ../../release_notes.rst:86 #, fuzzy @@ -12368,74 +12970,112 @@ msgstr "Principali cambiamenti del 2024-02-13" #: ../../release_notes.rst:88 msgid "" "**Disk minimum requirements increased** -- The :ref:`minimum disk " -"requirements ` have been increased to a 40GB" -" SSD. The primary storage, which holds container images, must be fast, " +"requirements ` have been increased to a 40GB " +"SSD. The primary storage, which holds container images, must be fast, " "especially during read access, to prevent service startup errors." msgstr "" +"**I requisiti minimi aumentati ** -- Il :ref:`minimum disk requirements " +"` è stato aumentato a un SSD da 40 GB. Lo " +"storage primario, che contiene immagini dei container, deve essere veloce, " +"soprattutto durante l'accesso a lettura, per evitare errori di avvio del " +"servizio." #: ../../release_notes.rst:93 msgid "" "**Cluster node limit removed** -- The four-node cluster limit has been " -"removed. More nodes can now be added, up to the VPN network size. " -"However, keep in mind the increased system load on the leader node. See " -"also :ref:`cluster-section`." +"removed. More nodes can now be added, up to the VPN network size. However, " +"keep in mind the increased system load on the leader node. See also :ref:" +"`cluster-section`." msgstr "" +"**Cluster node limit rimosso ** -- Il limite di cluster a quattro nodi è " +"stato rimosso. Ulteriori nodi possono essere aggiunti, fino alla dimensione " +"della rete VPN. Tuttavia, tenere a mente il carico di sistema aumentato sul " +"nodo leader. Vedi anche :ref:`cluster-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:98 msgid "" -"**Progressive upgrades** -- Starting from Core 3.0.0, application images " -"can be labeled with a new attribute, min-from_. This ensures that " -"installed applications will ignore any updates with this label if their " -"version is lower than the label value." +"**Progressive upgrades** -- Starting from Core 3.0.0, application images can " +"be labeled with a new attribute, min-from_. This ensures that installed " +"applications will ignore any updates with this label if their version is " +"lower than the label value." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:103 msgid "" -"Similarly, a min-core_ label can be applied to application images, " -"requiring a minimum core version for installation or updates. If the core" -" version is below the label value, the image will be ignored." +"Similarly, a min-core_ label can be applied to application images, requiring " +"a minimum core version for installation or updates. If the core version is " +"below the label value, the image will be ignored." msgstr "" +"Allo stesso modo, un'etichetta min-core_ può essere applicata alle immagini " +"dell'applicazione, richiedendo una versione di base minima per " +"l'installazione o gli aggiornamenti. Se la versione core è sotto il valore " +"dell'etichetta, l'immagine verrà ignorata." #: ../../release_notes.rst:107 msgid "" "These labels were developed with Nextcloud in mind, as it only allows " -"upgrades to the next major version number. Application developers can use" -" these labels to implement progressive upgrades for their applications." +"upgrades to the next major version number. Application developers can use " +"these labels to implement progressive upgrades for their applications." msgstr "" +"Queste etichette sono state sviluppate con Nextcloud in mente, in quanto " +"consente solo aggiornamenti al prossimo numero di versione principale. Gli " +"sviluppatori di applicazioni possono utilizzare queste etichette per " +"implementare aggiornamenti progressivi per le loro applicazioni." #: ../../release_notes.rst:112 msgid "" -"**Cluster log forwarding** -- The Log Settings page now allows " -"configuring an outgoing stream of logs to an external Syslog server or " -"the Nethesis Cloud Log Manager (available only with an active Enterprise " -"Subscription plan)." +"**Cluster log forwarding** -- The Log Settings page now allows configuring " +"an outgoing stream of logs to an external Syslog server or the Nethesis " +"Cloud Log Manager (available only with an active Enterprise Subscription " +"plan)." msgstr "" +"**Inoltro di registro del cluster** -- La pagina Impostazioni di registro " +"consente ora di configurare un flusso di log in uscita su un server Syslog " +"esterno o su Nethesis Cloud Log Manager (disponibile solo con un piano di " +"abbonamento Enterprise attivo)." #: ../../release_notes.rst:117 msgid "" -"This feature centralizes external log archiving for all cluster nodes. " -"Since log streams can be substantial in large clusters, future releases " -"will include a stream filter to help tailor exported logs to relevant " -"security events. See :ref:`logs-forwarding-section`." +"This feature centralizes external log archiving for all cluster nodes. Since " +"log streams can be substantial in large clusters, future releases will " +"include a stream filter to help tailor exported logs to relevant security " +"events. See :ref:`logs-forwarding-section`." msgstr "" +"Questa funzione centralizza l'archiviazione di registro esterno per tutti i " +"nodi di cluster. Poiché i flussi di registro possono essere sostanziali in " +"grandi cluster, le versioni future includono un filtro di flusso per aiutare " +"i registri esportati su misura per gli eventi di sicurezza rilevanti. Vedi :" +"ref:`logs-forwarding-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:122 msgid "" -"**Application certification level** -- The Software Center now displays a" -" *level badge* for each application, indicating its :ref:`certification " -"level `. The application details section also " -"includes information on the source repository and useful links. " -"Developers can now use a new terms_url_ metadata attribute to provide a " -"\"Terms and Conditions\" link, visible even after installation." -msgstr "" +"**Application certification level** -- The Software Center now displays a " +"*level badge* for each application, indicating its :ref:`certification level " +"`. The application details section also includes " +"information on the source repository and useful links. Developers can now " +"use a new terms_url_ metadata attribute to provide a \"Terms and " +"Conditions\" link, visible even after installation." +msgstr "" +"** Livello di certificazione di applicazione** -- Il Software Center ora " +"visualizza un *level badge* per ogni applicazione, indicandone :ref:" +"`certification level `. La sezione dettagli " +"dell'applicazione include anche informazioni sul repository sorgente e link " +"utili. Gli sviluppatori possono ora utilizzare un nuovo attributo " +"termini_url_ metadati per fornire un link \"Termini e Condizioni\", visibile " +"anche dopo l'installazione." #: ../../release_notes.rst:129 msgid "" "**Application instance limit per node** -- The Software Center enforces " "limits on the number of application instances that can be installed per " -"cluster node. Developers can define this limit using the max-per-node_ " -"image label. See :ref:`install-applications`." +"cluster node. Developers can define this limit using the max-per-node_ image " +"label. See :ref:`install-applications`." msgstr "" +"** Limiti di istanza di applicazione per nodo ** -- Il Software Center " +"applica limiti al numero di istanze applicative che possono essere " +"installate per nodo di cluster. Gli sviluppatori possono definire questo " +"limite utilizzando l'etichetta immagine max-per-node_. Vedi :ref:`install-" +"applications`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -12443,68 +13083,87 @@ msgid "" "details for core components, including the core version of each cluster " "node. See :ref:`core_updates-section`." msgstr "" +"**Visualizzazione dei moduli core** -- Il Software Center ora mostra " +"ulteriori dettagli per i componenti core, inclusa la versione core di ogni " +"nodo cluster. Vedi :ref:`core_updates-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:138 msgid "" "**Update application to testing version** -- With Core 3.0.0, the " -"``Testing`` switch under Settings > Software Repositories has been " -"removed. This change reduces the risk of using pre-releases for new " -"installations or updates. If the switch was previously enabled, existing " -"NS8 installations will no longer receive pre-release versions as updates." +"``Testing`` switch under Settings > Software Repositories has been removed. " +"This change reduces the risk of using pre-releases for new installations or " +"updates. If the switch was previously enabled, existing NS8 installations " +"will no longer receive pre-release versions as updates." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:145 msgid "" "However, it is still possible to upgrade an application instance to a " "testing version from its three-dots menu, by selecting the ``Update to " -"testing version`` action under Software center > Installed > Instances. " -"This new procedure allows early access to new features and bug fixes, but" -" it must be used with caution to avoid data loss. Be sure to carefully " -"read the pre-release documentation or contact the app developer before " -"using it. See :ref:`application-instances`." -msgstr "" +"testing version`` action under Software center > Installed > Instances. This " +"new procedure allows early access to new features and bug fixes, but it must " +"be used with caution to avoid data loss. Be sure to carefully read the pre-" +"release documentation or contact the app developer before using it. See :ref:" +"`application-instances`." +msgstr "" +"Tuttavia, è ancora possibile aggiornare un'istanza di applicazione a una " +"versione di prova dal suo menu a tre punti, selezionando l'azione ``Aggiorna " +"alla versione di prova `` sotto il centro software > Indagini installate. " +"Questa nuova procedura consente l'accesso anticipato a nuove funzionalità e " +"correzioni di bug, ma deve essere utilizzato con cautela per evitare la " +"perdita di dati. Assicurati di leggere attentamente la documentazione pre-" +"rilascio o contattare lo sviluppatore dell'app prima di utilizzarla. Vedi :" +"ref:`application-instances`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:153 msgid "" "**More \"generic S3\" cloud backup providers** -- The S3 Generic backup " -"destination now supports additional cloud providers, including OVH, " -"Wasabi, DigitalOcean, and Synology C2. See :ref:`backup-destination`." +"destination now supports additional cloud providers, including OVH, Wasabi, " +"DigitalOcean, and Synology C2. See :ref:`backup-destination`." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:157 msgid "" -"**Backup and snapshot selection** -- During the application restore " -"process, users can now select from past backup snapshots generated " -"according to the backup retention policy. See :ref:`application_restore-" -"section`." +"**Backup and snapshot selection** -- During the application restore process, " +"users can now select from past backup snapshots generated according to the " +"backup retention policy. See :ref:`application_restore-section`." msgstr "" +"** Selezione di backup e snapshot** -- Durante il processo di ripristino " +"dell'applicazione, gli utenti possono ora selezionare le istantanee di " +"backup passate generate secondo la politica di conservazione di backup. " +"Vedi :ref:`application_restore-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:162 msgid "" "**TCP and UDP port reallocation** -- Since Core 3.1.0, application " -"developers can leverage new core functions that extend the range of TCP " -"and UDP ports assigned to application instances. Similarly, they can " -"obtain new ranges while preserving existing allocations, easing the " -"introduction of new components during application upgrades. For more " -"information, see `Port allocation`_ in the Developer's manual." +"developers can leverage new core functions that extend the range of TCP and " +"UDP ports assigned to application instances. Similarly, they can obtain new " +"ranges while preserving existing allocations, easing the introduction of new " +"components during application upgrades. For more information, see `Port " +"allocation`_ in the Developer's manual." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:169 msgid "" "**NethVoice application** -- :ref:`NethVoice ` is a " -"professional IP telephony solution that offers a host of advanced " -"features and an intuitive user interface." +"professional IP telephony solution that offers a host of advanced features " +"and an intuitive user interface." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:173 msgid "" -"**Webtop application** -- :ref:`Webtop ` now features a " -"new default UI theme, exclusively available on the NS8 platform. " -"Administrators can choose to apply the new theme across existing " -"installations or allow end-users to decide. Additionally, for those on " -"the Enterprise Subscription plan, the :ref:`PEC bridge ` is " -"now available." +"**Webtop application** -- :ref:`Webtop ` now features a new " +"default UI theme, exclusively available on the NS8 platform. Administrators " +"can choose to apply the new theme across existing installations or allow end-" +"users to decide. Additionally, for those on the Enterprise Subscription " +"plan, the :ref:`PEC bridge ` is now available." msgstr "" +"**Webtop application** -- :ref:`Webtop ` ora presenta un " +"nuovo tema UI predefinito, disponibile esclusivamente sulla piattaforma NS8. " +"Gli amministratori possono scegliere di applicare il nuovo tema tra le " +"installazioni esistenti o permettere agli utenti finali di decidere. " +"Inoltre, per quelli sul piano di abbonamento Enterprise, il :ref:`PEC bridge " +"` è ora disponibile." #: ../../release_notes.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -12519,6 +13178,8 @@ msgid "" "**Mattermost application** -- Mattermost has been upgraded from the EOL " "version 8 to the latest major release, version 9.11 (ESR)." msgstr "" +"**Applicazione massima ** -- Mattermost è stato aggiornato dalla versione " +"EOL 8 all'ultima versione importante, versione 9.11 (ESR)." #: ../../release_notes.rst:195 #, fuzzy @@ -12527,95 +13188,118 @@ msgstr "Principali cambiamenti del 2024-02-13" #: ../../release_notes.rst:197 msgid "" -"**Mail improvements** -- Added the :ref:`Relay rules ` feature, which allows configuration and use of a default " -"smarthost for outgoing email messages, and more. A Mail instance can now " -"be selected directly from the :ref:`Email notifications ` page to serve as the cluster's default mail gateway for " -"other applications. Since release 1.4 Mail provides also Sender/login " -"correspondence, configurable Queue lifetime, and IP-based relay policy, " -"as described by :ref:`Mail settings `." +"**Mail improvements** -- Added the :ref:`Relay rules ` " +"feature, which allows configuration and use of a default smarthost for " +"outgoing email messages, and more. A Mail instance can now be selected " +"directly from the :ref:`Email notifications ` page to " +"serve as the cluster's default mail gateway for other applications. Since " +"release 1.4 Mail provides also Sender/login correspondence, configurable " +"Queue lifetime, and IP-based relay policy, as described by :ref:`Mail " +"settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:207 msgid "" -"**Piler application** -- The new Piler application enhances Mail features" -" with an email archiving solution. See :ref:`piler-section` for more " +"**Piler application** -- The new Piler application enhances Mail features " +"with an email archiving solution. See :ref:`piler-section` for more " "information." msgstr "" +"**Applicazione del personale ** -- La nuova applicazione Piler migliora le " +"funzionalità Mail con una soluzione di archiviazione e-mail. Vedere :ref:" +"`piler-section` per ulteriori informazioni." #: ../../release_notes.rst:211 msgid "" "**Netdata application** -- A new monitoring stack is available alongside " -"Prometheus and Grafana. A Netdata instance can be installed with a click " -"on a cluster node and immediately starts to collect metrics. See :ref" -":`netdata-section` for details." +"Prometheus and Grafana. A Netdata instance can be installed with a click on " +"a cluster node and immediately starts to collect metrics. See :ref:`netdata-" +"section` for details." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:216 msgid "" -"**Dnsmasq application** -- This new application provides a simple DNS and" -" DHCP service for the local area network. See :ref:`dnsmasq-section` for " +"**Dnsmasq application** -- This new application provides a simple DNS and " +"DHCP service for the local area network. See :ref:`dnsmasq-section` for " "details." msgstr "" +"**Applicazione Dnsmasq ** -- Questa nuova applicazione fornisce un semplice " +"servizio DNS e DHCP per la rete locale. Vedere :ref:`dnsmasq-section` per i " +"dettagli." #: ../../release_notes.rst:220 msgid "" "**Display firewall open ports** -- The node firewall configuration is " -"accessible from a new card under the Settings page. The same information " -"is still available from the Nodes page. See the :ref:`node-firewall-" -"section` for more information." +"accessible from a new card under the Settings page. The same information is " +"still available from the Nodes page. See the :ref:`node-firewall-section` " +"for more information." msgstr "" +"**Display firewall open ports** -- La configurazione del nodo firewall è " +"accessibile da una nuova scheda nella pagina Impostazioni. Le stesse " +"informazioni sono ancora disponibili dalla pagina Nodes. Vedere :ref:`node-" +"firewall-section` per ulteriori informazioni." #: ../../release_notes.rst:225 msgid "" "**NethSecurity controller** -- This new application allows the remote " -"control of multiple NethSecurity installations, called units. It provides" -" enhanced management and monitoring capabilities for firewall units. " -"Refer to the section :ref:`nethsecurity-controller-section` for more " -"information." +"control of multiple NethSecurity installations, called units. It provides " +"enhanced management and monitoring capabilities for firewall units. Refer to " +"the section :ref:`nethsecurity-controller-section` for more information." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:231 msgid "" -"**System logs** -- Log records generated by any cluster node are " -"collected and stored in the leader node for a configurable number of " -"days. Since Core release 2.7.0, the component responsible for this is " -"automatically started and configured when a new leader node is promoted. " -"Refer to the section :ref:`system-logs-section` for more information." +"**System logs** -- Log records generated by any cluster node are collected " +"and stored in the leader node for a configurable number of days. Since Core " +"release 2.7.0, the component responsible for this is automatically started " +"and configured when a new leader node is promoted. Refer to the section :ref:" +"`system-logs-section` for more information." msgstr "" +"**Diario di sistema ** -- I record di registro generati da qualsiasi nodo di " +"cluster vengono raccolti e memorizzati nel nodo leader per un numero di " +"giorni configurabile. Da Core release 2.7.0, il componente responsabile di " +"questo è automaticamente avviato e configurato quando viene promosso un " +"nuovo nodo leader. Fare riferimento alla sezione :ref:`system-logs-section` " +"per ulteriori informazioni." #: ../../release_notes.rst:237 msgid "" -"**Crowdsec bouncer container** -- Since Crowdsec release 1.0.7, the " -"bouncer component runs inside a container and uses Netfilter tables to " -"block IPs. Execute the following commands to clean up some files and " -"resources left by previous versions." +"**Crowdsec bouncer container** -- Since Crowdsec release 1.0.7, the bouncer " +"component runs inside a container and uses Netfilter tables to block IPs. " +"Execute the following commands to clean up some files and resources left by " +"previous versions." msgstr "" +"**Crowdsec buttafuori contenitore * -- Dal rilascio di Crowdsec 1.0.7, il " +"componente buttafuori viene eseguito all'interno di un contenitore e " +"utilizza le tabelle Netfilter per bloccare gli IP. Eseguire i seguenti " +"comandi per pulire alcuni file e risorse lasciate dalle versioni precedenti." #: ../../release_notes.rst:242 msgid "Run this command to remove the Firewalld ipset: ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eseguire questo comando per rimuovere il ipset Firewalld::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:247 msgid "" -"Additional packages and the software repository installed in the host " -"system can also be removed." +"Additional packages and the software repository installed in the host system " +"can also be removed." msgstr "" +"I pacchetti aggiuntivi e il repository software installato nel sistema host " +"possono anche essere rimossi." #: ../../release_notes.rst:250 msgid "For Rocky Linux, run: ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per Rocky Linux, eseguire::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:255 msgid "For Debian, run: ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per Debian, eseguire:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:260 msgid "" -"**Rocky Linux 9.4** -- Since Core release 2.8.1, the pre-built images are" -" based on the official Rocky Linux 9.4 cloud image." +"**Rocky Linux 9.4** -- Since Core release 2.8.1, the pre-built images are " +"based on the official Rocky Linux 9.4 cloud image." msgstr "" +"**Rocky Linux 9.4**... Da Core release 2.8.1, le immagini pre-costruite si " +"basano sull'immagine cloud ufficiale Rocky Linux 9.4." #: ../../release_notes.rst:265 msgid "Major changes on 2024-02-13" @@ -12631,58 +13315,55 @@ msgstr "Le nuove funzionalità introdotte in questa release sono:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:271 msgid "" -"**Subscription** -- Nethesis Enterprise and Community Subscription plans " -"are now available for NS8. See the details in :ref:`subscription-section`" -" page." +"**Subscription** -- Nethesis Enterprise and Community Subscription plans are " +"now available for NS8. See the details in :ref:`subscription-section` page." msgstr "" -"**Abbonamento** -- I piani di abbonamento Nethesis Enterprise e Community" -" Subscription sono ora disponibili per NS8. Maggiori dettagli nella " -"pagina :ref:`subscription-section`." +"**Abbonamento** -- I piani di abbonamento Nethesis Enterprise e Community " +"Subscription sono ora disponibili per NS8. Maggiori dettagli nella pagina :" +"ref:`subscription-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:275 msgid "" "**User management portal** -- Members of the Domain Admins group can now " -"create, edit and delete user accounts from the :ref:`User management " -"portal `. The login screen now displays " -"the user domain name to distinguish which domain a user is logging in to." +"create, edit and delete user accounts from the :ref:`User management portal " +"`. The login screen now displays the user " +"domain name to distinguish which domain a user is logging in to." msgstr "" -"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- I membri del gruppo Domain Admins" -" possono ora creare, modificare ed eliminare gli account utente dal " -":ref:`Portale di gestione utente `. La " -"schermata di login ora visualizza il nome del dominio dell'utente per " -"distinguere a quale dominio utente si accede." +"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- I membri del gruppo Domain Admins " +"possono ora creare, modificare ed eliminare gli account utente dal :ref:" +"`Portale di gestione utente `. La schermata " +"di login ora visualizza il nome del dominio dell'utente per distinguere a " +"quale dominio utente si accede." #: ../../release_notes.rst:281 msgid "" "**Skip certificate validation** in HTTP routes -- When an HTTP route is " "created or edited in the :ref:`HTTP routes ` page, the " -"``Skip certificate validation`` option can be enabled over a trusted " -"network if the server at the destination URL has no valid TLS " -"certificate." +"``Skip certificate validation`` option can be enabled over a trusted network " +"if the server at the destination URL has no valid TLS certificate." msgstr "" "**Salta la verifica del certificato** nelle rotte HTTP -- quando viene " -"creata o modificata una rotta HTTP nella pagina :ref:`rotte HTTP " -"`, l'opzione ``Salta la verifica del certificato`` può " -"essere abilitata per una rete fidata nel caso in cui il server all'URL di" -" destinazione non abbia un certificato TLS valido." +"creata o modificata una rotta HTTP nella pagina :ref:`rotte HTTP `, l'opzione ``Salta la verifica del certificato`` può essere " +"abilitata per una rete fidata nel caso in cui il server all'URL di " +"destinazione non abbia un certificato TLS valido." #: ../../release_notes.rst:287 msgid "" -"**Cockpit removed from pre-built image** -- Cockpit is not required to " -"run NS8, therefore it is no more available in the NS8 pre-built image. If" -" desired, it can be manually installed and enabled with the following " +"**Cockpit removed from pre-built image** -- Cockpit is not required to run " +"NS8, therefore it is no more available in the NS8 pre-built image. If " +"desired, it can be manually installed and enabled with the following " "commands: ::" msgstr "" -"**Cockpit rimosso dall'immagine pre-built** -- Cockpit non è necessario " -"per NS8, quindi non è più disponibile nell'immagine pre-built di NS8. Se " -"lo si desidera, può essere installato e abilitato manualmente con i " -"seguenti comandi: ::" +"**Cockpit rimosso dall'immagine pre-built** -- Cockpit non è necessario per " +"NS8, quindi non è più disponibile nell'immagine pre-built di NS8. Se lo si " +"desidera, può essere installato e abilitato manualmente con i seguenti " +"comandi: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:295 msgid "" "The default Cockpit configuration forbids ``root`` access: log in as a " -"member of the ``wheel`` group, then enter the \"administrative access\" " -"mode." +"member of the ``wheel`` group, then enter the \"administrative access\" mode." msgstr "" "La configurazione predefinita di Cockpit proibisce l'accesso a ``root``: " "accedere con un utente membro del gruppo ``wheel``, quindi attivare la " @@ -12694,21 +13375,20 @@ msgstr "Problemi noti:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:301 msgid "" -"**Core upgrade freezes Software Center page** -- The `bug 6778`_ has been" -" fixed in core version 2.2.6. If the upgrade from RC1 starts from core " -"version 2.2.5 or lower, when the task progress bar freezes reload the web" -" page with ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` or an equivalent procedure. The page " -"reload has no impact with the underlying upgrade. Note: the upgrade " -"download may be slow; avoid interrupting or rebooting until completion." -msgstr "" -"**Core upgrade congela la pagina Software Center** -- Il `bug 6778`_ è " -"stato fissato nella versione core 2.2.6. Se l'aggiornamento da RC1 inizia" -" dalla versione core 2.2.5 o inferiore, quando la barra di avanzamento " -"dell'attività si blocca, ricaricare la pagina web con ``CTRL + SHIFT + " -"R`` o una procedura equivalente. La ricarica della pagina non ha alcun " -"impatto sull'aggiornamento in corso. Nota: il download dell'aggiornamento" -" può essere lento; evitare di interrompere o riavviare fino al " -"completamento." +"**Core upgrade freezes Software Center page** -- The `bug 6778`_ has been " +"fixed in core version 2.2.6. If the upgrade from RC1 starts from core " +"version 2.2.5 or lower, when the task progress bar freezes reload the web " +"page with ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` or an equivalent procedure. The page reload " +"has no impact with the underlying upgrade. Note: the upgrade download may be " +"slow; avoid interrupting or rebooting until completion." +msgstr "" +"**Core upgrade congela la pagina Software Center** -- Il `bug 6778`_ è stato " +"fissato nella versione core 2.2.6. Se l'aggiornamento da RC1 inizia dalla " +"versione core 2.2.5 o inferiore, quando la barra di avanzamento " +"dell'attività si blocca, ricaricare la pagina web con ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` o " +"una procedura equivalente. La ricarica della pagina non ha alcun impatto " +"sull'aggiornamento in corso. Nota: il download dell'aggiornamento può essere " +"lento; evitare di interrompere o riavviare fino al completamento." #: ../../release_notes.rst:311 msgid "Major changes on 2023-11-21" @@ -12725,48 +13405,47 @@ msgstr "Nuove funzionalità introdotte dalla RC1:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:317 msgid "" -"**Password policy** -- Added a new configuration option to the ``Domains " -"and users`` page. It is possible to modify the password complexity and " -"expiration policies of Samba and OpenLDAP domains. Beta 2 installations " -"with OpenLDAP domains require to run a manual procedure to enable the " -"password policy. The upgrade procedure is detailed in the next notes. See" -" also :ref:`password-policy-section`." -msgstr "" -"**Policy delle password** -- Aggiunta una nuova opzione di configurazione" -" nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``. È possibile modificare la complessità " -"delle password e le politiche di scadenza dei domini Samba e OpenLDAP. Le" -" installazioni Beta 2 con i domini OpenLDAP richiedono di eseguire una " +"**Password policy** -- Added a new configuration option to the ``Domains and " +"users`` page. It is possible to modify the password complexity and " +"expiration policies of Samba and OpenLDAP domains. Beta 2 installations with " +"OpenLDAP domains require to run a manual procedure to enable the password " +"policy. The upgrade procedure is detailed in the next notes. See also :ref:" +"`password-policy-section`." +msgstr "" +"**Policy delle password** -- Aggiunta una nuova opzione di configurazione " +"nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``. È possibile modificare la complessità " +"delle password e le politiche di scadenza dei domini Samba e OpenLDAP. Le " +"installazioni Beta 2 con i domini OpenLDAP richiedono di eseguire una " "procedura manuale per abilitare le password policy. La procedura di " -"aggiornamento è dettagliata nelle note successive. Vedi anche :ref" -":`password-policy-section`." +"aggiornamento è dettagliata nelle note successive. Vedi anche :ref:`password-" +"policy-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:324 msgid "" -"**User management portal** -- Users of a domain can now access a web page" -" to change their own password. The user portal is available at " -"``https://IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; a full link is shown in " -"the ``Domains and users`` page, under the domain configuration settings. " -"Beta 2 installations require to run a manual procedure to enable the user" -" portal. See the upgrade procedure for Samba and OpenLDAP in the next " -"notes, and the :ref:`user-management-portal-section` page." -msgstr "" -"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- Gli utenti di un dominio possono " -"ora accedere a una pagina web per modificare la propria password. Il " -"portale dell'utente è disponibile all'indirizzo ``https://IP_OR_FQDN" -"/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; un link completo viene visualizzato nella " -"pagina ``Domini e utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del " -"dominio. Le installazioni Beta 2 richiedono di eseguire una procedura " -"manuale per abilitare il portale utente. Vedere la procedura di " -"aggiornamento per Samba e OpenLDAP nelle note successive, e la pagina: " -"`user-management-portal-section` ." +"**User management portal** -- Users of a domain can now access a web page to " +"change their own password. The user portal is available at ``https://" +"IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; a full link is shown in the ``Domains " +"and users`` page, under the domain configuration settings. Beta 2 " +"installations require to run a manual procedure to enable the user portal. " +"See the upgrade procedure for Samba and OpenLDAP in the next notes, and the :" +"ref:`user-management-portal-section` page." +msgstr "" +"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- Gli utenti di un dominio possono ora " +"accedere a una pagina web per modificare la propria password. Il portale " +"dell'utente è disponibile all'indirizzo ``https://IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/" +"DOMAIN_NAME/``; un link completo viene visualizzato nella pagina ``Domini e " +"utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio. Le " +"installazioni Beta 2 richiedono di eseguire una procedura manuale per " +"abilitare il portale utente. Vedere la procedura di aggiornamento per Samba " +"e OpenLDAP nelle note successive, e la pagina: `user-management-portal-" +"section` ." #: ../../release_notes.rst:332 msgid "" -"**Backup repositories** -- Beside existing cloud protocols, it is now " -"easier to send backups to some local device. A backup repository can now " -"be created in a *Windows file share* or in a *Local storage*, like a disk" -" attached to a cluster node. See :ref:`backup-restore-section` for more " -"information." +"**Backup repositories** -- Beside existing cloud protocols, it is now easier " +"to send backups to some local device. A backup repository can now be created " +"in a *Windows file share* or in a *Local storage*, like a disk attached to a " +"cluster node. See :ref:`backup-restore-section` for more information." msgstr "" "**Repository backup** -- Oltre ai protocolli cloud esistenti, è ora più " "facile inviare i backup ad alcuni dispositivi locali. Un repository di " @@ -12777,31 +13456,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:338 msgid "" "**Fetch mail from other servers** -- :ref:`imapsync-section` is a new " -"advanced application designed to retrieve email messages from remote IMAP" -" servers at scheduled intervals and to synchronize entire IMAP accounts." +"advanced application designed to retrieve email messages from remote IMAP " +"servers at scheduled intervals and to synchronize entire IMAP accounts." msgstr "" "**Raccolta mail da altri server** -- :ref:`imapsync-section` è una nuova " -"applicazione avanzata progettata per recuperare i messaggi e-mail da " -"server IMAP remoti a intervalli programmati e sincronizzare interi " -"account IMAP." +"applicazione avanzata progettata per recuperare i messaggi e-mail da server " +"IMAP remoti a intervalli programmati e sincronizzare interi account IMAP." #: ../../release_notes.rst:343 msgid "" "**Mirror list for Rocky Linux nodes** -- If Rocky Linux is the node OS " -"distribution, the default DNF configuration is overridden and mirrors are" -" returned by ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. RPM packages from Rocky Linux" -" will be hosted by NethServer specific mirrors in future releases." +"distribution, the default DNF configuration is overridden and mirrors are " +"returned by ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. RPM packages from Rocky Linux " +"will be hosted by NethServer specific mirrors in future releases." msgstr "" -"**Lista mirror per i nodi Rocky Linux** -- Se Rocky Linux è la " -"distribuzione OS usata in un nodo, la configurazione predefinita DNF " -"viene sovrascritta e i mirror vengono gestiti da " -"``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. Nelle future versioni i pacchetti RPM di " -"Rocky Linux saranno ospitati da mirror specifici di NethServer." +"**Lista mirror per i nodi Rocky Linux** -- Se Rocky Linux è la distribuzione " +"OS usata in un nodo, la configurazione predefinita DNF viene sovrascritta e " +"i mirror vengono gestiti da ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. Nelle future " +"versioni i pacchetti RPM di Rocky Linux saranno ospitati da mirror specifici " +"di NethServer." #: ../../release_notes.rst:348 msgid "" -"Upgrade of existing Beta 2 installations can be started from the Software" -" center page as usual. After the core components are up-to-date, run the " +"Upgrade of existing Beta 2 installations can be started from the Software " +"center page as usual. After the core components are up-to-date, run the " "following manual procedures to complete the upgrade." msgstr "" "L'aggiornamento delle installazioni Beta 2 esistenti può essere avviato " @@ -12816,10 +13494,10 @@ msgid "" "authorization role, available on new installations since core version " "2.1.0: ::" msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento del core** -- Per aggiornare le " -"installazioni Beta 2 eseguire il seguente comando sul nodo leader. " -"Definisce il nuovo ruolo di autorizzazione ``tunadm``, disponibile su " -"nuove installazioni dalla versione core 2.1.0: ::" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento del core** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni " +"Beta 2 eseguire il seguente comando sul nodo leader. Definisce il nuovo " +"ruolo di autorizzazione ``tunadm``, disponibile su nuove installazioni dalla " +"versione core 2.1.0: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:359 msgid "For each cluster node, enable the local WebDAV service for backups: ::" @@ -12838,15 +13516,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:369 msgid "" "**Samba upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the " -"following procedure for each Samba account provider instance. The list of" -" instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the" -" domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" +"following procedure for each Samba account provider instance. The list of " +"instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the " +"domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" msgstr "" -"**Procedura aggiornamento Samba** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni Beta" -" 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider " -"Samba. L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e" -" utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; " -"**annotare per ogni provider**:" +"**Procedura aggiornamento Samba** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni Beta 2 " +"eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider Samba. " +"L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e utenti``, " +"sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; **annotare per ogni " +"provider**:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:374 msgid "the module ID (string), for example ``samba1``" @@ -12858,30 +13536,31 @@ msgstr "L'ID del nodo (numero), per esempio ``1``" #: ../../release_notes.rst:376 ../../release_notes.rst:411 msgid "" -"a free TCP port number, generated by executing on the leader node a " -"command like this: ::" +"a free TCP port number, generated by executing on the leader node a command " +"like this: ::" msgstr "" -"il numero di una porta TCP disponibile, generato eseguendo sul nodo " -"leader questo comando: ::" +"il numero di una porta TCP disponibile, generato eseguendo sul nodo leader " +"questo comando: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:382 ../../release_notes.rst:417 msgid "" "In the above example set ``node_id`` with the correct node ID (number). " "Let's assume the above command prints the port number below: ::" msgstr "" -"Nell'esempio sopra è necessario assegnare a ``node_id`` il corretto ID " -"del nodo (numero). Supponiamo che il comando stampi il seguente numero di" -" porta: ::" +"Nell'esempio sopra è necessario assegnare a ``node_id`` il corretto ID del " +"nodo (numero). Supponiamo che il comando stampi il seguente numero di " +"porta: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:387 ../../release_notes.rst:422 msgid "With the above annotations, run the following steps for each provider:" msgstr "" -"Con le annotazioni recuperate precedentemente, eseguire i seguenti " -"passaggi per ogni provider:" +"Con le annotazioni recuperate precedentemente, eseguire i seguenti passaggi " +"per ogni provider:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:389 ../../release_notes.rst:424 msgid "Log on the cluster node where the provider instance runs." -msgstr "Accedere al nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza del provider." +msgstr "" +"Accedere al nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza del provider." #: ../../release_notes.rst:391 ../../release_notes.rst:426 msgid "Apply the TCP port configuration and start the user portal service: ::" @@ -12891,16 +13570,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:404 msgid "" -"**OpenLDAP upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the" -" following procedure for each OpenLDAP account provider instance. The " -"list of instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, " -"under the domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" +"**OpenLDAP upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the " +"following procedure for each OpenLDAP account provider instance. The list of " +"instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the " +"domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento OpenLDAP** -- Per aggiornare le " -"installazioni Beta 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza " -"dell'account provider OpenLDAP. L'elenco delle istanze può essere " -"ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di " -"configurazione del dominio; **annotare per ogni provider**:" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento OpenLDAP** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni " +"Beta 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider " +"OpenLDAP. L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e " +"utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; **annotare " +"per ogni provider**:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:409 msgid "the module ID (string), for example ``openldap1``" @@ -12912,24 +13591,22 @@ msgid "" "commands in one instance of your choice (the example is for " "``openldap1``): ::" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver ripetuto i passaggi sopra per ogni nodo del cluster, eseguire i" -" seguenti comandi in un'istanza a scelta (l'esempio è per ``openldap1``):" -" ::" +"Dopo aver ripetuto i passaggi sopra per ogni nodo del cluster, eseguire i " +"seguenti comandi in un'istanza a scelta (l'esempio è per ``openldap1``): ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:500 msgid "" "**Mattermost upgrade procedure** -- Mattermost upgrade must be completed " -"manually to allocate and open UDP ports required by the Calls plugin. " -"From the ``Software center`` page, ensure Mattermost is at version " -"``2.0.0``. Then clone the running instance and after clone is complete, " -"remove the old instance." -msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento Mattermost** -- l'aggiornamento di " -"Mattermost deve essere completato manualmente per assegnare e aprire le " -"porte UDP richieste dal plugin Calls. Dalla pagina ``Software center``, " -"assicurarsi che la versione di Mattermost sia la ``2.0.0``. Clonare " -"quindi l'istanza in esecuzione e, completato il clone, rimuovere la " -"vecchia istanza." +"manually to allocate and open UDP ports required by the Calls plugin. From " +"the ``Software center`` page, ensure Mattermost is at version ``2.0.0``. " +"Then clone the running instance and after clone is complete, remove the old " +"instance." +msgstr "" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento Mattermost** -- l'aggiornamento di Mattermost " +"deve essere completato manualmente per assegnare e aprire le porte UDP " +"richieste dal plugin Calls. Dalla pagina ``Software center``, assicurarsi " +"che la versione di Mattermost sia la ``2.0.0``. Clonare quindi l'istanza in " +"esecuzione e, completato il clone, rimuovere la vecchia istanza." #: ../../release_notes.rst:507 msgid "Major changes on 2023-09-13" @@ -12941,30 +13618,30 @@ msgstr "**Beta 2**" #: ../../release_notes.rst:511 msgid "" -"**Pre-built image** -- Images are based on Rocky Linux. Available formats" -" are ``.qcow2`` for QEMU/Proxmox and ``.vmdk`` for VMware. See :ref" -":`install_image-section` for image download links." +"**Pre-built image** -- Images are based on Rocky Linux. Available formats " +"are ``.qcow2`` for QEMU/Proxmox and ``.vmdk`` for VMware. See :ref:" +"`install_image-section` for image download links." msgstr "" -"**Immagine pre-built** -- Le immagini si basano su Rocky Linux. I formati" -" disponibili sono ``.qcow2`` per QEMU/Proxmox e ``.vmdk`` per VMware. " -"Fare riferimento a :ref:`install_image-section` per i link di download " -"dell e immagini." +"**Immagine pre-built** -- Le immagini si basano su Rocky Linux. I formati " +"disponibili sono ``.qcow2`` per QEMU/Proxmox e ``.vmdk`` per VMware. Fare " +"riferimento a :ref:`install_image-section` per i link di download dell e " +"immagini." #: ../../release_notes.rst:515 msgid "" -"**FQDN requirement** -- The cluster creation procedure now asks to review" -" and set the current system host name. The host name is expected in short" -" form (a single word, with no domain suffix). The procedure also asks for" -" the domain suffix and fixes the ``/etc/hosts`` file by adding a record " -"to properly resolve the fully qualified domain name of the system (FQDN)." -" For example ::" +"**FQDN requirement** -- The cluster creation procedure now asks to review " +"and set the current system host name. The host name is expected in short " +"form (a single word, with no domain suffix). The procedure also asks for the " +"domain suffix and fixes the ``/etc/hosts`` file by adding a record to " +"properly resolve the fully qualified domain name of the system (FQDN). For " +"example ::" msgstr "" -"**Requisiti FQDN** -- La procedura di creazione del cluster richiede ora " -"di rivedere e impostare il nome host del sistema. Il nome host deve " -"essere fornito in forma breve (una sola parola, senza suffisso di " -"dominio). La procedura richiede anche il suffisso di dominio e manipola " -"il file ``/etc/hosts`` aggiungendo un record per risolvere correttamente " -"il fully qualified domain name (FQDN). Per esempio:" +"**Requisiti FQDN** -- La procedura di creazione del cluster richiede ora di " +"rivedere e impostare il nome host del sistema. Il nome host deve essere " +"fornito in forma breve (una sola parola, senza suffisso di dominio). La " +"procedura richiede anche il suffisso di dominio e manipola il file ``/etc/" +"hosts`` aggiungendo un record per risolvere correttamente il fully qualified " +"domain name (FQDN). Per esempio:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:523 msgid "See also :ref:`dns-reqs`." @@ -12972,26 +13649,26 @@ msgstr "Vedi anche :ref:`dns-reqs`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:525 msgid "" -"**WireGuard port 55820** -- The UDP port used by WireGuard in the " -"creation of the cluster VPN is now fixed to ``55820``. Clusters already " -"created with a custom port number must be fixed manually before updating " -"the core to Beta 2. For example if the custom port is ``55821`` run on " -"the leader node the following steps to fix it." +"**WireGuard port 55820** -- The UDP port used by WireGuard in the creation " +"of the cluster VPN is now fixed to ``55820``. Clusters already created with " +"a custom port number must be fixed manually before updating the core to Beta " +"2. For example if the custom port is ``55821`` run on the leader node the " +"following steps to fix it." msgstr "" "**Porta WireGuard 55820** -- La porta UDP utilizzata da WireGuard nella " -"creazione del cluster VPN è ora fissata a ``55820``. La configurazione " -"dei cluster già creati con un numero di porta personalizzato dovrà essere" -" corretta manualmente prima di aggiornare il core a Beta 2. Ad esempio, " -"se la porta personalizzata è ``55821`` eseguire sul nodo leader i " -"seguenti passaggi per risolvere il problema." +"creazione del cluster VPN è ora fissata a ``55820``. La configurazione dei " +"cluster già creati con un numero di porta personalizzato dovrà essere " +"corretta manualmente prima di aggiornare il core a Beta 2. Ad esempio, se la " +"porta personalizzata è ``55821`` eseguire sul nodo leader i seguenti " +"passaggi per risolvere il problema." #: ../../release_notes.rst:531 msgid "" "Fix the VPN public endpoint address in Redis. For example, if the leader " "node is ``1`` and its FQDN is ``node1.example.org`` ::" msgstr "" -"Correggere l'indirizzo di endpoint pubblico VPN in Redis. Ad esempio, se " -"il nodo leader è ``1`` e il suo FQDN è ``node1.example.org``::" +"Correggere l'indirizzo di endpoint pubblico VPN in Redis. Ad esempio, se il " +"nodo leader è ``1`` e il suo FQDN è ``node1.example.org``::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:536 msgid "Fix the firewall configuration ::" @@ -13003,11 +13680,11 @@ msgstr "Modificare la porta di ascolto dell'istanza WireGuard in esecuzione ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:546 msgid "" -"Make the change permanent, by setting ``ListenPort = 55820`` in " -"``/etc/wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" +"Make the change permanent, by setting ``ListenPort = 55820`` in ``/etc/" +"wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" msgstr "" -"Rendere le modifiche permanenti, impostando ``ListenPort = 55820`` nel " -"file ``/etc/wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" +"Rendere le modifiche permanenti, impostando ``ListenPort = 55820`` nel file " +"``/etc/wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:551 msgid "Repeat steps 2-4 on each worker node, too." @@ -13015,12 +13692,12 @@ msgstr "Ripetere i passi da 2 a 4 anche su ogni nodo worker." #: ../../release_notes.rst:553 msgid "" -"**Debian upgrade** -- After running the core update, installations based " -"on Debian 11 (Bullseye) must be manually upgraded to distribution version" -" 12 (Bookworm). ::" +"**Debian upgrade** -- After running the core update, installations based on " +"Debian 11 (Bullseye) must be manually upgraded to distribution version 12 " +"(Bookworm). ::" msgstr "" -"**Aggiornamento Debian** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, " -"le installazioni basate su Debian 11 (Bullseye) devono essere aggiornate " +"**Aggiornamento Debian** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, le " +"installazioni basate su Debian 11 (Bullseye) devono essere aggiornate " "manualmente alla versione di distribuzione 12 (Bookworm) ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:561 @@ -13029,18 +13706,18 @@ msgid "" "system**. Apply the same procedure for each cluster node." msgstr "" "Seguire le istruzioni per aggiornare Python alla versione 3.11, poi " -"**riavviare il sistema**. Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del" -" cluster." +"**riavviare il sistema**. Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del " +"cluster." #: ../../release_notes.rst:564 msgid "" "**Python 3.11** -- After running the core update, installations based on " -"Rocky Linux (and other EL-like distributions) must manually install " -"Python 3.11: ::" +"Rocky Linux (and other EL-like distributions) must manually install Python " +"3.11: ::" msgstr "" "**Python 3.11** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, le " -"installazioni basate su Rocky Linux (e altre distribuzioni EL-like) " -"devono installare manualmente Python 3.11: ::" +"installazioni basate su Rocky Linux (e altre distribuzioni EL-like) devono " +"installare manualmente Python 3.11: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:570 msgid "" @@ -13061,72 +13738,71 @@ msgstr "Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del cluster." #: ../../release_notes.rst:588 msgid "" "**UI security enhancements** -- Since the Beta 1 release an important " -"security update has been released, and other security improvements are " -"now available. After running the core update, do an hard browser page " -"reload with ``CTRL + Shift + R`` or any other equivalent method." +"security update has been released, and other security improvements are now " +"available. After running the core update, do an hard browser page reload " +"with ``CTRL + Shift + R`` or any other equivalent method." msgstr "" "**Miglioramenti di sicurezza UI** -- Con la versione Beta 1 è stato " -"rilasciato un importante aggiornamento di sicurezza, e altri " -"miglioramenti di sicurezza sono ora disponibili. Dopo aver eseguito " -"l'aggiornamento del core, ricaricare la pagina del browser con ``CTRL + " -"Shift + R`` o altro metodo equivalente." +"rilasciato un importante aggiornamento di sicurezza, e altri miglioramenti " +"di sicurezza sono ora disponibili. Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del " +"core, ricaricare la pagina del browser con ``CTRL + Shift + R`` o altro " +"metodo equivalente." #: ../../release_notes.rst:593 msgid "" -"**Logs backend improved** -- The Logs page backend has been improved to " -"be faster and more accurate in capturing the logs of every cluster " -"component. The core module now runs Promtail as a system service. After " -"running the core update, it is safe to uninstall Promtail core modules by" -" running this command on the leader node: ::" +"**Logs backend improved** -- The Logs page backend has been improved to be " +"faster and more accurate in capturing the logs of every cluster component. " +"The core module now runs Promtail as a system service. After running the " +"core update, it is safe to uninstall Promtail core modules by running this " +"command on the leader node: ::" msgstr "" -"**Backend log migliorato** -- Il backend della pagina ``Log di sistema`` " -"è stato migliorato per essere più veloce e accurato nella cattura dei log" -" di ogni componente cluster. Il modulo core ora gestisce Promtail come " -"servizio di sistema. Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, è " -"possibile disinstallare i moduli di base di Promtail eseguendo questo " -"comando sul nodo leader: ::" +"**Backend log migliorato** -- Il backend della pagina ``Log di sistema`` è " +"stato migliorato per essere più veloce e accurato nella cattura dei log di " +"ogni componente cluster. Il modulo core ora gestisce Promtail come servizio " +"di sistema. Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, è possibile " +"disinstallare i moduli di base di Promtail eseguendo questo comando sul nodo " +"leader: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:601 msgid "" "Note that the new Logs page cannot access old log entries. To see log " "entries before the Beta 2 upgrade, use the `logcli` command." msgstr "" -"Attenzione: la nuova pagina dei log non può accedere alle vecchie voci di" -" registro. Per visualizzare le voci di registro precedenti " -"all'aggiornamento Beta 2, utilizzare il comando `logcli`." +"Attenzione: la nuova pagina dei log non può accedere alle vecchie voci di " +"registro. Per visualizzare le voci di registro precedenti all'aggiornamento " +"Beta 2, utilizzare il comando `logcli`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:604 msgid "" "**TLS certificate upload** -- The ``TLS certificates`` card under the " -"``Settings`` page was extended to allow the upload of a certificate and " -"the private key associated to it. See the section :ref" -":`certificate_manager-section`." +"``Settings`` page was extended to allow the upload of a certificate and the " +"private key associated to it. See the section :ref:`certificate_manager-" +"section`." msgstr "" -"**Caricamento certificato TLS** -- Il menu ``Certificati TLS`` nella " -"pagina ``Impostazioni`` è stato esteso per consentire il caricamento di " -"un certificato e della chiave privata ad esso associata. Si veda la " -"sezione :ref:`certificate_manager-section`." +"**Caricamento certificato TLS** -- Il menu ``Certificati TLS`` nella pagina " +"``Impostazioni`` è stato esteso per consentire il caricamento di un " +"certificato e della chiave privata ad esso associata. Si veda la sezione :" +"ref:`certificate_manager-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:609 msgid "" -"**Additional backup providers** -- Backup repositories can be created " -"also on Microsoft Azure and S3-compatible cloud storage providers." +"**Additional backup providers** -- Backup repositories can be created also " +"on Microsoft Azure and S3-compatible cloud storage providers." msgstr "" -"**Repositori di backup aggiuntivi** -- I repository di backup possono " -"essere creati anche su cloud storage provider compatibili con Microsoft " -"Azure e S3." +"**Repositori di backup aggiuntivi** -- I repository di backup possono essere " +"creati anche su cloud storage provider compatibili con Microsoft Azure e S3." #: ../../release_notes.rst:612 msgid "" -"**New Traefik configuration backend** -- The cluster Redis DB is not used" -" any more by Traefik module instances as their dynamic configuration " -"backend. Traefik configuration is now entirely stored under the module " -"home directory. To improve Redis performance it is possible to disable a " -"feature specific for Traefik with the following commands: ::" +"**New Traefik configuration backend** -- The cluster Redis DB is not used " +"any more by Traefik module instances as their dynamic configuration backend. " +"Traefik configuration is now entirely stored under the module home " +"directory. To improve Redis performance it is possible to disable a feature " +"specific for Traefik with the following commands: ::" msgstr "" -"**Nuova configurazione backend Traefik** -- Il cluster Redis DB non viene" -" più utilizzato come backend di configurazione dinamica dalle istanze dei" -" moduli Traefik. La configurazione Traefik è ora interamente memorizzata " +"**Nuova configurazione backend Traefik** -- Il cluster Redis DB non viene " +"più utilizzato come backend di configurazione dinamica dalle istanze dei " +"moduli Traefik. La configurazione Traefik è ora interamente memorizzata " "nella home directory del modulo. Per migliorare le prestazioni Redis è " "possibile disabilitare una funzione specifica per Traefik con i seguenti " "comandi: ::" @@ -13137,31 +13813,30 @@ msgstr "**Miglioramenti modulo mail**" #: ../../release_notes.rst:625 msgid "" -"New installations of the Mail module have the ``Shared seen`` option " -"enabled by default. Existing installations will find the switch disabled." -" See also the section about :ref:`settings for mailboxes `." +"New installations of the Mail module have the ``Shared seen`` option enabled " +"by default. Existing installations will find the switch disabled. See also " +"the section about :ref:`settings for mailboxes `." msgstr "" "Le nuove installazioni del modulo Mail hanno l'opzione ``Shared visto`` " -"abilitata per impostazione predefinita. Gli impianti esistenti troveranno" -" l'interruttore disabilitato. Vedi anche la sezione relativa a " -":ref:`impostazioni caselle e-mail `." +"abilitata per impostazione predefinita. Gli impianti esistenti troveranno " +"l'interruttore disabilitato. Vedi anche la sezione relativa a :ref:" +"`impostazioni caselle e-mail `." #: ../../release_notes.rst:630 msgid "" -"Added the open source Dovecot plugin *Flatcurve* to enable full text " -"search (FTS) of email messages. To massively rebuild the search indexes " -"run the following command during system idle time: ::" +"Added the open source Dovecot plugin *Flatcurve* to enable full text search " +"(FTS) of email messages. To massively rebuild the search indexes run the " +"following command during system idle time: ::" msgstr "" "Aggiunto a Dovecot il plugin open source *Flatcurve* per abilitare la " -"ricerca full-text (FTS) nei messaggi e-mail. Per ricostruire " -"massicciamente gli indici di ricerca eseguire il seguente comando durante" -" il tempo di inattività del sistema: ::" +"ricerca full-text (FTS) nei messaggi e-mail. Per ricostruire massicciamente " +"gli indici di ricerca eseguire il seguente comando durante il tempo di " +"inattività del sistema: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:636 msgid "" -"Only PDF attachments and the email itself are added to the index. In " -"future releases more attachment formats will be supported." +"Only PDF attachments and the email itself are added to the index. In future " +"releases more attachment formats will be supported." msgstr "" "Solo gli allegati PDF e l'e-mail stessa vengono aggiunti all'indice. In " "futuro saranno supportati più formati di allegati." @@ -13193,14 +13868,13 @@ msgid "" "Configuration and data backups: regularly save cluster settings and " "application data to remote providers like Amazon S3 and Backblaze B2" msgstr "" -"Backup configurazione e dati: salva regolarmente le impostazioni del " -"cluster e i dati delle applicazioni in provider remoti come Amazon S3 e " -"Backblaze B2" +"Backup configurazione e dati: salva regolarmente le impostazioni del cluster " +"e i dati delle applicazioni in provider remoti come Amazon S3 e Backblaze B2" #: ../../release_notes.rst:650 msgid "" -"Authentication: support for both Active Directory and LDAP (RFC2307) user" -" directories" +"Authentication: support for both Active Directory and LDAP (RFC2307) user " +"directories" msgstr "" "Autenticazione: supporto per le directory utente Active Directory e LDAP " "(RFC2307)" @@ -13210,25 +13884,25 @@ msgid "" "File server: implement an SMB (Server Message Block) file server that " "enables seamless integration with Windows-based networks" msgstr "" -"File server: implementazione di un file server SMB (Server Message Block)" -" che consente l'integrazione senza soluzione di continuità con le reti " -"basate su Windows" +"File server: implementazione di un file server SMB (Server Message Block) " +"che consente l'integrazione senza soluzione di continuità con le reti basate " +"su Windows" #: ../../release_notes.rst:652 msgid "" "Auditing: track changes made within the system to ensure security and " "accountability" msgstr "" -"Auditing: tracciatura delle modifiche apportate all'interno del sistema " -"per garantire sicurezza e responsabilità" +"Auditing: tracciatura delle modifiche apportate all'interno del sistema per " +"garantire sicurezza e responsabilità" #: ../../release_notes.rst:653 msgid "" -"Email relay: use a smart host to route outgoing emails through a trusted" -" server" +"Email relay: use a smart host to route outgoing emails through a trusted " +"server" msgstr "" -"Relay e-mail: utilizzo di uno smart host per l'invio delle e-mail in " -"uscita tramite un server affidabile" +"Relay e-mail: utilizzo di uno smart host per l'invio delle e-mail in uscita " +"tramite un server affidabile" #: ../../release_notes.rst:654 msgid "Custom web routing: define custom URLs to handle specific requests" @@ -13238,24 +13912,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:655 msgid "" -"Multi-factor authentication: enable two-step verification for " -"administrator accounts" +"Multi-factor authentication: enable two-step verification for administrator " +"accounts" msgstr "" "Autenticazione multifattore: abilitare la verifica a due fasi per gli " "account amministratore" #: ../../release_notes.rst:656 msgid "" -"Built-in firewall: protect against unauthorized access at the network " -"level by implementing a local firewall" +"Built-in firewall: protect against unauthorized access at the network level " +"by implementing a local firewall" msgstr "" "Firewall integrato: proteggere dall'accesso non autorizzato a livello di " "rete implementando un firewall locale" #: ../../release_notes.rst:657 msgid "" -"Migration: :ref:`Cockpit module ` to import NethServer" -" 7 applications" +"Migration: :ref:`Cockpit module ` to import NethServer 7 " +"applications" msgstr "" "Migrazione: :ref:`Modulo Cockpit ` per importare " "applicazioni da NethServer 7" @@ -13266,26 +13940,25 @@ msgstr "Moduli aggiuntivi:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:661 msgid "" -"Collaborative tools: includes Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd mail server, WebTop," -" Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, " -"Mattermost" +"Collaborative tools: includes Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd mail server, WebTop, " +"Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, Mattermost" msgstr "" -"Strumenti di collaborazione: include mail server con " -"Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd, WebTop, Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora " -"Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, Mattermost" +"Strumenti di collaborazione: include mail server con Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd, " +"WebTop, Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, " +"Mattermost" #: ../../release_notes.rst:662 msgid "" -"Development utilities: features MariaDB and NGINX web server for creating" -" dynamic applications and services" +"Development utilities: features MariaDB and NGINX web server for creating " +"dynamic applications and services" msgstr "" "Utility di sviluppo: funzionalità MariaDB e web server NGINX per la " "creazione di applicazioni e servizi dinamici" #: ../../release_notes.rst:663 msgid "" -"Monitoring and analysis: offers Grafana, Prometheus, and node_exporter " -"for tracking performance metrics and identifying potential issues" +"Monitoring and analysis: offers Grafana, Prometheus, and node_exporter for " +"tracking performance metrics and identifying potential issues" msgstr "" "Monitoraggio e analisi: offre Grafana, Prometheus e node_exporter per il " "monitoraggio delle metriche delle prestazioni e l'individuazione di " @@ -13296,8 +13969,8 @@ msgid "" "Data storage: offers MinIO for managing large amounts of structured and " "unstructured data" msgstr "" -"Memorizzazione dati: offre MinIO per la gestione di grandi quantità di " -"dati strutturati e non strutturati" +"Memorizzazione dati: offre MinIO per la gestione di grandi quantità di dati " +"strutturati e non strutturati" #: ../../release_notes.rst:665 msgid "" @@ -13309,16 +13982,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:667 msgid "The following known limitations will be resolved in future updates:" -msgstr "Le seguenti limitazioni note saranno risolte negli aggiornamenti futuri:" +msgstr "" +"Le seguenti limitazioni note saranno risolte negli aggiornamenti futuri:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:669 msgid "" -"currently, the system only uses TLS certificates issued by Let's Encrypt " -"or self-signed certificates generated locally" +"currently, the system only uses TLS certificates issued by Let's Encrypt or " +"self-signed certificates generated locally" msgstr "" "attualmente, il sistema è in grado di utilizzare solo certificati TLS " -"rilasciati da Let's Encrypt o certificati auto-firmati generati " -"localmente" +"rilasciati da Let's Encrypt o certificati auto-firmati generati localmente" #: ../../release_notes.rst:670 msgid "user login is not supported on worker nodes" @@ -13334,11 +14007,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:672 msgid "" -"only a limited number of cloud storage providers are available for " -"backing up data" +"only a limited number of cloud storage providers are available for backing " +"up data" msgstr "" -"solo un numero limitato di cloud storage provider sono disponibili per il" -" backup dei dati" +"solo un numero limitato di cloud storage provider sono disponibili per il " +"backup dei dati" #: ../../release_notes.rst:677 msgid "Releases glossary" @@ -13354,60 +14027,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:681 msgid "" -"During the **Alpha** stage, the software is not thoroughly tested and may" -" not include all planned features. This release is not suitable for " -"production environments. However, it can be used to preview what's coming" -" in the upcoming version. Please note that updates from an Alpha release " -"to other releases are not supported." +"During the **Alpha** stage, the software is not thoroughly tested and may " +"not include all planned features. This release is not suitable for " +"production environments. However, it can be used to preview what's coming in " +"the upcoming version. Please note that updates from an Alpha release to " +"other releases are not supported." msgstr "" -"Durante la fase **Alpha**, il software non è completamente testato e non " -"può includere tutte le funzionalità pianificate. Questa versione non è " -"adatta per ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può essere utilizzata per " -"provare in anteprima ciò che sarà rilasciato nella successiva versione. " -"Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio Alpha ad altre versioni non sono " -"supportati." +"Durante la fase **Alpha**, il software non è completamente testato e non può " +"includere tutte le funzionalità pianificate. Questa versione non è adatta " +"per ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può essere utilizzata per provare in " +"anteprima ciò che sarà rilasciato nella successiva versione. Gli " +"aggiornamenti da un rilascio Alpha ad altre versioni non sono supportati." #: ../../release_notes.rst:685 msgid "" -"The **Beta** stage indicates that the software is mostly feature " -"complete, but it may still contain many known and unknown bugs. This " -"release should not be used on production environments. However, it can be" -" used to test the software before deploying it to production. Updates " -"from a Beta release to an RC or Stable release are supported but may " -"require a manual procedure." +"The **Beta** stage indicates that the software is mostly feature complete, " +"but it may still contain many known and unknown bugs. This release should " +"not be used on production environments. However, it can be used to test the " +"software before deploying it to production. Updates from a Beta release to " +"an RC or Stable release are supported but may require a manual procedure." msgstr "" -"La fase **Beta** indica che il software è per lo più completo, ma può " -"ancora contenere diversi bug noti e sconosciuti. Questa versione non " -"dovrebbe essere utilizzata negli ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può " -"essere utilizzata per testare il software prima di distribuirlo in " -"produzione. Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio Beta a un rilascio RC o " -"stabile sono supportati ma possono richiedere una procedura manuale." +"La fase **Beta** indica che il software è per lo più completo, ma può ancora " +"contenere diversi bug noti e sconosciuti. Questa versione non dovrebbe " +"essere utilizzata negli ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può essere " +"utilizzata per testare il software prima di distribuirlo in produzione. Gli " +"aggiornamenti da un rilascio Beta a un rilascio RC o stabile sono supportati " +"ma possono richiedere una procedura manuale." #: ../../release_notes.rst:689 msgid "" "During the **Release Candidate (RC)** stage, the software is feature " -"complete, and it contains no known bugs. If no major issues arise, it can" -" be promoted to Stable. Updates from an RC release to a Stable release " -"are supported and should be almost automatic. However, if you're new to " -"the software, it's best to use it in production only if you already have " -"some experience with it." +"complete, and it contains no known bugs. If no major issues arise, it can be " +"promoted to Stable. Updates from an RC release to a Stable release are " +"supported and should be almost automatic. However, if you're new to the " +"software, it's best to use it in production only if you already have some " +"experience with it." msgstr "" "Durante la fase **Release Candidate (RC)**, il software è completo e non " -"contiene bug noti. Se non si presentano grandi problemi, può essere " -"promosso a Stable. Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio RC a un rilascio " -"stabile sono supportati e dovrebbero essere pressoché automatici. " -"Tuttavia è meglio utilizzarlo in produzione solo se hai già esperienza " -"con il software." +"contiene bug noti. Se non si presentano grandi problemi, può essere promosso " +"a Stable. Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio RC a un rilascio stabile sono " +"supportati e dovrebbero essere pressoché automatici. Tuttavia è meglio " +"utilizzarlo in produzione solo se hai già esperienza con il software." #: ../../release_notes.rst:694 msgid "" -"The **Stable** release is the most reliable and safe to use in production" -" environments. It has been thoroughly tested and is considered to be free" -" of major bugs." +"The **Stable** release is the most reliable and safe to use in production " +"environments. It has been thoroughly tested and is considered to be free of " +"major bugs." msgstr "" "Il rilascio **Stable** è il più affidabile e sicuro da utilizzare in " -"ambienti di produzione. È stato accuratamente testato ed è considerato " -"privo di gravi bug." +"ambienti di produzione. È stato accuratamente testato ed è considerato privo " +"di gravi bug." #: ../../roundcube.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -13451,20 +14121,20 @@ msgstr "plugins" #: ../../roundcube.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../roundcube.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``webmail.nethserver.org``." +"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``webmail.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" -"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``webmail.nethserver.org``." +"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``webmail.nethserver." +"org``." #: ../../roundcube.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -13478,11 +14148,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:33 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " -"accordingly to your needs" +"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly " +"to your needs" msgstr "" -"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " -"accordingly to your needs" +"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly " +"to your needs" #: ../../roundcube.rst:34 #, fuzzy @@ -13492,11 +14162,11 @@ msgstr "bind the Roundcube instance to an existing ``Mail server``" #: ../../roundcube.rst:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref" -":`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." +"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref:" +"`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." msgstr "" -"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref" -":`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." +"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref:" +"`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." #: ../../roundcube.rst:43 #, fuzzy @@ -13593,25 +14263,31 @@ msgstr "Applicazioni" msgid "" "Each application is represented by a card displaying its name, level of " "certification, and category. Click on the application's name to view " -"detailed information such as screenshots, author, latest version, " -"container images, and links to documentation, source code, and bug " -"tracker." +"detailed information such as screenshots, author, latest version, container " +"images, and links to documentation, source code, and bug tracker." msgstr "" +"Ogni applicazione è rappresentata da una carta che mostra il suo nome, il " +"livello di certificazione e la categoria. Clicca sul nome dell'applicazione " +"per visualizzare informazioni dettagliate come screenshot, autore, ultima " +"versione, immagini dei container e link alla documentazione, codice sorgente " +"e tracciatore di bug." #: ../../software_center.rst:19 msgid "" -"Some applications may include additional Terms and Conditions; if " -"present, read them carefully." +"Some applications may include additional Terms and Conditions; if present, " +"read them carefully." msgstr "" +"Alcune applicazioni possono includere ulteriori Termini e Condizioni; se " +"presenti, leggerle con attenzione." #: ../../software_center.rst:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For detailed information about the installed core components refer to " -":ref:`core_updates-section`." +"For detailed information about the installed core components refer to :ref:" +"`core_updates-section`." msgstr "" -"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: " -"`updates-section`." +"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: `updates-" +"section`." #: ../../software_center.rst:30 #, fuzzy @@ -13620,64 +14296,80 @@ msgstr "Certificati TLS" #: ../../software_center.rst:32 msgid "Applications are certified at the following levels:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le applicazioni sono certificate ai seguenti livelli:" #: ../../software_center.rst:34 msgid "" -"**Level 1/5**: The application is hosted by a custom repository (or it is" -" not part of any repository) and is not certified." +"**Level 1/5**: The application is hosted by a custom repository (or it is " +"not part of any repository) and is not certified." msgstr "" +"**Level 1/5**: L'applicazione è ospitata da un repository personalizzato (o " +"non fa parte di alcun repository) e non è certificata." #: ../../software_center.rst:36 msgid "" -"**Level 2/5**: The application is hosted by the ``nethforge`` repository " -"and certified by the NethServer community." +"**Level 2/5**: The application is hosted by the ``nethforge`` repository and " +"certified by the NethServer community." msgstr "" +"**Level 2/5**: L'applicazione è ospitata dal repository ``nethforge``` e " +"certificata dalla comunità NethServer." #: ../../software_center.rst:38 msgid "" "**Level 3/5**: The application is hosted by the ``default`` or " "``subscription`` repositories and is certified by Nethesis." msgstr "" +"**Level 3/5**: L'applicazione è ospitata dai repository ``default` o " +"``subscription`` ed è certificata da Nethesis." #: ../../software_center.rst:40 msgid "" "**Level 4/5**: The application is developed and maintained by Nethesis " "developers." msgstr "" +"**Level 4/5**: L'applicazione è sviluppata e mantenuta dagli sviluppatori di " +"Nethesis." #: ../../software_center.rst:42 msgid "" "**Level 5/5**: The application is developed and maintained by Nethesis " "developers and is covered by Nethesis support." msgstr "" +"5/5. L'applicazione è sviluppata e mantenuta dagli sviluppatori Nethesis ed " +"è coperta dal supporto Nethesis." #: ../../software_center.rst:45 msgid "Certification levels are determined based on the following factors:" msgstr "" +"I livelli di certificazione sono determinati in base ai seguenti fattori:" #: ../../software_center.rst:47 msgid "" "**Repository**: To be listed in a public repository, an application must " -"undergo a review process. Being listed in a public repository establishes" -" the base certification level of the application." +"undergo a review process. Being listed in a public repository establishes " +"the base certification level of the application." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:50 msgid "" -"**Origin**: The container image registry hosting the application " -"identifies the person or organization distributing it. Currently, the " -"recognized registries are ``ghcr.io/nethserver`` and " -"``ghcr.io/nethesis``." +"**Origin**: The container image registry hosting the application identifies " +"the person or organization distributing it. Currently, the recognized " +"registries are ``ghcr.io/nethserver`` and ``ghcr.io/nethesis``." msgstr "" +"**Origin** Il registro di immagine del contenitore che ospita l'applicazione " +"identifica la persona o l'organizzazione che la distribuendo. Attualmente, i " +"registri riconosciuti sono ``ghcr.io/nethserver``` e ``ghcr.io/nethesis``." #: ../../software_center.rst:54 msgid "" -"**Support**: If the cluster has an active subscription and paid support " -"is available for the application (whether included in the current " -"subscription plan or not). See :ref:`subscription-section` for more " -"information." +"**Support**: If the cluster has an active subscription and paid support is " +"available for the application (whether included in the current subscription " +"plan or not). See :ref:`subscription-section` for more information." msgstr "" +"**Support**: Se il cluster ha un abbonamento attivo e il supporto a " +"pagamento è disponibile per l'applicazione (se incluso nel piano di " +"abbonamento corrente o no). Vedere :ref:`subscription-section` per ulteriori " +"informazioni." #: ../../software_center.rst:62 #, fuzzy @@ -13687,26 +14379,26 @@ msgstr "Applicazioni NethForge" #: ../../software_center.rst:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To install a new application, simply click the :guilabel:`Install` button" -" of the application card. If your cluster has multiple nodes, you will " -"also need to select the target node." +"To install a new application, simply click the :guilabel:`Install` button of " +"the application card. If your cluster has multiple nodes, you will also need " +"to select the target node." msgstr "" -"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` " -"button. If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to " -"select the target node." +"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` button. " +"If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to select the " +"target node." #: ../../software_center.rst:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To install an additional instance of an existing application, click on " -"the ``Instances`` link within the application's card. Then, select " -":guilabel:`Install new instance`. Note that in some cases, installation " -"on certain cluster nodes may be restricted due to application policies or" -" node resource limitations." +"To install an additional instance of an existing application, click on the " +"``Instances`` link within the application's card. Then, select :guilabel:" +"`Install new instance`. Note that in some cases, installation on certain " +"cluster nodes may be restricted due to application policies or node resource " +"limitations." msgstr "" "To install another instance of an existing application, click on the " -"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on " -":guilabel:`Install new instance`." +"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on :guilabel:" +"`Install new instance`." #: ../../software_center.rst:77 #, fuzzy @@ -13716,25 +14408,28 @@ msgstr "Applicazioni" #: ../../software_center.rst:79 msgid "" "Once an application has one or more installed instances, click on the " -"``Instances`` link within the application's card. You can perform various" -" actions on each instance by clicking on its three-dots menu:" +"``Instances`` link within the application's card. You can perform various " +"actions on each instance by clicking on its three-dots menu:" msgstr "" +"Una volta che un'applicazione ha una o più istanze installate, clicca sul " +"link ``Instances`` all'interno della scheda dell'applicazione. È possibile " +"eseguire varie azioni su ogni istanza facendo clic sul suo menu a tre punti:" #: ../../software_center.rst:83 msgid "" -"``Update to testing version``: This action is visible only when a testing" -" version is available as an instance update. Carefully review the pre-" -"release documentation or consult the app developer before proceeding." +"``Update to testing version``: This action is visible only when a testing " +"version is available as an instance update. Carefully review the pre-release " +"documentation or consult the app developer before proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:87 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Add to favorites``: The application will always be listed at the top of" -" the application drawer." +"``Add to favorites``: The application will always be listed at the top of " +"the application drawer." msgstr "" -"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the" -" application drawer" +"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the " +"application drawer" #: ../../software_center.rst:89 #, fuzzy @@ -13752,8 +14447,7 @@ msgid "" "``Move``: Move the application to another node. See :ref:`move_clone-" "section`." msgstr "" -"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-" -"section`" +"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-section`" #: ../../software_center.rst:93 #, fuzzy @@ -13764,11 +14458,10 @@ msgstr "``Uninstall``: remove the application and all related data" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Installed application instances are also accessible from the application " -"drawer by clicking on the |bento| menu in the top-right corner of the " -"screen." +"drawer by clicking on the |bento| menu in the top-right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, " -"by clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." +"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, by " +"clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." #: ../../software_center.rst:95 #, fuzzy @@ -13782,8 +14475,8 @@ msgstr "Software repositories" #: ../../software_center.rst:107 msgid "" -"An NS8 software repository is an index of applications and a collection " -"of their metadata." +"An NS8 software repository is an index of applications and a collection of " +"their metadata." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:110 @@ -13799,8 +14492,8 @@ msgstr "In the ``Settings`` page: click the ``Software repositories`` card." #: ../../software_center.rst:113 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the ``Software Center`` page: click the ``Software repositories`` item" -" in the three-dots menu at the top-right corner." +"In the ``Software Center`` page: click the ``Software repositories`` item in " +"the three-dots menu at the top-right corner." msgstr "" "In the ``Software Center`` page: click the ``Software repository`` item " "under the three-dots menu on the top right corner of the page." @@ -13808,18 +14501,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NS8 includes a default set of software repositories, some enabled and " -"others disabled:" +"NS8 includes a default set of software repositories, some enabled and others " +"disabled:" msgstr "" -"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both " -"enabled and disabled state." +"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both enabled " +"and disabled state." #: ../../software_center.rst:119 msgid "" "``default``: Contains applications developed and maintained mainly by " -"NethServer developers. It also tracks updates for NS8 core modules and " -"the core itself." +"NethServer developers. It also tracks updates for NS8 core modules and the " +"core itself." msgstr "" +"``default``: Contiene applicazioni sviluppate e mantenute principalmente " +"dagli sviluppatori NethServer. Traccia anche aggiornamenti per moduli NS8 " +"core e il nucleo stesso." #: ../../software_center.rst:122 #, fuzzy @@ -13827,25 +14523,25 @@ msgid "" "``nethforge``: A repository of applications built and maintained by the " "NethServer community. It is initially disabled." msgstr "" -"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer " -"community, initially set in a disabled state." +"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer community, " +"initially set in a disabled state." #: ../../software_center.rst:124 msgid "" "``subscription``: Added and enabled when the cluster has an active " -"subscription. It overrides the contents of the ``default`` repository " -"with an update schedule managed by Nethesis. See :ref:`subscription-" -"section` for details." +"subscription. It overrides the contents of the ``default`` repository with " +"an update schedule managed by Nethesis. See :ref:`subscription-section` for " +"details." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:129 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To add a custom repository, click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` " -"button and fill in the required fields:" +"To add a custom repository, click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` button " +"and fill in the required fields:" msgstr "" -"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` " -"button. Then fill all required fields:" +"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` button. " +"Then fill all required fields:" #: ../../software_center.rst:132 #, fuzzy @@ -13868,12 +14564,17 @@ msgstr "``Status`` check this option to enable the repository" #: ../../software_center.rst:137 msgid "" -"Note that if the same application is listed in multiple repositories, the" -" one from the repository with the higher priority will be considered. " +"Note that if the same application is listed in multiple repositories, the " +"one from the repository with the higher priority will be considered. " "Repository priority is determined by the alphabetical order of the " "repository names, with those later in the alphabet (e.g., \"Z\") having " "higher priority than those earlier (e.g., \"A\")." msgstr "" +"Si noti che se la stessa applicazione è elencata in più repository, quella " +"dal repository con la priorità più alta sarà considerata. La priorità dei " +"repository è determinata dall'ordine alfabetico dei nomi dei repository, con " +"quelli successivi nell'alfabeto (ad esempio, \"Z\") che hanno una maggiore " +"priorità rispetto a quelli precedenti (ad esempio, \"A\")." #: ../../software_center.rst:143 #, fuzzy @@ -13891,11 +14592,16 @@ msgstr "Updates" #: ../../software_center.rst:152 msgid "" -"If the enabled repositories contain an update for an installed " -"application instance or any core component, a warning message is " -"displayed at the top of the Software center page. You can see if there " -"are any available updates also by accessing the ``Cluster status`` page." +"If the enabled repositories contain an update for an installed application " +"instance or any core component, a warning message is displayed at the top of " +"the Software center page. You can see if there are any available updates " +"also by accessing the ``Cluster status`` page." msgstr "" +"Se i repository abilitati contengono un aggiornamento per un'istanza di " +"applicazione installata o per qualsiasi componente core, viene visualizzato " +"un messaggio di avviso nella parte superiore della pagina del centro " +"software. Puoi vedere se ci sono aggiornamenti disponibili anche accedendo " +"alla pagina ``Cluster status```." #: ../../software_center.rst:157 #, fuzzy @@ -13937,9 +14643,9 @@ msgstr "Core updates" #: ../../software_center.rst:173 msgid "" -"NS8 consists of the core and several modules. Each core component has its" -" own version number, and the Software Center will display a warning when " -"an update is available." +"NS8 consists of the core and several modules. Each core component has its " +"own version number, and the Software Center will display a warning when an " +"update is available." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:177 @@ -13948,15 +14654,15 @@ msgid "" "*Core* contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that " "manage the containers and backup engines." msgstr "" -"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that" -" manage the containers and backup engines" +"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that " +"manage the containers and backup engines" #: ../../software_center.rst:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "*LDAP proxy* is a proxy server for LDAP TCP connections that handles all " -"connections from applications to :ref:`User domain providers `." +"connections from applications to :ref:`User domain providers `." msgstr "" "``LDAP proxy`` it's an `NGINX `_ instance that " "handles all connections from applications to :ref:`user-domains-section`" @@ -13984,9 +14690,9 @@ msgstr ":ref:`openldap-section`" #: ../../software_center.rst:187 msgid "" "You can review the components currently installed in the cluster at any " -"time. To do this, click on the three-dots menu in the top-right corner of" -" the ``Software Center`` page, then select the ``Core apps`` option. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Update core` button to apply the updates." +"time. To do this, click on the three-dots menu in the top-right corner of " +"the ``Software Center`` page, then select the ``Core apps`` option. Click " +"on :guilabel:`Update core` button to apply the updates." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:192 @@ -13995,8 +14701,7 @@ msgid "" "Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version " "mismatches." msgstr "" -"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version " -"mismatch." +"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version mismatch." #: ../../software_center.rst:200 #, fuzzy @@ -14006,22 +14711,22 @@ msgstr "Applicazioni" #: ../../software_center.rst:202 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of " -":ref:`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for " -"each application with available updates." +"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of :ref:" +"`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for each " +"application with available updates." msgstr "" -"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of " -":ref:`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for " -"each application with available updates." +"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of :ref:" +"`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for each " +"application with available updates." #: ../../software_center.rst:206 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can apply all application updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update " -"all apps` button." -msgstr "" -"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all " +"You can apply all application updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all " "apps` button." +msgstr "" +"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all apps` " +"button." #: ../../software_center.rst:209 #, fuzzy @@ -14032,11 +14737,11 @@ msgid "" "button. If you prefer to update all instances of the same module, just " "click :guilabel:`Update all instances` button." msgstr "" -"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will" -" see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " +"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will " +"see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " "instance separately by clicking on the :guilabel:`Update` button. If you " -"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click " -":guilabel:`Update all instances` button." +"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click :guilabel:" +"`Update all instances` button." #: ../../software_center.rst:219 msgid "Clone and move applications" @@ -14050,27 +14755,26 @@ msgid "" "source one." msgstr "" "Un'istanza di applicazione può essere clonata all'interno di un nodo del " -"cluster. La procedura di clonazione crea una nuova istanza di " -"applicazione equivalente a quella sorgente." +"cluster. La procedura di clonazione crea una nuova istanza di applicazione " +"equivalente a quella sorgente." #: ../../software_center.rst:225 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The cluster node where the destination instance runs can be the same as " -"the source instance. Generally, there should be no limitation on running " +"The cluster node where the destination instance runs can be the same as the " +"source instance. Generally, there should be no limitation on running " "multiple application instances on the same node. However, in some cases, " "cloning to certain cluster nodes may be restricted due to application " "policies, node resource limitations, or because the instance requires " "exclusive access to a system resource, such as binding a fixed TCP port " "number." msgstr "" -"Il nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza destinazione può " -"essere lo stesso dell'istanza sorgente. Generalmente, non dovrebbe " -"esserci alcuna limitazione nell'esecuzione di più istanze applicative " -"sullo stesso nodo. In alcuni casi, i servizi forniti dall'istanza " -"potrebbero richiedere l'accesso esclusivo a una particolare risorsa di " -"sistema, ad esempio il bind a una porta TCP prefissata. In questo caso la" -" clonazione non è possibile." +"Il nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza destinazione può essere " +"lo stesso dell'istanza sorgente. Generalmente, non dovrebbe esserci alcuna " +"limitazione nell'esecuzione di più istanze applicative sullo stesso nodo. In " +"alcuni casi, i servizi forniti dall'istanza potrebbero richiedere l'accesso " +"esclusivo a una particolare risorsa di sistema, ad esempio il bind a una " +"porta TCP prefissata. In questo caso la clonazione non è possibile." #: ../../software_center.rst:233 #, fuzzy @@ -14085,8 +14789,8 @@ msgstr "crea una nuova istanza dell'applicazione nella destinazione" #: ../../software_center.rst:236 ../../software_center.rst:248 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the " -"source is still up and running." +"Starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the source " +"is still up and running." msgstr "" "avvia il trasferimento dei dati tra le istanze, durante questa fase " "l'istanza sorgente rimane attiva" @@ -14111,9 +14815,8 @@ msgid "" "Instead, when moving an application, you must select a target node other " "than the one where the instance is currently running." msgstr "" -"Quando invece si sposta un'applicazione, è necessario selezionare un nodo" -" di destinazione diverso da quello in cui l'istanza è attualmente in " -"esecuzione." +"Quando invece si sposta un'applicazione, è necessario selezionare un nodo di " +"destinazione diverso da quello in cui l'istanza è attualmente in esecuzione." #: ../../software_center.rst:245 msgid "The move procedure" @@ -14138,20 +14841,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:258 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To start moving/cloning an application instance see the :ref" -":`application-instances` section." +"To start moving/cloning an application instance see the :ref:`application-" +"instances` section." msgstr "" -"Per avviare lo spostamento/clonazione di una istanza di una applicazione," -" fare riferimento alla pagina :ref:`software_center-sezione`." +"Per avviare lo spostamento/clonazione di una istanza di una applicazione, " +"fare riferimento alla pagina :ref:`software_center-sezione`." #: ../../software_center.rst:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is provided by a core module," -" installed with :ref:`active_directory-section`" +"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is provided by a core module, " +"installed with :ref:`active_directory-section`" msgstr "" -"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref" -":`active_directory-section`" +"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref:" +"`active_directory-section`" #: ../../sogo.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -14176,28 +14879,28 @@ msgstr "Shared caldav/carddav support" #: ../../sogo.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../sogo.rst:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange " -"Web Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. " -"Mainstream mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with " -"EAS, they can sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and" -" Outlook for Mac support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with " -"POP3/IMAP account, caldav/carddav account**" +"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange Web " +"Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. Mainstream " +"mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with EAS, they can " +"sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and Outlook for Mac " +"support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with POP3/IMAP account, " +"caldav/carddav account**" msgstr "" -"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange " -"Web Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. " -"Mainstream mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with " -"EAS, they can sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and" -" Outlook for Mac support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with " -"POP3/IMAP account, caldav/carddav account**" +"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange Web " +"Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. Mainstream " +"mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with EAS, they can " +"sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and Outlook for Mac " +"support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with POP3/IMAP account, " +"caldav/carddav account**" #: ../../sogo.rst:27 #, fuzzy @@ -14207,13 +14910,11 @@ msgstr "Official documentation" #: ../../sogo.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please read `official documentation " -"`_ for more " -"informations." +"Please read `official documentation `_ for more informations." msgstr "" -"Please read `official documentation " -"`_ for more " -"informations." +"Please read `official documentation `_ for more informations." #: ../../sogo.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -14223,12 +14924,12 @@ msgstr "Migration from NethServer 7" #: ../../sogo.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it" -" requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" +"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it " +"requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" "section` for more information." msgstr "" -"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it" -" requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" +"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it " +"requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" "section` for more information." #: ../../sogo.rst:36 @@ -14242,8 +14943,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:41 #, fuzzy -msgid "SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." -msgstr "SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." +msgid "" +"SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." +msgstr "" +"SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." #: ../../sogo.rst:48 #, fuzzy @@ -14291,29 +14994,29 @@ msgstr "The following settings are available Inside the ``Advanced`` section:" #: ../../sogo.rst:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can " -"manage all users' preferences." +"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can manage " +"all users' preferences." msgstr "" -"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can " -"manage all users' preferences." +"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can manage " +"all users' preferences." #: ../../sogo.rst:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP " -"accounts that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." +"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP accounts " +"that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." msgstr "" -"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP " -"accounts that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." +"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP accounts " +"that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." #: ../../sogo.rst:67 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are " -"available through DAV." +"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are available " +"through DAV." msgstr "" -"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are " -"available through DAV." +"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are available " +"through DAV." #: ../../sogo.rst:68 #, fuzzy @@ -14327,20 +15030,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to" -" the number of users." +"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to " +"the number of users." msgstr "" -"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to" -" the number of users." +"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to " +"the number of users." #: ../../sogo.rst:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than" -" 20 users." +"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than 20 " +"users." msgstr "" -"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than" -" 20 users." +"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than 20 " +"users." #: ../../sogo.rst:76 #, fuzzy @@ -14350,13 +15053,13 @@ msgstr "Manual parameters" #: ../../sogo.rst:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow" -" the instructions `README " -"`_" +"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow " +"the instructions `README `_" msgstr "" -"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow" -" the instructions `README " -"`_" +"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow " +"the instructions `README `_" #: ../../sogo.rst:84 #, fuzzy @@ -14376,11 +15079,11 @@ msgstr "Integration via Caldav /Cardav/imap" #: ../../sogo.rst:93 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password)" -" in each application." +"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password) in " +"each application." msgstr "" -"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password)" -" in each application." +"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password) in " +"each application." #: ../../sogo.rst:95 #, fuzzy @@ -14404,15 +15107,15 @@ msgstr "Contacts and calendars" #: ../../sogo.rst:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid " -"`_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-" -"Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so " -"that almost all calendar and contacts apps can access synchronized data." +"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid `_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so that almost all calendar " +"and contacts apps can access synchronized data." msgstr "" -"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid " -"`_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-" -"Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so " -"that almost all calendar and contacts apps can access synchronized data." +"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid `_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so that almost all calendar " +"and contacts apps can access synchronized data." #: ../../sogo.rst:105 #, fuzzy @@ -14422,11 +15125,9 @@ msgstr "Integration via ExchangeActiveSync" #: ../../sogo.rst:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one " -"location" +"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one location" msgstr "" -"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one " -"location" +"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one location" #: ../../sogo.rst:112 #, fuzzy @@ -14451,11 +15152,11 @@ msgstr "If it asks you to choose Account Type, please choose Exchange:" #: ../../sogo.rst:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address" -" and email account credential" +"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address " +"and email account credential" msgstr "" -"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address" -" and email account credential" +"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address " +"and email account credential" #: ../../sogo.rst:119 #, fuzzy @@ -14480,11 +15181,9 @@ msgstr "Port: 443" #: ../../sogo.rst:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL " -"certificates" +"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL certificates" msgstr "" -"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL " -"certificates" +"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL certificates" #: ../../sogo.rst:129 #, fuzzy @@ -14509,53 +15208,51 @@ msgstr "Mozilla Thunderbird and Lightning" #: ../../sogo.rst:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A" -" typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " -"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your" -" address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " -"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and " -"Lightning. Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an " -"initial IMAP account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name" -" and password mentioned above." -msgstr "" -"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A" -" typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " -"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your" -" address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " -"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and " -"Lightning. Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an " -"initial IMAP account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name" -" and password mentioned above." +"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A " +"typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " +"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your " +"address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " +"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and Lightning. " +"Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an initial IMAP " +"account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name and password " +"mentioned above." +msgstr "" +"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A " +"typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " +"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your " +"address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " +"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and Lightning. " +"Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an initial IMAP " +"account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name and password " +"mentioned above." #: ../../sogo.rst:139 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in " -"`_, your calendars and address " -"books will be automatically discovered when you login in Thunderbird. " -"This plug in can also propagate specific extensions and default user " -"settings among your site. However, be aware that in order to use the SOGo" -" Integrator plug in, you will need to repackage it with specific " -"modifications. Please refer to the `documentation published online " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in " -"`_, your calendars and address " -"books will be automatically discovered when you login in Thunderbird. " -"This plug in can also propagate specific extensions and default user " -"settings among your site. However, be aware that in order to use the SOGo" -" Integrator plug in, you will need to repackage it with specific " -"modifications. Please refer to the `documentation published online " -"`_." +"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in `_, your calendars and address books will be automatically " +"discovered when you login in Thunderbird. This plug in can also propagate " +"specific extensions and default user settings among your site. However, be " +"aware that in order to use the SOGo Integrator plug in, you will need to " +"repackage it with specific modifications. Please refer to the `documentation " +"published online `_." +msgstr "" +"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in `_, your calendars and address books will be automatically " +"discovered when you login in Thunderbird. This plug in can also propagate " +"specific extensions and default user settings among your site. However, be " +"aware that in order to use the SOGo Integrator plug in, you will need to " +"repackage it with specific modifications. Please refer to the `documentation " +"published online `_." #: ../../sogo.rst:141 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access " -"your data." +"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access your " +"data." msgstr "" -"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access " -"your data." +"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access your " +"data." #: ../../sogo.rst:143 #, fuzzy @@ -14580,11 +15277,11 @@ msgstr "Enter a significant name for your calendar in the Name field." #: ../../sogo.rst:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: " -"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Contacts/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" +"Contacts/personal/" msgstr "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: " -"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Contacts/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" +"Contacts/personal/" #: ../../sogo.rst:148 #, fuzzy @@ -14619,11 +15316,11 @@ msgstr "Select CalDAV." #: ../../sogo.rst:156 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: " -"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Calendar/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" +"Calendar/personal/" msgstr "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: " -"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Calendar/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" +"Calendar/personal/" #: ../../sogo.rst:160 #, fuzzy @@ -14638,13 +15335,13 @@ msgstr "You can use it with" #: ../../sogo.rst:164 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav " -"`_ for calendars/contacts" +"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav `_ for calendars/contacts" msgstr "" -"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav " -"`_ for calendars/contacts" +"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav `_ for calendars/contacts" #: ../../sogo.rst:165 #, fuzzy @@ -14709,16 +15406,16 @@ msgid "" "Regarding software repositories, only the ``subscription`` repository " "remains enabled." msgstr "" -"Per quanto riguarda i repository software, resta attivo solo il " -"repository ``subscription``." +"Per quanto riguarda i repository software, resta attivo solo il repository " +"``subscription``." #: ../../subscription.rst:29 msgid "" -"Please avoid enabling third-party repositories and refrain from " -"installing software not covered by the subscription plan" +"Please avoid enabling third-party repositories and refrain from installing " +"software not covered by the subscription plan" msgstr "" -"È sconsigliato attivare repository di terze parti e installare software " -"non coperti dal piano subscription attivo" +"È sconsigliato attivare repository di terze parti e installare software non " +"coperti dal piano subscription attivo" #: ../../subscription.rst:34 msgid "Register the cluster" @@ -14726,81 +15423,96 @@ msgstr "Registrazione del cluster" #: ../../subscription.rst:36 msgid "" -"Depending on your subscription type, log in to `my.nethserver.com " -"`_ or `my.nethesis.it " -"`_ and obtain a unique subscription token for the" -" cluster. Follow the portal-documented procedures to obtain it." +"Depending on your subscription type, log in to `my.nethserver.com `_ or `my.nethesis.it `_ and " +"obtain a unique subscription token for the cluster. Follow the portal-" +"documented procedures to obtain it." msgstr "" -"A seconda del tipo di subscription, accedere al portale " -"`my.nethserver.com `_ o al portale " -"`my.nethesis.it `_ e generare un token univoco " -"per il cluster seguendo la procedura specifica per il portale utilizzato." +"A seconda del tipo di subscription, accedere al portale `my.nethserver.com " +"`_ o al portale `my.nethesis.it `_ e generare un token univoco per il cluster seguendo la " +"procedura specifica per il portale utilizzato." #: ../../subscription.rst:43 msgid "" "The subscription token is a secret: never communicate or share it with " "someone else" msgstr "" -"Il token di subscription è un segreto: non comunicarlo o condividerlo con" -" qualcun altro" +"Il token di subscription è un segreto: non comunicarlo o condividerlo con " +"qualcun altro" #: ../../subscription.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once you have copied the token to the clipboard, go to the ``Settings`` " -"page and click the ``Subscription`` card. Paste the token in the " -"``Authentication token`` field, then click the :guilabel:`Register` " -"button." +"Once you have copied the token to the clipboard, go to the ``Settings`` page " +"and click the ``Subscription`` card. Paste the token in the ``Authentication " +"token`` field, then click the :guilabel:`Register` button." msgstr "" "Una volta copiato il token nella clipboard, spostarsi nella pagina " "``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Subscription``. Incollare il " -"token nel campo ``Token di autenticazione``, quindi fare clic sul " -"pulsante :guilabel:`Registra`." +"token nel campo ``Token di autenticazione``, quindi fare clic sul pulsante :" +"guilabel:`Registra`." #: ../../subscription.rst:51 msgid "" -"If the procedure is successful the Subscription page displays the " -"``System ID``, ``Plan`` type and ``Expiration`` date." +"If the procedure is successful the Subscription page displays the ``System " +"ID``, ``Plan`` type and ``Expiration`` date." msgstr "" "Se la procedura termina con successo, la pagina Subscription visualizza " "l'``ID Sistema``, il tipo di ``Piano`` e la data di ``Scadenza``." #: ../../subscription.rst:57 msgid "Terms and Conditions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Termini e Condizioni" #: ../../subscription.rst:59 msgid "" "Please read the Terms and Conditions carefully. By maintaining an active " "NethServer 8 subscription, you confirm that you accept the Terms and " -"Conditions and agree to abide by them. If you do not agree to these Terms" -" and Conditions, you may not activate or continue your subscription." +"Conditions and agree to abide by them. If you do not agree to these Terms " +"and Conditions, you may not activate or continue your subscription." msgstr "" +"Si prega di leggere attentamente i Termini e Condizioni. Mantenendo un " +"abbonamento attivo NethServer 8, si conferma di accettare i Termini e " +"Condizioni e si accetta di rispettare da loro. Se non accetti i presenti " +"Termini e Condizioni, non puoi attivare o continuare l'abbonamento." #: ../../subscription.rst:64 -msgid "Details of subscription plans can be found on the `NethServer website`_." +msgid "" +"Details of subscription plans can be found on the `NethServer website`_." msgstr "" +"Dettagli dei piani di abbonamento si possono trovare sul sito web " +"`NethServer`_." #: ../../subscription.rst:68 msgid "" -"Personal identification information is stored and processed when " -"necessary to fulfill a contract to which the data subject is a party, or " -"to take steps at the request of the data subject prior to entering into a" -" contract. This information may also be used to share updates and news " -"related to the subscribed service." +"Personal identification information is stored and processed when necessary " +"to fulfill a contract to which the data subject is a party, or to take steps " +"at the request of the data subject prior to entering into a contract. This " +"information may also be used to share updates and news related to the " +"subscribed service." msgstr "" +"Le informazioni di identificazione personale vengono memorizzate e trattate " +"quando necessario per adempiere a un contratto a cui l'interessato è parte, " +"o per prendere misure su richiesta dell'interessato prima di entrare in un " +"contratto. Queste informazioni possono anche essere utilizzate per " +"condividere aggiornamenti e notizie relative al servizio sottoscritto." #: ../../subscription.rst:74 msgid "" -"The data controller is Nethesis S.r.l unipersonale CF/PI/RI IT " -"02734760412, located at Strada degli Olmi 8 -- 61122 Pesaro (PU) -- " -"Italy." +"The data controller is Nethesis S.r.l unipersonale CF/PI/RI IT 02734760412, " +"located at Strada degli Olmi 8 -- 61122 Pesaro (PU) -- Italy." msgstr "" +"Il titolare del trattamento è Nethesis S.r.l unipersonale CF/PI/RI IT " +"02734760412, situato alla Strada degli Olmi 8 -- 61122 Pesaro (PU) -- Italia." #: ../../subscription.rst:77 msgid "" "Any requests concerning the processing of personal identification " "information (PII) may be addressed to privacy@nethesis.it." msgstr "" +"Eventuali richieste relative al trattamento delle informazioni di " +"identificazione personale (PII) possono essere indirizzate a " +"privacy@nethesis.it." #: ../../subscription.rst:84 msgid "Scheduled updates" @@ -14809,33 +15521,32 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamenti programmati" #: ../../subscription.rst:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A scheduled overnight task automatically installs software updates " -"available from Nethesis-managed repositories. This task runs daily from " -"Tuesday through Friday, within a randomly selected time slot between " -"midnight and 6 AM. The randomization helps distribute the load on network" -" and server resources. The updates include:" +"A scheduled overnight task automatically installs software updates available " +"from Nethesis-managed repositories. This task runs daily from Tuesday " +"through Friday, within a randomly selected time slot between midnight and 6 " +"AM. The randomization helps distribute the load on network and server " +"resources. The updates include:" msgstr "" -"Un'attività pianificata notturna si occupa di installare gli " -"aggiornamenti software disponibili nei repository software gestiti. Il " -"task viene eseguito ogni giorno, da martedì a venerdì, all'interno di uno" -" slot temporale selezionato casualmente tra mezzanotte e le 6 del " -"mattino. Questa variabilità aiuta a distribuire il carico sulla rete e " -"sui server. Gli aggiornamenti riguardano:" +"Un'attività pianificata notturna si occupa di installare gli aggiornamenti " +"software disponibili nei repository software gestiti. Il task viene eseguito " +"ogni giorno, da martedì a venerdì, all'interno di uno slot temporale " +"selezionato casualmente tra mezzanotte e le 6 del mattino. Questa " +"variabilità aiuta a distribuire il carico sulla rete e sui server. Gli " +"aggiornamenti riguardano:" #: ../../subscription.rst:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Operating system**: Updates are sourced from the DNF repositories " -"labeled ``ns-baseos`` and ``ns-appstream``. These repositories provide " -"delayed snapshots of Rocky Linux repositories to avoid distributing " -"updates that could cause unexpected issues." +"**Operating system**: Updates are sourced from the DNF repositories labeled " +"``ns-baseos`` and ``ns-appstream``. These repositories provide delayed " +"snapshots of Rocky Linux repositories to avoid distributing updates that " +"could cause unexpected issues." msgstr "" -"**Sistema operativo**: gli aggiornamenti provengono da repository gestiti" -" da Nethesis, in particolare da repository DNF etichettati come ``ns-" -"baseos`` e ``ns-appstream``. Questi repository sono delle copie " -"controllate dei repository di Rocky Linux, il cui obiettivo è prevenire " -"la distribuzione di aggiornamenti che possano introdurre problemi " -"inaspettati." +"**Sistema operativo**: gli aggiornamenti provengono da repository gestiti da " +"Nethesis, in particolare da repository DNF etichettati come ``ns-baseos`` e " +"``ns-appstream``. Questi repository sono delle copie controllate dei " +"repository di Rocky Linux, il cui obiettivo è prevenire la distribuzione di " +"aggiornamenti che possano introdurre problemi inaspettati." #: ../../subscription.rst:97 #, fuzzy @@ -14857,27 +15568,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:103 msgid "" -"Managed repositories follow a conservative update policy to ensure " -"stability and thorough testing of updates, making them suitable for " -"automated updates." +"Managed repositories follow a conservative update policy to ensure stability " +"and thorough testing of updates, making them suitable for automated updates." msgstr "" +"I repository gestiti seguono una politica di aggiornamento conservatrice per " +"garantire stabilità e test approfonditi degli aggiornamenti, rendendoli " +"adatti agli aggiornamenti automatizzati." #: ../../subscription.rst:107 msgid "" -"It is possible to override the managed update policy by manually " -"installing or updating core components or applications via the Software " -"Center page. The metadata for applications and core components from the " -"``subscription`` repository is refreshed hourly in the Software Center." +"It is possible to override the managed update policy by manually installing " +"or updating core components or applications via the Software Center page. " +"The metadata for applications and core components from the ``subscription`` " +"repository is refreshed hourly in the Software Center." msgstr "" +"È possibile sovrascrivere la politica di aggiornamento gestita installando o " +"aggiornando manualmente i componenti o le applicazioni core tramite la " +"pagina Centro software. I metadati per applicazioni e componenti " +"fondamentali del repository ``subscription`` sono aggiornati orariamente nel " +"Software Center." #: ../../subscription.rst:112 msgid "" "Scheduled updates are inhibited when an NS7 node joins the cluster to " "migrate applications. This is necessary because the migration procedure " "requires specific application versions to function correctly. Scheduled " -"updates will be re-enabled once the NS7 migration is finished and the NS7" -" node is automatically removed from the cluster." +"updates will be re-enabled once the NS7 migration is finished and the NS7 " +"node is automatically removed from the cluster." msgstr "" +"Gli aggiornamenti programmati vengono inibiti quando un nodo NS7 si unisce " +"al cluster per migrare le applicazioni. Questo è necessario perché la " +"procedura di migrazione richiede specifiche versioni di applicazione per " +"funzionare correttamente. Gli aggiornamenti programmati saranno riattivati " +"una volta terminata la migrazione NS7 e il nodo NS7 viene rimosso " +"automaticamente dal cluster." #: ../../subscription.rst:119 msgid "Remove the subscription" @@ -14890,8 +15614,8 @@ msgid "" "Subscription`` link." msgstr "" "Spostarsi nella pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda " -"``Subscription``. In alternativa, dalla dashboard del cluster fare clic " -"sul link ``Vai a Subscription``." +"``Subscription``. In alternativa, dalla dashboard del cluster fare clic sul " +"link ``Vai a Subscription``." #: ../../subscription.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -14911,32 +15635,32 @@ msgstr "Disponibile solo per Nethesis Enterprise" #: ../../subscription.rst:135 msgid "" -"Depending on the subscription type and plan, the ``Subscription`` page " -"can allow starting and controlling a remote support session:" +"Depending on the subscription type and plan, the ``Subscription`` page can " +"allow starting and controlling a remote support session:" msgstr "" "A seconda del tipo e del piano di subscription attivi, la pagina " -"``Subscription`` può consentire l'avvio e il controllo di una sessione di" -" supporto remoto:" +"``Subscription`` può consentire l'avvio e il controllo di una sessione di " +"supporto remoto:" #: ../../subscription.rst:138 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Start session` to activate a special access for the " -"Nethesis support team. Both SSH and cluster-admin administrative access " -"are granted to the support team. Support connections are routed in a " -"private VPN tunnel." +"Nethesis support team. Both SSH and cluster-admin administrative access are " +"granted to the support team. Support connections are routed in a private VPN " +"tunnel." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su :guilabel:`Avvia sessione` per attivare un accesso speciale " -"per il team di supporto Nethesis. Al team di supporto sarà consentito " -"l'accesso amministrativo sia SSH che al cluster-admin. Le connessioni di " -"supporto sono veicolate attraverso un tunnel VPN privato." +"Fare clic su :guilabel:`Avvia sessione` per attivare un accesso speciale per " +"il team di supporto Nethesis. Al team di supporto sarà consentito l'accesso " +"amministrativo sia SSH che al cluster-admin. Le connessioni di supporto sono " +"veicolate attraverso un tunnel VPN privato." #: ../../subscription.rst:143 msgid "" "When the access is granted, a unique ``Session ID`` secret is displayed: " "copy and paste it in your support request." msgstr "" -"Quando l'accesso è consentito, viene visualizzato nella pagina un segreto" -" denominato ``ID sessione``: il segreto va copiato e incollato nella " +"Quando l'accesso è consentito, viene visualizzato nella pagina un segreto " +"denominato ``ID sessione``: il segreto va copiato e incollato nella " "richiesta di supporto." #: ../../subscription.rst:146 @@ -14950,19 +15674,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:149 msgid "" -"The support session is valid only to reach the leader node. The support " -"team can access worker nodes by starting individual support sessions in " -"the worker nodes. For example, if node 2 is a worker node, this is a " -"command to start a support session for it: ::" +"The support session is valid only to reach the leader node. The support team " +"can access worker nodes by starting individual support sessions in the " +"worker nodes. For example, if node 2 is a worker node, this is a command to " +"start a support session for it: ::" msgstr "" "La sessione di supporto è valida solo per raggiungere il nodo leader. Il " -"team di supporto può accedere agli altri nodi del cluster avviando " -"sessioni di supporto individuali nei nodi worker. Per esempio, se il nodo" -" 2 è un nodo worker, il comando per avviare una sessione di supporto per " -"esso è il seguente: ::" +"team di supporto può accedere agli altri nodi del cluster avviando sessioni " +"di supporto individuali nei nodi worker. Per esempio, se il nodo 2 è un nodo " +"worker, il comando per avviare una sessione di supporto per esso è il " +"seguente: ::" #: ../../subscription.rst:156 -msgid "The Session ID is printed to the standard output. To stop the session: ::" +msgid "" +"The Session ID is printed to the standard output. To stop the session: ::" msgstr "" "L'ID sessione viene stampato sullo standard output. Per interrompere la " "sessione: ::" @@ -14970,18 +15695,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:160 msgid "Check the support session status for any node with: ::" msgstr "" -"È possibile verificare lo stato della sessione di supporto su un " -"qualsiasi nodo con il comando: ::" +"È possibile verificare lo stato della sessione di supporto su un qualsiasi " +"nodo con il comando: ::" #: ../../subscription.rst:164 msgid "" -"If a worker node (e.g., node 2) becomes unreachable from the leader node," -" you can manually start a support session for it with the following " -"procedure:" +"If a worker node (e.g., node 2) becomes unreachable from the leader node, " +"you can manually start a support session for it with the following procedure:" msgstr "" "Se un nodo worker (ad esempio, nodo 2) diventa irraggiungibile dal nodo " -"leader, è possibile avviare manualmente una sessione di supporto per esso" -" con la seguente procedura:" +"leader, è possibile avviare manualmente una sessione di supporto per esso " +"con la seguente procedura:" #: ../../subscription.rst:168 msgid "Log in on the worker node, using the console or SSH access." @@ -14998,8 +15722,8 @@ msgstr "Ottenere l'ID sessione con: ::" #: ../../subscription.rst:178 msgid "The Session ID is always recorded in the system journal and node log." msgstr "" -"L'ID sessione viene sempre registrato nel journal di sistema e nel log " -"dei nodi." +"L'ID sessione viene sempre registrato nel journal di sistema e nel log dei " +"nodi." #: ../../subscription.rst:180 msgid "To end the support session: ::" @@ -15014,8 +15738,8 @@ msgid "" "NethServer 8 (NS8) can be deployed on a single node or across multiple " "nodes. In both cases it is called \"cluster\"." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 (NS8) può essere installato su un nodo singolo o su più " -"nodi. In entrambi i casi prende il nome di \"cluster\"." +"NethServer 8 (NS8) può essere installato su un nodo singolo o su più nodi. " +"In entrambi i casi prende il nome di \"cluster\"." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:10 msgid "Minimum hardware requirements for a single node installation:" @@ -15031,25 +15755,25 @@ msgstr "2GB RAM" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:14 msgid "40GB Solid-state drive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "40GB Solid-state drive" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:16 msgid "" -"More nodes can be added later, and when adding a new node, it is " -"recommended to use similar hardware and the same Linux distribution " -"installed on the other nodes." +"More nodes can be added later, and when adding a new node, it is recommended " +"to use similar hardware and the same Linux distribution installed on the " +"other nodes." msgstr "" -"Ulteriori nodi possono essere aggiunti in seguito, e, quando si aggiunge " -"un nuovo nodo, si consiglia di utilizzare hardware simile e la stessa " +"Ulteriori nodi possono essere aggiunti in seguito, e, quando si aggiunge un " +"nuovo nodo, si consiglia di utilizzare hardware simile e la stessa " "distribuzione Linux installata sugli altri nodi." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:20 msgid "" -"The above requirements must be increased to match users, applications, " -"and load needs." +"The above requirements must be increased to match users, applications, and " +"load needs." msgstr "" -"I requisiti di cui sopra devono essere aumentati per soddisfare le " -"esigenze di carico legate al numero di utenti e applicazioni installati." +"I requisiti di cui sopra devono essere aumentati per soddisfare le esigenze " +"di carico legate al numero di utenti e applicazioni installati." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:26 msgid "Linux distribution" @@ -15057,8 +15781,8 @@ msgstr "Distribuzione Linux" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:28 msgid "" -"Install NS8 on a clean Linux server distribution, avoiding installation " -"on desktop systems or servers already running other services." +"Install NS8 on a clean Linux server distribution, avoiding installation on " +"desktop systems or servers already running other services." msgstr "" "È necessario installare NS8 su una distribuzione di server Linux pulita, " "evitando sistemi desktop o server con altri servizi già in esecuzione." @@ -15068,6 +15792,8 @@ msgid "" "Linux distributions and versions with Nethesis :ref:`Subscription " "` (including \"Enterprise\" plan) support:" msgstr "" +"Distribuzioni e versioni Linux con Nethesis :ref:`Subscription ` (compreso il piano \"Enterprise\") supporto:" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:34 ../../system_requirements.rst:38 msgid "`Rocky Linux `_ 9" @@ -15076,6 +15802,7 @@ msgstr "`Rocky Linux `_ 9" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:36 msgid "Linux distributions and versions with NethServer's community support:" msgstr "" +"Distribuzioni e versioni Linux con il supporto comunitario di NethServer:" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:39 msgid "`CentOS Stream `_ 9" @@ -15096,21 +15823,20 @@ msgstr "Indirizzo IP statico" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:49 msgid "" "A working internet connection is necessary for the installation, " -"configuration, and updating of the system. It is required also if an " -"active :ref:`subscription ` is in place." +"configuration, and updating of the system. It is required also if an active :" +"ref:`subscription ` is in place." msgstr "" "Per l'installazione, la configurazione e l'aggiornamento del sistema è " -"necessaria una connessione internet funzionante. È richiesta connettività" -" anche per l'attivazione di una :ref:`subscription `." +"necessaria una connessione internet funzionante. È richiesta connettività " +"anche per l'attivazione di una :ref:`subscription `." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:53 msgid "" "Assign a static IP address to the system. DHCP and any other dynamic IP " "discovery protocols are not allowed." msgstr "" -"Utilizzare per il sistema un indirizzo IP statico. DHCP e altri " -"protocolli di discovery di IP dinamici non sono ammessi." +"Utilizzare per il sistema un indirizzo IP statico. DHCP e altri protocolli " +"di discovery di IP dinamici non sono ammessi." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:59 msgid "DNS configuration" @@ -15120,16 +15846,16 @@ msgstr "Configurazione DNS" #, fuzzy msgid "" "To ensure network clients can connect to the server, its fully qualified " -"domain name (FQDN) must resolve to a routable IP address via DNS. " -"Register the FQDN with DNS record type A for IPv4 addresses and type AAAA" -" for IPv6 addresses." +"domain name (FQDN) must resolve to a routable IP address via DNS. Register " +"the FQDN with DNS record type A for IPv4 addresses and type AAAA for IPv6 " +"addresses." msgstr "" "Poiché si sta configurando un server, è necessario che i client di rete " -"sappiano risolvere il suo fully qualified domain name (FQDN) tramite DNS " -"in un indirizzo IP raggiungibile. Questo requisito è indispensabile per " -"connettersi con il server. Sarà quindi necessario registrare l'FQDN sul " -"DNS utilizzando record di tipo A per gli indirizzi IPv4 e di tipo AAAA " -"per gli indirizzi IPv6." +"sappiano risolvere il suo fully qualified domain name (FQDN) tramite DNS in " +"un indirizzo IP raggiungibile. Questo requisito è indispensabile per " +"connettersi con il server. Sarà quindi necessario registrare l'FQDN sul DNS " +"utilizzando record di tipo A per gli indirizzi IPv4 e di tipo AAAA per gli " +"indirizzi IPv6." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:66 #, fuzzy @@ -15145,34 +15871,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:70 msgid "To meet these requirements, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per soddisfare questi requisiti, seguire questi passaggi:" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Determine your DNS provider**: Based on your server's purpose, DNS can " -"be provided by a public internet service, a private network appliance, or" -" a combination of both. Review and understand the documentation for your " -"chosen DNS provider." +"**Determine your DNS provider**: Based on your server's purpose, DNS can be " +"provided by a public internet service, a private network appliance, or a " +"combination of both. Review and understand the documentation for your chosen " +"DNS provider." msgstr "" -"A seconda dello scopo del server, il DNS può essere erogato da un " -"servizio internet pubblico, da un appliance di rete privato, o da " -"entrambi. Leggere attentamente la relativa documentazione." +"A seconda dello scopo del server, il DNS può essere erogato da un servizio " +"internet pubblico, da un appliance di rete privato, o da entrambi. Leggere " +"attentamente la relativa documentazione." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:77 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Register the FQDN**: Choose the FQDN for your server and register it in" -" the DNS with the server's public IP address. An FQDN consists of a " -"hostname prefix (a single word) and a DNS domain suffix. For example, if " -"the hostname is ``jupiter`` and the domain suffix is ``example.org``, the" -" resulting FQDN will be ``jupiter.example.org``." +"**Register the FQDN**: Choose the FQDN for your server and register it in " +"the DNS with the server's public IP address. An FQDN consists of a hostname " +"prefix (a single word) and a DNS domain suffix. For example, if the hostname " +"is ``jupiter`` and the domain suffix is ``example.org``, the resulting FQDN " +"will be ``jupiter.example.org``." msgstr "" -"Scelto l'FQDN del server, questo andrà registrato nel DNS con il relativo" -" indirizzo IP pubblico. Un FQDN è composto da un prefisso, il nome host " -"(una sola parola), e da un suffisso, il dominio DNS. Per esempio, se il " -"nome host è ``jupiter`` e il suffisso di dominio ``example.org`` l'FQDN " -"risultante è ``jupiter.example.org``." +"Scelto l'FQDN del server, questo andrà registrato nel DNS con il relativo " +"indirizzo IP pubblico. Un FQDN è composto da un prefisso, il nome host (una " +"sola parola), e da un suffisso, il dominio DNS. Per esempio, se il nome host " +"è ``jupiter`` e il suffisso di dominio ``example.org`` l'FQDN risultante è " +"``jupiter.example.org``." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:87 msgid "Worker node requirements" @@ -15181,23 +15907,26 @@ msgstr "Requisiti del nodo worker" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A worker node has specific requirements for installation and " -"configuration." +"A worker node has specific requirements for installation and configuration." msgstr "" -"Tra i client di rete, un nodo worker ha alcuni requisiti speciali che " -"devono essere soddisfatti." +"Tra i client di rete, un nodo worker ha alcuni requisiti speciali che devono " +"essere soddisfatti." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:92 msgid "" "During the join procedure, the worker node connects to the leader at the " "following URL: ::" msgstr "" +"Durante la procedura di adesione, il nodo del lavoratore si collega al " +"leader al seguente URL::" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:97 msgid "" "It also establishes a WireGuard VPN connection with the leader using the " "default UDP port 55820." msgstr "" +"Stabilisce anche una connessione VPN WireGuard con il leader utilizzando la " +"porta predefinita UDP 55820." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:100 msgid "Ensure the following requirements are met:" @@ -15215,17 +15944,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The HTTPS server (TCP port 443) at that address must handle the API " -"request." +"The HTTPS server (TCP port 443) at that address must handle the API request." msgstr "" -"il server HTTPS (porta 443 TCP) a tale indirizzo deve gestire la " -"richiesta API" +"il server HTTPS (porta 443 TCP) a tale indirizzo deve gestire la richiesta " +"API" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:108 msgid "" "The VPN UDP port (default 55820) must not be blocked by any network " "appliances." msgstr "" +"La porta UDP VPN (default 55820) non deve essere bloccata da eventuali " +"elettrodomestici di rete." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:113 msgid "Web browser requirements" @@ -15233,13 +15963,12 @@ msgstr "Requisiti per il browser Web" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:115 msgid "" -"To access the cluster administration web user interface, you need an up-" -"to-date release of Firefox, Chrome, or Chromium browser as the web " -"client." +"To access the cluster administration web user interface, you need an up-to-" +"date release of Firefox, Chrome, or Chromium browser as the web client." msgstr "" -"Per accedere all'interfaccia utente web di amministrazione del cluster, è" -" necessario utilizzare come client web una versione aggiornata di " -"Firefox, Chrome o Chromium." +"Per accedere all'interfaccia utente web di amministrazione del cluster, è " +"necessario utilizzare come client web una versione aggiornata di Firefox, " +"Chrome o Chromium." #: ../../user_domains.rst:5 msgid "User domains" @@ -15248,14 +15977,13 @@ msgstr "Domini utente" #: ../../user_domains.rst:7 msgid "" "Users and groups are stored in an LDAP database, served by one **account " -"provider module**. Multiple modules can work together to serve the same " -"LDAP database as replicas. An LDAP database represents an account " -"**domain**." +"provider module**. Multiple modules can work together to serve the same LDAP " +"database as replicas. An LDAP database represents an account **domain**." msgstr "" -"Gli utenti e i gruppi vengono memorizzati in un database LDAP, servito da" -" un modulo **account provider**. Molti moduli possono lavorare insieme " -"per servire lo stesso database LDAP come repliche. Un database LDAP " -"rappresenta un **dominio** di account." +"Gli utenti e i gruppi vengono memorizzati in un database LDAP, servito da un " +"modulo **account provider**. Molti moduli possono lavorare insieme per " +"servire lo stesso database LDAP come repliche. Un database LDAP rappresenta " +"un **dominio** di account." #: ../../user_domains.rst:12 #, fuzzy @@ -15283,26 +16011,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Besides choosing to bind an external provider or install an internal one," -" the administrator has to decide which backend type suits his needs. The " -"Samba File server application can authenticate SMB/CIFS clients only when" -" using an Active Directory domain. On the other hand, the internal " -"OpenLDAP provider is easier to install and configure. In the end, if the " -"SMB file sharing protocol support is not required, an LDAP provider is " -"the best choice." +"Besides choosing to bind an external provider or install an internal one, " +"the administrator has to decide which backend type suits his needs. The " +"Samba File server application can authenticate SMB/CIFS clients only when " +"using an Active Directory domain. On the other hand, the internal OpenLDAP " +"provider is easier to install and configure. In the end, if the SMB file " +"sharing protocol support is not required, an LDAP provider is the best " +"choice." msgstr "" "Oltre a scegliere di collegare un provider esterno o installarne uno " -"interno, l'amministratore deve decidere quale tipo di backend si adatta " -"alle sue esigenze. L'applicazione *File server* può autenticare i client " -"SMB/CIFS solo quando si utilizza un dominio Active Directory. D'altra " -"parte, il provider OpenLDAP interno è più facile da installare e " -"configurare. Alla fine, se il supporto del protocollo di condivisione dei" -" file SMB non è richiesto, un provider LDAP è la scelta migliore." +"interno, l'amministratore deve decidere quale tipo di backend si adatta alle " +"sue esigenze. L'applicazione *File server* può autenticare i client SMB/CIFS " +"solo quando si utilizza un dominio Active Directory. D'altra parte, il " +"provider OpenLDAP interno è più facile da installare e configurare. Alla " +"fine, se il supporto del protocollo di condivisione dei file SMB non è " +"richiesto, un provider LDAP è la scelta migliore." #: ../../user_domains.rst:28 msgid "" -"Also note that you can host multiple OpenLDAP instances on the same node," -" while you can install only one Samba instance per node." +"Also note that you can host multiple OpenLDAP instances on the same node, " +"while you can install only one Samba instance per node." msgstr "" "Notare anche che è possibile ospitare più istanze OpenLDAP sullo stesso " "nodo, mentre è possibile installare solo un'istanza Samba per nodo." @@ -15313,8 +16041,7 @@ msgstr "Active Directory" #: ../../user_domains.rst:36 msgid "" -"To install a new user domain with a local Samba Active Directory as " -"provider:" +"To install a new user domain with a local Samba Active Directory as provider:" msgstr "" "Per installare un nuovo dominio utente con Samba Active Directory come " "provider locale:" @@ -15325,13 +16052,15 @@ msgstr "accedere alla pagina ``Domini e utenti``" #: ../../user_domains.rst:39 ../../user_domains.rst:110 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Create domain` button and choose ``Internal``" -msgstr "fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" +msgstr "" +"fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" #: ../../user_domains.rst:40 -msgid "select ``Samba`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" +msgid "" +"select ``Samba`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" msgstr "" -"selezionare ``Samba`` nella finestra di dialogo e fare clic su " -":guilabel:`Installa provider`" +"selezionare ``Samba`` nella finestra di dialogo e fare clic su :guilabel:" +"`Installa provider`" #: ../../user_domains.rst:42 ../../user_domains.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -15343,73 +16072,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:44 msgid "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. It defines the " -"DNS suffix of the new domain. The Domain Controller (DC) acts as an " -"authoritative DNS server for that domain. If unsure, keep the proposed " -"value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. It defines the DNS " +"suffix of the new domain. The Domain Controller (DC) acts as an " +"authoritative DNS server for that domain. If unsure, keep the proposed value." msgstr "" "``Dominio``: il dominio utente, che dovrebbe essere un FQDN valido. " -"Definisce il suffisso DNS del nuovo dominio. Il Domain Controller (DC) " -"funge da server DNS autoritativo per quel dominio. In caso di dubbi, " -"mantenere il valore proposto." +"Definisce il suffisso DNS del nuovo dominio. Il Domain Controller (DC) funge " +"da server DNS autoritativo per quel dominio. In caso di dubbi, mantenere il " +"valore proposto." #: ../../user_domains.rst:47 msgid "" -"``NetBIOS domain``: a valid `NetBIOS " -"`_ domain (also known as \"domain " -"short name\", \"NT domain name\"), it is the alternative Active Directory" -" domain identifier, compatible with older clients. Maximum length is 15 " -"ASCII characters. If unsure, keep the proposed value." +"``NetBIOS domain``: a valid `NetBIOS `_ domain (also known as \"domain short name\", \"NT domain name\"), " +"it is the alternative Active Directory domain identifier, compatible with " +"older clients. Maximum length is 15 ASCII characters. If unsure, keep the " +"proposed value." msgstr "" -"``NetBIOS domain``: un dominio `NetBIOS " -"`_ valido (noto anche come " -"\"domain short name\", \"NT domain name\"), è l'identificatore di dominio" -" Active Directory alternativo, compatibile con i client più datati. La " -"lunghezza massima è di 15 caratteri ASCII. Se non si è sicuri, mantenere " -"il valore proposto." +"``NetBIOS domain``: un dominio `NetBIOS `_ valido (noto anche come \"domain short name\", \"NT domain " +"name\"), è l'identificatore di dominio Active Directory alternativo, " +"compatibile con i client più datati. La lunghezza massima è di 15 caratteri " +"ASCII. Se non si è sicuri, mantenere il valore proposto." #: ../../user_domains.rst:51 msgid "" "``Samba admin username`` and ``Samba admin password``: set the initial " -"administrative account credentials; it is possible to use " -"``administrator`` (default) or any other user name. In the latter case, " -"the given user name is added to the ``Domain Admins`` group, whilst " -"``administrator`` user is disabled and a random password is set on it" +"administrative account credentials; it is possible to use ``administrator`` " +"(default) or any other user name. In the latter case, the given user name " +"is added to the ``Domain Admins`` group, whilst ``administrator`` user is " +"disabled and a random password is set on it" msgstr "" "``Scegli il nome utente dell'amministratore di Samba`` e ``Scegli una " -"password per l'utente amministratore di Samba``: impostare le credenziali" -" iniziali dell'account amministrativo; è possibile utilizzare " -"``administrator`` (default) o qualsiasi altro nome utente. In " -"quest'ultimo caso, il nome utente specificato viene aggiunto al gruppo " -"``Domain Admins``, mentre l'utente ``administrator`` viene disabilitato e" -" configurato con una password casuale" +"password per l'utente amministratore di Samba``: impostare le credenziali " +"iniziali dell'account amministrativo; è possibile utilizzare " +"``administrator`` (default) o qualsiasi altro nome utente. In quest'ultimo " +"caso, il nome utente specificato viene aggiunto al gruppo ``Domain Admins``, " +"mentre l'utente ``administrator`` viene disabilitato e configurato con una " +"password casuale" #: ../../user_domains.rst:57 msgid "" "``Hostname``: the Domain Controller (DC) hostname. If unsure, keep the " "proposed value." msgstr "" -"``Nome host`: il nome host del Domain Controller (DC). In caso di dubbio," -" mantenere il valore proposto." +"``Nome host`: il nome host del Domain Controller (DC). In caso di dubbio, " +"mantenere il valore proposto." #: ../../user_domains.rst:59 msgid "" -"``Provide file shares and authentication to Windows clients``. If enabled" -" the DC shared folders are accessible from the local network. Only one DC" -" of the Active Directory domain can offer shared folders, authentication " -"and DNS services. See :ref:`File server ` for more " -"information." +"``Provide file shares and authentication to Windows clients``. If enabled " +"the DC shared folders are accessible from the local network. Only one DC of " +"the Active Directory domain can offer shared folders, authentication and DNS " +"services. See :ref:`File server ` for more information." msgstr "" -"``Fornire condivisioni di file e autenticazione per i client Windows``. " -"Se abilitato, le cartelle condivise del DC sono accessibili dalla rete " -"locale. Solo uno dei DC del dominio Active Directory può offrire cartelle" -" condivise, autenticazione e servizi DNS. Per ulteriori informazioni, " -"consultare :ref:`file-server-section`." +"``Fornire condivisioni di file e autenticazione per i client Windows``. Se " +"abilitato, le cartelle condivise del DC sono accessibili dalla rete locale. " +"Solo uno dei DC del dominio Active Directory può offrire cartelle condivise, " +"autenticazione e servizi DNS. Per ulteriori informazioni, consultare :ref:" +"`file-server-section`." #: ../../user_domains.rst:67 msgid "" -"Apart from the administrative credentials, other Active Directory " -"parameters cannot be changed once that the domain has been created" +"Apart from the administrative credentials, other Active Directory parameters " +"cannot be changed once that the domain has been created" msgstr "" "A parte le credenziali amministrative, gli altri parametri di Active " "Directory non possono essere modificati una volta che il dominio è stato " @@ -15417,16 +16143,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:70 msgid "" -"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. " -"You can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, " -":ref:`add a replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind " -"settings ` to connect an external application." +"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " +"can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, :ref:`add a " +"replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind settings " +"` to connect an external application." msgstr "" "Al termine, sarà disponibile un nuovo dominio utente con un provider " "connesso. Sarà ora possibile :ref:`gestire utenti e gruppo `, :ref:`aggiungere una replica ` o " -"copiare le :ref:`le impostazioni di bind `per " -"collegare una applicazione esterna." +"copiare le :ref:`le impostazioni di bind `per collegare " +"una applicazione esterna." #: ../../user_domains.rst:75 msgid "DNS and AD domain" @@ -15434,14 +16160,13 @@ msgstr "DNS e Dominio AD" #: ../../user_domains.rst:77 msgid "" -"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is " -"a good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. " -"The AD sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." +"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is a " +"good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. The AD " +"sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." msgstr "" "Un dominio Active Directory richiede un dominio DNS riservato per il suo " -"funzionamento. Una buona scelta è utilizzare un sottodominio del dominio " -"DNS pubblico principale. Il sottodominio AD è accessibile solo dalle reti" -" locali." +"funzionamento. Una buona scelta è utilizzare un sottodominio del dominio DNS " +"pubblico principale. Il sottodominio AD è accessibile solo dalle reti locali." #: ../../user_domains.rst:83 msgid "public (*external*) domain: ``nethserver.org``" @@ -15461,22 +16186,21 @@ msgstr "FQDN controller di dominio: ``dc1.ad.nethserver.org``" #: ../../user_domains.rst:90 msgid "" -"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain " -"which is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" +"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain which " +"is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" msgstr "" "Quando si sceglie un dominio per Active Directory utilizzare un dominio " -"*interno* che è un sottodominio del dominio *esterno* " -"[#MsDnsBestPratices]_" +"*interno* che è un sottodominio del dominio *esterno* [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" #: ../../user_domains.rst:93 msgid "" "https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/34981.active-" -"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-" -"names.aspx#Recommendation" +"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-names." +"aspx#Recommendation" msgstr "" "https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/34981.active-" -"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-" -"names.aspx#Recommendation" +"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-names." +"aspx#Recommendation" #: ../../user_domains.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -15485,18 +16209,18 @@ msgid "" "address of DC ``dc1.ad.nethserver.org`` in client DNS configuration." msgstr "" "Inoltre, i client AD Windows devono essere configurati per utilizzare il " -"controller di dominio come server DNS per la risoluzione dei nomi di " -"rete. Impostare l'indirizzo IP di DC ``dc1.ad.nethserver.org`` nella " +"controller di dominio come server DNS per la risoluzione dei nomi di rete. " +"Impostare l'indirizzo IP di DC ``dc1.ad.nethserver.org`` nella " "configurazione DNS del client." #: ../../user_domains.rst:99 msgid "" -"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in " -"``/etc/resolv.conf`` for name resolution request forwarding." +"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in ``/etc/resolv.conf`` " +"for name resolution request forwarding." msgstr "" -"Il controller di dominio eredita le impostazioni DNS contenute nel file " -"``/etc/resolv.conf`` del nodo per l'inoltro delle richieste di " -"risoluzione dei nomi." +"Il controller di dominio eredita le impostazioni DNS contenute nel file ``/" +"etc/resolv.conf`` del nodo per l'inoltro delle richieste di risoluzione dei " +"nomi." #: ../../user_domains.rst:105 msgid "LDAP server RFC2307" @@ -15504,24 +16228,24 @@ msgstr "Server LDAP RFC2307" #: ../../user_domains.rst:107 msgid "To install a new user domain with a local OpenLDAP as provider:" -msgstr "Per installare un nuovo dominio utenti con un provider locale OpenLDAP:" +msgstr "" +"Per installare un nuovo dominio utenti con un provider locale OpenLDAP:" #: ../../user_domains.rst:111 msgid "" -"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install " -"provider`" +"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" msgstr "" -"selezionare ``OpenLDAP`` nella finestra di dialogo e fare clic su " -":guilabel:`Installa provider`" +"selezionare ``OpenLDAP`` nella finestra di dialogo e fare clic su :guilabel:" +"`Installa provider`" #: ../../user_domains.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep " -"the proposed value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep the " +"proposed value." msgstr "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep " -"the proposed value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep the " +"proposed value." #: ../../user_domains.rst:116 #, fuzzy @@ -15535,18 +16259,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " -"can now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add" -" a replica `." +"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You can " +"now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add a " +"replica `." msgstr "" -"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " -"can now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add" -" a replica `." +"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You can " +"now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add a " +"replica `." #: ../../user_domains.rst:121 #, fuzzy msgid "OpenLDAP provider is not currently accessible from outside the cluster." -msgstr "OpenLDAP provider is not currently accessible from outside the cluster." +msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP provider is not currently accessible from outside the cluster." #: ../../user_domains.rst:126 #, fuzzy @@ -15565,15 +16290,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:131 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting " -"the ``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the " -":guilabel:`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with " -"the installation." +"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " +"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the :guilabel:" +"`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with the " +"installation." msgstr "" -"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting " -"the ``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the " -":guilabel:`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with " -"the installation." +"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " +"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the :guilabel:" +"`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with the " +"installation." #: ../../user_domains.rst:134 #, fuzzy @@ -15583,12 +16308,12 @@ msgstr "Replicas are configured in master-master mode." #: ../../user_domains.rst:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore" -" Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " +"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore " +"Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " "replicas." msgstr "" -"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore" -" Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " +"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore " +"Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " "replicas." #: ../../user_domains.rst:142 @@ -15599,35 +16324,31 @@ msgstr "LDAP bind settings" #: ../../user_domains.rst:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory " -"provider." +"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory provider." msgstr "" -"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory " -"provider." +"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory provider." #: ../../user_domains.rst:146 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client " -"and, if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows " -"client access." +"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client and, " +"if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows client access." msgstr "" -"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client " -"and, if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows " -"client access." +"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client and, " +"if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows client access." #: ../../user_domains.rst:149 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 " -"user domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the " -"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are " -"displayed on the top of the page." +"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 user " +"domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the ``Configuration`` " +"link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are displayed on the top " +"of the page." msgstr "" -"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 " -"user domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the " -"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are " -"displayed on the top of the page." +"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 user " +"domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the ``Configuration`` " +"link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are displayed on the top " +"of the page." #: ../../user_domains.rst:156 #, fuzzy @@ -15661,15 +16382,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, " -"but it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For " -"example, if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain " -"name would be \"example.org\"." +"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, but " +"it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For example, " +"if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain name would be " +"\"example.org\"." msgstr "" -"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, " -"but it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For " -"example, if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain " -"name would be \"example.org\"." +"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, but " +"it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For example, " +"if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain name would be " +"\"example.org\"." #: ../../user_domains.rst:172 #, fuzzy @@ -15680,32 +16401,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:174 msgid "" -"``Port``: Specify the TCP port number of the remote LDAP service. " -"Standard values are 389 for LDAP and 636 for LDAPS. However, with Active " -"Directory, certain applications like Mail [#admail]_ may require setting " -"LDAP port 3268 or LDAPS port 3269. This is because they do not support " -"\"LDAP subordinate referrals\"." +"``Port``: Specify the TCP port number of the remote LDAP service. Standard " +"values are 389 for LDAP and 636 for LDAPS. However, with Active Directory, " +"certain applications like Mail [#admail]_ may require setting LDAP port 3268 " +"or LDAPS port 3269. This is because they do not support \"LDAP subordinate " +"referrals\"." msgstr "" +"``Port``: Specificare il numero di porta TCP del servizio remoto LDAP. I " +"valori standard sono 389 per LDAP e 636 per LDAPS. Tuttavia, con Active " +"Directory, alcune applicazioni come Mail [#admail]_ possono richiedere " +"l'impostazione della porta LDAP 3268 o della porta LDAPS 3269. Questo perché " +"non supportano i \"ferrali subordinati MONAP\"." #: ../../user_domains.rst:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote " -"LDAP server." +"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote LDAP " +"server." msgstr "" -"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote " -"LDAP server." +"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote LDAP " +"server." #: ../../user_domains.rst:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base " -"for user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct" -" value from the LDAP server itself." +"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base for " +"user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct value " +"from the LDAP server itself." msgstr "" -"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base " -"for user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct" -" value from the LDAP server itself." +"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base for " +"user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct value " +"from the LDAP server itself." #: ../../user_domains.rst:187 #, fuzzy @@ -15719,21 +16445,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server " -"provides a valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the " -"certificate name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. " -"Continue reading to fully understand the implications of this option." +"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server provides a " +"valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the certificate " +"name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. Continue reading " +"to fully understand the implications of this option." msgstr "" -"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server " -"provides a valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the " -"certificate name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. " -"Continue reading to fully understand the implications of this option." +"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server provides a " +"valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the certificate " +"name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. Continue reading " +"to fully understand the implications of this option." #: ../../user_domains.rst:197 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once all fields are filled, click on the :guilabel:`Configure domain` " -"button." +"Once all fields are filled, click on the :guilabel:`Configure domain` button." msgstr "click on :guilabel:`Configure domain` button" #: ../../user_domains.rst:202 @@ -15745,27 +16470,27 @@ msgstr "Once configured, domain settings cannot be changed later!" #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you choose not to verify TLS, you can configure additional hosts as " -"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary" -" LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " -"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible " -"from any cluster node." +"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary " +"LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " +"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible from " +"any cluster node." msgstr "" "If you choose not to verify TLS, you can configure additional hosts as " -"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary" -" LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " -"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible " -"from any cluster node." +"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary " +"LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " +"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible from " +"any cluster node." #: ../../user_domains.rst:210 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the" -" first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection " -"recovery is not possible." +"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the " +"first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection recovery " +"is not possible." msgstr "" -"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the" -" first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection " -"recovery is not possible." +"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the " +"first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection recovery " +"is not possible." #: ../../user_domains.rst:214 #, fuzzy @@ -15781,6 +16506,8 @@ msgid "" "https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/authentication/ldap/#active-" "directory" msgstr "" +"https://doc.dovecot.org/configuration_manual/authentication/ldap/#active-" +"directory" #: ../../user_domains.rst:222 #, fuzzy @@ -15790,22 +16517,23 @@ msgstr "Password policy" #: ../../user_domains.rst:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password " -"complexity and the password expiration time. You can configure the " -"password policy from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " -"interested domain and clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the " -"three-dots menu of the ``Password`` card." +"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password complexity " +"and the password expiration time. You can configure the password policy from " +"the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the interested domain and " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the three-dots menu of the " +"``Password`` card." msgstr "" -"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password " -"complexity and the password expiration time. You can configure the " -"password policy from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " -"interested domain and clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the " -"three-dots menu of the ``Password`` card." +"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password complexity " +"and the password expiration time. You can configure the password policy from " +"the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the interested domain and " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the three-dots menu of the " +"``Password`` card." #: ../../user_domains.rst:226 #, fuzzy msgid "You can configure password age and password strength policy separately." -msgstr "You can configure password age and password strength policy separately." +msgstr "" +"You can configure password age and password strength policy separately." #: ../../user_domains.rst:229 #, fuzzy @@ -15824,24 +16552,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass " -"before a new password change." +"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass before a " +"new password change." msgstr "" -"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass " -"before a new password change." +"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass before a " +"new password change." #: ../../user_domains.rst:234 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Maximum password age``: password expiration time in days. After this " "period, the password is no longer valid for logins and must be changed. " -"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-" -"portal-section`." +"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-portal-" +"section`." msgstr "" "``Maximum password age``: password expiration time in days. After this " "period, the password is no longer valid for logins and must be changed. " -"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-" -"portal-section`." +"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-portal-" +"section`." #: ../../user_domains.rst:237 #, fuzzy @@ -15878,20 +16606,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:243 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see " -"note for more details." +"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see note " +"for more details." msgstr "" -"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see " -"note for more details." +"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see note " +"for more details." #: ../../user_domains.rst:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of " -"the following rules:" +"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of the " +"following rules:" msgstr "" -"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of " -"the following rules:" +"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of the " +"following rules:" #: ../../user_domains.rst:247 #, fuzzy @@ -15916,15 +16644,15 @@ msgstr "The password must contain at least one special character." #: ../../user_domains.rst:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit " -"password policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do " -"not affect old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes" -" are retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." +"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit password " +"policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do not affect " +"old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes are " +"retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." msgstr "" -"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit " -"password policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do " -"not affect old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes" -" are retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." +"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit password " +"policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do not affect " +"old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes are " +"retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." #: ../../user_domains.rst:257 #, fuzzy @@ -16025,18 +16753,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:292 msgid "" -"Members of the Domain Admins group can also manage users and groups in " -"the domain, independently from the Cluster Admin UI." +"Members of the Domain Admins group can also manage users and groups in the " +"domain, independently from the Cluster Admin UI." msgstr "" +"I membri del gruppo Domain Admins possono anche gestire utenti e gruppi nel " +"dominio, indipendentemente dal Cluster Admin UI." #: ../../user_domains.rst:295 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref" -":`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." +"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref:" +"`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." msgstr "" -"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref" -":`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." +"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref:" +"`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." #: ../../user_domains.rst:297 #, fuzzy @@ -16047,12 +16777,12 @@ msgstr "The portal is available at the following URL: ::" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Where ```` is the FQDN of the node where the provider is and " -"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring " -"the domain." +"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring the " +"domain." msgstr "" "Where ```` is the FQDN of the node where the provider is and " -"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring " -"the domain." +"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring the " +"domain." #: ../../user_domains.rst:303 #, fuzzy @@ -16071,45 +16801,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:307 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User " -"Management`` page, where they can proceed to change the password. The " -"password must comply with the domain password policy during this process." -" The list of applications where the new password is effective is " -"displayed next to the password changing form." +"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User Management`` " +"page, where they can proceed to change the password. The password must " +"comply with the domain password policy during this process. The list of " +"applications where the new password is effective is displayed next to the " +"password changing form." msgstr "" -"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User " -"Management`` page, where they can proceed to change the password. The " -"password must comply with the domain password policy during this process." -" The list of applications where the new password is effective is " -"displayed next to the password changing form." +"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User Management`` " +"page, where they can proceed to change the password. The password must " +"comply with the domain password policy during this process. The list of " +"applications where the new password is effective is displayed next to the " +"password changing form." #: ../../vpn.rst:5 msgid "VPN Custom Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurazione personalizzata VPN" #: ../../vpn.rst:7 msgid "" -"The nodes of an NS8 cluster are connected via a WireGuard VPN. In VPN " -"terms, every node, whether leader or worker, is referred to as a " -"\"peer.\" However, the network uses a star topology, where the leader " -"node is the center of the star. This means the leader node holds a " -"central role not only in cluster administration but also at the VPN " -"level. In summary:" +"The nodes of an NS8 cluster are connected via a WireGuard VPN. In VPN terms, " +"every node, whether leader or worker, is referred to as a \"peer.\" However, " +"the network uses a star topology, where the leader node is the center of the " +"star. This means the leader node holds a central role not only in cluster " +"administration but also at the VPN level. In summary:" msgstr "" +"I nodi di un cluster NS8 sono collegati tramite una VPN WireGuard. In " +"termini VPN, ogni nodo, sia leader che lavoratore, è indicato come \"peer\". " +"Tuttavia, la rete utilizza una topologia stellare, dove il nodo leader è il " +"centro della stella. Ciò significa che il nodo leader ha un ruolo centrale " +"non solo nell'amministrazione dei cluster, ma anche a livello VPN. In " +"sintesi:" #: ../../vpn.rst:13 -msgid "Packets between a worker and the leader are routed through a direct link." +msgid "" +"Packets between a worker and the leader are routed through a direct link." msgstr "" +"I pacchetti tra un lavoratore e il leader sono indirizzati attraverso un " +"collegamento diretto." #: ../../vpn.rst:14 msgid "" -"Packets between two distinct workers must transit through the leader " -"node, involving two links." +"Packets between two distinct workers must transit through the leader node, " +"involving two links." msgstr "" #: ../../vpn.rst:17 msgid "Data between peers is transmitted as encrypted UDP packets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I dati tra pari vengono trasmessi come pacchetti UDP crittografati." #: ../../vpn.rst:20 #, fuzzy @@ -16119,9 +16857,9 @@ msgstr "Modifica del logo" #: ../../vpn.rst:22 msgid "" "By default, UDP port 55820 is used for VPN data exchange. Generally, " -"changing the default VPN port is not necessary. Before doing so, consider" -" alternatives such as configuring port forwarding, especially if some " -"nodes are behind a Network Address Translation (NAT) device." +"changing the default VPN port is not necessary. Before doing so, consider " +"alternatives such as configuring port forwarding, especially if some nodes " +"are behind a Network Address Translation (NAT) device." msgstr "" #: ../../vpn.rst:27 @@ -16129,12 +16867,16 @@ msgid "" "If changing the default port is unavoidable, proceed as follows. For " "example, to change the port of worker node 2 to 55823:" msgstr "" +"Se la modifica della porta predefinita è inevitabile, procedere come segue. " +"Ad esempio, per modificare il nodo del lavoratore da 2 a 55823:" #: ../../vpn.rst:30 msgid "" -"Update the VPN endpoint record for node 2 in Redis. Run this command on " -"the leader node: ::" +"Update the VPN endpoint record for node 2 in Redis. Run this command on the " +"leader node: ::" msgstr "" +"Aggiorna il record di endpoint VPN per il nodo 2 in Redis. Eseguire questo " +"comando sul nodo leader::" #: ../../vpn.rst:35 #, fuzzy @@ -16148,10 +16890,14 @@ msgstr "Correggere la configurazione del firewall ::" #: ../../vpn.rst:45 msgid "" -"This procedure also works to change the listening port of the leader " -"node. However, to make it effective, all worker nodes must be rebooted or" -" the following command must be executed on each of them: ::" +"This procedure also works to change the listening port of the leader node. " +"However, to make it effective, all worker nodes must be rebooted or the " +"following command must be executed on each of them: ::" msgstr "" +"Questa procedura funziona anche per cambiare la porta di ascolto del nodo " +"leader. Tuttavia, per renderlo efficace, tutti i nodi del lavoratore devono " +"essere riavviatitititi o il seguente comando deve essere eseguito su " +"ciascuno di essi:" #: ../../webserver.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -16161,31 +16907,31 @@ msgstr "WebServer" #: ../../webserver.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web " -"server with `PHP `_ programming language and " -"`SFTPGo `_ to upload files." +"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web server " +"with `PHP `_ programming language and `SFTPGo `_ to upload files." msgstr "" -"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web " -"server with `PHP `_ programming language and " -"`SFTPGo `_ to upload files." +"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web server " +"with `PHP `_ programming language and `SFTPGo `_ to upload files." #: ../../webserver.rst:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../webserver.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, " -"eg. ``/sftpgo``" +"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, eg. " +"``/sftpgo``" msgstr "" -"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, " -"eg. ``/sftpgo``" +"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, eg. " +"``/sftpgo``" #: ../../webserver.rst:19 #, fuzzy @@ -16195,13 +16941,11 @@ msgstr "choose a public TCP port for the sFTP server" #: ../../webserver.rst:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the " -"``https:///``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of" -" SFTPGo are:" +"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the ``https:///" +"``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of SFTPGo are:" msgstr "" -"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the " -"``https:///``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of" -" SFTPGo are:" +"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the ``https:///" +"``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of SFTPGo are:" #: ../../webserver.rst:35 #, fuzzy @@ -16211,13 +16955,13 @@ msgstr "Virtual hosts" #: ../../webserver.rst:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site " -"inside the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on " -":guilabel:`Create a virtual host` button." +"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site inside " +"the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on :guilabel:" +"`Create a virtual host` button." msgstr "" -"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site " -"inside the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on " -":guilabel:`Create a virtual host` button." +"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site inside " +"the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on :guilabel:" +"`Create a virtual host` button." #: ../../webserver.rst:40 #, fuzzy @@ -16231,11 +16975,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload " -"files to your virtual host." +"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload files " +"to your virtual host." msgstr "" -"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload " -"files to your virtual host." +"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload files " +"to your virtual host." #: ../../webtop.rst:5 msgid "WebTop groupware" @@ -16243,35 +16987,35 @@ msgstr "WebTop groupware" #: ../../webtop.rst:7 msgid "" -"WebTop is a full-featured groupware which implements ActiveSync, CalDAV " -"and CardDAV protocols." +"WebTop is a full-featured groupware which implements ActiveSync, CalDAV and " +"CardDAV protocols." msgstr "" -"WebTop è un groupware completo che implementa Protocolli ActiveSync, " -"CalDAV e CardDAV." +"WebTop è un groupware completo che implementa Protocolli ActiveSync, CalDAV " +"e CardDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:9 msgid "" -"You can install multiple WebTop instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebTop instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare più istanze WebTop sullo stesso nodo dal :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare più istanze WebTop sullo stesso nodo dal :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../webtop.rst:14 msgid "" -"WebTop needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``webtop.nethserver.org``." +"WebTop needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``webtop.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" -"WebTop ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come " -"``webtop.nethserver.org``." +"WebTop ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come ``webtop." +"nethserver.org``." #: ../../webtop.rst:21 msgid "" "access the application configuration page and enter a valid FQDN inside " "``WebTop virtual host`` field" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un " -"FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Host virtuale WebTop (FQDN)``" +"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un FQDN " +"valido all'interno del campo ``Host virtuale WebTop (FQDN)``" #: ../../webtop.rst:22 msgid "enable ``Request Let's Encrypt certificate``" @@ -16289,7 +17033,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:27 msgid "Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure:" -msgstr "All'interno della sezione ``Avanzate``, è inoltre possibile configurare:" +msgstr "" +"All'interno della sezione ``Avanzate``, è inoltre possibile configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:29 msgid "the debug mode" @@ -16304,8 +17049,10 @@ msgid "minimum and maximum memory" msgstr "memoria minima e massima" #: ../../webtop.rst:32 -msgid ":ref:`PEC Bridge ` notify address (Nethesis Enterprise Only)" +msgid "" +":ref:`PEC Bridge ` notify address (Nethesis Enterprise Only)" msgstr "" +":ref:`PEC Bridge ` avvisare l'indirizzo (solo per le imprese)" #: ../../webtop.rst:35 msgid "Authentication" @@ -16313,11 +17060,11 @@ msgstr "Autenticazione" #: ../../webtop.rst:37 msgid "" -"Always use the full user name format ``@`` for login to the" -" web application and Active Sync." +"Always use the full user name format ``@`` for login to the " +"web application and Active Sync." msgstr "" -"Utilizzare sempre il formato completo del nome utente " -"``@`` per accedere all'applicazione web e Active Sync." +"Utilizzare sempre il formato completo del nome utente ``@`` " +"per accedere all'applicazione web e Active Sync." #: ../../webtop.rst:40 ../../webtop.rst:75 msgid "**Example**" @@ -16341,11 +17088,11 @@ msgstr "Login: goofy@mightydomain.com" #: ../../webtop.rst:48 msgid "" -"Active Sync protocol is supported only on Android and iOS devices. " -"Outlook is not supported." +"Active Sync protocol is supported only on Android and iOS devices. Outlook " +"is not supported." msgstr "" -"Il protocollo Active Sync è supportato solo su dispositivi Android e iOS." -" Outlook non è supportato." +"Il protocollo Active Sync è supportato solo su dispositivi Android e iOS. " +"Outlook non è supportato." #: ../../webtop.rst:55 msgid "Admin user" @@ -16353,16 +17100,16 @@ msgstr "Utente amministratore" #: ../../webtop.rst:57 msgid "" -"After installation, WebTop will be accessible using the administrator " -"user. The administrator user can change global settings and login as any " -"other user, however, it's not a system user and can't access any other " -"service like Mail, Calendar, etc." +"After installation, WebTop will be accessible using the administrator user. " +"The administrator user can change global settings and login as any other " +"user, however, it's not a system user and can't access any other service " +"like Mail, Calendar, etc." msgstr "" "Dopo l'installazione, WebTop sarà accessibile utilizzando l'utente " "amministratore. L'utente amministratore può modificare le impostazioni " -"globali e accedere come qualsiasi altro utente, tuttavia, non è un utente" -" di sistema e non può accedere a qualsiasi altro servizio come Posta, " -"Calendari, ecc." +"globali e accedere come qualsiasi altro utente, tuttavia, non è un utente di " +"sistema e non può accedere a qualsiasi altro servizio come Posta, Calendari, " +"ecc." #: ../../webtop.rst:61 msgid "Default credentials are:" @@ -16386,13 +17133,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:69 msgid "Remember to change the admin password after installation!" -msgstr "Ricorda di cambiare la password di amministratore dopo l'installazione!" +msgstr "" +"Ricorda di cambiare la password di amministratore dopo l'installazione!" #: ../../webtop.rst:72 msgid "" "To check the mail of the system's user admin account use the following " -"login: admin@ where ```` is the domain part of server " -"FQDN." +"login: admin@ where ```` is the domain part of server FQDN." msgstr "" "Per controllare la posta dell'account admin di sistema, utilizzare il " "seguente login: admin@ dove ```` è il TLD dell'FQDN." @@ -16411,12 +17158,12 @@ msgstr "Cambiare password di admin" #: ../../webtop.rst:86 msgid "" -"Access WebTop using the ``admin`` user, then open user settings by " -"clicking on the |hamburger| menu in the top-right corner." +"Access WebTop using the ``admin`` user, then open user settings by clicking " +"on the |hamburger| menu in the top-right corner." msgstr "" "Accedere a WebTop utilizzando l'utente ``admin``, quindi aprire le " -"impostazioni dell'utente facendo clic sul menu |hamburger| nell'angolo in" -" alto a destra." +"impostazioni dell'utente facendo clic sul menu |hamburger| nell'angolo in " +"alto a destra." #: ../../webtop.rst:84 msgid "hamburger" @@ -16434,14 +17181,13 @@ msgstr "Modifica del logo" #: ../../webtop.rst:94 msgid "" -"To modify and customize the initial logo that appears on the login page " -"of WebTop, you must upload the custom image file on the public images of " -"the admin user and rename it ``login.png``." +"To modify and customize the initial logo that appears on the login page of " +"WebTop, you must upload the custom image file on the public images of the " +"admin user and rename it ``login.png``." msgstr "" -"Per modificare e personalizzare il logo iniziale che appare nella pagina " -"di login di WebTop, è necessario caricare il file immagine personalizzato" -" sulle immagini pubbliche dell'utente amministratore e rinominarlo " -"``login.png``." +"Per modificare e personalizzare il logo iniziale che appare nella pagina di " +"login di WebTop, è necessario caricare il file immagine personalizzato sulle " +"immagini pubbliche dell'utente amministratore e rinominarlo ``login.png``." #: ../../webtop.rst:97 msgid "Proceed as follows:" @@ -16468,8 +17214,8 @@ msgid "" "rename the loaded image so that its name is **\"login.png\"** (use right " "click -> Rename):" msgstr "" -"rinominare l'immagine caricata in modo che il suo nome sia " -"**\"login.png\"** (usare click destro -> Rinominare):" +"rinominare l'immagine caricata in modo che il suo nome sia **\"login.png\"** " +"(usare click destro -> Rinominare):" #: ../../webtop.rst:111 msgid "the next login will show the new logo on the login page" @@ -16484,14 +17230,14 @@ msgid "" "Most user settings can be directly managed by the user itself via the " "settings menu. Locked settings require administrative privileges." msgstr "" -"La maggior parte delle impostazioni utente può essere gestita " -"direttamente dall'utente stesso tramite il menu delle impostazioni. Le " -"impostazioni bloccate richiedono privilegi amministrativi." +"La maggior parte delle impostazioni utente può essere gestita direttamente " +"dall'utente stesso tramite il menu delle impostazioni. Le impostazioni " +"bloccate richiedono privilegi amministrativi." #: ../../webtop.rst:119 msgid "" -"The administrator can :index:`impersonate` users, to check existing " -"accounts using special login credentials:" +"The administrator can :index:`impersonate` users, to check existing accounts " +"using special login credentials:" msgstr "" "L'amministratore può :index:`impersonare` utenti, per controllare gli " "account esistenti utilizzando credenziali di login speciali:" @@ -16507,22 +17253,22 @@ msgstr "**Password**: ````" #: ../../webtop.rst:124 msgid "" "While impersonating you receive similar user privileges, allowing you to " -"control exactly what the user can see. Full administration of user " -"settings is available directly in the administration interface, by right-" -"clicking on a user: the settings menu will open the full user settings " -"panel, with all options unlocked." -msgstr "" -"Mentre si assume l'identità di un utente si ricevono gli stessi privilegi" -" dell'utente, avendo la possibilità di controllare ciò che l'utente può " -"vedere. La gestione completa delle impostazioni dell'utente è disponibile" -" direttamente nell'interfaccia di amministrazione, cliccando con il " -"pulsante destro del mouse su un utente: il menu impostazioni aprirà il " -"pannello delle impostazioni complete dell'utente, con tutte le opzioni " -"sbloccate." +"control exactly what the user can see. Full administration of user settings " +"is available directly in the administration interface, by right-clicking on " +"a user: the settings menu will open the full user settings panel, with all " +"options unlocked." +msgstr "" +"Mentre si assume l'identità di un utente si ricevono gli stessi privilegi " +"dell'utente, avendo la possibilità di controllare ciò che l'utente può " +"vedere. La gestione completa delle impostazioni dell'utente è disponibile " +"direttamente nell'interfaccia di amministrazione, cliccando con il pulsante " +"destro del mouse su un utente: il menu impostazioni aprirà il pannello delle " +"impostazioni complete dell'utente, con tutte le opzioni sbloccate." #: ../../webtop.rst:127 msgid "You can also change the email of all selected users:" -msgstr "È inoltre possibile modificare l'email di tutti gli utenti selezionati:" +msgstr "" +"È inoltre possibile modificare l'email di tutti gli utenti selezionati:" #: ../../webtop.rst:129 msgid "select the users (Click + CTRL for multiple selection)" @@ -16531,26 +17277,26 @@ msgstr "selezionare gli utenti (Click + CTRL per la selezione multipla)" #: ../../webtop.rst:130 msgid "right-click on :guilabel:`Bulk update email domain`" msgstr "" -"cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse su :guilabel:`Aggiorna il " -"dominio email`" +"cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse su :guilabel:`Aggiorna il dominio " +"email`" #: ../../webtop.rst:135 msgid "" "WebTop supports :index:`two factor authentication`. The user can choose " "between:" msgstr "" -"WebTop supporta :index:`two factor Authentication`. L'utente può " -"scegliere tra:" +"WebTop supporta :index:`two factor Authentication`. L'utente può scegliere " +"tra:" #: ../../webtop.rst:138 msgid "" -"Google Authenticator app (`Android " -"`_," -" `iOS `_)" +"Google Authenticator app (`Android `_, `iOS `_)" msgstr "" -"App di Google Authenticator (`Android " -"`_," -" `iOS `_, `iOS `_." +"Access your :index:`iOS device`, navigate to Settings and add an Exchange " +"account following the `official guide `_." msgstr "" "Accedi al tuo :index:`iOS device`, naviga su Impostazioni e aggiungi un " -"account Exchange seguendo la `guida ufficiale `_." +"account Exchange seguendo la `guida ufficiale `_." #: ../../webtop.rst:160 ../../webtop.rst:178 msgid "Fill the required fields with:" @@ -16610,14 +17354,13 @@ msgstr "Compila i campi richiesti con:" #: ../../webtop.rst:162 msgid "**E-mail**: add your mail address, eg: goofy@nethserver.org" msgstr "" -"**E-mail**: aggiungi il tuo indirizzo email, ad esempio: " -"goofy@nethserver.org" +"**E-mail**: aggiungi il tuo indirizzo email, ad esempio: goofy@nethserver.org" #: ../../webtop.rst:163 msgid "**Server**: add your server public name, eg: mail.nethserver.org" msgstr "" -"**Server**: aggiungi il nome pubblico del tuo server, ad esempio: " -"mail.nethserver.org" +"**Server**: aggiungi il nome pubblico del tuo server, ad esempio: mail." +"nethserver.org" #: ../../webtop.rst:164 msgid "**Domain**: leave blank" @@ -16635,11 +17378,11 @@ msgstr "**Password**: inserire la password" #: ../../webtop.rst:170 msgid "" -"iOS devices require a valid SSL certificate on the server. See :ref" -":`certificate_manager-section`" +"iOS devices require a valid SSL certificate on the server. See :ref:" +"`certificate_manager-section`" msgstr "" -"i dispositivi iOS richiedono un certificato SSL valido sul server. Vedi " -":ref:`certificate_manager-section`" +"i dispositivi iOS richiedono un certificato SSL valido sul server. Vedi :ref:" +"`certificate_manager-section`" #: ../../webtop.rst:174 ../../webtop.rst:255 msgid "Google Android" @@ -16647,8 +17390,8 @@ msgstr "Google Android" #: ../../webtop.rst:176 msgid "" -"Access your :index:`Android device`, navigate to Settings, then select " -":guilabel:`Add account` -> :guilabel:`Exchange` (or `Company` for older " +"Access your :index:`Android device`, navigate to Settings, then select :" +"guilabel:`Add account` -> :guilabel:`Exchange` (or `Company` for older " "releases)." msgstr "" "Accedi al tuo :index:`Android device`, naviga nelle Impostazioni, quindi " @@ -16658,26 +17401,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:183 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Manual configuration` and change the name of the " -"*Server* field accordingly to your server public name. Finally, if you " -"have a self-signed certificate on your server, make sure to select " -":guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accept all certificates)` option." +"*Server* field accordingly to your server public name. Finally, if you have " +"a self-signed certificate on your server, make sure to select :guilabel:`SSL/" +"TLS (accept all certificates)` option." msgstr "" -"Quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Configurazione manuale` e modificare il " -"nome del campo *Server* con il nome pubblico del server. Infine, se hai " -"un certificato autofirmato sul tuo server, assicurati di selezionare " -"l'opzione :guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accetta tutti i certificati)`." +"Quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Configurazione manuale` e modificare il nome " +"del campo *Server* con il nome pubblico del server. Infine, se hai un " +"certificato autofirmato sul tuo server, assicurati di selezionare l'opzione :" +"guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accetta tutti i certificati)`." #: ../../webtop.rst:189 msgid "" -"On some Android releases (notably Samsung), the User name and Domain must" -" be entered in the same line. In this case, leave blank the field before " -"the backslash character ``\\``, and enter the user name in the following " -"format: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" +"On some Android releases (notably Samsung), the User name and Domain must be " +"entered in the same line. In this case, leave blank the field before the " +"backslash character ``\\``, and enter the user name in the following format: " +"``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" msgstr "" "Su alcune versioni Android (in particolare Samsung), il nome utente e il " -"dominio devono essere inseriti nella stessa riga. In questo caso, " -"lasciare vuoto il campo prima del carattere backslash ``\\``, e inserire " -"il nome utente nel seguente formato: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" +"dominio devono essere inseriti nella stessa riga. In questo caso, lasciare " +"vuoto il campo prima del carattere backslash ``\\``, e inserire il nome " +"utente nel seguente formato: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" #: ../../webtop.rst:193 msgid "Multiple calendars and contacts" @@ -16685,11 +17428,11 @@ msgstr "Calendario e contatti multipli" #: ../../webtop.rst:195 msgid "" -"Shared calendars and address books can be synchronized using the " -"ActiveSync protocol." +"Shared calendars and address books can be synchronized using the ActiveSync " +"protocol." msgstr "" -"I calendari e i contatti condivisi possono essere sincronizzati " -"utilizzando il protocollo ActiveSync." +"I calendari e i contatti condivisi possono essere sincronizzati utilizzando " +"il protocollo ActiveSync." #: ../../webtop.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -16698,18 +17441,18 @@ msgid "" "synchronized." msgstr "" "Le risorse condivise vengono visualizzate con il nome e la categoria del " -"proprietario. Il numero tra parentesi quadrate è l'ID interno. Gli eventi" -" privati non sono sincronizzati." +"proprietario. Il numero tra parentesi quadrate è l'ID interno. Gli eventi " +"privati non sono sincronizzati." #: ../../webtop.rst:200 msgid "" "Mobile devices based on Apple iOS fully support folders/categories for " -"calendars, contacts and activities (called reminders), including original" -" colors." +"calendars, contacts and activities (called reminders), including original " +"colors." msgstr "" -"Dispositivi mobili basati su Apple iOS supportano completamente " -"cartelle/categorie per calendari, contatti e attività (chiamati " -"promemoria), compresi i colori originali." +"Dispositivi mobili basati su Apple iOS supportano completamente cartelle/" +"categorie per calendari, contatti e attività (chiamati promemoria), compresi " +"i colori originali." #: ../../webtop.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -16718,8 +17461,8 @@ msgid "" "items will have the same color." msgstr "" "I dispositivi mobili basati sul Android supportano solo calendari e " -"contatti, le attività non sono supportate. Utilizzando l'applicazione " -"Google Calendar tutti gli elementi avranno lo stesso colore." +"contatti, le attività non sono supportate. Utilizzando l'applicazione Google " +"Calendar tutti gli elementi avranno lo stesso colore." #: ../../webtop.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -16727,32 +17470,31 @@ msgid "" "application, you can change the colors associated with each calendar, " "including shared ones." msgstr "" -"Installazione e utilizzo dell'applicazione `CloudCal " -"`_, è possibile modificare i colori " -"associati a ciascun calendario, compresi quelli condivisi." +"Installazione e utilizzo dell'applicazione `CloudCal `_, è possibile modificare i colori associati a ciascun " +"calendario, compresi quelli condivisi." #: ../../webtop.rst:208 msgid "" "On Android devices, contacts from shared phone books are merged with the " -"personal phone book and displayed in a single view. Contacts can be " -"modified and changes will be saved in the original source." +"personal phone book and displayed in a single view. Contacts can be modified " +"and changes will be saved in the original source." msgstr "" -"Su dispositivi Android, i contatti da rubriche condivise vengono uniti " -"con la rubrica personale e visualizzati in una sola vista. I contatti " -"possono essere modificati e le modifiche verranno salvate nella sorgente " -"originale." +"Su dispositivi Android, i contatti da rubriche condivise vengono uniti con " +"la rubrica personale e visualizzati in una sola vista. I contatti possono " +"essere modificati e le modifiche verranno salvate nella sorgente originale." #: ../../webtop.rst:213 msgid "" "In order to receive data via EAS on mobile devices, shared resources " -"(Calendars and Contacts) should have synchronization enabled (Full or " -"Read-only):" +"(Calendars and Contacts) should have synchronization enabled (Full or Read-" +"only):" msgstr "" -"Al fine di ricevere i dati tramite EAS sui dispositivi mobili, le risorse" -" condivise (Calendari e contatti) dovrebbero avere attivato la " +"Al fine di ricevere i dati tramite EAS sui dispositivi mobili, le risorse " +"condivise (Calendari e contatti) dovrebbero avere attivato la " "sincronizzazione (con permessi completi o in sola lettura):" -#: ../../webtop.rst +#: ../../webtop.rst ../../webtop.rst:216 msgid "Multiple synchronization" msgstr "Sincronizzazione multipla" @@ -16766,8 +17508,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:221 msgid "" -"To do so, just right-click on the shared resource " -":menuselection:`Customize → Devices sync.`:" +"To do so, just right-click on the shared resource :menuselection:`Customize " +"→ Devices sync.`:" msgstr "" "Per farlo, basta cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse sulla risorsa " "condivisa :menuselection:`Personalizza → Sincr. Dispositivi`:" @@ -16786,33 +17528,33 @@ msgstr "Sincronizzazione CalDAV e CardDAV" #: ../../webtop.rst:231 msgid "" -"Calendars and address books can be synchronized also through the " -":index:`CalDAV and CardDAV protocols`." +"Calendars and address books can be synchronized also through the :index:" +"`CalDAV and CardDAV protocols`." msgstr "" -"I calendari e le rubriche possono essere sincronizzate anche attraverso i" -" protocolli :index:`CalDAV e CardDAV`." +"I calendari e le rubriche possono essere sincronizzate anche attraverso i " +"protocolli :index:`CalDAV e CardDAV`." #: ../../webtop.rst:233 msgid "" -"To synchronize a calendar, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on the" -" calendar and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this calendar`, then use it " -"to configure your third-party client." +"To synchronize a calendar, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on the " +"calendar and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this calendar`, then use it to " +"configure your third-party client." msgstr "" -"Per sincronizzare un calendario, selezionare il link ``URL`` facendo clic" -" con il tasto destro del mouse sul calendario e selezionando " -":guilabel:`Collegamenti al calendario`, quindi utilizzarlo per " -"configurare il client di terze parti." +"Per sincronizzare un calendario, selezionare il link ``URL`` facendo clic " +"con il tasto destro del mouse sul calendario e selezionando :guilabel:" +"`Collegamenti al calendario`, quindi utilizzarlo per configurare il client " +"di terze parti." #: ../../webtop.rst:236 msgid "" -"To synchronize an address book, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking " -"on the address book and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this address book`," -" then use it to configure your third-party client." +"To synchronize an address book, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on " +"the address book and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this address book`, then " +"use it to configure your third-party client." msgstr "" -"Per sincronizzare una rubrica, selezionare il link ``URL``` facendo clic " -"con il pulsante destro del mouse sulla rubrica e selezionando " -":guilabel:`Collegamenti alla rubrica`, quindi usarlo per configurare il " -"client di terze parti." +"Per sincronizzare una rubrica, selezionare il link ``URL``` facendo clic con " +"il pulsante destro del mouse sulla rubrica e selezionando :guilabel:" +"`Collegamenti alla rubrica`, quindi usarlo per configurare il client di " +"terze parti." #: ../../webtop.rst:239 msgid "To authenticate, provide your credentials in the following form:" @@ -16828,45 +17570,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some third-party clients allow simplifying the configuration through the " "*auto-discovery* feature that automatically discovers the synchronizable " -"resources, as in the case of mobile devices (i.e. Android or iOS " -"devices)." +"resources, as in the case of mobile devices (i.e. Android or iOS devices)." msgstr "" -"Alcuni client di terze parti permettono di semplificare la configurazione" -" tramite la funzione *auto-discovery* che scopre automaticamente le " -"risorse sincronizzabili, come nel caso dei dispositivi mobili (ad esempio" -" dispositivi Android o iOS)." +"Alcuni client di terze parti permettono di semplificare la configurazione " +"tramite la funzione *auto-discovery* che scopre automaticamente le risorse " +"sincronizzabili, come nel caso dei dispositivi mobili (ad esempio " +"dispositivi Android o iOS)." #: ../../webtop.rst:250 msgid "" -"If you are using clients that do not support auto-discovery, you need to " -"use the full URL: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" +"If you are using clients that do not support auto-discovery, you need to use " +"the full URL: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" msgstr "" -"Se si utilizzano client che non supportano l'auto-discovery, è necessario" -" utilizzare l'URL completo: ``https:///webtop-" -"dav/server.php``" +"Se si utilizzano client che non supportano l'auto-discovery, è necessario " +"utilizzare l'URL completo: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" #: ../../webtop.rst:252 msgid "" -"If you are using clients that support auto-discovery use the URL: " -"``https://``" +"If you are using clients that support auto-discovery use the URL: ``https://" +"``" msgstr "" -"Se si utilizzano client che supportano l'auto-discovery utilizzare l'URL:" -" ``https://``" +"Se si utilizzano client che supportano l'auto-discovery utilizzare l'URL: " +"``https://``" #: ../../webtop.rst:257 #, fuzzy msgid "A good Android third-party client is `DAVx5 `_." msgstr "" -"Un buon client di terze parti Android è `Opensync " -"`_ ." +"Un buon client di terze parti Android è `Opensync `_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:259 msgid "" -"add a new account clicking on :guilabel:`+` key and select " -":guilabel:`Login with URL and username` method" +"add a new account clicking on :guilabel:`+` key and select :guilabel:`Login " +"with URL and username` method" msgstr "" -"aggiungere un nuovo account cliccando sul :guilabel:`+` e selezionare " -":guilabel:`Login con URL e username`" +"aggiungere un nuovo account cliccando sul :guilabel:`+` e selezionare :" +"guilabel:`Login con URL e username`" #: ../../webtop.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -16877,7 +17617,8 @@ msgstr "" "*goofy@nethserver.org*) e password" #: ../../webtop.rst:261 -msgid "click on the new profile and select the resources you want to synchronize" +msgid "" +"click on the new profile and select the resources you want to synchronize" msgstr "clicca sul nuovo profilo e seleziona le risorse che vuoi sincronizzare" #: ../../webtop.rst:266 @@ -16888,27 +17629,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:268 msgid "" -"go to :guilabel:`Settings` -> :guilabel:`Account and Password` -> " -":guilabel:`Add account`" +"go to :guilabel:`Settings` -> :guilabel:`Account and Password` -> :guilabel:" +"`Add account`" msgstr "" "andare su :guilabel:`Impostazioni` -> :guilabel:`Account e Password` - > " "`Aggiungi account`" #: ../../webtop.rst:269 msgid "" -"select :guilabel:`Other` -> Add :guilabel:`CalDAV` or :guilabel:`CardDAV`" -" account" +"select :guilabel:`Other` -> Add :guilabel:`CalDAV` or :guilabel:`CardDAV` " +"account" msgstr "" -"selezionare :guilabel:`Altro` -> Aggiungi :guilabel:`CalDAV` o " -":guilabel:`CardDAV` account" +"selezionare :guilabel:`Altro` -> Aggiungi :guilabel:`CalDAV` o :guilabel:" +"`CardDAV` account" #: ../../webtop.rst:270 msgid "" -"insert the server name (i.e. *server.nethserver.org*), full username " -"(i.e. *goofy@nethserver.org*) and password" +"insert the server name (i.e. *server.nethserver.org*), full username (i.e. " +"*goofy@nethserver.org*) and password" msgstr "" -"inserire il nome del server (es: *server.nethserver.org*), il nome utente" -" completo (es: *goofy@nethserver.org*) e la password" +"inserire il nome del server (es: *server.nethserver.org*), il nome utente " +"completo (es: *goofy@nethserver.org*) e la password" #: ../../webtop.rst:273 msgid "Desktop clients" @@ -16920,14 +17661,14 @@ msgstr "**Thunderbird**" #: ../../webtop.rst:277 msgid "" -"Thunderbird already includes support for CalDAV calendars. To synchronize" -" the contacts with CardDAV you need a third-party add-on like `Cardbook " +"Thunderbird already includes support for CalDAV calendars. To synchronize " +"the contacts with CardDAV you need a third-party add-on like `Cardbook " "`_." msgstr "" "Thunderbird include già il supporto per i calendari CalDAV. Per " -"sincronizzare i contatti con CardDAV è necessario un add-on di terze " -"parti come `Cardbook " -"`_ ." +"sincronizzare i contatti con CardDAV è necessario un add-on di terze parti " +"come `Cardbook `_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:280 msgid "**Outlook**" @@ -16938,9 +17679,8 @@ msgid "" "The Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer `_ " "plugin for Outlook supports both CardDAV and CalDAV." msgstr "" -"Il plugin Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer " -"`_ per Outlook supporta sia CardDAV che " -"CalDAV." +"Il plugin Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer `_ per Outlook supporta sia CardDAV che CalDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -16952,11 +17692,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:288 msgid "" -"The use of CalDAV/CardDAV through third-party clients **cannot be " -"considered a web interface alternative**." +"The use of CalDAV/CardDAV through third-party clients **cannot be considered " +"a web interface alternative**." msgstr "" -"L'uso di CalDAV/CardDAV attraverso clienti di terze parti **non può " -"essere considerato un'alternativa all'interfaccia web**." +"L'uso di CalDAV/CardDAV attraverso clienti di terze parti **non può essere " +"considerato un'alternativa all'interfaccia web**." #: ../../webtop.rst:292 msgid "Sharing email" @@ -16965,12 +17705,12 @@ msgstr "Condivisione e-mail" #: ../../webtop.rst:294 msgid "" "It is possible to share a single folder or the entire account with all " -"subfolders. Select the folder to share -> right click -> " -":guilabel:`Manage sharing`:" +"subfolders. Select the folder to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Manage " +"sharing`:" msgstr "" -"È possibile condividere una singola cartella o l'intero account con tutte" -" le sottocartelle. Selezionare la cartella da condividere -> click destro" -" -> :guilabel:`Gestisci condivisione`:" +"È possibile condividere una singola cartella o l'intero account con tutte le " +"sottocartelle. Selezionare la cartella da condividere -> click destro -> :" +"guilabel:`Gestisci condivisione`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:299 msgid "select the user to share the resource (1)" @@ -16978,11 +17718,11 @@ msgstr "selezionare l'utente per condividere la risorsa (1)" #: ../../webtop.rst:300 msgid "" -"select if you want to share your identity with the user and even to force" -" your signature (2)" +"select if you want to share your identity with the user and even to force " +"your signature (2)" msgstr "" -"selezionare se si desidera condividere la propria identità con l'utente e" -" anche forzare la firma (2)" +"selezionare se si desidera condividere la propria identità con l'utente e " +"anche forzare la firma (2)" #: ../../webtop.rst:301 msgid "choose the level of permissions associated with this share (3)" @@ -16996,17 +17736,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:303 msgid "" -"finally, choose whether to apply sharing only to the folder from which " -"you started, or only to the branch of subfolders or to the entire account" -" (5)" +"finally, choose whether to apply sharing only to the folder from which you " +"started, or only to the branch of subfolders or to the entire account (5)" msgstr "" -"infine, scegliere se applicare la condivisione solo alla cartella da cui " -"hai iniziato, o solo al ramo delle sottocartelle o all'intero account (5)" +"infine, scegliere se applicare la condivisione solo alla cartella da cui hai " +"iniziato, o solo al ramo delle sottocartelle o all'intero account (5)" #: ../../webtop.rst:309 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Force mailcard` option can be used only if the mailcard " -"has been associated to the mail address." +"The :guilabel:`Force mailcard` option can be used only if the mailcard has " +"been associated to the mail address." msgstr "" "L'opzione: `Forza firma` può essere utilizzata solo se la firma è stata " "associata all'indirizzo di posta." @@ -17021,8 +17760,8 @@ msgstr "Condivisione Calendari" #: ../../webtop.rst:317 msgid "" -"You can share each personal calendar individually. Select the calendar to" -" share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`:" +"You can share each personal calendar individually. Select the calendar to " +"share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`:" msgstr "" "Puoi condividere ogni calendario personale singolarmente. Selezionare il " "calendario da condividere -> click destro -> :guilabel:`Condivisione e " @@ -17030,12 +17769,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:322 msgid "" -"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group) and enable permissions " -"for both the folder and the individual items:" +"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group) and enable permissions for " +"both the folder and the individual items:" msgstr "" -"Selezionare l'utente destinatario della condivisione (o Gruppo) e " -"abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella che per i singoli " -"elementi:" +"Selezionare l'utente destinatario della condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare " +"le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella che per i singoli elementi:" #: ../../webtop.rst:327 msgid "Sharing Contacts" @@ -17043,16 +17781,16 @@ msgstr "Condivisione Contatti" #: ../../webtop.rst:329 msgid "" -"In the same way, you can share your contacts by selecting the directory " -"you want to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`. " -"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group), and enable permissions" -" for both the folder and the individual items." +"In the same way, you can share your contacts by selecting the directory you " +"want to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`. Select " +"the recipient user of the share (or Group), and enable permissions for both " +"the folder and the individual items." msgstr "" "Allo stesso modo, è possibile condividere i contatti selezionando la " "directory che si desidera condividere -> click destro -> :guilabel: " "`Condivisione e permessi`. Selezionare l'utente destinatario della " -"condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella" -" che per i singoli elementi." +"condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella " +"che per i singoli elementi." #: ../../webtop.rst:334 msgid "Custom labels" @@ -17060,8 +17798,8 @@ msgstr "Etichette personalizzate" #: ../../webtop.rst:336 msgid "" -"It is possible to add one or more labels to an email, a calendar event or" -" a task." +"It is possible to add one or more labels to an email, a calendar event or a " +"task." msgstr "" "È possibile aggiungere una o più etichette nelle e-mail, in un evento di " "calendario o un'attività." @@ -17071,7 +17809,8 @@ msgid "There are two types of labels:" msgstr "Ci sono due tipi di etichette:" #: ../../webtop.rst:340 -msgid "**Private**: not usable for custom fields and not visible to other users" +msgid "" +"**Private**: not usable for custom fields and not visible to other users" msgstr "" "**Private**: non utilizzabile per campi personalizzati e non visibile ad " "altri utenti" @@ -17079,8 +17818,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:341 msgid "**Shared**: usable for custom field panels and visible to other users" msgstr "" -"**Shared**: utilizzabile per pannelli di campi personalizzati e visibile " -"ad altri utenti" +"**Shared**: utilizzabile per pannelli di campi personalizzati e visibile ad " +"altri utenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -17094,23 +17833,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:346 ../../webtop.rst:371 msgid "" -"go to the Administration menu, then choose :guilabel:`Domains` -> " -":guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Groups` -> :guilabel:`Users` -> " -":guilabel:`Authorization`" +"go to the Administration menu, then choose :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:" +"`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Groups` -> :guilabel:`Users` -> :guilabel:" +"`Authorization`" msgstr "" -"andare nel menù Amministrazione, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Domini` - " -"> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Gruppi` - > :guilabel:`Utenti` - >" -" :guilabel:`Authorizzazioni`" +"andare nel menù Amministrazione, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Domini` - > :" +"guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Gruppi` - > :guilabel:`Utenti` - > :" +"guilabel:`Authorizzazioni`" #: ../../webtop.rst:347 msgid "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> " -":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Action` -" +"> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" msgstr "" -"aggiungere (+) -> :guilabel:`Servizio` -> " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Contesto` -> " -":guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Azione` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"aggiungere (+) -> :guilabel:`Servizio` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Contesto` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Azione` -" +"> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" #: ../../webtop.rst:348 msgid "click :guilabel:`OK` then :guilabel:`Save and exit`" @@ -17121,8 +17860,8 @@ msgid "" "You can manage the labels from the tools |tools| button icon at the top " "right corner." msgstr "" -"È possibile gestire le etichette tramite il pulsante |tools| nell'angolo " -"in alto a destra." +"È possibile gestire le etichette tramite il pulsante |tools| nell'angolo in " +"alto a destra." #: ../../webtop.rst:350 msgid "tools" @@ -17130,29 +17869,29 @@ msgstr "tools" #: ../../webtop.rst:354 msgid "" -"The same functionality can also be reached from the individual modules by" -" right-clicking -> :guilabel:`Labels` -> :guilabel:`Manage labels`." +"The same functionality can also be reached from the individual modules by " +"right-clicking -> :guilabel:`Labels` -> :guilabel:`Manage labels`." msgstr "" -"La stessa funzionalità può essere raggiunta anche dai singoli moduli " -"facendo clic con il tasto destro -> :guilabel: `Etichette` -> " -":guilabel:`Gestisci etichette`." +"La stessa funzionalità può essere raggiunta anche dai singoli moduli facendo " +"clic con il tasto destro -> :guilabel: `Etichette` -> :guilabel:`Gestisci " +"etichette`." #: ../../webtop.rst:356 msgid "" "Visibility can be set only during label creation. To change the label " "visibility you need to delete the label and create it again." msgstr "" -"La visibilità può essere impostata solo durante la creazione di " -"etichette. Per modificare la visibilità dell'etichetta è necessario " -"eliminare l'etichetta e crearla di nuovo." +"La visibilità può essere impostata solo durante la creazione di etichette. " +"Per modificare la visibilità dell'etichetta è necessario eliminare " +"l'etichetta e crearla di nuovo." #: ../../webtop.rst:358 msgid "" -"The created labels can be used in any other module like Mail, Address " -"Book, Calendar and Tasks." +"The created labels can be used in any other module like Mail, Address Book, " +"Calendar and Tasks." msgstr "" -"Le etichette create possono essere utilizzate in qualsiasi altro modulo " -"come Posta, Rubrica, Calendario e Attività." +"Le etichette create possono essere utilizzate in qualsiasi altro modulo come " +"Posta, Rubrica, Calendario e Attività." #: ../../webtop.rst:363 msgid "Custom fields" @@ -17169,11 +17908,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:367 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and " -"Tasks modules and are specific to each different module." +"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and Tasks " +"modules and are specific to each different module." msgstr "" -"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and " -"Tasks modules and are specific to each different module." +"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and Tasks " +"modules and are specific to each different module." #: ../../webtop.rst:369 #, fuzzy @@ -17188,12 +17927,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> " -":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> :guilabel:" +"`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" msgstr "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> " -":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> :guilabel:" +"`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" #: ../../webtop.rst:373 #, fuzzy @@ -17203,35 +17942,33 @@ msgstr "click :guilabel:`OK` then save and exit" #: ../../webtop.rst:375 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available" -" at the top right:" +"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available at " +"the top right:" msgstr "" -"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available" -" at the top right:" +"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available at " +"the top right:" #: ../../webtop.rst:379 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the " -":guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" +"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the :" +"guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" msgstr "" -"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the " -":guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" +"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the :" +"guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:383 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including " -"``-`` and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The " -":guilabel:`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the" -" :guilabel:`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along " -"with the field." +"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including ``-`` " +"and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The :guilabel:" +"`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the :guilabel:" +"`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along with the field." msgstr "" -"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including " -"``-`` and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The " -":guilabel:`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the" -" :guilabel:`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along " -"with the field." +"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including ``-`` " +"and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The :guilabel:" +"`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the :guilabel:" +"`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along with the field." #: ../../webtop.rst:387 #, fuzzy @@ -17241,64 +17978,64 @@ msgstr "For each field it is possible to enable two options:" #: ../../webtop.rst:389 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search" -" window (a new access will be required)" +":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search " +"window (a new access will be required)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search" -" window (a new access will be required)" +":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search " +"window (a new access will be required)" #: ../../webtop.rst:390 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of " -"a contact" +":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of a " +"contact" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of " -"a contact" +":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of a " +"contact" #: ../../webtop.rst:392 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available" -" for each type." +"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available " +"for each type." msgstr "" -"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available" -" for each type." +"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available " +"for each type." #: ../../webtop.rst:394 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values " -"to be selected:" +"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values to " +"be selected:" msgstr "" -"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values " -"to be selected:" +"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values to " +"be selected:" #: ../../webtop.rst:398 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to " -"create similar ones:" +"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to create " +"similar ones:" msgstr "" -"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to " -"create similar ones:" +"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to create " +"similar ones:" #: ../../webtop.rst:403 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create" -" up to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in " -"Address Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it " -"is necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a " -"dedicated license on `Nethesis shop `_" +"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create up " +"to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in Address " +"Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it is " +"necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a dedicated " +"license on `Nethesis shop `_" msgstr "" -"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create" -" up to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in " -"Address Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it " -"is necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a " -"dedicated license on `Nethesis shop `_" +"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create up " +"to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in Address " +"Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it is " +"necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a dedicated " +"license on `Nethesis shop `_" #: ../../webtop.rst:406 #, fuzzy @@ -17309,12 +18046,12 @@ msgstr "Searches on custom fields" #, fuzzy msgid "" "One of the best functionalities of custom fields is the possibility to " -"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option " -":guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." +"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option :" +"guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." msgstr "" "One of the best functionalities of custom fields is the possibility to " -"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option " -":guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." +"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option :" +"guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." #: ../../webtop.rst:412 #, fuzzy @@ -17324,11 +18061,11 @@ msgstr "Custom panels" #: ../../webtop.rst:414 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Custom panels display the :ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated " -"them with resources." +"Custom panels display the :ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated them " +"with resources." msgstr "" -"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated " -"them with resources." +"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated them " +"with resources." #: ../../webtop.rst:416 #, fuzzy @@ -17342,24 +18079,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:420 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the " -":guilabel:`Name` that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a " -":guilabel:`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." +"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the :guilabel:`Name` " +"that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a :guilabel:" +"`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." msgstr "" -"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the " -":guilabel:`Name` that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a " -":guilabel:`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." +"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the :guilabel:`Name` " +"that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a :guilabel:" +"`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." #: ../../webtop.rst:422 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using shared labels, you can easily assign panels to specific resource " -"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every" -" available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." +"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every " +"available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." msgstr "" "Using shared labels, you can easily assign panels to specific resource " -"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every" -" available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." +"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every " +"available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." #: ../../webtop.rst:425 #, fuzzy @@ -17374,42 +18111,42 @@ msgstr "Mailcards" #: ../../webtop.rst:430 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the " -"opportunity to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." +"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the opportunity " +"to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." msgstr "" -"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the " -"opportunity to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." +"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the opportunity " +"to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." #: ../../webtop.rst:432 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the" -" WebTop admin user like this:" +"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the " +"WebTop admin user like this:" msgstr "" -"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the" -" WebTop admin user like this:" +"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the " +"WebTop admin user like this:" #: ../../webtop.rst:436 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at " -"the bottom or simply via drag & drop." +"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at the " +"bottom or simply via drag & drop." msgstr "" -"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at " -"the bottom or simply via drag & drop." +"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at the " +"bottom or simply via drag & drop." #: ../../webtop.rst:440 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Remember that the public images inserted in the signature are actually " -"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the " -"server must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name " -"must be publicly resolvable." +"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the server " +"must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name must be " +"publicly resolvable." msgstr "" "Remember that the public images inserted in the signature are actually " -"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the " -"server must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name " -"must be publicly resolvable." +"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the server " +"must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name must be " +"publicly resolvable." #: ../../webtop.rst:443 #, fuzzy @@ -17423,31 +18160,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:445 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the " -"administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " -":guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " -"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " -"according to the key to be configured:" +"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the administration " +"panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :" +"guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and enter the data in the :" +"guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " +"configured:" msgstr "" -"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the " -"administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " -":guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " -"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " -"according to the key to be configured:" +"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the administration " +"panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :" +"guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and enter the data in the :" +"guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " +"configured:" #: ../../webtop.rst:447 #, fuzzy -msgid "``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" -msgstr "``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" +msgid "" +"``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" +msgstr "" +"``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" #: ../../webtop.rst:450 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To change the signature, each user can access the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" +"To change the signature, each user can access the :menuselection:`Settings --" +"> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" msgstr "" -"To change the signature, each user can access the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" +"To change the signature, each user can access the :menuselection:`Settings --" +"> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:454 #, fuzzy @@ -17457,26 +18196,24 @@ msgstr "You can use the uploaded image inside the mailcard with this button:" #: ../../webtop.rst:460 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail " -"address. Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use " -"the mailcard." +"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail address. " +"Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use the mailcard." msgstr "" -"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail " -"address. Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use " -"the mailcard." +"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail address. " +"Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use the mailcard." #: ../../webtop.rst:463 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( " -":menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user`" -" ) it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " +"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( :" +"menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user` ) " +"it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " "automatically set for all users who have not configured their personal " "mailcard:" msgstr "" -"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( " -":menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user`" -" ) it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " +"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( :" +"menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user` ) " +"it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " "automatically set for all users who have not configured their personal " "mailcard:" @@ -17488,22 +18225,20 @@ msgstr "Furthermore, it will also be possible to modify personal details:" #: ../../webtop.rst:471 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain " -"mailcard editor:" +"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain mailcard " +"editor:" msgstr "" -"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain " -"mailcard editor:" +"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain mailcard " +"editor:" #: ../../webtop.rst:475 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In this way it is possible to create a single mailcard that will be " -"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own " -"mailcard." +"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own mailcard." msgstr "" "In this way it is possible to create a single mailcard that will be " -"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own " -"mailcard." +"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own mailcard." #: ../../webtop.rst:478 #, fuzzy @@ -17513,11 +18248,11 @@ msgstr "Multiple mailcards" #: ../../webtop.rst:480 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each" -" user." +"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each " +"user." msgstr "" -"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each" -" user." +"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each " +"user." #: ../../webtop.rst:482 #, fuzzy @@ -17531,13 +18266,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail " -"--> Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the " -":guilabel:`edit mailcard` button" +"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> " +"Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the :guilabel:" +"`edit mailcard` button" msgstr "" -"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail " -"--> Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the " -":guilabel:`edit mailcard` button" +"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> " +"Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the :guilabel:" +"`edit mailcard` button" #: ../../webtop.rst:491 #, fuzzy @@ -17546,8 +18281,10 @@ msgstr "When finished, close the window and click YES:" #: ../../webtop.rst:495 #, fuzzy -msgid "to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" -msgstr "to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" +msgid "" +"to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" +msgstr "" +"to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" #: ../../webtop.rst:500 #, fuzzy @@ -17566,13 +18303,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:504 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` " -"menu, under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named " -":guilabel:`Show quick preview on message row`." +"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` menu, " +"under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named :guilabel:`Show quick " +"preview on message row`." msgstr "" -"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` " -"menu, under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named " -":guilabel:`Show quick preview on message row`." +"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` menu, " +"under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named :guilabel:`Show quick " +"preview on message row`." #: ../../webtop.rst:508 #, fuzzy @@ -17601,11 +18338,11 @@ msgstr "The system automatically creates a new special Archives folder" #: ../../webtop.rst:519 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon " -"login, it will appear at the first archiving." +"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon login, " +"it will appear at the first archiving." msgstr "" -"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon " -"login, it will appear at the first archiving." +"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon login, " +"it will appear at the first archiving." #: ../../webtop.rst:521 #, fuzzy @@ -17630,11 +18367,11 @@ msgstr "**By year / month:** a root for each year and month" #: ../../webtop.rst:529 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate" -" :guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" +"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate :" +"guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" msgstr "" -"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate" -" :guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" +"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate :" +"guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" #: ../../webtop.rst:533 #, fuzzy @@ -17647,8 +18384,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:537 #, fuzzy -msgid "The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." -msgstr "The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." +msgid "" +"The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." +msgstr "" +"The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." #: ../../webtop.rst:540 #, fuzzy @@ -17658,53 +18397,51 @@ msgstr "IMAP folders subscription" #: ../../webtop.rst:542 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed " -"and therefore visible since the first login." +"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed and " +"therefore visible since the first login." msgstr "" -"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed " -"and therefore visible since the first login." +"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed and " +"therefore visible since the first login." #: ../../webtop.rst:544 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to hide some folders from the view, which is equivalent to " -"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to " -"hide and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from " -"the list`." +"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to hide " +"and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from the list`." msgstr "" "If you want to hide some folders from the view, which is equivalent to " -"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to " -"hide and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from " -"the list`." +"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to hide " +"and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from the list`." #: ../../webtop.rst:547 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this " -"list, just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" +"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this list, " +"just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" msgstr "" -"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this " -"list, just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" +"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this list, " +"just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting " -"the :guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" +"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting the :" +"guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" msgstr "" -"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting " -"the :guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" +"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting the :" +"guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" #: ../../webtop.rst:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the " -":guilabel:`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden " -"folders and click on the icon on the left:" +"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the :guilabel:" +"`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden folders and " +"click on the icon on the left:" msgstr "" -"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the " -":guilabel:`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden " -"folders and click on the icon on the left:" +"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the :guilabel:" +"`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden folders and " +"click on the icon on the left:" #: ../../webtop.rst:561 #, fuzzy @@ -17714,37 +18451,37 @@ msgstr "Customize proactive security on emails" #: ../../webtop.rst:563 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible " -"security risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will " -"also be warned when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or " -"links contained in emails." +"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible security " +"risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will also be warned " +"when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or links contained in " +"emails." msgstr "" -"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible " -"security risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will " -"also be warned when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or " -"links contained in emails." +"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible security " +"risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will also be warned " +"when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or links contained in " +"emails." #: ../../webtop.rst:566 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and " -"the WebTop **admin**." +"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and the " +"WebTop **admin**." msgstr "" -"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and " -"the WebTop **admin**." +"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and the " +"WebTop **admin**." #: ../../webtop.rst:568 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it " -"is recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to " -"click directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the " -":guilabel:`Mark as trusted` entry." +"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it is " +"recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to click " +"directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the :guilabel:" +"`Mark as trusted` entry." msgstr "" -"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it " -"is recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to " -"click directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the " -":guilabel:`Mark as trusted` entry." +"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it is " +"recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to click " +"directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the :guilabel:" +"`Mark as trusted` entry." #: ../../webtop.rst:573 #, fuzzy @@ -17760,22 +18497,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:576 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of " -"the PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so," -" it is necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or " -"the group of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` " -"and for the ``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" +"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of the " +"PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so, it is " +"necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or the group " +"of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` and for the " +"``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" msgstr "" -"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of " -"the PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so," -" it is necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or " -"the group of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` " -"and for the ``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" +"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of the " +"PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so, it is " +"necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or the group " +"of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` and for the " +"``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" #: ../../webtop.rst:581 #, fuzzy msgid "Below is an explanation of every single entry available as ``Action`` :" -msgstr "Below is an explanation of every single entry available as ``Action`` :" +msgstr "" +"Below is an explanation of every single entry available as ``Action`` :" #: ../../webtop.rst:583 #, fuzzy @@ -17785,29 +18523,27 @@ msgstr "``DISABLED``: completely disables PAS" #: ../../webtop.rst:584 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the " -"sender’s domain" +"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the sender’s " +"domain" msgstr "" -"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the " -"sender’s domain" +"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the sender’s " +"domain" #: ../../webtop.rst:585 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my " -"domain" +"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my domain" msgstr "" -"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my " -"domain" +"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my domain" #: ../../webtop.rst:586 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my " -"contacts which are saved automatically" +"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my contacts " +"which are saved automatically" msgstr "" -"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my " -"contacts which are saved automatically" +"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my contacts " +"which are saved automatically" #: ../../webtop.rst:587 #, fuzzy @@ -17821,42 +18557,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:588 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns " -"in the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the" -" sender’s email address)" +"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns in " +"the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the " +"sender’s email address)" msgstr "" -"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns " -"in the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the" -" sender’s email address)" +"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns in " +"the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the " +"sender’s email address)" #: ../../webtop.rst:589 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``NO_UNSUBSCRIBE_DIRECTIVES_CHECK``: do not check the entry for the " -"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is " -"green)" +"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is green)" msgstr "" "``NO_UNSUBSCRIBE_DIRECTIVES_CHECK``: do not check the entry for the " -"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is " -"green)" +"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is green)" #: ../../webtop.rst:590 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with " -"the contact in my address book with the same email" +"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with the " +"contact in my address book with the same email" msgstr "" -"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with " -"the contact in my address book with the same email" +"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with the " +"contact in my address book with the same email" #: ../../webtop.rst:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score " -"displayed in the message header" +"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score displayed " +"in the message header" msgstr "" -"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score " -"displayed in the message header" +"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score displayed " +"in the message header" #: ../../webtop.rst:592 #, fuzzy @@ -17871,24 +18605,24 @@ msgstr "``NO_ZIP_CHECK``: do not give warning about zip attachments" #: ../../webtop.rst:595 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some" -" users who might not want all the actions to be active." +"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some " +"users who might not want all the actions to be active." msgstr "" -"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some" -" users who might not want all the actions to be active." +"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some " +"users who might not want all the actions to be active." #: ../../webtop.rst:597 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The administrator can also choose the list of **file extensions for " "attachments** which are considered a threat. As default, these are the " -"extensions that are considered dangerous: " -"``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js,jar``" +"extensions that are considered dangerous: ``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js," +"jar``" msgstr "" "The administrator can also choose the list of **file extensions for " "attachments** which are considered a threat. As default, these are the " -"extensions that are considered dangerous: " -"``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js,jar``" +"extensions that are considered dangerous: ``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js," +"jar``" #: ../../webtop.rst:600 #, fuzzy @@ -17908,11 +18642,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Key` = ``pas.dangerous.extensions``" #: ../../webtop.rst:605 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are" -" considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" +"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are " +"considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" msgstr "" -"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are" -" considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" +"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are " +"considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" #: ../../webtop.rst:607 #, fuzzy @@ -17931,22 +18665,22 @@ msgstr "Export events (CSV)" #: ../../webtop.rst:613 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click " -"on the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP " -"export (CSV)`" +"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click on " +"the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP export " +"(CSV)`" msgstr "" -"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click " -"on the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP " -"export (CSV)`" +"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click on " +"the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP export " +"(CSV)`" #: ../../webtop.rst:615 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export " -"into a CSV file." +"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export into " +"a CSV file." msgstr "" -"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export " -"into a CSV file." +"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export into " +"a CSV file." #: ../../webtop.rst:618 #, fuzzy @@ -17961,44 +18695,42 @@ msgstr "Quick view filters" #: ../../webtop.rst:623 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to " -"select the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to " -"today's activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" +"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to select " +"the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to today's " +"activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" msgstr "" -"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to " -"select the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to " -"today's activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" +"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to select " +"the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to today's " +"activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" #: ../../webtop.rst:628 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start " -"date up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to " -"today (inclusive)" +"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start date " +"up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to today " +"(inclusive)" msgstr "" -"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start " -"date up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to " -"today (inclusive)" +"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start date " +"up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to today " +"(inclusive)" #: ../../webtop.rst:629 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting " -"up to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to " -"now (inclusive)" +"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting up " +"to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to now " +"(inclusive)" msgstr "" -"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting " -"up to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to " -"now (inclusive)" +"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting up " +"to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to now " +"(inclusive)" #: ../../webtop.rst:631 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick " -"views:" +"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick views:" msgstr "" -"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick " -"views:" +"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick views:" #: ../../webtop.rst:635 #, fuzzy @@ -18021,31 +18753,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:637 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any " -"date range" +"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any date " +"range" msgstr "" -"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any " -"date range" +"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any date " +"range" #: ../../webtop.rst:638 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed " -"and start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first " -"instance of the series still to be completed is shown)" +"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed and " +"start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first instance of " +"the series still to be completed is shown)" msgstr "" -"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed " -"and start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first " -"instance of the series still to be completed is shown)" +"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed and " +"start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first instance of " +"the series still to be completed is shown)" #: ../../webtop.rst:639 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the " -"series icon main is shown)" +"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the series " +"icon main is shown)" msgstr "" -"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the " -"series icon main is shown)" +"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the series " +"icon main is shown)" #: ../../webtop.rst:642 #, fuzzy @@ -18065,22 +18797,22 @@ msgstr "Editing a recurring activity can be done in two different ways:" #: ../../webtop.rst:650 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view " -"other than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from" -" the recurrence and its icon will become this one:" +"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view other " +"than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from the " +"recurrence and its icon will become this one:" msgstr "" -"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view " -"other than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from" -" the recurrence and its icon will become this one:" +"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view other " +"than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from the " +"recurrence and its icon will become this one:" #: ../../webtop.rst:655 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or" -" by using the following button on the single task already open:" +"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or by " +"using the following button on the single task already open:" msgstr "" -"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or" -" by using the following button on the single task already open:" +"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or by " +"using the following button on the single task already open:" #: ../../webtop.rst:660 #, fuzzy @@ -18090,28 +18822,26 @@ msgstr "Sub-tasks" #: ../../webtop.rst:662 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one " -"Master/Slave level only) simply by using the right button and selecting " -":guilabel:`Add sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master " -"and in the slave, a link is available at the bottom right to open the " -"related tasks:" +"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one Master/Slave " +"level only) simply by using the right button and selecting :guilabel:`Add " +"sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master and in the slave, a " +"link is available at the bottom right to open the related tasks:" msgstr "" -"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one " -"Master/Slave level only) simply by using the right button and selecting " -":guilabel:`Add sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master " -"and in the slave, a link is available at the bottom right to open the " -"related tasks:" +"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one Master/Slave " +"level only) simply by using the right button and selecting :guilabel:`Add " +"sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master and in the slave, a " +"link is available at the bottom right to open the related tasks:" #: ../../webtop.rst:667 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click" -" -> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities" -" through an option active by default." +"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click -" +"> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities " +"through an option active by default." msgstr "" -"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click" -" -> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities" -" through an option active by default." +"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click -" +"> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities " +"through an option active by default." #: ../../webtop.rst:670 #, fuzzy @@ -18135,22 +18865,22 @@ msgstr "Nextcloud integration" #: ../../webtop.rst:680 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been " -"installed from the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been installed " +"from the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been " -"installed from the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been installed " +"from the :ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../webtop.rst:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable " -"it, use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop " -"admin password" +"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable it, " +"use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop admin " +"password" msgstr "" -"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable " -"it, use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop " -"admin password" +"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable it, " +"use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop admin " +"password" #: ../../webtop.rst:686 #, fuzzy @@ -18174,11 +18904,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:696 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` " -"and ``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" +"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` and " +"``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" msgstr "" -"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` " -"and ``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" +"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` and " +"``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" #: ../../webtop.rst:703 #, fuzzy @@ -18202,13 +18932,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:712 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud " -"resource by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then " -":guilabel:`Add resource` in this way:" +"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud resource " +"by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then :guilabel:`Add " +"resource` in this way:" msgstr "" -"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud " -"resource by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then " -":guilabel:`Add resource` in this way:" +"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud resource " +"by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then :guilabel:`Add " +"resource` in this way:" #: ../../webtop.rst:716 #, fuzzy @@ -18218,30 +18948,28 @@ msgstr "A pre-filled wizard will open:" #: ../../webtop.rst:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access " -"to the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the " -"public link to the shared files" +"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access to " +"the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the public " +"link to the shared files" msgstr "" -"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access " -"to the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the " -"public link to the shared files" +"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access to " +"the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the public " +"link to the shared files" #: ../../webtop.rst:727 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. " -"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from " -"`/nextcloud/remote.php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that " -"`/nextcloud` prefix has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of" -" the custom virtual host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. " -"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." +"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. ``nextcloud." +"mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from `/nextcloud/remote." +"php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that `/nextcloud` prefix " +"has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of the custom virtual " +"host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. ``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." msgstr "" -"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. " -"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from " -"`/nextcloud/remote.php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that " -"`/nextcloud` prefix has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of" -" the custom virtual host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. " -"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." +"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. ``nextcloud." +"mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from `/nextcloud/remote." +"php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that `/nextcloud` prefix " +"has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of the custom virtual " +"host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. ``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." #: ../../webtop.rst:729 #, fuzzy @@ -18256,11 +18984,11 @@ msgstr "Personal Cloud" #: ../../webtop.rst:734 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via " -"web links." +"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via web " +"links." msgstr "" -"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via " -"web links." +"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via web " +"links." #: ../../webtop.rst:737 #, fuzzy @@ -18275,11 +19003,11 @@ msgstr "To create the link, select the button at the top right:" #: ../../webtop.rst:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to" -" set the deadline." +"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to " +"set the deadline." msgstr "" -"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to" -" set the deadline." +"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to " +"set the deadline." #: ../../webtop.rst:747 #, fuzzy @@ -18313,11 +19041,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:766 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. " -"The link will be automatically inserted into the message:" +"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. The " +"link will be automatically inserted into the message:" msgstr "" -"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. " -"The link will be automatically inserted into the message:" +"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. The " +"link will be automatically inserted into the message:" #: ../../webtop.rst:770 #, fuzzy @@ -18327,20 +19055,18 @@ msgstr "A request email will be sent to upload the document to the Cloud:" #: ../../webtop.rst:774 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be " -"uploaded:" +"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be uploaded:" msgstr "" -"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be " -"uploaded:" +"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be uploaded:" #: ../../webtop.rst:778 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud -->" -" Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" +"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud --> " +"Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" msgstr "" -"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud -->" -" Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" +"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud --> " +"Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" #: ../../webtop.rst:785 #, fuzzy @@ -18350,7 +19076,8 @@ msgstr "Chat integration" #: ../../webtop.rst:787 #, fuzzy msgid "Web chat integration installation is disabled by default for all users." -msgstr "Web chat integration installation is disabled by default for all users." +msgstr "" +"Web chat integration installation is disabled by default for all users." #: ../../webtop.rst:789 #, fuzzy @@ -18359,9 +19086,11 @@ msgstr "To enable chat integration:" #: ../../webtop.rst:791 msgid "" -"Install the \"Ejabberd\" application from the ``Software center`` page " -"See :ref:`install-applications` and :ref:`ejabberd-section`." +"Install the \"Ejabberd\" application from the ``Software center`` page See :" +"ref:`install-applications` and :ref:`ejabberd-section`." msgstr "" +"Installare l'applicazione \"Ejabberd\" dal ``Software center` `` pagina " +"Vedere :ref:`install-applications` e :ref:`ejabberd-section`." #: ../../webtop.rst:794 msgid "" @@ -18377,20 +19106,20 @@ msgstr "Access WebTop as admin user then enable the web chat authorization:" #: ../../webtop.rst:799 ../../webtop.rst:812 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains " -"--> NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" +"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains --> " +"NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" msgstr "" -"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains " -"--> NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" +"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains --> " +"NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" #: ../../webtop.rst:800 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" -" --> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" +"> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" msgstr "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" -" --> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" +"> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" #: ../../webtop.rst:801 ../../webtop.rst:814 #, fuzzy @@ -18407,19 +19136,19 @@ msgstr "Jitsi integration" msgid "" "With this integration it is possible to start a new video conference and " "send the invitation via email, or schedule one by creating the event " -"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary " -"to configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would " -"like to use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global" -" settings `_" +"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary to " +"configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would like to " +"use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global settings " +"`_" msgstr "" "With this integration it is possible to start a new video conference and " "send the invitation via email, or schedule one by creating the event " -"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary " -"to configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would " -"like to use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global" -" settings `_" +"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary to " +"configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would like to " +"use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global settings " +"`_" #: ../../webtop.rst:809 #, fuzzy @@ -18435,11 +19164,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:813 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" -" --> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" +"> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" msgstr "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" -" --> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" +"> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" #: ../../webtop.rst:816 #, fuzzy @@ -18477,11 +19206,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:830 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start " -"immediately (instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." +"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start immediately " +"(instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." msgstr "" -"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start " -"immediately (instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." +"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start immediately " +"(instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." #: ../../webtop.rst:832 #, fuzzy @@ -18500,46 +19229,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:837 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this " -"case an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be" -" copied (e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this case " +"an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be copied " +"(e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this " -"case an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be" -" copied (e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this case " +"an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be copied " +"(e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" #: ../../webtop.rst:838 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be " -"asked if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, " -"which will then be inserted in the newly generated email:" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be asked " +"if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, which will " +"then be inserted in the newly generated email:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be " -"asked if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, " -"which will then be inserted in the newly generated email:" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be asked " +"if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, which will " +"then be inserted in the newly generated email:" #: ../../webtop.rst:842 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case " -"you will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time " -"of the meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to " -"invite other participants." +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case you " +"will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time of the " +"meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to invite " +"other participants." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case " -"you will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time " -"of the meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to " -"invite other participants." +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case you " +"will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time of the " +"meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to invite " +"other participants." #: ../../webtop.rst:844 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the " -"buttons that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" +"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the buttons " +"that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" msgstr "" -"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the " -"buttons that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" +"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the buttons " +"that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" #: ../../webtop.rst:850 #, fuzzy @@ -18549,17 +19278,15 @@ msgstr "Third-party video calls" #: ../../webtop.rst:852 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition" -" to Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add " -"additional platforms through a `global setting " -"`_." +"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition to " +"Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add additional " +"platforms through a `global setting `_." msgstr "" -"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition" -" to Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add " -"additional platforms through a `global setting " -"`_." +"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition to " +"Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add additional " +"platforms through a `global setting `_." #: ../../webtop.rst:857 #, fuzzy @@ -18582,30 +19309,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:862 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API " -"keys (``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " -"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here " -"`_ ." +"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API keys " +"(``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " +"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here `_ ." msgstr "" -"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API " -"keys (``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " -"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here " -"`_ ." +"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API keys " +"(``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " +"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here `_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:865 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> " -":guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the data in the " -":guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " -"configured:" +"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties " +"(system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " +"(WebTop)` and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` " +"fields according to the key to be configured:" msgstr "" -"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> " -":guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the data in the " -":guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " -"configured:" +"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties " +"(system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " +"(WebTop)` and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` " +"fields according to the key to be configured:" #: ../../webtop.rst:867 #, fuzzy @@ -18630,35 +19355,33 @@ msgstr "``sms.sender`` = (default optional)" #: ../../webtop.rst:875 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default " -"sender when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 " -"characters) or a text (max 11 characters)." +"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default sender " +"when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 characters) or " +"a text (max 11 characters)." msgstr "" -"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default " -"sender when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 " -"characters) or a text (max 11 characters)." +"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default sender " +"when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 characters) or " +"a text (max 11 characters)." #: ../../webtop.rst:880 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through " -"its settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and" -" SMS` -> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default" -" sender`" +"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through its " +"settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and SMS` -" +"> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default sender`" msgstr "" -"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through " -"its settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and" -" SMS` -> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default" -" sender`" +"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through its " +"settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and SMS` -" +"> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default sender`" #: ../../webtop.rst:882 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has " -"the mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" +"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has the " +"mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" msgstr "" -"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has " -"the mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" +"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has the " +"mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" #: ../../webtop.rst:885 #, fuzzy @@ -18677,13 +19400,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:890 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and " -"select -> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> " -":guilabel:`Launcher` :" +"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and select -" +"> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Launcher` :" msgstr "" -"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and " -"select -> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> " -":guilabel:`Launcher` :" +"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and select -" +"> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Launcher` :" #: ../../webtop.rst:895 #, fuzzy @@ -18712,26 +19433,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:901 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the " -"icon on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards " -"images. Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> " -":guilabel:`Public Images`, then insert a URL like " -"``https:///webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." +"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the icon " +"on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards images. " +"Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> :guilabel:" +"`Public Images`, then insert a URL like ``https:///" +"webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." msgstr "" -"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the " -"icon on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards " -"images. Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> " -":guilabel:`Public Images`, then insert a URL like " -"``https:///webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." +"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the icon " +"on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards images. " +"Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> :guilabel:" +"`Public Images`, then insert a URL like ``https:///" +"webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." #: ../../webtop.rst:906 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next" -" login." +"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next " +"login." msgstr "" -"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next" -" login." +"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next " +"login." #: ../../webtop.rst:910 #, fuzzy @@ -18765,11 +19486,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:921 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only " -"when the browser is in the background" +":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only when " +"the browser is in the background" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only " -"when the browser is in the background" +":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only when " +"the browser is in the background" #: ../../webtop.rst:923 #, fuzzy @@ -18779,11 +19500,11 @@ msgstr "Make sure to allow notifications inside your browser." #: ../../webtop.rst:925 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just " -"click on the appropriate button:" +"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just click " +"on the appropriate button:" msgstr "" -"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just " -"click on the appropriate button:" +"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just click " +"on the appropriate button:" #: ../../webtop.rst:931 #, fuzzy @@ -18793,11 +19514,11 @@ msgstr "External IMAP accounts (Beta)" #: ../../webtop.rst:933 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can " -"have a maximum of 3 external accounts." +"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can have " +"a maximum of 3 external accounts." msgstr "" -"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can " -"have a maximum of 3 external accounts." +"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can have " +"a maximum of 3 external accounts." #: ../../webtop.rst:936 #, fuzzy @@ -18816,16 +19537,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:939 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail`" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop." +"mail`" msgstr "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail`" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop." +"mail`" #: ../../webtop.rst:940 #, fuzzy msgid "Create a new key named ``external-account.enabled`` with value ``true``" -msgstr "Create a new key named ``external-account.enabled`` with value ``true``" +msgstr "" +"Create a new key named ``external-account.enabled`` with value ``true``" #: ../../webtop.rst:941 #, fuzzy @@ -18850,11 +19572,11 @@ msgstr "Action: ``CHANGE``" #: ../../webtop.rst:947 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the " -":guilabel:`Settings` section." +"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the :" +"guilabel:`Settings` section." msgstr "" -"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the " -":guilabel:`Settings` section." +"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the :" +"guilabel:`Settings` section." #: ../../webtop.rst:950 #, fuzzy @@ -18864,11 +19586,11 @@ msgstr "Subscribing remote resources" #: ../../webtop.rst:952 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts " -"(directory) using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." +"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts (directory) " +"using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." msgstr "" -"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts " -"(directory) using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." +"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts (directory) " +"using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." #: ../../webtop.rst:955 #, fuzzy @@ -18878,26 +19600,24 @@ msgstr "Remote calendars" #: ../../webtop.rst:957 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click " -"the right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet " -"Calendar`. Two types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS " -"format) and CalDAV." +"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click the " +"right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet Calendar`. Two " +"types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS format) and CalDAV." msgstr "" -"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click " -"the right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet " -"Calendar`. Two types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS " -"format) and CalDAV." +"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click the " +"right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet Calendar`. Two " +"types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS format) and CalDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:963 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization of Webcal calendars (ICS) is always done by downloading " -"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences" -" are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" +"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences " +"are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" msgstr "" "Synchronization of Webcal calendars (ICS) is always done by downloading " -"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences" -" are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" +"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences " +"are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" #: ../../webtop.rst:966 #, fuzzy @@ -18907,46 +19627,40 @@ msgstr "Example of Google Cal remote calendar (Webcal only - ICS)" #: ../../webtop.rst:968 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: " -":guilabel:`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in " -"iCal format`" +"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: :guilabel:" +"`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in iCal format`" msgstr "" -"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: " -":guilabel:`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in " -"iCal format`" +"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: :guilabel:" +"`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in iCal format`" #: ../../webtop.rst:970 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied " -"URL without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the " -"wizard." +"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied URL " +"without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the wizard." msgstr "" -"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied " -"URL without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the " -"wizard." +"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied URL " +"without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the wizard." #: ../../webtop.rst:972 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change" -" the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." +"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change " +"the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." msgstr "" -"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change" -" the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." +"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change " +"the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." #: ../../webtop.rst:976 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If " -"you receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources " -"you need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate " -"attempt." +"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If you " +"receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources you " +"need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate attempt." msgstr "" -"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If " -"you receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources " -"you need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate " -"attempt." +"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If you " +"receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources you " +"need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate attempt." #: ../../webtop.rst:980 #, fuzzy @@ -18966,48 +19680,48 @@ msgstr "Steps:" #: ../../webtop.rst:987 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on " -":guilabel:`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and " -"enter a URL of this type in step 1 of the wizard: " -"``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/``" -" Replace the ``X`` with your GMail account" +"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on :guilabel:" +"`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and enter a URL of " +"this type in step 1 of the wizard: ``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/" +"principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/`` Replace the ``X`` with your " +"GMail account" msgstr "" -"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on " -":guilabel:`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and " -"enter a URL of this type in step 1 of the wizard: " -"``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/``" -" Replace the ``X`` with your GMail account" +"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on :guilabel:" +"`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and enter a URL of " +"this type in step 1 of the wizard: ``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/" +"principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/`` Replace the ``X`` with your " +"GMail account" #: ../../webtop.rst:991 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address " -"of gmail):" +"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address of " +"gmail):" msgstr "" -"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address " -"of gmail):" +"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address of " +"gmail):" #: ../../webtop.rst:995 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving " -"the possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " +"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving the " +"possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " "synchronization" msgstr "" -"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving " -"the possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " +"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving the " +"possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " "synchronization" #: ../../webtop.rst:997 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You must enable the synchronization into your Google account and enable " -"access for `App Password " -"`_." +"access for `App Password `_." msgstr "" "You must enable the synchronization into your Google account and enable " -"access for `App Password " -"`_." +"access for `App Password `_." #: ../../webtop.rst:999 #, fuzzy @@ -19026,17 +19740,17 @@ msgstr "Automatic synchronization" #: ../../webtop.rst:1004 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals:" -" 15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in " -"the creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-" -"click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, " -":guilabel:`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" +"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals: " +"15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in the " +"creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-click on " +"the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, :guilabel:" +"`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" msgstr "" -"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals:" -" 15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in " -"the creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-" -"click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, " -":guilabel:`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" +"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals: " +"15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in the " +"creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-click on " +"the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, :guilabel:" +"`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" #: ../../webtop.rst:1011 msgid "Manual synchronization" @@ -19047,26 +19761,25 @@ msgid "" "To update a remote address book, for example, click on it with the right " "mouse button and then select the item \"Synchronize\":" msgstr "" -"Per aggiornare una rubrica remota, ad esempio, fare clic su di essa con " -"il pulsante destro del mouse e quindi selezionare \"Sincronizza\":" +"Per aggiornare una rubrica remota, ad esempio, fare clic su di essa con il " +"pulsante destro del mouse e quindi selezionare \"Sincronizza\":" #: ../../webtop.rst:1017 msgid "" -"For CardDAV address books, as well as for remote CalDAV calendars, you " -"can select whether to perform a full synchronization or only for changes." -" To do this, right-click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), " -":guilabel:`Edit Category`:" +"For CardDAV address books, as well as for remote CalDAV calendars, you can " +"select whether to perform a full synchronization or only for changes. To do " +"this, right-click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit " +"Category`:" msgstr "" "Per le rubriche CardDAV, così come per i calendari di CalDAV remoti, è " -"possibile selezionare se eseguire una sincronizzazione completa o solo " -"per le modifiche. Per fare questo, fare clic con il pulsante destro del " -"mouse sulla rubrica (o sul calendario), :guilabel:`Modifica categoria`:" +"possibile selezionare se eseguire una sincronizzazione completa o solo per " +"le modifiche. Per fare questo, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse " +"sulla rubrica (o sul calendario), :guilabel:`Modifica categoria`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1022 msgid "Select the desired mode next to the synchronization button:" msgstr "" -"Selezionare la modalità desiderata accanto al pulsante di " -"sincronizzazione:" +"Selezionare la modalità desiderata accanto al pulsante di sincronizzazione:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1027 msgid "User access and user session logs" @@ -19074,23 +19787,21 @@ msgstr "Accesso utente e log di sessione utenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:1029 msgid "" -"The table showing the entire log of accesses and sessions for each user " -"is available under the administrator panel. Access the " -":guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :guilabel:`Domains` --> " -":guilabel:`NethServer` --> :guilabel:`Audit (domain)` --> " -":guilabel:`Access log`." +"The table showing the entire log of accesses and sessions for each user is " +"available under the administrator panel. Access the :guilabel:" +"`Administration` menu, then :guilabel:`Domains` --> :guilabel:`NethServer` --" +"> :guilabel:`Audit (domain)` --> :guilabel:`Access log`." msgstr "" "La tabella che mostra l'intero registro di accessi e sessioni per ogni " -"utente è disponibile sotto il pannello di amministratore. Accedere al " -"menu: `Amministrazione`, poi :guilabel:`Domini` --> " -":guilabel:`NethServer` --> :guilabel:`Audit (dominio)` --> :guilabel:`Log" -" accessi`." +"utente è disponibile sotto il pannello di amministratore. Accedere al menu: " +"`Amministrazione`, poi :guilabel:`Domini` --> :guilabel:`NethServer` --> :" +"guilabel:`Audit (dominio)` --> :guilabel:`Log accessi`." #: ../../webtop.rst:1032 msgid "" -"For each access, the table reports the following data in columns: session" -" ID, user name, date and time, session duration, authentication status " -"and any login errors." +"For each access, the table reports the following data in columns: session " +"ID, user name, date and time, session duration, authentication status and " +"any login errors." msgstr "" "Per ogni accesso, la tabella riporta i seguenti dati nelle colonne: ID " "sessione, nome utente, data e ora, durata della sessione, stato di " @@ -19098,24 +19809,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1034 msgid "" -"You can enable public IP geolocation. First, you need to register an " -"account on `ipstack `_ and obtain the ``API KEY`` " -"to insert in the configuration db." +"You can enable public IP geolocation. First, you need to register an account " +"on `ipstack `_ and obtain the ``API KEY`` to insert in " +"the configuration db." msgstr "" -"È possibile abilitare la geolocalizzazione IP pubblica. In primo luogo, è" -" necessario registrare un account su `ipstack `_ e " +"È possibile abilitare la geolocalizzazione IP pubblica. In primo luogo, è " +"necessario registrare un account su `ipstack `_ e " "ottenere la ``API KEY`` da inserire nel db di configurazione." #: ../../webtop.rst:1036 msgid "" -"Login to the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Property (system)` -> " -":guilabel:`add` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> enter " -"the following data in the fields :guilabel:`Key` e :guilabel:`Value` :" +"Login to the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Property (system)` -> :" +"guilabel:`add` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> enter the " +"following data in the fields :guilabel:`Key` e :guilabel:`Value` :" msgstr "" -"Login al pannello di amministrazione -> :guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema)` " -"-> :guilabel:`aggiungi` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` " -"-> inserire i seguenti dati nei campi :guilabel:`Chiave` e " -":guilabel:`Valore` :" +"Login al pannello di amministrazione -> :guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema)` -> :" +"guilabel:`aggiungi` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> " +"inserire i seguenti dati nei campi :guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel:`Valore` :" #: ../../webtop.rst:1038 msgid "``geolocation.provider`` = ``ipstack``" @@ -19127,11 +19837,11 @@ msgstr "``geolocation.ipstack.apikey`` = ````" #: ../../webtop.rst:1041 msgid "" -"Then, logout and a login again. To show the IP geolocation please click " -"on the icon at the far right of the row:" +"Then, logout and a login again. To show the IP geolocation please click on " +"the icon at the far right of the row:" msgstr "" -"Poi, logout e un nuovo login. Per mostrare la geolocalizzazione IP " -"cliccare sull'icona all'estrema destra della riga:" +"Poi, logout e un nuovo login. Per mostrare la geolocalizzazione IP cliccare " +"sull'icona all'estrema destra della riga:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1045 msgid "**Impersonate login**" @@ -19139,9 +19849,9 @@ msgstr "**Impersonate login**" #: ../../webtop.rst:1047 msgid "" -"By default, the logins made through impersonate (``admin!``) are " -"not shown in the access logs table. In order to also add this type of " -"access, you need to add the following key for the core service:" +"By default, the logins made through impersonate (``admin!``) are not " +"shown in the access logs table. In order to also add this type of access, " +"you need to add the following key for the core service:" msgstr "" "Per impostazione predefinita, i login effettuati tramite impersonate " "(``admin!``) non vengono visualizzati nella tabella dei log di " @@ -19174,18 +19884,17 @@ msgid "" "unintentional false positives on first login." msgstr "" "Per impostazione predefinita, per evitare troppi falsi positivi non " -"intenzionali sul primo login, questa funzione è disabilitata per tutti " -"gli utenti." +"intenzionali sul primo login, questa funzione è disabilitata per tutti gli " +"utenti." #: ../../webtop.rst:1060 msgid "" -"You can `customize this feature " -"`_ by " -"accessing the administrator panel." +"You can `customize this feature `_ by accessing the administrator panel." msgstr "" -"È possibile `personalizzare questa funzione " -"`_ " -"accedendo al pannello di amministratore." +"È possibile `personalizzare questa funzione `_ accedendo al pannello di " +"amministratore." #: ../../webtop.rst:1064 msgid "" @@ -19206,8 +19915,8 @@ msgstr "Ci sono limiti predefiniti relativi alla dimensione massima del file:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1071 msgid "Maximum file size for chat uploads (internal default = 10 MB)" msgstr "" -"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload di chat (impostazione " -"predefinita interna = 10 MB)" +"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload di chat (impostazione predefinita " +"interna = 10 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1072 msgid "Maximum file size single message attachment (internal default = 10 MB)" @@ -19216,28 +19925,28 @@ msgstr "" "predefinita interna = 10 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1073 -msgid "Maximum file size for cloud internal uploads (internal default = 500 MB)" +msgid "" +"Maximum file size for cloud internal uploads (internal default = 500 MB)" msgstr "" -"Dimensione massima del file per caricamenti interni nel cloud " -"(impostazione predefinita interna = 500 MB)" +"Dimensione massima del file per caricamenti interni nel cloud (impostazione " +"predefinita interna = 500 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1074 msgid "Maximum file size for cloud public uploads (internal default = 100 MB)" msgstr "" -"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload pubblici nel cloud " -"(impostazione predefinita interna = 100 MB)" +"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload pubblici nel cloud (impostazione " +"predefinita interna = 100 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1076 msgid "" "To change these default values for all users, the following keys can be " -"added via the admin interface: :guilabel:`Properties (system) -> Add`. " -"The value must be expressed in ``bytes``. Example: ``10MB = 10485760 " -"bytes``." +"added via the admin interface: :guilabel:`Properties (system) -> Add`. The " +"value must be expressed in ``bytes``. Example: ``10MB = 10485760 bytes``." msgstr "" -"Per modificare questi valori predefiniti per tutti gli utenti, le " -"seguenti chiavi possono essere aggiunte tramite l'interfaccia di " -"amministrazione: :guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema) `-> `Aggiungi`. Il valore" -" deve essere espresso in ``bytes``. Esempio: ``10MB = 10485760 bytes``." +"Per modificare questi valori predefiniti per tutti gli utenti, le seguenti " +"chiavi possono essere aggiunte tramite l'interfaccia di amministrazione: :" +"guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema) `-> `Aggiungi`. Il valore deve essere espresso " +"in ``bytes``. Esempio: ``10MB = 10485760 bytes``." #: ../../webtop.rst:1079 msgid "**Maximum file size for chat uploads**" @@ -19289,11 +19998,10 @@ msgstr "Importa contatti e calendari" #: ../../webtop.rst:1103 msgid "" -"WebTop supports importing contacts and calendars from various file " -"formats." +"WebTop supports importing contacts and calendars from various file formats." msgstr "" -"WebTop supporta l'importazione di contatti e calendari da vari formati di" -" file." +"WebTop supporta l'importazione di contatti e calendari da vari formati di " +"file." #: ../../webtop.rst:1106 msgid "Contacts" @@ -19325,24 +20033,23 @@ msgstr "Per importare contatti:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1118 msgid "" -"right click on the target phone book, then select :guilabel:`Import " -"contacts`" +"right click on the target phone book, then select :guilabel:`Import contacts`" msgstr "" "cliccare a destra sulla rubrica, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Importare " "contatti`" #: ../../webtop.rst:1122 msgid "" -"select the import format and make sure that the fields on the file match " -"the ones available on WebTop" +"select the import format and make sure that the fields on the file match the " +"ones available on WebTop" msgstr "" -"selezionare il formato di importazione e assicurarsi che i campi sul file" -" corrispondono a quelli disponibili su WebTop" +"selezionare il formato di importazione e assicurarsi che i campi sul file " +"corrispondono a quelli disponibili su WebTop" #: ../../webtop.rst:1126 msgid "" -"If you are importing a phone book exported from Outlook, make sure to set" -" :guilabel:`Text qualifier` to ``\"`` value." +"If you are importing a phone book exported from Outlook, make sure to set :" +"guilabel:`Text qualifier` to ``\"`` value." msgstr "" "Se si sta importando una rubrica esportata da Outlook, assicurarsi di " "impostare :guilabel:`Testo qualificante` come ``\"`` valore." @@ -19354,18 +20061,19 @@ msgstr "Calendari" #: ../../webtop.rst:1134 msgid "Supported calendar format: iCalendar (\\*.ics, \\*.ical, \\*.icalendar)" msgstr "" -"Formati di calendario supportati: iCalendar (\\*.ics, \\*.ical, " -"\\*.icalendar)" +"Formati di calendario supportati: iCalendar (\\*.ics, \\*.ical, \\*." +"icalendar)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1136 msgid "To import events:" msgstr "Per importare eventi:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1138 -msgid "right click on the target calendar, then select :guilabel:`Import events`" +msgid "" +"right click on the target calendar, then select :guilabel:`Import events`" msgstr "" -"cliccare a destra sul calendario di destinazione, quindi selezionare " -":guilabel:`Importa eventi`" +"cliccare a destra sul calendario di destinazione, quindi selezionare :" +"guilabel:`Importa eventi`" #: ../../webtop.rst:1142 msgid "select the import format" @@ -19373,12 +20081,12 @@ msgstr "selezionare il formato di importazione" #: ../../webtop.rst:1146 msgid "" -"then choose if you want to delete all existing events and import new " -"ones, or just append imported data to existing calendar events" +"then choose if you want to delete all existing events and import new ones, " +"or just append imported data to existing calendar events" msgstr "" "quindi scegliere se si desidera eliminare tutti gli eventi esistenti e " -"importare nuovi, o semplicemente aggiungere i dati importati agli eventi " -"di calendario esistenti" +"importare nuovi, o semplicemente aggiungere i dati importati agli eventi di " +"calendario esistenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:1152 msgid "Mail composer customization" @@ -19390,17 +20098,17 @@ msgstr "Nascondere il destinatario auto suggerito" #: ../../webtop.rst:1157 msgid "" -"You can disable the suggestion of automatically saved addresses. Access " -"the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " -":guilabel:`Add` ->, select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` " -"and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " -"according to the key to be configured:" +"You can disable the suggestion of automatically saved addresses. Access the " +"web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:" +"`Add` ->, select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the " +"data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the " +"key to be configured:" msgstr "" "È possibile disabilitare il suggerimento degli indirizzi salvati " -"automaticamente. Accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> " -":guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` ->, selezionare " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` e inserire i dati in " -":guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel:`Valore` secondo la chiave da configurare:" +"automaticamente. Accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> :guilabel:" +"`Proprietà (sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` ->, selezionare :guilabel:`com." +"sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` e inserire i dati in :guilabel:`Chiave` e :" +"guilabel:`Valore` secondo la chiave da configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1161 msgid "``recipient.provider.auto.enabled`` = false (default is true)" @@ -19413,17 +20121,16 @@ msgstr "Modificare oggetto di una mail e salvare" #: ../../webtop.rst:1166 msgid "" "To enable the modification of the subject for received and sent emails, " -"access the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` ->" -" :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and" -" enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " -"according to the key to be configured:" +"access the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :" +"guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " +"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according " +"to the key to be configured:" msgstr "" "Per consentire la modifica dell'oggetto sulle e-mail ricevute o inviate, " "accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> :guilabel:`Proprietà " -"(sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` -> selezionare " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` e inserire i dati nel " -":guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel: `Valore` campi secondo la chiave da " -"configurare:" +"(sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` -> selezionare :guilabel:`com.sonicle." +"webtop.mail (Mail)` e inserire i dati nel :guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel: " +"`Valore` campi secondo la chiave da configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1168 msgid "``message.edit.subject`` = true (default is false)" @@ -19436,45 +20143,62 @@ msgstr "Eliminare gli indirizzi email suggeriti automaticamente" #: ../../webtop.rst:1173 msgid "" "When compiling the recipient of a mail, some automatically saved email " -"addresses are suggested. If you need to delete someone because it is " -"wrong, move with the arrow keys until you select the one you want to " -"delete (without clicking on it), then delete it with :guilabel:`Shift + " -"Canc`" +"addresses are suggested. If you need to delete someone because it is wrong, " +"move with the arrow keys until you select the one you want to delete " +"(without clicking on it), then delete it with :guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" msgstr "" "Quando si compila il destinatario di una mail, vengono suggeriti alcuni " "indirizzi e-mail salvati automaticamente. Se è necessario eliminarne " -"qualcuno errato, passare con i tasti freccia fino a selezionare quello " -"che si desidera eliminare (senza fare clic su di esso), quindi " -"cancellarlo con :guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" +"qualcuno errato, passare con i tasti freccia fino a selezionare quello che " +"si desidera eliminare (senza fare clic su di esso), quindi cancellarlo con :" +"guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" #: ../../webtop.rst:1180 msgid "PEC Bridge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PECO Ponte" #: ../../webtop.rst:1186 msgid "" "PEC (Posta Elettronica Certificata) is widely used in Italy as a virtual " "substitute for registered mail, as it holds the same legal validity." msgstr "" +"PEC (Posta Elettronica Certificata) è ampiamente utilizzato in Italia come " +"sostituto virtuale per posta raccomandata, in quanto detiene la stessa " +"validità legale." #: ../../webtop.rst:1189 msgid "" -"PEC Bridge is a WebTop feature that integrates external PEC mailboxes " -"with WebTop." +"PEC Bridge is a WebTop feature that integrates external PEC mailboxes with " +"WebTop." msgstr "" +"PECO Bridge è una funzione WebTop che integra caselle di posta PEC esterne " +"con WebTop." #: ../../webtop.rst:1192 msgid "" "If your system has an active :ref:`Subscription ` " -"under the Nethesis Enterprise plan, you can purchase a PEC Bridge license" -" through the `NethService category`_ in the Nethesis online shop." +"under the Nethesis Enterprise plan, you can purchase a PEC Bridge license " +"through the `NethService category`_ in the Nethesis online shop." msgstr "" +"Se il sistema ha un attivo :ref:`Subscription ` sotto " +"il piano Nethesis Enterprise, è possibile acquistare una licenza PEC Bridge " +"attraverso la categoria `NethService`_ nel negozio online Nethesis." #: ../../webtop.rst:1198 msgid "" "Once the purchase is completed, Nethesis will provide instructions to " "activate the license and configure the PEC Bridge." msgstr "" +"Una volta completato l'acquisto, Nethesis fornirà istruzioni per attivare la " +"licenza e configurare il ponte PEC." + +#: ../../migration.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Before proceeding with the migration of NethVoice, install and configure :" +"ref:`NethVoice Proxy ` on NS8." +msgstr "" +"Prima di procedere con la migrazione di NethVoice, installare e configurare :" +"ref:`NethVoice Proxy ` su NS8." #~ msgid "This is an ALPHA release, do not use it on production!" #~ msgstr "Questa è una release ALPHA, non usare in produzione!" @@ -19483,133 +20207,99 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Metriche" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can install multiple NethVoice " -#~ "instances on the same node from " -#~ "the :ref:`software_center-section`, but the" -#~ " module requires ref:`NethVoice proxy " -#~ "` already configured and" -#~ " running." +#~ "You can install multiple NethVoice instances on the same node from the :" +#~ "ref:`software_center-section`, but the module requires ref:`NethVoice " +#~ "proxy ` already configured and running." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "È possibile installare più istanze " -#~ "NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal:ref: " -#~ "`software_center-sezione`, ma il modulo " -#~ "richiede ref: `NethVoice proxy " -#~ "` già configurato ed " -#~ "in esecuzione." +#~ "È possibile installare più istanze NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal:ref: " +#~ "`software_center-sezione`, ma il modulo richiede ref: `NethVoice proxy " +#~ "` già configurato ed in esecuzione." #~ msgid "fill all required fields" #~ msgstr "fill all required fields" #~ msgid "" -#~ "``Port``: Specify the TCP port number" -#~ " of the remote LDAP service. Standard" -#~ " values are 389 for LDAP and " -#~ "636 for LDAPS." +#~ "``Port``: Specify the TCP port number of the remote LDAP service. " +#~ "Standard values are 389 for LDAP and 636 for LDAPS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "In the end, you will be able " -#~ "to bind locally installed applications " -#~ "with the external LDAP server." +#~ "In the end, you will be able to bind locally installed applications with " +#~ "the external LDAP server." #~ msgid "NethVoice module is split into seven main parts:" #~ msgstr "Il modulo NethVoice è diviso in sette parti principali:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "NethVoice is a full-feature integrate" -#~ " voice, video, mobile communication " +#~ "NethVoice is a full-feature integrate voice, video, mobile communication " #~ "systems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "NethVoice è un sistema completo di " -#~ "comunicazione vocale, video e mobile." +#~ "NethVoice è un sistema completo di comunicazione vocale, video e mobile." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the phone makes more keys " -#~ "available than those displayed in the" -#~ " NethVoice administration interface, there " -#~ "is a ``View more`` button to add" -#~ " more." +#~ "If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the " +#~ "NethVoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " +#~ "add more." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If the phone makes more keys " -#~ "available than those displayed in the" -#~ " NethVoice administration interface, there " -#~ "is a ``View more`` button to add" -#~ " more." +#~ "If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the " +#~ "NethVoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " +#~ "add more." #~ msgid "See also :ref: `Firmware upgrade `." #~ msgstr "See also :ref: `Firmware upgrade `." #~ msgid "" -#~ "To get a list of protected " -#~ "applications, access the server using " -#~ "SSH and type:" +#~ "To get a list of protected applications, access the server using SSH and " +#~ "type:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per ottenere un elenco di applicazioni" -#~ " protette, accedere al server utilizzando" -#~ " SSH e digitare:" +#~ "Per ottenere un elenco di applicazioni protette, accedere al server " +#~ "utilizzando SSH e digitare:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Almost everything is logged inside " -#~ "journalctl and sent to the local " -#~ "log server." +#~ "Almost everything is logged inside journalctl and sent to the local log " +#~ "server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Almost everything is logged inside " -#~ "journalctl and sent to the local " -#~ "log server." +#~ "Almost everything is logged inside journalctl and sent to the local log " +#~ "server." #~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki " -#~ "`_ is installed on" -#~ " the leader node, it collects the " -#~ "logs from all cluster nodes. A " -#~ "rootful `Promtail " -#~ "`_ " -#~ "container runs on all nodes, including" -#~ " the leader one. It sends all " +#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki `_ is installed " +#~ "on the leader node, it collects the logs from all cluster nodes. A " +#~ "rootful `Promtail `_ container runs on all nodes, including the leader one. It sends all " #~ "logs to the Loki server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki " -#~ "`_ is installed on" -#~ " the leader node, it collects the " -#~ "logs from all cluster nodes. A " -#~ "rootful `Promtail " -#~ "`_ " -#~ "container runs on all nodes, including" -#~ " the leader one. It sends all " +#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki `_ is installed " +#~ "on the leader node, it collects the logs from all cluster nodes. A " +#~ "rootful `Promtail `_ container runs on all nodes, including the leader one. It sends all " #~ "logs to the Loki server." #~ msgid "From the leader node, it is possible to query the logs of all nodes." -#~ msgstr "From the leader node, it is possible to query the logs of all nodes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "From the leader node, it is possible to query the logs of all nodes." #~ msgid "``cluster``: all logs from any source" #~ msgstr "``cluster``: all logs from any source" #~ msgid "" -#~ "``app``: logs from a given application" -#~ " instance, regardless where it's currently" -#~ " running" +#~ "``app``: logs from a given application instance, regardless where it's " +#~ "currently running" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``app``: logs from a given application" -#~ " instance, regardless where it's currently" -#~ " running" +#~ "``app``: logs from a given application instance, regardless where it's " +#~ "currently running" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can see only a subset of " -#~ "the lines or follow the log to " -#~ "see what's happening in real time." +#~ "You can see only a subset of the lines or follow the log to see what's " +#~ "happening in real time." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can see only a subset of " -#~ "the lines or follow the log to " -#~ "see what's happening in real time." +#~ "You can see only a subset of the lines or follow the log to see what's " +#~ "happening in real time." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the " -#~ "logs of two applications side-by-" -#~ "side. You can do it by following" -#~ " these steps:" +#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the logs of two applications side-by-side. " +#~ "You can do it by following these steps:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the " -#~ "logs of two applications side-by-" -#~ "side. You can do it by following" -#~ " these steps:" +#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the logs of two applications side-by-side. " +#~ "You can do it by following these steps:" #~ msgid "setup the filter for a refined search" #~ msgstr "setup the filter for a refined search" @@ -19624,41 +20314,29 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Command line" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you're familiar with the command " -#~ "line, recent logs are visible using " -#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services " -#~ "can be inspected using the ``systemctl``" -#~ " command. As root use ``journalctl`` " -#~ "to see messages from agents, rootful " -#~ "and rootless modules." +#~ "If you're familiar with the command line, recent logs are visible using " +#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services can be inspected using the " +#~ "``systemctl`` command. As root use ``journalctl`` to see messages from " +#~ "agents, rootful and rootless modules." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you're familiar with the command " -#~ "line, recent logs are visible using " -#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services " -#~ "can be inspected using the ``systemctl``" -#~ " command. As root use ``journalctl`` " -#~ "to see messages from agents, rootful " -#~ "and rootless modules." +#~ "If you're familiar with the command line, recent logs are visible using " +#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services can be inspected using the " +#~ "``systemctl`` command. As root use ``journalctl`` to see messages from " +#~ "agents, rootful and rootless modules." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also use the ``api-" -#~ "server-logs`` to query directly the " -#~ "Loki server. Example to inspect the " -#~ "log of the `traefik1` module: ::" +#~ "You can also use the ``api-server-logs`` to query directly the Loki " +#~ "server. Example to inspect the log of the `traefik1` module: ::" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can also use the ``api-" -#~ "server-logs`` to query directly the " -#~ "Loki server. Example to inspect the " -#~ "log of the `traefik1` module: ::" +#~ "You can also use the ``api-server-logs`` to query directly the Loki " +#~ "server. Example to inspect the log of the `traefik1` module: ::" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also enable the automatic " -#~ "completion of the above command. First," -#~ " install the ``bash-completion`` package." +#~ "You can also enable the automatic completion of the above command. First, " +#~ "install the ``bash-completion`` package." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can also enable the automatic " -#~ "completion of the above command. First," -#~ " install the ``bash-completion`` package." +#~ "You can also enable the automatic completion of the above command. First, " +#~ "install the ``bash-completion`` package." #~ msgid "On RHEL-like distributions: ::" #~ msgstr "On RHEL-like distributions: ::" @@ -19673,69 +20351,47 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Logout and login from the shell to enable the completion." #~ msgid "" -#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS " -#~ "certificate for the hostname entered in" -#~ " :guilabel:`PBX Address` to function " -#~ "correctly." +#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS certificate for the hostname " +#~ "entered in :guilabel:`PBX Address` to function correctly." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS " -#~ "certificate for the hostname entered in" -#~ " :guilabel:PBX Address to function " -#~ "correctly." +#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS certificate for the hostname " +#~ "entered in :guilabel:PBX Address to function correctly." #~ msgid "" -#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP " -#~ "address or the hostname of NethVoice," -#~ " correctly entered in the DNS used" -#~ " by phones and in the SSL/TLS " +#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP address or the hostname of NethVoice, " +#~ "correctly entered in the DNS used by phones and in the SSL/TLS " #~ "certificate used by the system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP " -#~ "address or the hostname of Nethvoice," -#~ " correctly entered in the DNS used" -#~ " by phones and in the SSL/TLS " +#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP address or the hostname of Nethvoice, " +#~ "correctly entered in the DNS used by phones and in the SSL/TLS " #~ "certificate used by the system." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption" -#~ " and PBX Address settings depends on" -#~ " how the phones will reach NethVoice." +#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption and PBX Address settings depends on " +#~ "how the phones will reach NethVoice." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption" -#~ " and PBX Address settings depends on" -#~ " how the phones will reach NethVoice." +#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption and PBX Address settings depends on " +#~ "how the phones will reach NethVoice." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the phones are all in the " -#~ "same network as the PBX (LAN), " -#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and " -#~ "``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " +#~ "If the phones are all in the same network as the PBX (LAN), " +#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and ``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " #~ "address." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If the phones are all in the " -#~ "same network as the PBX (LAN), " -#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and " -#~ "``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " +#~ "If the phones are all in the same network as the PBX (LAN), " +#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and ``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " #~ "address." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If one or more phones reach " -#~ "NethVoice via the public network (WAN)," -#~ " such as when the PBX is hosted" -#~ " on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption``" -#~ " must be enabled, and ``PBX Address``" -#~ " must contain the fully qualified " -#~ "domain name present in the public " -#~ "DNS." +#~ "If one or more phones reach NethVoice via the public network (WAN), such " +#~ "as when the PBX is hosted on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption`` must be " +#~ "enabled, and ``PBX Address`` must contain the fully qualified domain name " +#~ "present in the public DNS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If one or more phones reach " -#~ "NethVoice via the public network (WAN)," -#~ " such as when the PBX is hosted" -#~ " on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption``" -#~ " must be enabled, and ``PBX Address``" -#~ " must contain the fully qualified " -#~ "domain name present in the public " -#~ "DNS." +#~ "If one or more phones reach NethVoice via the public network (WAN), such " +#~ "as when the PBX is hosted on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption`` must be " +#~ "enabled, and ``PBX Address`` must contain the fully qualified domain name " +#~ "present in the public DNS." #~ msgid "Other settings that can be changed:" #~ msgstr "Other settings that can be changed:" @@ -19744,23 +20400,21 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ":ref:`LDAP Phonebook `" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`Domain Keys Identified Mail signature " -#~ "`_ (DKIM)" +#~ "`Domain Keys Identified Mail signature `_ (DKIM)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`Domain Keys Identificati Firma della " -#~ "posta `_ (DKIM)" +#~ "`Domain Keys Identificati Firma della posta `_ (DKIM)" #~ msgid "DKIM is not currently configurable from the web user interface." #~ msgstr "DKIM is not currently configurable from the web user interface." #~ msgid "" -#~ "A mail address can be bound to " -#~ "any mail domain or be specific to" -#~ " one mail domain. For example:" +#~ "A mail address can be bound to any mail domain or be specific to one mail " +#~ "domain. For example:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A mail address can be bound to " -#~ "any mail domain or be specific to" -#~ " one mail domain. For example:" +#~ "A mail address can be bound to any mail domain or be specific to one mail " +#~ "domain. For example:" #~ msgid "First domain: ``mydomain.net``" #~ msgstr "First domain: ``mydomain.net``" @@ -19772,56 +20426,48 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Server di posta" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`Postfix `_: `SMTP " -#~ "`_ " -#~ "server for sending and receiving" +#~ "`Postfix `_: `SMTP `_ server for sending and receiving" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`Postfix `_: `SMTP " -#~ "`_ " -#~ "server per l'invio e la ricezione" +#~ "`Postfix `_: `SMTP `_ server per l'invio e la ricezione" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`Dovecot `_: `IMAP " -#~ "`_ " -#~ "and `POP3 " -#~ "`_ server" -#~ " to read email, and `Sieve " +#~ "`Dovecot `_: `IMAP `_ and `POP3 `_ server to read email, and `Sieve " #~ "`_ " #~ "language to organize it" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`Dovecot `_: `IMAP " -#~ "`_ " -#~ "e `POP3 " -#~ " `_ " -#~ "server per leggere e-mail e `Sieve " -#~ " " -#~ "`_ lingua per organizzarlo" +#~ "`Dovecot `_: `IMAP `_ e `POP3 `_ server per leggere e-mail e `Sieve " +#~ " `_ lingua " +#~ "per organizzarlo" #~ msgid "See also the following related topics:" #~ msgstr "Vedi anche i seguenti argomenti correlati:" #~ msgid "How `electronic mail `_ works" -#~ msgstr "Come `email elettronica `_ lavora" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Come `email elettronica `_ lavora" #~ msgid "`MX DNS `_ record" #~ msgstr "`MX DNS `_ record" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`Simple Mail Transfer Protocol " -#~ "`_ (SMTP)" +#~ "`Simple Mail Transfer Protocol `_ (SMTP)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`Protocollo di trasferimento di posta " -#~ "semplice `_ " -#~ "(SMTP)" +#~ "`Protocollo di trasferimento di posta semplice `_ (SMTP)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can install only one mail " -#~ "server per node from the :ref" -#~ ":`software_center-section`." +#~ "You can install only one mail server per node from the :ref:" +#~ "`software_center-section`." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "È possibile installare un solo server" -#~ " di posta per nodo dal :ref" -#~ ":`software_center-section`." +#~ "È possibile installare un solo server di posta per nodo dal :ref:" +#~ "`software_center-section`." #~ msgid "SMTP mail relay rules" #~ msgstr "Regole di relay di posta SMTP" @@ -19830,244 +20476,178 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Il modulo Email è diviso in tre parti principali:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`RSPAMD `_: antispam filter," -#~ " antivirus and attachments blocker" +#~ "`RSPAMD `_: antispam filter, antivirus and " +#~ "attachments blocker" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam," -#~ " blocco antivirus e allegati" +#~ "`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e " +#~ "allegati" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The optional :ref:`imapsync-section` module" -#~ " can be connected to Mail. It " -#~ "allows scheduling fetch jobs or " -#~ "migrating emails from external IMAP " +#~ "The optional :ref:`imapsync-section` module can be connected to Mail. It " +#~ "allows scheduling fetch jobs or migrating emails from external IMAP " #~ "servers to local user mailboxes." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il modulo opzionale :ref:`imapsync-section`" -#~ " può essere collegato a Mail. " -#~ "Consente di pianificare i lavori di " -#~ "acquisizione o di e-mail di migrazione" -#~ " da server IMAP esterni a caselle " -#~ "di posta degli utenti locali." +#~ "Il modulo opzionale :ref:`imapsync-section` può essere collegato a Mail. " +#~ "Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di " +#~ "migrazione da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The mail module requires at least " -#~ "one :ref:`user domain ` already configured." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il modulo di posta richiede almeno " -#~ "uno :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." #~ msgid "" -#~ "``Mail server hostname``: insert the " -#~ "mail server name, this should be " -#~ "the same name configured inside your " -#~ "MX DNS record" +#~ "``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the " +#~ "same name configured inside your MX DNS record" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``Mail server hostname``: inserire il " -#~ "nome del server di posta, questo " -#~ "dovrebbe essere lo stesso nome " -#~ "configurato all'interno del record MX " -#~ "DNS" +#~ "``Mail server hostname``: inserire il nome del server di posta, questo " +#~ "dovrebbe essere lo stesso nome configurato all'interno del record MX DNS" #~ msgid "" -#~ "``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail" -#~ " domain, like ``nethserver.org``; you will" -#~ " be able to add more domains " -#~ "later" +#~ "``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``; " +#~ "you will be able to add more domains later" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``Primary mail domain``: inserire il " -#~ "dominio della posta, come ``nethserver.org``;" -#~ " sarete in grado di aggiungere più" -#~ " domini in seguito" +#~ "``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come " +#~ "``nethserver.org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" #~ msgid "" -#~ "NethServer can handle an unlimited " -#~ "number of mail domains, configurable " +#~ "NethServer can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable " #~ "from the ``Domains`` page." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "NethServer può gestire un numero " -#~ "illimitato di domini postali, configurabili" -#~ " dalla pagina ``Domains``." +#~ "NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, " +#~ "configurabili dalla pagina ``Domains``." #~ msgid "" -#~ "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy" -#~ " of all messages directed to a " -#~ "particular domain: they will be " -#~ "delivered to the final recipient *and" -#~ " also* to a custom email address. " -#~ "The hidden copy is enabled by the" -#~ " :guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." +#~ "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " +#~ "particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and " +#~ "also* to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the :" +#~ "guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy" -#~ " of all messages directed to a " -#~ "particular domain: they will be " -#~ "delivered to the final recipient *and" -#~ " also* to a custom email address. " -#~ "The hidden copy is enabled by the" -#~ " :guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." +#~ "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " +#~ "particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and " +#~ "also* to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the :" +#~ "guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." #~ msgid "" -#~ "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides " -#~ "a way to validate the sending MTA," -#~ " which adds a cryptographic signature " -#~ "to the outbound message MIME headers." +#~ "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides a way to validate the sending " +#~ "MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message MIME " +#~ "headers." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides " -#~ "a way to validate the sending MTA," -#~ " which adds a cryptographic signature " -#~ "to the outbound message MIME headers." +#~ "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides a way to validate the sending " +#~ "MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message MIME " +#~ "headers." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Add a TXT record to your public" -#~ " DNS service provider with key " -#~ "\"default._domainKey\"" +#~ "Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key \"default." +#~ "_domainKey\"" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Add a TXT record to your public" -#~ " DNS service provider with key " -#~ "\"default._domainKey\"" +#~ "Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key \"default." +#~ "_domainKey\"" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Copy and paste the given key text" -#~ " in the DNS record data (RDATA) " -#~ "section" +#~ "Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Copy and paste the given key text" -#~ " in the DNS record data (RDATA) " -#~ "section" +#~ "Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" #~ msgid "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" #~ msgstr "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Email address *info* bound to any " -#~ "domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, ``info@example.com``" +#~ "Email address *info* bound to any domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, " +#~ "``info@example.com``" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Email address *info* bound to any " -#~ "domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, ``info@example.com``" +#~ "Email address *info* bound to any domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, " +#~ "``info@example.com``" #~ msgid "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" #~ msgstr "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Sometimes a company forbids communications " -#~ "from outside the organization using " -#~ "personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` " -#~ "check box blocks the possibility of " -#~ "an address to receive messages from " -#~ "the outside. Still an *internal* address" -#~ " can be used to exchange messages " -#~ "with other accounts of the system." +#~ "Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " +#~ "using personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` check box blocks the " +#~ "possibility of an address to receive messages from the outside. Still an " +#~ "*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts " +#~ "of the system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sometimes a company forbids communications " -#~ "from outside the organization using " -#~ "personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` " -#~ "check box blocks the possibility of " -#~ "an address to receive messages from " -#~ "the outside. Still an *internal* address" -#~ " can be used to exchange messages " -#~ "with other accounts of the system." +#~ "Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " +#~ "using personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` check box blocks the " +#~ "possibility of an address to receive messages from the outside. Still an " +#~ "*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts " +#~ "of the system." #~ msgid "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" #~ msgstr "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The antivirus component finds email " -#~ "messages containing viruses. Infected messages" -#~ " are discarded. The virus signature " -#~ "database is updated periodically." +#~ "The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected " +#~ "messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated " +#~ "periodically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "The antivirus component finds email " -#~ "messages containing viruses. Infected messages" -#~ " are discarded. The virus signature " -#~ "database is updated periodically." +#~ "The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected " +#~ "messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated " +#~ "periodically." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes " -#~ "emails by detecting and classifying " -#~ "`SPAM `_ messages" -#~ " using heuristic criteria, predetermined " -#~ "rules and statistical evaluations of the" -#~ " content of messages." +#~ "The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and " +#~ "classifying `SPAM `_ messages " +#~ "using heuristic criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations " +#~ "of the content of messages." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes " -#~ "emails by detecting and classifying " -#~ "`SPAM `_ messages" -#~ " using heuristic criteria, predetermined " -#~ "rules and statistical evaluations of the" -#~ " content of messages." +#~ "The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and " +#~ "classifying `SPAM `_ messages " +#~ "using heuristic criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations " +#~ "of the content of messages." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The filter can also check if the" -#~ " sending server is listed in one " -#~ "or more block lists (`DNSBL " -#~ "`_). A score " +#~ "The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " +#~ "block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score " #~ "is associated with each rule." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "The filter can also check if the" -#~ " sending server is listed in one " -#~ "or more block lists (`DNSBL " -#~ "`_). A score " +#~ "The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " +#~ "block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score " #~ "is associated with each rule." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Statistical filters, called `Bayesian " -#~ "`_, are special rules " -#~ "that evolve and quickly adapt analyzing" -#~ " messages marked as **spam** or " -#~ "**ham**." +#~ "Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve " +#~ "and quickly adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Statistical filters, called `Bayesian " -#~ "`_, are special rules " -#~ "that evolve and quickly adapt analyzing" -#~ " messages marked as **spam** or " -#~ "**ham**." +#~ "Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve " +#~ "and quickly adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Module settings are split up and " -#~ "accessible under the cards described by" -#~ " the following sections." +#~ "Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by " +#~ "the following sections." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Module settings are split up and " -#~ "accessible under the cards described by" -#~ " the following sections." +#~ "Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by " +#~ "the following sections." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The following values are set at " -#~ "module first configuration time. They " +#~ "The following values are set at module first configuration time. They " #~ "should not be changed in production:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "The following values are set at " -#~ "module first configuration time. They " +#~ "The following values are set at module first configuration time. They " #~ "should not be changed in production:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`A` record, resolving the Mail server" -#~ " hostname to the public and static" -#~ " IP address of the server" +#~ "`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static " +#~ "IP address of the server" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`A` record, resolving the Mail server" -#~ " hostname to the public and static" -#~ " IP address of the server" +#~ "`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static " +#~ "IP address of the server" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP " -#~ "address to the Mail server hostaname" +#~ "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP " -#~ "address to the Mail server hostaname" +#~ "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`MX` records, one for each mail " -#~ "domain handled by the Mail module " -#~ "instance" +#~ "`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`MX` records, one for each mail " -#~ "domain handled by the Mail module " -#~ "instance" +#~ "`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" #~ msgid "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" #~ msgstr "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" @@ -20076,13 +20656,11 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "user name of the master user, eg. ``master``" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Also the following SSL-enabled ports " -#~ "are available for legacy software that" -#~ " still does not support STARTTLS:" +#~ "Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software " +#~ "that still does not support STARTTLS:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Also the following SSL-enabled ports " -#~ "are available for legacy software that" -#~ " still does not support STARTTLS:" +#~ "Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software " +#~ "that still does not support STARTTLS:" #~ msgid "Many applications require access to an SMTP server to send mail." #~ msgstr "Many applications require access to an SMTP server to send mail." @@ -20091,75 +20669,53 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "If you're looking for web email clients, take a look to:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The cluster VPN network interface " -#~ "``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone" -#~ " where all traffic is permitted. All" -#~ " other network interfaces are part of" -#~ " a public zone where only specific" -#~ " ports are open. By default, NS8 " -#~ "will have the following open ports:" +#~ "The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where " +#~ "all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a " +#~ "public zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have " +#~ "the following open ports:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "The cluster VPN network interface " -#~ "``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone" -#~ " where all traffic is permitted. All" -#~ " other network interfaces are part of" -#~ " a public zone where only specific" -#~ " ports are open. By default, NS8 " -#~ "will have the following open ports:" +#~ "The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where " +#~ "all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a " +#~ "public zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have " +#~ "the following open ports:" #~ msgid "Browse open ports" #~ msgstr "Browse open ports" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can review the network interfaces" -#~ " and a table presenting open ports," -#~ " categorized by services/modules for each" -#~ " node, on the ``Nodes`` page. Access" -#~ " it by clicking the three dots " -#~ "menu on the node card you are " -#~ "interested in, then select " -#~ ":guilabel:`Firewall`." +#~ "You can review the network interfaces and a table presenting open ports, " +#~ "categorized by services/modules for each node, on the ``Nodes`` page. " +#~ "Access it by clicking the three dots menu on the node card you are " +#~ "interested in, then select :guilabel:`Firewall`." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can review the network interfaces" -#~ " and a table presenting open ports," -#~ " categorized by services/modules for each" -#~ " node, on the ``Nodes`` page. Access" -#~ " it by clicking the three dots " -#~ "menu on the node card you are " -#~ "interested in, then select " -#~ ":guilabel:`Firewall`." +#~ "You can review the network interfaces and a table presenting open ports, " +#~ "categorized by services/modules for each node, on the ``Nodes`` page. " +#~ "Access it by clicking the three dots menu on the node card you are " +#~ "interested in, then select :guilabel:`Firewall`." #~ msgid "Configurations excluded from migration" #~ msgstr "Configurazioni escluse dalla migrazione" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The full cluster backup is composed " -#~ "by configuration and applications data. " -#~ "Access the ``Backup`` page to manage " -#~ "the backup and restore." +#~ "The full cluster backup is composed by configuration and applications " +#~ "data. Access the ``Backup`` page to manage the backup and restore." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il backup completo del cluster è " -#~ "composto da configurazione e dati delle" -#~ " applicazioni. Accedere alla pagina " -#~ "``Backup`` per gestire il backup e " -#~ "il ripristino." +#~ "Il backup completo del cluster è composto da configurazione e dati delle " +#~ "applicazioni. Accedere alla pagina ``Backup`` per gestire il backup e il " +#~ "ripristino." #~ msgid "Backup repository" #~ msgstr "Repository di backup" #~ msgid "" -#~ "First, you will need to configure " -#~ "a backup repository where the data " -#~ "will be saved. A backup repository " -#~ "keeps all backup data encrypted using" -#~ " `restic `_ engine." +#~ "First, you will need to configure a backup repository where the data will " +#~ "be saved. A backup repository keeps all backup data encrypted using " +#~ "`restic `_ engine." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "In primo luogo, è necessario configurare" -#~ " un repository di backup in cui " -#~ "i dati verranno salvati. Un repository" -#~ " di backup mantiene tutti i dati " -#~ "di backup crittografati utilizzando il " -#~ "motore `restic `_." +#~ "In primo luogo, è necessario configurare un repository di backup in cui i " +#~ "dati verranno salvati. Un repository di backup mantiene tutti i dati di " +#~ "backup crittografati utilizzando il motore `restic `_." #~ msgid "`Backblaze B2 `_" #~ msgstr "`Backblaze B2 `_" @@ -20168,30 +20724,22 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "`Amazon S3 `_" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`Azure blob storage `_" +#~ "`Azure blob storage `_" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`Azure blob storage `_" +#~ "`Azure blob storage `_" #~ msgid "" -#~ "A new encryption key will be " -#~ "automatically created for new repositories." -#~ " If you are accessing a repository" -#~ " which already contains a NS8 backup," -#~ " remember also to enter the " -#~ "``Repository password`` under the ``Advanced``" -#~ " section." +#~ "A new encryption key will be automatically created for new repositories. " +#~ "If you are accessing a repository which already contains a NS8 backup, " +#~ "remember also to enter the ``Repository password`` under the ``Advanced`` " +#~ "section." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Una nuova chiave di crittografia verrà" -#~ " creata automaticamente per i nuovi " -#~ "repository. Se si accede a un " -#~ "repository che contiene già un backup" -#~ " NS8, ricorda anche di inserire la" -#~ " ``Repository password`` sotto la sezione" -#~ " ``Advanced``." +#~ "Una nuova chiave di crittografia verrà creata automaticamente per i nuovi " +#~ "repository. Se si accede a un repository che contiene già un backup NS8, " +#~ "ricorda anche di inserire la ``Repository password`` sotto la sezione " +#~ "``Advanced``." #~ msgid "setup day and time of the backup and the retention policy" #~ msgstr "impostare giorno e ora del backup e la politica di conservazione" @@ -20200,275 +20748,190 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Ripristino dell'applicazione" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can restore an application only " -#~ "if there is at least one " -#~ "repository configured:" +#~ "You can restore an application only if there is at least one repository " +#~ "configured:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "È possibile ripristinare un'applicazione solo" -#~ " se c'è almeno un repository " +#~ "È possibile ripristinare un'applicazione solo se c'è almeno un repository " #~ "configurato:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "as default the restore procedure will" -#~ " create a new instance, if you " -#~ "want to replace the existing one " -#~ "select the ``Replace existing app`` " -#~ "option" +#~ "as default the restore procedure will create a new instance, if you want " +#~ "to replace the existing one select the ``Replace existing app`` option" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "come predefinito la procedura di " -#~ "ripristino creerà una nuova istanza, se" -#~ " si desidera sostituire quella esistente" -#~ " selezionare l'opzione ``Sostituire l'app " -#~ "esistente``" +#~ "come predefinito la procedura di ripristino creerà una nuova istanza, se " +#~ "si desidera sostituire quella esistente selezionare l'opzione " +#~ "``Sostituire l'app esistente``" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, download the cluster configuration " -#~ "backup and keep it on a safe " +#~ "Please, download the cluster configuration backup and keep it on a safe " #~ "place." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si prega di scaricare il backup di" -#~ " configurazione cluster e tenerlo in " -#~ "un luogo sicuro." +#~ "Si prega di scaricare il backup di configurazione cluster e tenerlo in un " +#~ "luogo sicuro." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In addition, the cluster configuration " -#~ "backup is automatically copied to the" -#~ " designated repository each time a " -#~ "scheduled operation occurs. This ensures " -#~ "that the repository holds up-to-" -#~ "date backups of both your data and" -#~ " the specific cluster setup, including " -#~ "all its configurations." +#~ "In addition, the cluster configuration backup is automatically copied to " +#~ "the designated repository each time a scheduled operation occurs. This " +#~ "ensures that the repository holds up-to-date backups of both your data " +#~ "and the specific cluster setup, including all its configurations." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Inoltre, il backup di configurazione del" -#~ " cluster viene copiato automaticamente nel" -#~ " repository designato ogni volta che " -#~ "si verifica un'operazione pianificata. Questo" -#~ " assicura che il repository detiene " -#~ "backup aggiornati sia dei dati che " -#~ "della configurazione specifica del cluster," -#~ " incluse tutte le sue configurazioni." +#~ "Inoltre, il backup di configurazione del cluster viene copiato " +#~ "automaticamente nel repository designato ogni volta che si verifica " +#~ "un'operazione pianificata. Questo assicura che il repository detiene " +#~ "backup aggiornati sia dei dati che della configurazione specifica del " +#~ "cluster, incluse tutte le sue configurazioni." #~ msgid "click on :guilabel:`Restore cluster`" #~ msgstr "clicca su :guilabel:`Restore cluster`" #~ msgid "" -#~ "if on step 2 you entered the " -#~ "same password of the old cluster, " -#~ "the system will automatically decrypt " -#~ "the configuration backup; otherwise enter " -#~ "the encryption secret inside the " -#~ "``Backup password`` field" +#~ "if on step 2 you entered the same password of the old cluster, the system " +#~ "will automatically decrypt the configuration backup; otherwise enter the " +#~ "encryption secret inside the ``Backup password`` field" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "se al passaggio 2 hai inserito la" -#~ " stessa password del vecchio cluster, " -#~ "il sistema decifra automaticamente il " -#~ "backup della configurazione; altrimenti " -#~ "inserire il segreto di crittografia " -#~ "all'interno del campo ``Backup password`" +#~ "se al passaggio 2 hai inserito la stessa password del vecchio cluster, il " +#~ "sistema decifra automaticamente il backup della configurazione; " +#~ "altrimenti inserire il segreto di crittografia all'interno del campo " +#~ "``Backup password`" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If DNS is used to find the " -#~ "leader IP address, every worker node " -#~ "must properly resolve the leader host" -#~ " name and that must be the same" -#~ " for every worker node." +#~ "If DNS is used to find the leader IP address, every worker node must " +#~ "properly resolve the leader host name and that must be the same for every " +#~ "worker node." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se il DNS viene utilizzato per " -#~ "trovare l'indirizzo IP del leader, ogni" -#~ " nodo worker deve risolvere correttamente" -#~ " il nome host del leader e " -#~ "questo deve essere lo stesso per " -#~ "ogni nodo worker." +#~ "Se il DNS viene utilizzato per trovare l'indirizzo IP del leader, ogni " +#~ "nodo worker deve risolvere correttamente il nome host del leader e questo " +#~ "deve essere lo stesso per ogni nodo worker." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Confirm or enter the leader host " -#~ "name in the ``VPN public address`` " -#~ "field. An IP address is accepted, " -#~ "too." +#~ "Confirm or enter the leader host name in the ``VPN public address`` " +#~ "field. An IP address is accepted, too." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Confermare o inserire il nome host " -#~ "del leader nel campo ``Indirizzo VPN " -#~ "pubblico``. Viene accettato anche un " -#~ "indirizzo IP." +#~ "Confermare o inserire il nome host del leader nel campo ``Indirizzo VPN " +#~ "pubblico``. Viene accettato anche un indirizzo IP." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Confirm or enter the ``VPN public " -#~ "UDP port`` number. Every worker node " -#~ "will connect the leader on that " -#~ "UDP port number. In most cases, " -#~ "the default VPN port, which is " -#~ "``55820``, should suffice, unless there " -#~ "is a network device between the " -#~ "leader and the workers mapping it " -#~ "to a different port number." +#~ "Confirm or enter the ``VPN public UDP port`` number. Every worker node " +#~ "will connect the leader on that UDP port number. In most cases, the " +#~ "default VPN port, which is ``55820``, should suffice, unless there is a " +#~ "network device between the leader and the workers mapping it to a " +#~ "different port number." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Confermare o inserire il numero di " -#~ "``Porta UDP VPN pubblica``. Ogni nodo" -#~ " worker contatterà il leader su quel" -#~ " numero di porta UDP. Nella maggior" -#~ " parte dei casi, la porta VPN " -#~ "predefinita ``55820`` dovrebbe bastare, a " -#~ "meno che non vi sia un dispositivo" -#~ " di rete tra il leader e i " -#~ "worker lo traduce in un numero di" -#~ " porta diverso." +#~ "Confermare o inserire il numero di ``Porta UDP VPN pubblica``. Ogni nodo " +#~ "worker contatterà il leader su quel numero di porta UDP. Nella maggior " +#~ "parte dei casi, la porta VPN predefinita ``55820`` dovrebbe bastare, a " +#~ "meno che non vi sia un dispositivo di rete tra il leader e i worker lo " +#~ "traduce in un numero di porta diverso." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow" -#~ " the procedure to create a new " -#~ "single-node cluster." +#~ "Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to create a " +#~ "new single-node cluster." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Scegliere :guilabel:`Crea cluster` e seguire" -#~ " la procedura guidata per creare un" -#~ " nuovo cluster a nodo singolo." +#~ "Scegliere :guilabel:`Crea cluster` e seguire la procedura guidata per " +#~ "creare un nuovo cluster a nodo singolo." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The worker node reaches the leader " -#~ "during the join procedure at the " +#~ "The worker node reaches the leader during the join procedure at the " #~ "following URL: ::" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il nodo worker raggiunge il leader " -#~ "durante la procedura di join usando " -#~ "il seguente URL::" +#~ "Il nodo worker raggiunge il leader durante la procedura di join usando il " +#~ "seguente URL::" #~ msgid "" -#~ "the API server response contains the " -#~ "leader ``VPN endpoint``: it is a " -#~ "host address with a UDP port " -#~ "number used to set up a Wireguard" -#~ " VPN. The VPN endpoint is configured" -#~ " during the :ref:`cluster creation " -#~ "` procedure. Ensure it" -#~ " is not blocked by other network " +#~ "the API server response contains the leader ``VPN endpoint``: it is a " +#~ "host address with a UDP port number used to set up a Wireguard VPN. The " +#~ "VPN endpoint is configured during the :ref:`cluster creation ` procedure. Ensure it is not blocked by other network " #~ "appliances." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "la risposta del server API contiene " -#~ "un``endpoint VPN``: è un indirizzo host" -#~ " con un numero di porta UDP " -#~ "utilizzato per configurare una VPN " -#~ "Wireguard. L'endpoint VPN è configurato " -#~ "durante la procedura :ref:`cluster Creation" -#~ " `. Assicurarsi che " -#~ "non sia bloccato da altri appliance " -#~ "di rete." +#~ "la risposta del server API contiene un``endpoint VPN``: è un indirizzo " +#~ "host con un numero di porta UDP utilizzato per configurare una VPN " +#~ "Wireguard. L'endpoint VPN è configurato durante la procedura :ref:" +#~ "`cluster Creation `. Assicurarsi che non sia bloccato " +#~ "da altri appliance di rete." #~ msgid "" -#~ "``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin" -#~ " password``: administrator credentials for " -#~ "the leader node. As a best " -#~ "practice, create a dedicated user from" -#~ " the :ref:`administrators-section` page and" -#~ " delete the user once the migration" -#~ " has been completed. Please note that" -#~ " the user must have 2FA disabled." +#~ "``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin password``: administrator " +#~ "credentials for the leader node. As a best practice, create a dedicated " +#~ "user from the :ref:`administrators-section` page and delete the user once " +#~ "the migration has been completed. Please note that the user must have 2FA " +#~ "disabled." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Come consiglio pratica, è possibile " -#~ "creare un utente dedicato dalla pagina:" -#~ " `administrators-section` ed eliminare " -#~ "l'utente una volta che la migrazione " -#~ "è stata completata. Si prega di " -#~ "notare che l'utente deve avere la " -#~ "2FA disabilitata." +#~ "Come consiglio pratica, è possibile creare un utente dedicato dalla " +#~ "pagina: `administrators-section` ed eliminare l'utente una volta che la " +#~ "migrazione è stata completata. Si prega di notare che l'utente deve avere " +#~ "la 2FA disabilitata." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Now sure where to go from here?" -#~ " You can install a :ref:`LDAP " -#~ "` or :ref:`Active Directory " -#~ "` user domain, read" -#~ " an introduction about :ref:`modules " -#~ "`, take a look at " -#~ ":ref:`system logs `, add " -#~ ":ref:`new nodes `, or " -#~ "setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." +#~ "Now sure where to go from here? You can install a :ref:`LDAP ` or :ref:`Active Directory ` user " +#~ "domain, read an introduction about :ref:`modules `, take " +#~ "a look at :ref:`system logs `, add :ref:`new nodes `, or setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cose fare da qui in poi? È " -#~ "possibile installare un dominio utenti " -#~ ":ref:`LDAP ` o :ref:`Active" -#~ " Directory `, leggere" -#~ " un'introduzione ai :ref:`moduli ` disponibili, dare un'occhiata alla" -#~ " sezione dei :ref:`log di sistema " -#~ "`, aggiungere :ref:`nuovi nodi " -#~ "`o preparare una " -#~ ":ref:`dashbord per le metriche `." +#~ "Cose fare da qui in poi? È possibile installare un dominio utenti :ref:" +#~ "`LDAP ` o :ref:`Active Directory `, leggere un'introduzione ai :ref:`moduli ` " +#~ "disponibili, dare un'occhiata alla sezione dei :ref:`log di sistema `, aggiungere :ref:`nuovi nodi `o preparare " +#~ "una :ref:`dashbord per le metriche `." #~ msgid "20GB disk" #~ msgstr "20GB di disco" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Be careful! The user interface does " -#~ "not currently check if an application" -#~ " supports multiple instances on the " -#~ "same node." +#~ "Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application " +#~ "supports multiple instances on the same node." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Be careful! The user interface does " -#~ "not currently check if an application" -#~ " supports multiple instances on the " -#~ "same node." +#~ "Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application " +#~ "supports multiple instances on the same node." #~ msgid "bento" #~ msgstr "bento" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also perform multiple actions" -#~ " on installed applications by clicking " -#~ "on the three-dots menu:" +#~ "You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by " +#~ "clicking on the three-dots menu:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can also perform multiple actions" -#~ " on installed applications by clicking " -#~ "on the three-dots menu:" +#~ "You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by " +#~ "clicking on the three-dots menu:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Software repositories contain applications " -#~ "metadata, which is constituted by the" -#~ " index of applications, along with " -#~ "their descriptions and additional information" -#~ " on how to obtain them." +#~ "Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted " +#~ "by the index of applications, along with their descriptions and " +#~ "additional information on how to obtain them." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Software repositories contain applications " -#~ "metadata, which is constituted by the" -#~ " index of applications, along with " -#~ "their descriptions and additional information" -#~ " on how to obtain them." +#~ "Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted " +#~ "by the index of applications, along with their descriptions and " +#~ "additional information on how to obtain them." #~ msgid "" -#~ "``Testing`` check this option to access" -#~ " also non-stable releases of modules" -#~ " from this repository" +#~ "``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of " +#~ "modules from this repository" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``Testing`` check this option to access" -#~ " also non-stable releases of modules" -#~ " from this repository" +#~ "``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of " +#~ "modules from this repository" #~ msgid "install the suggested app from the store" #~ msgstr "installare l'app suggerita dallo store" #~ msgid "" -#~ "starts the data transfer between the " -#~ "instances, during this phase the source" -#~ " is still up&running" +#~ "starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the " +#~ "source is still up&running" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "avvia il trasferimento dei dati tra " -#~ "le istanze, durante questa fase " +#~ "avvia il trasferimento dei dati tra le istanze, durante questa fase " #~ "l'istanza sorgente viene mantenuta attiva" #~ msgid "Core applications" #~ msgstr "Applicazioni NethForge" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can see if there are any " -#~ "available updates by accessing the " -#~ "``Cluster status`` page. Updates are " -#~ "applied from the :ref:`software_center-" +#~ "You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster " +#~ "status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-" #~ "section`." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can see if there are any " -#~ "available updates by accessing the " -#~ "``Cluster status`` page. Updates are " -#~ "applied from the :ref:`software_center-" +#~ "You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster " +#~ "status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-" #~ "section`." #~ msgid "The core is composed by the following modules:" @@ -20478,33 +20941,23 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ":ref:`Promtail `" #~ msgid "" -#~ "When a core update is available, " -#~ "it will be listed on the top " -#~ "of ``Updates`` tab inside the :ref" -#~ ":`software_center-section`. Click on ``Update " -#~ "details`` to see the list of " -#~ "modules that require an update. Click" -#~ " on :guilabel:`Update core` button to " -#~ "apply the updates." +#~ "When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of " +#~ "``Updates`` tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on " +#~ "``Update details`` to see the list of modules that require an update. " +#~ "Click on :guilabel:`Update core` button to apply the updates." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "When a core update is available, " -#~ "it will be listed on the top " -#~ "of ``Updates`` tab inside the :ref" -#~ ":`software_center-section`. Click on ``Update " -#~ "details`` to see the list of " -#~ "modules that require an update. Click" -#~ " on :guilabel:`Update core` button to " -#~ "apply the updates." +#~ "When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of " +#~ "``Updates`` tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on " +#~ "``Update details`` to see the list of modules that require an update. " +#~ "Click on :guilabel:`Update core` button to apply the updates." #~ msgid "Module updates" #~ msgstr "Module updates" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Install the \"Instant messaging\" module " -#~ "from :guilabel:`Software Center`." +#~ "Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Install the \"Instant messaging\" module " -#~ "from :guilabel:`Software Center`." +#~ "Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." #~ msgid "insert the IPv4/IPv6 address that will receive VoIP traffic" #~ msgstr "inserire l'indirizzo IPv4/IPv6 che riceverà il traffico VoIP" @@ -20513,67 +20966,52 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Distribuzioni e versioni Linux supportate:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "To work effectively, the public DNS " -#~ "must be configured properly. Refer to" -#~ " the instructions of your DNS " -#~ "provider to run the following steps:" +#~ "To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to " +#~ "the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "To work effectively, the public DNS " -#~ "must be configured properly. Refer to" -#~ " the instructions of your DNS " -#~ "provider to run the following steps:" +#~ "To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to " +#~ "the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Add a TXT record to your public" -#~ " DNS service provider with key " -#~ "``default._domainKey``." +#~ "Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key ``default." +#~ "_domainKey``." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Add a TXT record to your public" -#~ " DNS service provider with key " -#~ "\"default._domainKey\"" +#~ "Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key \"default." +#~ "_domainKey\"" #~ msgid "" -#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" -#~ "linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" +#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable." +#~ "qcow2" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" -#~ "linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" +#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable." +#~ "qcow2" #~ msgid "" -#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" -#~ "linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" +#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable." +#~ "vmdk" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" -#~ "linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" +#~ "https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable." +#~ "vmdk" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The migration procedure will add NS7 " -#~ "as special node of the NethServer " -#~ "8 cluster." +#~ "The migration procedure will add NS7 as special node of the NethServer 8 " +#~ "cluster." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La procedura di migrazione aggiungerà la" -#~ " macchina sorgente come nodo speciale " -#~ "del cluster NethServer 8." +#~ "La procedura di migrazione aggiungerà la macchina sorgente come nodo " +#~ "speciale del cluster NethServer 8." #~ msgid "Select the target node." #~ msgstr "selezionare il nodo di destinazione" #~ msgid "" -#~ "List of `known bugs " -#~ "`_" +#~ "List of `known bugs `_" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Elenco dei `bug noti " -#~ "`_" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Discussions around `possible bugs " -#~ "`_" -#~ msgstr "Discussioni su `possibili bug `_" +#~ "Elenco dei `bug noti `_" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Before proceeding with the migration of" -#~ " NethVoice, install and configure " -#~ ":ref:`NethVoice Proxy ` " -#~ "on NS8." +#~ "Discussions around `possible bugs `_" #~ msgstr "" - +#~ "Discussioni su `possibili bug `_"